EXECUTION VERSION

CONTRACT NUMBER 51008

 

 

SOUTHCENTRAL POWER
PROJECT

ENGINEERING, PROCUREMENT
AND CONSTRUCTION CONTRACT

 

--------------------------------------------------------------------------------

 

EXECUTION VERSION

CONTRACT NUMBER 51008

ENGINEERING,  PROCUREMENT AND CONSTRUCTION CONTRACT

dated as of June 18, 2010

by and between

Chugach Electric Association, Inc.,
as Company

and

SNC-Lavalin Constructors, Inc., 
as Contractor

 

 

--------------------------------------------------------------------------------

 

EXECUTION VERSION

CONTRACT NUMBER 51008

TABLE OF CONTENTS

 

 

 

 

 

 

ARTICLE 1 DEFINITIONS AND INTERPRETATION

1 

Section 1.1

Defined Terms

1 

Section 1.2

Interpretation

2 

ARTICLE 2 PROJECT COMMENCEMENT AND COMPLETION

2 

Section 2.1

Full Notice to Proceed

2 

ARTICLE 3 CONSIDERATION AND PAYMENT

4 

Section 3.1

Contract Price; Payment Milestones and Effect of Payment on Title Transfer

4 

Section 3.2

Conditions Precedent to Payment of Invoiced Amounts

5 

Section 3.3

Wire Transfer

6 

Section 3.4

Invoice Instructions

6 

Section 3.5

Contractor Taxes

7 

Section 3.6

Project Taxes

7 

Section 3.7

Offset and Withholding Provisions

8 

Section 3.8

Payment Lien and Claim Releases

8 

Section 3.9

Basis of Contract Price

8 

ARTICLE 4 REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES OF CONTRACTOR

9 

Section 4.1

Organization, Good Standing and Power

10 

Section 4.2

Authority; Execution and Delivery: Enforceability

10 

Section 4.3

Validity of Contract; No Conflict

10 

Section 4.4

Governmental Approvals and Consents

11 

Section 4.5

No Proceedings

11 

Section 4.6

Compliance

11 

Section 4.7

Environmental Matters

12 

Section 4.8

No Defaults

12 

Section 4.9

Expertise

12 

ARTICLE 4 REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES OF COMPANY

13 

Section 5.1

Corporate Organization

13 

Section 5.2

Validity of Contract; No Conflict

13 

Section 5.3

Approvals and Authorizations

14 

Section 5.4

Company-Procured Equipment

14 

Section 5.5

No Proceedings

14 

ARTICLE 6 CONTRACTOR’S SECURITY

14 

Section 6.1

Contractor’s Parent Company Guaranty and Letter of Credit

14 

ARTICLE 7 GENERAL OBLIGATIONS OF CONTRACTOR

15 

Section 7.1

Contractor’s General Obligations

15 

Section 7.2

Physical Obstructions and Conditions

17 

Section 7.3

Selection of Suppliers and Use of Subcontractors

17 

Section 7.4

Compliance with Applicable Law

18 

 

 

 

1

--------------------------------------------------------------------------------

 

EXECUTION VERSION

CONTRACT NUMBER 51008

 

 

 

Section 7.5

Governmental Approvals

18 

Section 7.6

Other Contractors

18 

Section 7.7

Construction Coordination

19 

Section 7.8

Authority For Access for Inspection

21 

Section 7.9

Training

21 

Section 7.10

Safety

22 

Section 7.11

Intellectual Property Rights and Computer Program Licenses

22 

Section 7.12

Contractor’s Representatives

23 

Section 7.13

Contractor’s and Subcontractor’s Personnel

24 

Section 7.14

Use of Premises and Trespassing

24 

Section 7.15

Temporary Facilities

25 

Section 7.16

Contractor Deliverables

25 

Section 7.17

Cooperation Between the Parties

25 

Section 7.18

Liens

25 

Section 7.19

No Amendment of Project Documents; Additional Project Documents

26 

Section 7.20

Records and Accounts; Audit Rights

26 

ARTICLE 8 GENERAL OBLIGATIONS OF THE COMPANY

26 

Section 8.1

Company’s General Obligations

26 

Section 8.2

Company Governmental Approvals

27 

Section 8.3

Operations and Maintenance Staff

27 

Section 8.4

Company’s Representative

27 

Section 8.5

Company-Procured Equipment Responsibility

27 

Section 8.6

Communications and Cooperation with Contractor

28 

Section 8.7

Natural Gas

28 

Section 8.8

Company-Provided Utilities

28 

ARTICLE 9 WORKING ARRANGEMENTS

28 

Section 9.1

Site Security

28 

Section 9.2

Public and Private Roads and Rights-of-Way; Facilities; Access Route Matters

28 

Section 9.3

Night, Weekend or Holiday Work

29 

Section 9.4

Avoidance of Noise and Disturbance; Good Neighbor Policy

29 

Section 9.5

Fencing, Protection, and Lighting

30 

Section 9.6

Uncovering Work

30 

Section 9.7

Cleanup

30 

Section 9.8

Historical Artifacts

30 

ARTICLE 10 PROJECT SCHEDULE

31 

Section 10.1

Project Schedule

31 

Section 10.2

Rejection of the Project Schedule

31 

Section 10.3

Alterations to Project Schedule

31 

Section 10.4

Contractor’s Responsibility to Complete Milestones

31 

Section 10.5

Rate of Progress

31 

Section 10.6

Progress Reports

32 

Section 10.7

Progress Meetings

33 

 

 

 

2

--------------------------------------------------------------------------------

 

EXECUTION VERSION

CONTRACT NUMBER 51008

ARTICLE 11 DELIVERY, SHIPPING, AND HANDLING OF MATERIALS AND EQUIPMENT

33 

Section 11.1

Delivery Responsibility

33 

Section 11.2

Packing

33 

ARTICLE 12 CONTRACTOR EQUIPMENT

34 

Section 12.1

Contractor Equipment

34 

Section 12.2

Contractor Equipment on Site

34 

Section 12.3

CTG Matters

34 

ARTICLE 13 CHANGE ORDERS

34 

Section 13.1

Changes and Change Orders

34 

Section 13.2

Continued Performance Pending Resolution of Disputes

36 

Section 13.3

Preservation of Schedule and Contract Price

36 

ARTICLE 14 COMPANY-PROCURED EQUIPMENT

36 

Section 14.1

Contractor Responsibilities with respect to Company-Procured Equipment

36 

ARTICLE 15 DRAWINGS

40 

Section 15.1

Contractor’s Use of Company’s Drawings

40 

Section 15.2

Contractor Drawings and Manuals

40 

Section 15.3

Consequences of Drawings and Manuals Not in Accordance with Contract

41 

Section 15.4

Drawings Submitted

41 

Section 15.5

Inspection of Drawings

41 

Section 15.6

Operations and Maintenance Manuals and As-Built Drawings

41 

Section 15.7

Company’s Use of Drawings

42 

Section 15.8

Errors in Drawings Supplied by Contractor

42 

ARTICLE 16 SUSPENSION OF WORK, DELIVERY OR ERECTION

43 

Section 16.1

Order to Suspend

43 

Section 16.2

Protection of Work

44 

Section 16.3

Resumption of Work

44 

ARTICLE 17 PERFORMANCE TESTING

45 

Section 17.1

Performance Tests

45 

Section 17.2

Minimum Performance Guarantees

45 

Section 17.3

Cost and Direction

46 

Section 17.4

Company’s Right to Validate

46 

Section 17.5

Test Energy

46 

Section 17.6

Test Reports

47 

Section 17.7

Duty to Advise of Defects, Errors and Omissions in the Work

47 

ARTICLE 18 DEFECTS BEFORE TRANSFER OF POSSESSION AND CONTROL OF WORK

47 

Section 18.1

Identification of Defects

47 

 

3

--------------------------------------------------------------------------------

 

EXECUTION VERSION

CONTRACT NUMBER 51008

 

 

 

Section 18.2

Replacement of Defects

48 

ARTICLE 19 SUBSTANTIAL COMPLETION, FINAL COMPLETION, AND TRANSFER OF CARE,
CUSTODY AND CONTROL

48 

Section 19.1

Substantial Completion

48 

Section 19.2

Care, Custody, Control and Risk of Loss; Punch List Items

49 

Section 19.3

Title

49 

Section 19.4

Marking of Equipment and Materials

50 

Section 19.5

Removal of Equipment and Materials

50 

Section 19.6

Final Completion

51 

ARTICLE 20 CODES AND STANDARDS

51 

Section 20.1

Comparable Quality

51 

ARTICLE 21 ENVIRONMENTAL MATTERS

52 

Section 21.1

General

52 

Section 21.2

Release On-Site

52 

Section 21.3

Release Off-Site

52 

Section 21.4

Liability

52 

Section 21.5

Pre-existing Regulated Materials

53 

Section 21.6

Notice

53 

ARTICLE 22 NATURE OF WORK AND WARRANTIES

54 

Section 22.1

Nature of Work

54 

Section 22.2

Warranties

54 

Section 22.3

Warranty Period

55 

Section 22.4

Repair of Defects

55 

Section 22.5

Warranty Period Extension

55 

Section 22.6

Contractor and Subcontractor Warranties

56 

Section 22.7

Delay in Remedying Defects

56 

Section 22.8

Removal of Defective Work

56 

Section 22.9

Repeated or Chronic Failure

56 

Section 22.10

SOLE AND EXCLUSIVE REMEDIES

57 

ARTICLE 23 LIQUIDATED DAMAGES

57 

Section 23.1

General

57 

Section 23.2

Liquidated Damages for Delay in Substantial Completion

57 

Section 23.3

Liquidated Damages for Failure to Achieve the BOP Load Guarantee

58 

Section 23.4

Intentionally Omitted

58 

Section 23.5

Calculations and Payments of Liquidated Damages

58 

ARTICLE 24 LIMITATIONS OF LIABILITY

59 

Section 24.1

Duty to Mitigate

59 

Section 24.2

Limitation of Liability

59 

Section 24.3

Inapplicability of Limitations of Liability

60 

ARTICLE 25 INDEMNIFICATION

60 

4

--------------------------------------------------------------------------------

 

EXECUTION VERSION

CONTRACT NUMBER 51008

 

 

 

Section 25.1

General Indemnification Obligations

60 

Section 25.2

Additional Indemnification Obligations of Contractor

61 

Section 25.3

Indemnification Procedures

61 

Section 25.4

Indemnity Duration

62 

ARTICLE 26 INSURANCE

62 

Section 26.1

Contractor’s and Subcontractors’ Insurance Coverage

62 

Section 26.2

Waiver of Rights

65 

Section 26.3

Contractor’s Cooperation with Company

65 

ARTICLE 27 FORCE MAJEURE

65 

Section 27.1

Effect of Force Majeure

65 

Section 27.2

Notice of Occurrence

65 

Section 27.3

Performance to Continue

66 

Section 27.4

Resumption of Performance

66 

Section 27.5

Termination in Consequence of Force Majeure

67 

ARTICLE 28 DEFAULT

67 

Section 28.1

Contractor Default

68 

Section 28.2

Company Default

69 

Section 28.3

Intentionally Omitted

69 

ARTICLE 29 TERMINATION

69 

Section 29.1

Termination by Company

69 

Section 29.2

Termination by Contractor

69 

Section 29.3

Procedures and Remedies Following Termination Other than for Contractor Default

70 

Section 29.4

Procedures and Remedies Following Termination for Contractor Default

70 

Section 29.5

Exclusivity

71 

ARTICLE 30 DISPUTE RESOLUTION

71 

Section 30.1

Applicability of Dispute Resolution Procedures

71 

Section 30.2

Dispute Resolution

71 

ARTICLE 31 ASSIGNMENT

72 

Section 31.1

Contractor Assignment

72 

Section 31.2

Company Assignment

72 

Section 31.3

Company’s Right to Assign to ML&P

72 

Section 31.4

Conveyance of Title to Equipment

73 

Section 31.5

Collateral Assignment

73 

Section 31.6

Assignment to State Instrumentality

74 

ARTICLE 32 CONFIDENTIALITY

74 

Section 32.1

Confidentiality

74 

ARTICLE 33 MISCELLANEOUS PROVISIONS

75 

Section 33.1

Non-Solicitation

75 

5

--------------------------------------------------------------------------------

 

EXECUTION VERSION

CONTRACT NUMBER 51008

 

 

 

Section 33.2

Notices, Consents and Approvals

76 

Section 33.3

Entire Contract

77 

Section 33.4

Amendment; Waiver

77 

Section 33.5

Successors and Assigns

78 

Section 33.6

Third Party Beneficiaries

78 

Section 33.7

Severability

78 

Section 33.8

Further Assurances

78 

Section 33.9

Publicity

78 

Section 33.10

Independent Contractor

78 

Section 33.11

Survival

79 

Section 33.12

Governing Law; Waiver of Jury Trial

79 

Section 33.13

Counterparts

79 

Section 33.14

Captions

79 

 

 

 

Appendix A

Glossary of Defined Terms

 

Appendix B

Governmental Approvals

 

Appendix C

Approved/Preferred Subcontractors List

 

Appendix D

Payment Schedule

 

Appendix E

Options

 

Appendix F

Substantial Completion, Final Completion, Performance Guarantees and Performance
Tests

 

Appendix G

Statement of Work and Supply and Technical Specifications

 

Appendix H

Termination Fees

 

Appendix I

Reference Drawings and Documents

 

Appendix J

Project Schedule

 

Appendix K

Execution Plan

 

 

 

 

Exhibit A

Form of Full Notice to Proceed

 

Exhibit B

Form of Limited Notice to Proceed

 

Exhibit C

Form of Certificate of Authorized Officer of Contractor

 

Exhibit D

[Reserved]

 

Exhibit E

Form of Notice of Request for Payment

 

Exhibit F

Form of Invoice

 

Exhibit G

Form of Contractor Lien Release

 

Exhibit H

Form of Subcontractor Lien Release

 

Exhibit I

[Reserved]

 

Exhibit J

Form of Guaranty of Contractor’s Parent Company

 

Exhibit K

Form of Letter of Credit

 

Exhibit L

[Reserved]

 

Exhibit M

[Reserved]

 

Exhibit N

Form of Progress Report

 

Exhibit O

Form of Change Order Request

 

Exhibit P

Form of Change Order

 

Exhibit Q

Certificate of Insurance

 

Exhibit R

Form of Bill of Sale

 

 

6

--------------------------------------------------------------------------------

 

EXECUTION VERSION

CONTRACT NUMBER 51008

ENGINEERING, PROCUREMENT AND CONSTRUCTION CONTRACT

THIS ENGINEERING, PROCUREMENT AND CONSTRUCTION CONTRACT (this “Contract”) is
made and entered into as of June 18,  2010 (the “Effective Date”), by and
between Chugach Electric Association, Inc., an electric cooperative organized
under the laws of the State of Alaska (“Company”), and SNC-Lavalin Constructors,
Inc., a corporation formed under the laws of the State of Delaware
(“Contractor”), each referred to individually as “Party” and collectively,
as “Parties.”

WITNESSETH:

WHEREAS,  on December 11, 2009, Company issued a Request for Proposals
RFP-09-27 (the “RFP”) for the engineering, construction and procurement for the
Southcentral Power Project, the purpose of which is to meet the resource
requirements of the Southcentral Power Project Participants;

WHEREAS,  Contractor responded to the RFP with a detailed written proposal;

WHEREAS,  Company selected Contractor to negotiate the terms of the Contract for
the engineering, construction and procurement for the Southcentral Power
Project;

WHEREAS,  Contractor and Company have agreed upon a scope of work as described
herein and the Appendices hereto (including the statement of work (the
“Statement of Work”) attached hereto as Appendix G)  (collectively, the “Work”)
and other terms and conditions associated with the Contract;

WHEREAS,  Contractor will, subject to the terms and conditions in this Contract,
carry out and complete the Work; and

WHEREAS,  Company will, in consideration of the performance by Contractor of the
Work in accordance with the terms and conditions of this Contract, pay
Contractor the Contract Price at the times and in the manner specified in this
Contract.

NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the mutual representations and warranties
and covenants made herein and for other good and valuable consideration the
sufficiency of which is hereby acknowledged, Company and Contractor, each
intending to be legally bound, hereby agree as follows:

ARTICLE 1

DEFINITIONS AND INTERPRETATION

Section 1.1

Defined Terms

Unless the context requires otherwise, capitalized terms used in this Contract
shall have the meanings assigned to them in the Glossary of Defined Terms
attached hereto as Appendix A.

1

--------------------------------------------------------------------------------

 

EXECUTION VERSION

CONTRACT NUMBER 51008

Section 1.2

Interpretation

Unless the context requires otherwise, in this Contract:  (a) words singular or
plural in number shall be deemed to include the other; (b) any reference in this
Contract to any Person shall include its permitted successors and assigns and,
in the case of any Governmental Authority, any Person succeeding to the
Governmental Authority’s functions and capacities; (c) any reference in this
Contract to any Article, sub-Article, Section, sub-Section, Appendix,  or
Exhibit shall mean and refer to the Article, sub-Article, Section, sub-Section,
Appendix,  or Exhibit contained in or attached to this Contract, as the same may
be amended or modified from time to time; and (d) the words “include” and
“including”  and their derivatives shall be deemed to mean to include, without
limitation.    In the event of an inconsistency among the various parts of this
Contract, the priority of the part that shall prevail in the event of such
inconsistency shall be in the following sequence and order of priority: the
Articles, the Exhibits and the Appendices.

ARTICLE 2

PROJECT COMMENCEMENT AND COMPLETION

Section 2.1

Full Notice to Proceed

(a) Contractor shall not take any action with respect to the Project and shall
not commence the Work until Company has issued a full notice to proceed to
Contractor substantially in the form attached hereto as Exhibit A (the “Full
Notice to Proceed”), except as otherwise provided in this Section 2.1; provided,
however, that if Company shall not have issued the Full Notice to Proceed on or
before March 1, 2011, Contractor shall be entitled to a Required Change.  
Issuance of the Full Notice to Proceed is subject to the satisfaction or waiver
by Company of each of the conditions in Section 2.1(d). Following issuance of
the Full Notice to Proceed,  Contractor shall proceed with performing the Work.
 

(b) At Company’s option,  Company may issue one or more limited notices to
proceed substantially in the form attached hereto as Exhibit B (each, a “Limited
Notice to Proceed”) prior to issuing the Full Notice to Proceed, pursuant to
which Contractor shall perform or cause to be performed certain portions of the
Work specified in such Limited Notice to Proceed.  Each Limited Notice to
Proceed shall describe that portion of the Work to be performed, the time for
completion of such portion of the Work, the payment schedule and the maximum
amount of liability of Company in connection with such Limited Notice to
Proceed.  A Limited Notice to Proceed shall become effective only upon mutual
written agreement of the Parties in connection with the terms thereof. 

(c) If, before the execution and delivery of this Contract, the Parties shall
have entered into any separate services agreement to perform any of the Work,
the Parties agree and acknowledge that the Contract Price and the scope of Work
have been adjusted to account for the activities performed and payments made
under any such agreements.

2

--------------------------------------------------------------------------------

 

EXECUTION VERSION

CONTRACT NUMBER 51008

(d) The obligation of Company to issue the Full Notice to Proceed to Contractor
is subject to the satisfaction or waiver by Company of all of the following
conditions precedent:

(i) Governmental Approvals.  Company’s receipt of and satisfaction with the
terms of all Governmental Approvals;

(ii) Appendices and Exhibits. Each Appendix and Exhibit to this Contract shall
be in final form and substance satisfactory to Company, in its sole discretion.

(iii) Project Documents.  Company shall have received the Project Documents and
the Security Documents, each of which shall (A) have been duly authorized,
executed and delivered by each party thereto, (B) be in the form of the
applicable form attached hereto (if such a form is attached) and otherwise in
form and substance satisfactory to Company, and (C) be in full force and effect.

(iv) Officer’s Certificate.  Company shall have received the certificate of an
authorized officer of Contractor, substantially in the form attached hereto as
Exhibit C, certifying that (A) each of the conditions precedent to the issuance
of the Full Notice to Proceed has been satisfied (other than to the extent that
the satisfaction of a condition is dependent on the judgment of Company); (B)
that each of the conditions in Sections 3.2(b), 3.2(c), 3.2(d) 3.2(e) and 3.2(f)
has been and will be satisfied as of the date of the issuance of the Full Notice
to Proceed; and (C) each of the representations of Contractor set forth in
Article 4  is true and correct.

(v) Company-Procured Equipment.  Company shall have entered into all
Company-Procured Equipment Purchase Agreements which Company has elected to
enter into in connection with the Project as of such point in time.  

(vi) Additional Matters.  Company shall have received such other certificates,
documents and instruments relating to the transactions contemplated hereby as
may have been reasonably requested by Company, and all corporate or other
organizational actions and other matters and all other documents (including all
documents referred to herein and not appearing as Appendices or Exhibits hereto)
and all legal matters in connection with such transactions shall be satisfactory
in form and substance to Company, provided that if such certificates, documents
and instruments to be produced by Contractor result in Contractor incurring an
unreasonable expense, Contractor may seek reimbursement therefor from Company. 

3

--------------------------------------------------------------------------------

 

EXECUTION VERSION

CONTRACT NUMBER 51008

ARTICLE 3

CONSIDERATION AND PAYMENT

Section 3.1

Contract Price; Payment Milestones and Effect of Payment on Title Transfer

(a) As full consideration for the satisfactory performance of all of
Contractor’s obligations under this Contract,  including Contractor’s provision
of all labor, Materials,  Equipment, and services associated with the Work,
Company shall pay Contractor the aggregate fixed price amount of two hundred
seventeen million six hundred twenty eight thousand nine hundred ninety nine
Dollars ($217,628,999.00) (the “Contract Price”) in accordance with this
Contract and the payment schedule in Appendix D (the “Payment Schedule”) and all
payments of the Contract Price shall be linked to the timely achievement of
specific Project milestones (each, a “Milestone”).  Unless agreed otherwise by
the Parties,  Change Orders which result in additional or reduced payments to
Contractor shall result in an equivalent upward or downward adjustment to the
Contract Price, as the case may be.

(i) Company shall have the right to exercise the option to purchase certain
additional equipment, material and/or services which as of the Effective Date
are not included as part of the Work and which are described in Appendix E (the
“Option”), within the times frame and at the price stated therein.  If Company
exercises the Option in writing prior to the Option exercise deadline set forth
in Appendix E, the Contract Price will be adjusted upward to account for the
price associated with the Option and the equipment, materials and/or services
associated with the Option shall become part of the Work.  The specific payment,
construction and/or delivery schedules associated with such Option shall be set
forth in a mutually agreed upon Change Order.

(b) Company shall pay Contractor all undisputed invoice amounts in accordance
with the Payment Schedule within twenty-five (25) days of receipt of an invoice
from Contractor; provided, however, in no event shall any payment be due and
owing until such time as the Work associated with the applicable Payment
Milestone has been satisfactorily completed and accepted by Company pursuant to
the procedures set forth in this Contract (including Appendix D) and all other
conditions to payment have been satisfied. Notwithstanding the foregoing, in the
case of payments to be made pursuant to Payment Milestones,  no payment shall be
made thirty (30) days prior to the Milestone Date corresponding to the
applicable Payment Milestone unless Contractor (i) has achieved the Payment
Milestone for which payment is requested and due in accordance with the Payment
Schedule, and (ii) all Milestones for which Contractor has submitted a Notice of
Request for Payment prior to such Payment Milestone have been achieved prior to
Contractor submitting its invoice with respect thereto.  Payment due dates shall
be on Business Days. If any payment becomes payable on a day that is not a
Business Day, then payment shall be paid on the next succeeding Business
Day. Company shall pay interest on any late payments, including any payment
amount which Company disputes in good faith and which is later found
conclusively to be have been due, at the Late Payment Rate, compounded daily
from the date such amount was due.

4

--------------------------------------------------------------------------------

 

EXECUTION VERSION

CONTRACT NUMBER 51008

(c) The Parties may agree to an electronic invoicing procedure whereby the
receipt of an electronic invoice by Company would trigger the twenty-five (25)
day payment period subject to the requirements and conditions for payment set
forth in this Contract,  including this Article 3.  For recordkeeping purposes,
Contractor shall promptly provide Company with a hard-copy of any invoice and
any other supporting documentation or materials submitted to Company via any
electronic invoicing procedure.

(d) Company’s Representative shall, within fifteen (15) days after receipt of
any invoice from Contractor, determine whether (i) the Work evidenced by
Contractor’s invoice has been completed in conformance with the requirements of
this Contract;  (ii) the Work associated with the applicable Payment Milestone
has been fulfilled or met; (iii) the invoice, together with any required backup
information, has been properly submitted; and (iv) the invoiced amount reflects
the payment due under the applicable Payment Milestone.  Company’s
Representative shall inform Contractor if it disputes the invoice or any portion
of the invoice where and as contemplated on the Notice of Request for
Payment.  If Company’s Representative disputes only a portion of the invoiced
amount, the remaining amount not in dispute shall be paid on or before the due
date.

(e) Notwithstanding Section 3.1(d), payment by Company of any invoiced amounts
shall not be deemed acceptance of the Work or waiver of any Claims that Company
may have with respect to such Work,  including with respect to the completeness
thereof or the compliance of such Work with Applicable Law or the terms of this
Contract.

(f) In addition to the foregoing, within five (5) Business Days after receipt by
Contractor of any payment made pursuant to (i) the Payment Schedule and/or (ii)
any Limited Notice to Proceed, Contractor shall deliver to Company the Retainage
Letter of Credit pursuant to Section 6.1(b).    

Section 3.2

Conditions Precedent to Payment of Invoiced Amounts

The obligation of Company to make payments for any invoice is subject to the
satisfaction or waiver by Company of each of the following conditions precedent
on each Milestone corresponding to the applicable Payment Milestone for which
payment is being sought pursuant to the Payment Schedule:

(a) Notice Required.  Contractor shall submit, along with its invoice, a notice
of request for payment in the form attached hereto as Exhibit E (each, a “Notice
of Request for Payment”) and in substance satisfactory to Company, that meets
all of the requirements of this Section 3.2 and Section 3.4.

(b) Representations and Warranties.   The representations and warranties made by
Contractor in each Project Document to which it is a party shall be true and
correct in all material respects on such payment date both before and after
giving effect to the making of such payment. In each case such representations
and warranties shall be deemed renewed and re-stated as of the date of such
payment.

5

--------------------------------------------------------------------------------

 

EXECUTION VERSION

CONTRACT NUMBER 51008

(c) No Default.    No  Contractor Default shall have occurred and be continuing;
no breach, violation or default shall have occurred and be continuing with
respect to any of the Security Documents; and no breach, breach, violation or
default shall have occurred with respect to any of the Project Documents or any
consent or Governmental Approval, in each case which would reasonably be
expected to result in a Material Adverse Change.

(d) No Proceeding or Litigation. No action, suit, proceeding or investigation by
or before any Governmental Authority or any arbitrator shall be pending or, to
Contractor’s knowledge, threatened against or affecting a Project Party or the
Project which would reasonably be expected to result in a Material Adverse
Change.

(e) Material Adverse Change. No Material Adverse Change shall have occurred (i)
with respect to Contractor, any Key Subcontractor or the Guarantor or (ii) that
is otherwise the result of an act or omission of Contractor, any Subcontractor
or the Guarantor.

(f) Governmental Approvals. All Governmental Approvals required to be obtained
by such time shall have been obtained and shall be in full force and effect.

(g) Progress Reports.  Contractor shall have delivered to Company on or before
the 15th day of the month in which payment is being sought, the Progress Report
pursuant to Section 10.6, which Progress Report shall cover the month associated
with the applicable Payment Milestone(s) for which payment is requested,  and
such Progress Report shall be satisfactory to Company in its sole discretion.

(h) Delivery of Lien and Claim Releases.  Contractor shall have delivered to
Company Lien and Claim releases pursuant to Section 3.8. 

Section 3.3

Wire Transfer

All payments to Contractor hereunder shall be paid in Dollars via wire transfer
to a bank account of Contractor as specified by Contractor in writing from time
to time.

Section 3.4

Invoice Instructions    

(a) All invoices shall (i) provide all information specified in Exhibit F,  (ii)
reference the applicable Contract number, and (iii) be addressed as follows:

If mailed:

Chugach Electric Association, Inc.

P.O. Box 196300

Anchorage, AK 99519-6300

Attn:  Dan Knecht

6

--------------------------------------------------------------------------------

 

EXECUTION VERSION

CONTRACT NUMBER 51008

With a copy provided to:

 

Chugach Electric Association, Inc.

P.O. Box 196300

Anchorage, AK 99519-6300

Attn:  Dustin Highers

If delivered (personally, by courier or overnight delivery service):

Chugach Electric Association, Inc.

5601 Electron Drive

Anchorage, AK 99519-6300

Attn:  Dan Knecht

With a copy provided to:

 

Chugach Electric Association, Inc.

5601 Electron Drive

Anchorage, AK 99519-6300

Attn: Dustin Highers

If submitted electronically via the electronic invoicing procedure agreed to by
the Parties under Section 3.1(c), pursuant to such agreed-upon procedure.

(b) CONTRACTOR ACKNOWLEDGES AND AGREES THAT (I) ANY INVOICE THAT DOES NOT MEET
THE REQUIREMENTS OF THIS SECTION 3.4 MAY RESULT IN A DELAY IN PAYMENT AND (II)
COMPANY SHALL HAVE NO LIABILITY TO CONTRACTOR THEREFOR.

Section 3.5

Contractor Taxes

Contractor shall be responsible for timely payment of (a) all taxes, fees and
contributions on or measured by Contractor’s income, (b) all taxes, fees and
contributions on or measured by employee or other labor Costs of Contractor or
any Subcontractor,  including all payroll or employment compensation tax, social
security tax or similar taxes for Contractor’s or any Subcontractor’s employees,
(c) other than in connection with Company-Procured Equipment, any and all export
taxes and customs duties, and related customs broker fees and charges or similar
charges, for delivery of any Equipment,  Materials and components to the United
States from countries outside of the United States and transportation to the
Site, and (d) all Project Taxes (collectively, the “Contractor Taxes”).
Notwithstanding the foregoing, Contractor shall not be liable for any real
estate taxes, sales, use, gross receipts or ownership taxes for the Site. All
taxes other than Contractor Taxes shall be the responsibility of Company, and
shall be paid by Company or reimbursed to Contractor if paid by Contractor.    

Section 3.6

Project Taxes

The Contract Price includes state or local property, license, privilege, sales,
use, excise, value added, or other similar tax which may be imposed by any
Governmental Authority upon

7

--------------------------------------------------------------------------------

 

EXECUTION VERSION

CONTRACT NUMBER 51008

the sale, purchase or use by Contractor of Materials, supplies, Equipment or
services or labor from Subcontractors or other suppliers thereof in connection
with the Work (collectively, the “Project Taxes”). Contractor shall timely pay
Project Taxes directly to the Governmental Authority imposing such, or it may
contest any such Project Taxes in good faith, in its sole discretion.

Section 3.7

Offset and Withholding Provisions

Company may offset any payment due Contractor under this Contract against
amounts owing from Contractor to Company pursuant to this Contract or any
service agreement entered into by the Parties contemplated under Section 2.1(c);
provided, however, in the case of any such service agreement, the right of
offset shall be limited to payments owing or owed to Company for services
rendered prior to the Effective Date.  In addition, Company may withhold all or
any portion of payments otherwise due Contractor (a) until such time as
Contractor has provided the Security Documents required by this Contract,  (b)
to cover amounts necessary to repair and replace nonconforming Work or Claims
which Contractor has failed to address satisfactorily after having been provided
a reasonable period of time to cure following Company’s notice thereof to
Contractor;  or (c) to cover unpaid Liquidated Damages.     

Section 3.8

Payment Lien and Claim Releases

In connection with each invoice and Notice of Request for Payment,  Contractor
shall provide to Company Lien and Claim releases executed by Contractor and each
and every Key Subcontractor and other Person that is a party to any Project
Document, through the date of such invoice submitted in accordance with Exhibit
G (“Form of Contractor Lien Release”) and Exhibit H (“Form of Subcontractor Lien
Release”), respectively.    

Section 3.9

Basis of Contract Price

(a) Contractor’s Duty to be Fully Informed.  Contractor shall have satisfied
itself, through its own due diligence efforts as to the nature and location of
the Work, the general, local, physical and other conditions of the Work and the
Site, and all other matters which could in any way affect the Work or the cost
thereof and the Contract Price.  In addition, Contractor shall have, to the
extent it deems necessary (i) inspected the Site,  (ii) satisfied itself as to
the state and condition (including ground, underground, geological, climatic and
hydrological conditions) of all circumstances affecting the Site and the Work,
 (iii) examined any documentation and information supplied or made available to
Contractor by Company or available for inspection in the public domain, (iv)
reviewed the conditions and the Specifications, and (v) satisfied itself as to
the feasibility of executing the Work at the Site,  including as to the
suitability and availability of access routes to the Site.    Company shall not
be responsible for any error, inaccuracy or omission of any kind in the RFP and
data and information related thereto and shall not be deemed to have given any
representation or warranty of accuracy or completeness of any data or
information related thereto; provided however, that any professional report
delivered by Company that is relied upon by Contractor and found to contain
errors or omissions  which cause an adverse impact on the Work or Project
Schedule shall entitle Contractor to a Required Change.  The failure of
Contractor to adequately investigate and

8

--------------------------------------------------------------------------------

 

EXECUTION VERSION

CONTRACT NUMBER 51008

acquaint itself with any applicable conditions and other matters shall not
relieve Contractor from the responsibility for properly estimating the
difficulties of successfully performing the Work and completing the Contract,
and shall not be grounds for adjusting either the Contract Price or the Project
Schedule, unless provided otherwise herein. 

(b) Underground Obstructions.  Subject to the provision of reasonable
cooperation from Company,  including the provision by Company of information in
Company’s possession that Company reasonably believes is pertinent, Contractor
shall be responsible for ascertaining the location of and avoiding damage to all
underground installations including cable, gas, water pipes, telephone lines,
and other underground installations, whether the location of the excavation,
digging, or trenching required for performance of the Work is fixed by Company
or by Contractor.  Except (i) as provided otherwise herein or (ii) in the case
of any ground conditions or artificial obstructions or hazards that could not
have been reasonably anticipated by Contractor or that have not been previously
disclosed to Contractor by Company, Contractor shall be responsible for all
delays, Costs, loss or expense arising, whether directly or indirectly, from any
ground conditions or artificial obstructions or hazards including any Work
performed underground or involving excavation and Contractor shall not be
entitled to adjustment to either the Contract Price or the Project Schedule. 

(c) Surveying.  Contractor is responsible for performing, and shall include in
its pricing, all construction layout surveying required for execution of the
Work.  

(d) Existing Foundations, Structures and Work.  Contractor shall be solely
responsible for the consequences of incorporating into the Work any existing
foundations, structures, Equipment or Materials including any existing piling,
floor slabs and culverts. To the extent that the same are incorporated into the
Work, such pre-existing items shall be subject to the conditions as if they were
supplied by Contractor hereunder. Contractor shall notify Company of its
intention to incorporate any existing foundations, structures, Equipment or
Materials into the Work other than those specifically identified in the Contract
as soon as is reasonably practicable and shall seek the prior written consent of
Company for the use or utilization thereof, which consent may be withheld in the
sole discretion of Company.

ARTICLE 4

REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES OF CONTRACTOR

As used in this Article 4, “to Contractor’s knowledge” refers to matters that
(1) are within the actual knowledge of Contractor; or (2) should have been
within the actual knowledge of Contractor upon exercise of reasonable diligence
or prudent business practices, including Prudent Industry Practice.  Contractor
represents and warrants to Company on the Effective Date (except as otherwise
stated), and on each date the following representations and warranties are made
or are deemed made pursuant to the terms hereof, as follows:

9

--------------------------------------------------------------------------------

 

EXECUTION VERSION

CONTRACT NUMBER 51008

Section 4.1

Organization, Good Standing and Power

Contractor is a corporation duly formed, validly existing and in good standing
under the laws of the State of Delaware and has the full corporate  power and
authority and possesses all Governmental Approvals necessary to enable it to
own, lease or otherwise hold its properties and assets and to carry on its
business in the places and in the manner currently conducted, including
performing the Work.  Contractor is duly qualified to do business in each
jurisdiction where the nature of its business or the ownership or leasing of its
properties makes such qualification necessary, including the State of Alaska.

Section 4.2

Authority; Execution and Delivery: Enforceability

Contractor has all requisite power and authority to execute each of the Project
Documents and any other contract connected with the performance of the Work to
which it is a party and to consummate the transactions contemplated hereby and
thereby and to perform the Work. The execution and delivery by Contractor of
each Project Document to which it is a party and the consummation by Contractor
of the transactions and Work contemplated hereby and thereby have been duly
authorized by all necessary corporate action on the part of Contractor. 
Contractor has duly executed and delivered each Project Document to which it is
a party, and each Project Document to which it is a party constitutes its legal,
valid and binding obligation, enforceable against it in accordance with its
terms except as such enforceability may be limited by applicable bankruptcy,
insolvency, reorganization, moratorium or similar laws from time to time in
effect that affect creditors’ rights generally and by legal and equitable
limitations on the availability of specific remedies.

Section 4.3

Validity of Contract; No Conflict

The execution, delivery and performance by Contractor of this Contract and each
other Project Document to which Contractor is a party, the consummation of the
transactions contemplated hereby and thereby, and the compliance with the
provisions hereof or thereof, by Contractor shall not, with or without the
passage of time or the giving of notice or both:

(a) conflict with, constitute or result in a breach, default or violation of any
provision of, or give rise to any right of termination, cancellation or
acceleration under, or loss of any right and/or benefit under, Contractor’s
organizational documents or any contract, lease, license, Governmental Approval,
instrument or other agreement to which Contractor is a party or by which it, the
Project, or the assets of either is bound;

(b) result in the creation or imposition of any Lien of any nature on the
Project, other than Permitted Liens, if any; or 

(c) conflict with or violate the charter documents of Contractor; or

(d) violate any Applicable Law applicable to Contractor or any of its
Affiliates.

10

--------------------------------------------------------------------------------

 

EXECUTION VERSION

CONTRACT NUMBER 51008

Section 4.4

Governmental Approvals and Consents

(a) Appendix B sets forth all Governmental Approvals.  Such Governmental
Approvals that are the responsibility of Company to obtain prior to Substantial
Completion are separately identified on Appendix B (the “Company Governmental
Approvals”). All Governmental Approvals (i) have been obtained, are in full
force and effect, and are final and all appeal periods with respect thereto have
expired or terminated, or (ii) if required to be obtained in the future as part
of the Work, shall be obtained in the ordinary course. There is no action, suit,
investigation or proceeding pending, or, to Contractor’s knowledge, threatened,
that could result in the modification, rescission, termination, or suspension of
any Governmental Approval obtained prior to the date this representation is made
or deemed made.  Except for the Governmental Approvals listed in Appendix B,
 Contractor is not required, and under Applicable Law will not be required, to
obtain any Governmental Approval in connection with the execution and delivery
by Contractor of this Contract or the performance of Contractor’s obligations
hereunder.

(b) No consent or approval of any Person is required to be obtained or made by
or with respect to Contractor transferring custody and control of the Project to
Company as contemplated hereby, or in connection with the execution, delivery
and performance of this Contract, the Project Documents or the consummation of
the transactions contemplated hereby or thereby.

Section 4.5

No Proceedings

(a) There are no actions, suits, investigations or proceedings by or before any
Governmental Authority or arbitrator pending against Contractor or any
Subcontractor, or against the Project, or, to Contractor’s knowledge, threatened
against or affecting Contractor or any Subcontractor, or the Project,  which
would reasonably be expected to result in a Material Adverse Change.

(b) There are no actions, suits, investigations or proceedings by or before any
Governmental Authority or arbitrator pending or, to Contractor’s knowledge,
threatened against or affecting Guarantor,  which would reasonably be expected
to result in a Material Adverse Change.

Section 4.6

Compliance

(a) The Project is being designed and constructed and all components thereof are
being procured, in compliance with all Applicable Law, standards and codes and
in compliance with the requirements of all Governmental Approvals and Prudent
Industry Practice.  When constructed, the Project shall conform to and comply
with all Applicable Law, standards and codes, and the requirements of all
applicable Governmental Approvals.  

(b) Contractor and the operation of its businesses are, and at all times during
the term of this Contract will be, in compliance with all Applicable Law.

11

--------------------------------------------------------------------------------

 

EXECUTION VERSION

CONTRACT NUMBER 51008

Section 4.7

Environmental Matters

(a) The Project has been designed and constructed and the Work has been and will
be performed, in compliance with all Environmental Laws.

(b) In connection with the Project, Contractor (i) has not received any notice
of a pending or threatened Claim, or inquiry by any Governmental Authority or
other Person relating to any actual or alleged violations of Environmental Laws
or any obligation on the part of Contractor to investigate or take any other
action relative to any Regulated Materials or threatened Release of any
Regulated Materials and (ii) is and has been in compliance with all
Environmental Laws.

(c) Contractor has not entered into or agreed to any decree or order with any
Governmental Authority and Contractor is not subject to any judgment relating to
compliance with any Environmental Law or to the investigation or cleanup of
Regulated Materials.

(d) Neither Contractor nor any Subcontractor in the performance of the Work has
generated, transported, treated, stored, disposed of, arranged to be disposed
of, Released or threatened to Release or will generate, transport, treat, store,
dispose of, arrange to be disposed of, Release or threaten to Release, any
Regulated Materials at, on, from or under the Site in violation of, or so as
would reasonably be expected to result in Liability under any Environmental
Laws.

Section 4.8

No Defaults

Contractor is not in breach of, or in default under, any Project Document, or
any other agreement or instrument to which it is a party or by which it or its
properties or assets may be bound, and no Project Party is in breach of, or in
default under, any other agreement or instrument to which it is a party or by
which it or its properties or assets may be bound except where such breach or
default would not, singly or in the aggregate,  reasonably be expected to result
in a Material Adverse Change.

Section 4.9

Expertise

(a) To Contractor’s knowledge, there is no reason that (i) the Project will not
achieve Substantial Completion by the Guaranteed Substantial Completion Date; or
(ii) the cost to complete the Project will exceed the Contract Price.

(b) The construction and operation of the Project in accordance with the Project
Documents and any other contract connected with the performance of the Work to
which Contractor is a party and in compliance with Governmental Approvals,
Applicable Law and pursuant to this Contract, is technically feasible.

(c) Contractor has substantial and sufficient experience, expertise and
capability in the development and engineering, construction and procurement of
combined cycle power plants such as the Plant and the capability to carry out
the Work

12

--------------------------------------------------------------------------------

 

EXECUTION VERSION

CONTRACT NUMBER 51008

and acknowledges that Company is relying on such experience, expertise and
capability in executing this Contract.

ARTICLE 5

REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES OF COMPANY

As used in this Article 5, “to Company’s knowledge” refers to matters within the
actual knowledge of Company.  Company represents and warrants to Contractor on
the Effective Date as follows:

Section 5.1

Corporate Organization

Company is an electric cooperative duly organized and validly existing under the
laws of the State of Alaska.  Company has full corporate power and authority to
carry on its business as it is now being conducted and to own the properties and
assets it now owns.

Section 5.2

Validity of Contract; No Conflict

(a) This Contract has been duly authorized, executed and delivered by Company
and is a legal, binding and valid obligation of Company enforceable against
Company in accordance with its terms, except as such enforceability may be
limited by applicable bankruptcy, insolvency, reorganization, moratorium or
similar laws from time to time in effect that affect creditors’ rights generally
and by legal and equitable limitations on the availability of specific remedies.

(b) The execution, delivery and performance by Company of this Contract, the
consummation of the transactions contemplated hereby, and the compliance with
the provisions hereof by Company shall not, with or without the passage of time
or the giving of notice or both:

(i) as to execution, delivery and performance, require any consent or approval
of Company’s board of directors, any of Company’s owners, or any other Person
which has not been obtained and each such consent and approval that has been
obtained is in full force and effect;

(ii) conflict with, constitute a breach or violation of any provision of, or
give rise to any right of termination, cancellation or acceleration under, or
loss of any right and/or benefit under, any material contract or agreement to
which Company is a party or to which it or its assets are subject or to any
Governmental Approval held by or on behalf of Company, the loss of which would
reasonably be expected to result in a Material Adverse Change on Company’s
performance under this Contract;

(iii) conflict with or violate the charter documents of Company; or

(iv) violate any Applicable Law applicable to Company.

13

--------------------------------------------------------------------------------

 

EXECUTION VERSION

CONTRACT NUMBER 51008

Section 5.3

Approvals and Authorizations

Appendix B sets forth all Company Governmental Approvals. Except for Company
Governmental Approvals listed in Appendix B,  to Company’s knowledge,  Company
is not required under existing Applicable Law to obtain any other Governmental
Approval in connection with the execution and delivery by Company of this
Contract or the performance of its obligations hereunder, the failure to obtain
which would reasonably be expected to result in a Material Adverse Change.

Section 5.4

Company-Procured Equipment

To Company’s knowledge, no  default or delay has occurred or is continuing and
no change order (or the equivalent thereof) has been issued under any
Company-Procured Equipment Purchase Agreement which has or is reasonably likely
to have a Material Adverse Change on the Project Schedule.

 

Section 5.5

No Proceedings

There are no actions, suits, investigations or proceedings by or before any
Governmental Authority or arbitrator pending or, to Company’s knowledge,
threatened against or affecting Company which, to Company’s knowledge, would
reasonably be expected to result in a Material Adverse Change.

ARTICLE 6

CONTRACTOR’S SECURITY

Section 6.1

Contractor’s Parent Company Guaranty and Letter of Credit

 

(a) Within five (5) Business Days after the Effective Date,  Contractor shall
provide to Company a  guaranty acceptable to Company from SNC-Lavalin Group
Inc.,  in favor of Company and substantially in the form of Exhibit
J (“Guaranty”), which shall guarantee all of Contractor’s payment and
performance obligations under this Contract until the expiration of the Warranty
Period; and

(b) Within five (5) Business Days after receipt by Contractor of the first
payment made pursuant to (i) the Payment Schedule and/or (ii) any Limited Notice
to Proceed, Contractor shall deliver to Company a letter of credit (the
“Retainage Letter of Credit”) substantially in the form of Exhibit K in a stated
amount equal to ten percent (10%) of the payment made.  Contractor shall within
five (5) Business Days after receipt of each subsequent payment through
Substantial Completion cause the Retainage Letter of Credit to be amended or
reissued such that the total stated amount of the Retainage Letter of Credit
shall at all times be equal to ten percent (10%) of the cumulative amount of
payments made.  Notwithstanding the preceding sentence, the Retainage Letter of
Credit shall be released with the payment after achievement of Substantial
Completion 

14

--------------------------------------------------------------------------------

 

EXECUTION VERSION

CONTRACT NUMBER 51008

unless such letter of credit is converted into the Punch List Letter of Credit
as set forth in Section 6.1(c).

(c) Substantial Completion shall not be achieved unless Contractor (i) delivers
to Company a new irrevocable standby letter of credit substantially in the form
of Exhibit K replacing the Retainage Letter of Credit for an amount, or (ii)
reduces the stated amount of the Retainage Letter of Credit (such new letter of
credit or reduced Retainage Letter of Credit, the “Punch List Letter of Credit”)
in an amount, in either case, equal to the greater of two million Dollars
($2,000,000.00) or two hundred percent (200%) of  the agreed Final Punch List
value.    

(d) The Retainage Letter of Credit and the Punch List Letter of Credit shall
secure all of Contractor’s obligations under this Contract during the period
each such letter of credit is in effect (the “Secured Obligations”).  Company
shall have the right to draw on the Retainage Letter of Credit and the Punch
List Letter of Credit in accordance with each of their terms upon a default by
Contractor with respect to any of the Secured Obligations.

(e) Contractor shall maintain the Retainage Letter of Credit and shall renew the
Retainage Letter of Credit as required, until the achievement of Substantial
Completion.  Contractor shall maintain the Punch List Letter of Credit and shall
renew the Punch List Letter of Credit as required, until the achievement of
Final Completion.  Each of the Retainage Letter of Credit and the Punch List
Letter of Credit shall be closed upon the receipt by the bank that issued the
applicable letter of credit of a document signed by Contractor and Company which
states that the applicable  letter of credit expiration date has
occurred.  Unless the applicable letter of credit expiration date has occurred,
Contractor shall, at least fifteen (15) days prior to the stated expiration
date, (i) cause the issuer of the applicable letter of credit to renew such
letter of credit for a period of not less than the lesser of (A) one year, or
(B) such shorter period as may be necessary to cause the applicable letter of
credit expiration to occur, as mutually agreed upon by Contractor and Company,
but in no event shall any such renewal under items (i) or (ii) in this Section
6.1(e) be less than thirty (30) days, or (ii) cause a replacement letter of
credit to be issued in the same amount and in the same form as the initial
letter of credit.  If the applicable letter of credit is not renewed or replaced
in accordance with this paragraph, Company shall have the right to draw the full
amount of such letter of credit and hold such amounts to be applied toward any
Secured Obligations. 

ARTICLE 7

GENERAL OBLIGATIONS OF CONTRACTOR

Section 7.1

Contractor’s General Obligations

In addition to and without limiting any of its other obligations hereunder,
Contractor shall have the obligation to do or cause the following, all in
accordance with the terms and conditions hereof:

15

--------------------------------------------------------------------------------

 

EXECUTION VERSION

CONTRACT NUMBER 51008

(a) Provide Company with a fully-operational Project for the Contract Price,
completed in accordance with the terms of this Contract, Applicable Law,
applicable industry standards and codes and Prudent Industry Practice, and
meeting the Specifications and the Performance Guarantees.

(b) Provide detailed design and engineering of the Plant,  including preparation
of operating manuals, Equipment and Materials specifications, all required civil
works and Plant structures, drawings, schedules, software, and coordination of
engineering efforts of Subcontractors, in each case as more fully set forth in
the Specifications.

(c) Except as otherwise expressly provided herein, procure and provide handling
of Materials and Equipment to be incorporated into the Project and construction
equipment,  including as necessary, inspection, expediting, shipping unloading,
receiving  and customs clearance, transportation to and storage at the Site.  

(d) Per Company’s reasonable instructions, accommodate Company’s other
contractors on the Site.

(e) Comply with Alaska’s Little Davis Bacon Act; be familiar with all collective
bargaining agreements pertaining to or affecting the Work; use local labor to
the extent required under Applicable Law and, if not required or provided
otherwise in this Contract, to the extent commercially reasonable; abide by the
requirements under Alaska Applicable Law associated with the determination of
the Commissioner of Alaska’s Department of Labor and Workforce Development that
Alaska is a “zone of underemployment,” and continue to comply with such
requirements even after expiration of the current determination for the duration
of this Contract; subject always to compliance with Applicable Law, Contractor
shall, and shall cause each Subcontractor to, to the fullest extent commercially
reasonable, perform the Work using Alaska labor. 

(f) Employ only personnel qualified for the Work and ensure no illegal drugs,
alcohol, firearms or other prohibited items are on or at the Site.

(g) Provide reasonable notice and opportunity for inspections by Company;
provided, however, Company’s inspections shall not relieve Contractor of any
responsibility or demonstrate any acceptance of Work performed by Contractor.

(h) Furnish the Training to Contractor’s personnel, all as set forth in the
Specifications.

(i) Maintain and abide by all Applicable Laws regarding safety and security
obligations; maintain accurate records and provide reports of injuries and
damages; perform Work in accordance with Contractor’s Company-approved health
and safety plan and Company’s safety policies.

(j) Provide on-Site utilities during construction and pay for their use, except
Company-Provided Utilities.    

16

--------------------------------------------------------------------------------

 

EXECUTION VERSION

CONTRACT NUMBER 51008

(k) Except as may be set forth otherwise in the Specifications, provide
consumables (including water, gas, lubricants, oils, etc.) for commissioning and
startup of the Plant.

(l) Be solely responsible for design, engineering and procurement of all
equipment necessary for the performance of the Work or to be incorporated into
the Project (other than Company-Procured Equipment) (collectively, the
“Equipment”) and Materials, construction and coordination and scheduling of
Subcontractor performance of the Work.

(m) Prepare and furnish a spare parts inventory (based, at least in part, on a
single point of failure analysis of the Plant and Plant systems) one hundred
eighty (180) days prior to Substantial Completion.  Contractor shall replace at
its own cost any part used from spare parts inventory until termination of the
Warranty Period.

(n) Prevent the imposition of Liens other than Permitted Liens.

(o) Intentionally omitted. 

(p) Maintain all records related to the Project for a period of not less than
five (5) calendar years after the Final Completion Date.

(q) In accordance with the Specifications, timely implement and have in place a
Company-approved Project implementation plan, Site security plan, industrial
health and safety program, environmental protection plan, emergency response
plan, Project quality plan, document control and process management program and
communication plan.

(r) Timely implement the process management obligations and quality assurance
plan set forth in the Specifications.  

Section 7.2

Physical Obstructions and Conditions

If, during the performance of the Work on the Site,  Contractor encounters
endangered plant and animal species which are regulated or require special
handling under Environmental Laws or other Applicable Laws, Contractor shall
notify Company as soon as practicable and shall use its best efforts to perform
its obligations hereunder, including those obligations affected by such
discoveries, and in compliance with Applicable Law. 

Section 7.3

Selection of Suppliers and Use of Subcontractors

(a) In connection with its performance of this Contract,  Contractor shall, and
shall cause each Subcontractor to, purchase Equipment, Materials and services in
connection with the performance of the Work from the approved/preferred
Subcontractors set forth in Appendix C (“Approved/Preferred Subcontractors
List”). 

(b) Contractor may subcontract Work to Subcontractors (subject to approval of
such Subcontractor by the Company, acting in a commercially reasonable manner,
if a

17

--------------------------------------------------------------------------------

 

EXECUTION VERSION

CONTRACT NUMBER 51008

proposed Subcontractor is not on the Approved/Preferred Subcontractors List set
forth in Appendix C).  Contractor shall be fully liable for all acts and
omissions of each Subcontractor to the same extent as though such act or
omission had been performed by Contractor. 

(c) Company shall have no contractual obligation to, and shall not be deemed to
be in privity with, any Subcontractor; provided, however, that in the event
Contractor’s obligations hereunder terminate for any reason, Contractor shall,
at Company’s request, take such actions and execute such documents as may be
necessary or desirable to assign any or all of the Project Documents executed by
Contractor and any other contract connected with the performance of the Work to
which Contractor is a party and selected by Company to Company.  Contractor
shall ensure that each subcontract with a Subcontractor is assignable to Company
without consent of the Subcontractor or any other Person.

Section 7.4

Compliance with Applicable Law

Contractor shall, and shall cause each Subcontractor to, comply with Applicable
Law, Prudent Industry Practice and all Governmental Approvals in performing the
Work.  Contractor shall be responsible for ascertaining the nature and extent of
any Applicable Law which may affect the Work, the Plant or the Site as a result
of the performance by Contractor of its obligations under this Contract and,
prior to Substantial Completion, the operation of the Plant.

Section 7.5

Governmental Approvals

Contractor shall obtain all Governmental Approvals designated as Contractor’s
responsibility in Appendix B and any other Governmental Approvals that are not
specifically designated as Company Governmental Approvals in Appendix B and
shall, and shall cause its Subcontractors to, reasonably support the efforts of
Company in obtaining all Company Governmental Approvals,  including providing
such engineering and environmental data and statistical information as may be
reasonably requested by Company.    Company shall be properly included as the
permittee, co-permittee or authorized party with respect to all Governmental
Approvals.  Without limiting the foregoing, Contractor shall, and shall cause
each and every Subcontractor to, at its sole cost and expense, secure and
maintain all applicable construction and construction related permits which are
required by Applicable Law in order to undertake the Work.

Section 7.6

Other Contractors

(a) Contractor shall, in accordance with Company’s reasonable instructions,
afford to other contractors identified by Company from time-to-time all
reasonable opportunities for carrying out their work at the Site, provided that
the same shall not materially obstruct or disturb the progress of the Work.
 Contractor shall also afford access to Company’s employees, including employees
who will operate and maintain the Plant, to perform their work at the Site.  

(b) Contractor and Company shall consult and agree on the means of coordinating
Company’s other contractors and Company’s employees as it relates to

18

--------------------------------------------------------------------------------

 

EXECUTION VERSION

CONTRACT NUMBER 51008

mobilization and laydown space requirements, interconnection with Site
construction power and temporary storage facilities, water, emergency evacuation
requirements, trash/waste disposal, Site access, temporary office space, safety
and security and other Site regulations and requirements.  Each of Company’s
other contractors shall be responsible for any Costs with respect to that
contractor’s work, including mobilization and laydown space requirements,
interconnection with Site construction power and temporary storage facilities,
water, emergency evacuation requirements, trash/waste disposal, Site access,
safety and security and other Site regulations and requirements. 

(c) Contractor agrees that Claims resulting from concurrent Company contractor
activities at the Site shall be brought to Company’s attention within ten (10)
Business Days of the later to occur of: (i) the occurrence giving rise to the
Claim; or (ii) Contractor’s knowledge of the occurrence giving rise to such
Claim.  

Section 7.7

Construction Coordination

(a) Contractor shall be responsible for erecting a temporary and movable
construction fence (the “Construction Fence”) on the Site for the purpose of
separating the Project construction area (the “Construction Area”), which is
initially depicted by the cross-hatched area on Appendix  I, from Company’s
Area,  including the International Station, the switchyard and any Common
Facilities. The Construction Fence may be moved and relocated as necessary with
the prior written consent of Company following the completion of certain phases
of construction for the purpose of accessing other areas of the Project, all in
accordance with the Project Schedule and the Contract.  From the first to occur
of issuance of an initial Limited Notice to Proceed (or as set forth therein),
or issuance of Full Notice to Proceed through Final Completion,  Contractor will
be in control of the Construction Area and will maintain a separate gate for
access to the Construction Area.  Upon Substantial Completion, the Construction
Area will be reduced to Company’s staging and laydown area, and shall not
include any portion of the Facilities necessary for operation of the Project,
the International Station or the Common Facilities.

(b) Without affecting or diminishing in any way Contractor’s obligations set
forth herein, Contractor shall coordinate with Company all activities to be
performed under the Contract, particularly if such activities may require taking
the International Station off-line or have a possibility of causing an outage at
the International Station.

(c) Contractor shall provide Company with reasonable advance notice of
Contractor’s need to access Company’s Area for performance of Work activities
associated with the Common Facilities.  Contractor and Company shall agree on a
schedule for the performance of all Work activities in Company’s Area consistent
with the Contract and the Project Schedule.  Company shall arrange for any
safety instruction and workplace policy training deemed appropriate by Company
for Contractor’s and its Subcontractors’ personnel prior to such personnel being
allowed in Company’s Area.  Company shall arrange for escorts for such personnel
accessing Company’s Area to the extent Company deems such escorts necessary.  If
Contractor needs to work on a system that could be used by Company for the
operation of the International Station,  Contractor

19

--------------------------------------------------------------------------------

 

EXECUTION VERSION

CONTRACT NUMBER 51008

shall provide Company with advance written notice and receive prior
authorization from Company that the system has been deactivated before
commencing work on the system and Contractor shall notify Company once
Contractor completes work on the system so Company can inspect and reactivate
the system in accordance with Company’s policies.  Without limiting the
preceding in this Section 7.7(c) and subject to Section 7.7(e), upon the
reasonable request of Contractor and consistent with this Contract and the
Project Schedule,  Company shall authorize Contractor’s and its Subcontractors’
personnel to have access to Company’s Area (i) for the purpose of undertaking
Work activities necessary to integrate the Project into the Common Facilities,
and (ii) after the Substantial Completion Date, to perform any Work activities
required under the Contract.

(d) Notwithstanding any other provision herein to the contrary, at all times
prior to the Substantial Completion Date,  Contractor shall provide Company and
Company’s personnel and other contractors access to the Construction Area upon
Company’s request.  Contractor and Company shall agree on a schedule for the
performance of Work activities by Company’s personnel and other contractors in
the Construction Area, which schedule shall be consistent with the Project
Schedule.  Subject to Company’s compliance with Contractor’s safety programs as
set forth in the Execution Plan attached hereto as Appendix K,  Company may
access the Construction Area without notice at any time for the purpose of
carrying out activities required (i) for the operation of the International
Station,  (ii) to respond to an emergency or (iii) to comply with Company’s
obligations under any Company-Procured Equipment Purchase Agreement.

(e) Contractor shall (i) schedule all Work activities that will require or may
result in the shutdown of or inability to dispatch the International Station,
and all Work activities performed on or affecting the Common Facilities in
accordance with this Contract and the Project Schedule,  (ii) notify Company in
writing of such schedule(s) at the earliest practicable time and (iii) update
such schedules in writing as necessary; provided, however, Contractor shall not
undertake any such Work activities until Company has agreed in writing with such
schedule and plan for performing the identified Work.

(f) Except as otherwise provided in this Contract,  Contractor shall perform or
cause to be performed, all Work activities with respect to the Project in a
manner that will avoid any interference that could be reasonably expected to
have a material adverse effect on Company’s operation of the International
Station and Company’s day-to-day operations at its corporate headquarters
adjacent to the International Station.

(g) Company shall provide oversight of, and shall have the right to consent to,
activities of Contractor and its Subcontractors necessary for the connection of
the Project’s systems with the Common Facilities and the activities necessary
for the start-up and commissioning of the Project, as provided herein. Company
shall provide Contractor and its Subcontractors with reasonable controlled
access to all Common Facilities,  including the control room, to enable
Contractor and its Subcontractors to interconnect the Project with the Common
Facilities, all in accordance with the Project Schedule and the Contract, and
upon Company’s prior consent after receipt of notice from Contractor.

20

--------------------------------------------------------------------------------

 

EXECUTION VERSION

CONTRACT NUMBER 51008

(h) In the event of an unscheduled shutdown or loss of power generation
capability of the International Station attributable to any act or omission of
Contractor (each, an “Unscheduled Shutdown”), Contractor shall be liable to
Company for all Liabilities incurred by Company in connection with such
Unscheduled Shutdown (including the cost of Company to procure or produce
replacement power); provided, however, that (i) Contractor’s liability for
Company Liabilities shall not exceed fifty thousand Dollars ($50,000.00) per
occurrence and (ii) in the event Company is required to obtain or produce
replacement power following an Unscheduled Shutdown, the Liabilities for
replacement power for which Contractor shall be liable shall be limited to the
incremental cost increase over the cost basis that would be normally incurred by
the Company had there not been an Unscheduled Shutdown provided that Company has
an actual need to dispatch from the International Station because no other less
costly generating capacity exists and is available for Company’s use.  Without
limiting the preceding sentence, after an Unscheduled Shutdown, any future work
that is to be performed by Contractor or its Subcontractors of the same or
similar nature to that which caused the Unscheduled Shutdown shall proceed only
in accordance with a plan developed by Company and Contractor and designed to
accomplish the necessary work in a manner that will avoid re-occurrence of the
Unscheduled Shutdown. 

Section 7.8

Authority For Access for Inspection

Company and Company’s Representative shall be provided reasonable advance notice
and opportunity to attend any inspection of the Work at the Site and to attend
any meetings at the Site relating to the Project or Work which are attended by
Contractor or any Subcontractor and which relate to status, progress, quality,
scope, schedule and safety coordination of the Project or Work; provided,
however, that Company and Company’s Representative shall not have any right to
attend any such meetings (i) wherein the primary purpose of the meeting is to
discuss proprietary matters of a commercial nature between Contractor and any of
its Subcontractors or (ii) the attendance by Company or Company’s Representative
at such a meeting would cause undue interference with Contractor’s performance
of the Work.  In carrying out or attending any inspection as contemplated under
this Section 7.8 Company shall give due consideration to the needs of Contractor
to carry out Contractor’s obligations hereunder and shall endeavor not to hinder
or unduly impede Contractor.   Company, in its inspection, may observe the
progress and quality of the Work to determine, in general, if the Work is
proceeding in accordance with the Project Documents and any other contract
connected with the performance of the Work to which Contractor is a party. 
Inspections under this Section 7.8 are solely for the benefit of Company and any
inspection or failure to inspect and any objection or failure to object by
Company shall not (a) relieve Contractor or any Subcontractor of its respective
obligations under any Project Document or any other contract with a
Subcontractor connected with the Work or (b) be used as evidence that Company
has agreed that Contractor or any Subcontractor has fulfilled any obligations
under any Project Document, or (c) that Company had waived any of its rights
under any Project Document.

Section 7.9

Training

Training of Company’s personnel (or other employees, contractors or agents of
Company), as required by the Specifications,  including training (both on-site
and classroom) in

21

--------------------------------------------------------------------------------

 

EXECUTION VERSION

CONTRACT NUMBER 51008

connection with the operation and maintenance of the Plant (the “Training”),
shall be given by Contractor prior to Substantial Completion and in accordance
with the timetable to be agreed upon between the Parties prior to Substantial
Completion.  The Training shall be provided directly to Company’s personnel (or
other employees, contractors or agents of Company) as specified by Company and
the Specifications and shall be conducted by trainer(s) experienced in the
operation and maintenance of the Work.

Section 7.10

Safety

(a) Contractor shall be solely responsible for being aware of and initiating,
maintaining and supervising compliance with all safety laws, regulations,
policies, precautions, and programs in connection with the performance of this
Contract.  Prior to the commencement and throughout the performance of the Work,
 Contractor shall ensure  that each of its employees and independent
contractors, together with all employees and independent contractors of Company
involved in the Work and all employees and independent contractors of each
Subcontractor, are fully informed concerning all safety, health, and security
regulations and policies pertaining to the Work.  Contractor shall conduct all
operations and activities under this Contract in such a manner as to avoid the
risk of bodily harm to persons or risk of damage to any property.

(b) Notwithstanding any other provision in this Contract, if Contractor fails to
promptly correct any violation of safety or health regulations, Company may
suspend all or any part of the Work.  Contractor shall not be entitled to any
extension of the Project Schedule, increase in the Contract Price or
reimbursement for Costs caused by any such suspension order.  Failure of Company
to discontinue any or all of Contractor’s operations shall not relieve
Contractor of its responsibility for the safety of personnel and property.
Contractor shall maintain an accurate record of and shall promptly report to
Company all cases of property damage and of death, occupational diseases, or
injury to employees or any other Persons connected with performance of the Work
under this Contract.  Contractor shall promptly notify Company and provide a
copy of any safety citation issued by any Governmental Authority.  Contractor
shall, and shall cause its Subcontractors to, perform all Work under this
Contract in strict accordance with Contractor’s Company-approved health and
safety plan and Company’s safety policies.

Section 7.11

Intellectual Property Rights and Computer Program Licenses

(a) Contractor represents and warrants to Company that (i) except with respect
to Company-Procured Equipment, it has, and upon the Substantial Completion Date,
will have all intellectual property rights necessary with respect to the Work
(and each part thereof) and the ownership and operation of the Project after it
is constructed and to perform Contractor’s obligations under this Contract and
(ii) the Work (and each part thereof) does not violate or infringe any patent,
copyright or other intellectual property right. Contractor represents and
warrants that it has not taken, and Contractor shall not take, any action that
would violate, infringe or diminish any patent, copyright or other intellectual
property right, including any intellectual property rights associated with any
Company-Procured Equipment.

22

--------------------------------------------------------------------------------

 

EXECUTION VERSION

CONTRACT NUMBER 51008

(b) In case the Work (or any part thereof) or the ownership or operation of the
Project (other than any Company-Procured Equipment) is held to infringe or
violate any patent or copyright or other intellectual property right and the use
of the Work (or part thereof) or the operation of the Project is restricted or
prohibited as a result thereof, Contractor shall, at its sole cost and expense,
at Contractor’s option, either procure for Company the right to continue using
the Work (or part thereof), replace the same with non-infringing comparable
substitute Work, or modify the Work (or part thereof) so that it becomes
non-infringing (provided that such modification does not adversely affect the
Work (or any part thereof)).

(c) Contractor shall obtain and transfer to Company (i) title to all computer
programs owned by Contractor that are generated in connection with or as part of
the Work and that are necessary for the construction, operation and/or
maintenance of the Plant (other than those connected with any Company-Procured
Equipment which are furnished by the applicable supplier of the Company-Procured
Equipment);  (ii) in the case of computer programs owned by Contractor that are
not generated in connection with or as part of the Work, but that are  necessary
for the construction, operation and/or maintenance of the Plant,  perpetual,
fully-paid non-exclusive licenses to use such programs as necessary for the
construction, operation and maintenance of the Plant;  and (iii) in the case of
computer programs generated or provided by third party vendors (such as
Equipment suppliers) and not owned by Contractor, perpetual, fully-paid
non-exclusive licenses to use such programs for the construction, operation and
maintenance of the Plant as are provided by such third party vendors in the
normal course of providing such Equipment, Materials or services and which are
integral to the use of such Equipment, Materials or services (other than those
connected with any Company-Procured Equipment which are furnished by the
applicable supplier of the Company-Procured Equipment), together with all
warranties related thereto. 

Section 7.12

Contractor’s Representatives

(a) Contractor shall employ one or more competent representatives, whose name or
names and details of qualifications and previous experience shall have been
provided to Company and Company’s Representative by Contractor, to manage the
Work and who shall have Contractor’s authority in respect of all matters arising
out of or in connection with this Contract and the Work.

(b) Assigned Project Roster

(i) Contractor shall designate a Construction Manager,  Project Manager, a
Project Engineer, and a Startup Manager for the Work, each of whom shall
constitute a “Contractor Representative.” All natural persons assigned by
Contractor to perform any of Contractor’s obligations shall be fully qualified
to perform the tasks assigned them.

(ii) At least one Contractor’s Representative shall be present on the Site
during working hours and at all times the Work is in progress, and any orders

23

--------------------------------------------------------------------------------

 

EXECUTION VERSION

CONTRACT NUMBER 51008

or instructions which Company or Company’s Representative may give to the
Contractor’s Representative shall be deemed to have been given to Contractor.

(iii) Company shall have the right, in its sole discretion, to approve or
disapprove, prior to their selection by Contractor, Contractor’s selections for
Construction Manager,  Project Manager,  Project Engineer and/or Startup
Manager.

(iv) If Contractor intends to remove or change its Construction Manager,
 Project Manager,  Project Engineer and/or Startup Manager assigned to the Work
or reassign any such personnel to another project, Contractor shall give Company
fifteen (15) days advance written notice of Contractor’s intentions. Company
shall give due consideration to any request by Contractor to replace such
persons and shall respond within fifteen (15) days to any such requests.
Contractor shall not replace its Construction Manager,  Project Manager,
 Project Engineer and/or Startup Manager assigned to the Work without the prior
written consent of Company, which consent shall not be unreasonably withheld or
delayed.

(c) Company, provided it has reasonable grounds therefor, shall have the right
to request the removal of any of Contractor’s personnel, any Contractor
Representative or any person employed directly or indirectly by Contractor in
the execution of the Work, which request Contractor shall promptly implement.

Section 7.13

Contractor’s and Subcontractor’s Personnel

With regard to the performance of the Work,  Contractor shall, and shall cause
each  Subcontractor to, only employ Persons qualified and permitted to perform
the Work under Applicable Law.  Contractor shall immediately remove from the
Work, whenever requested by Company, any person considered by Company to be
incompetent, insubordinate, careless, disorderly, in violation of restrictions
on firearms, illegal drugs or intoxicating liquor, under the influence of
illegal drugs or intoxicants, or in violation of any Company policy, and such
person shall not again be employed in the performance of the Work herein or be
allowed on the Site without the prior written consent of Company.

Section 7.14

Use of Premises and Trespassing

Contractor shall confine the storage of Non-Company Materials and
Contractor Equipment to locations on or off the Site specifically identified as
acceptable to Company and in accordance with all Applicable Law. Contractor
shall, at all times, prohibit its staff, workers and all other persons employed
directly or indirectly by Contractor or any Subcontractor on or off the Site
from poaching or trespassing and any such person found so doing shall be removed
forthwith from the Work and shall not be re-employed or allowed on the Site
without the prior written consent of Company.

24

--------------------------------------------------------------------------------

 

EXECUTION VERSION

CONTRACT NUMBER 51008

Section 7.15

Temporary Facilities

Contractor shall make provisions, at its cost, for all temporary facilities
necessary for the construction of the Project, performance of the Work and the
installation of the Equipment,  including arrangements for the supply of
telephone, office equipment, sanitary toilet facilities, compressed air and
other services for the Work and shall provide and maintain all pipes, cables and
services required for the operation of such temporary facilities.    Contractor
shall provide and maintain on the Site office accommodations for itself and an
office for Company personnel and Company’s Representative.  Contractor shall
also install and maintain, at its own cost and expense, a system of lighting to
provide a reasonable degree of illumination over the area of its Work during
performance of the Work.  Contractor shall remove any of such temporary
installations pursuant to the terms of this Contract.

Section 7.16

Contractor Deliverables

Contractor shall timely submit to Company the Contractor Deliverables in
accordance with the  Project Schedule.  In the case of those Contractor
Deliverables which are subject to Company’s review, comment and approval, unless
provided otherwise herein Company shall provide to Contractor its comments
(including its approval or disapproval) within five (5) days of receipt unless
such longer period is set forth in connection with a particular Contractor
Deliverable.  If Company disapproves of a Contractor Deliverable, Contractor
shall promptly correct the Contractor Deliverable and re-submit same to Company
and the same process shall be repeated until the Contractor Deliverable is
approved.  In no event shall the approval or disapproval of a Contractor
Deliverable relieve Contractor of any responsibility or demonstrate any
acceptance of Work by Company.  For the avoidance of doubt, this Section 7.16
shall in no way limit Contractor’s obligations with respect to Contractor
Drawings and Manuals set forth in Article 15.

 

Section 7.17

Cooperation Between the Parties

The Parties are expected to be called upon to make decisions regarding matters
not reasonably anticipated in order to meet their respective obligations under
this Contract. In making such decisions, the Parties shall cooperate fully in
all regards with the intent to improve the performance of the Work and reduce
operating and maintenance and Cost impacts. 

Section 7.18

Liens

Contractor shall not create, incur, assume or suffer to exist, directly or
indirectly, any Lien on any of its property now owned or hereafter acquired in
connection with the Work,  or on any other aspect of the Work, other than the
following:

(a) Mechanics Liens relating to the Work supplied and performed by Contractor or
by any Subcontractor that have not yet been paid in the ordinary course of
business; and

(b) Liens filed with respect to amounts payable to Contractor or any
Subcontractor that are being disputed in good faith, provided that Contractor
has posted a

25

--------------------------------------------------------------------------------

 

EXECUTION VERSION

CONTRACT NUMBER 51008

bond against such Liens with a bonding company or other surety reasonably
acceptable to Company (each of the forgoing, a “Permitted Lien”).

Section 7.19

No Amendment of Project Documents; Additional Project Documents

Contractor shall not:

(a) without the prior written consent of Company assign any of its rights or
obligations to or under any Project Document;

(b) compromise or settle any Claim against any Project Party or other Person if
to do so would reasonably be expected to result in a Material Adverse Change; or

(c) enter into any other material contract connected with the performance of the
Work after the Effective Date (each, an “Additional Project Document”) that
would reasonably be expected to result in a Material Adverse Change.  Contractor
shall deliver copies of all Additional Project Documents to Company within three
(3) Business Days of the execution thereof.

Section 7.20

Records and Accounts; Audit Rights

Contractor shall, to the extent applicable, maintain all records and accounts in
accordance with GAAP consistently applied and in Dollars in order to support any
and all invoices, Claims and Disputes under this Contract.  Contractor shall
permit Company, upon reasonable prior notice and during business hours, to audit
Contractor’s records and accounts to verify invoice amounts and to confirm any
increases or decreases to the Contract Price and any Change Orders that are paid
on a reimbursable basis excluding any portion that is represented as a fixed fee
or multiplier.

ARTICLE 8

GENERAL OBLIGATIONS OF THE COMPANY

Section 8.1

Company’s General Obligations

(a) Company’s general obligation hereunder is to pay the Contract Price, upon
performance of Contractor’s obligations as provided in this Contract and in
accordance with the Payment Schedule.

(b) Company shall provide the Site and all necessary access thereto for the
performance of the Work, all as specified and described in the Contract and
Appendix G.

(c) Additionally, Company shall:

(i) keep Contractor informed as to the status of any governmental or regulatory
or other activities undertaken by Company that would relate to the Plant or any
Company Government Approvals and take corrective action related thereto, if
necessary;

26

--------------------------------------------------------------------------------

 

EXECUTION VERSION

CONTRACT NUMBER 51008

(ii) comply with all Applicable Laws; and

(iii) as applicable, maintain all records and accounts in accordance with GAAP
consistently applied and in Dollars in order to support any and all invoices,
Claims and Disputes under this Contract.

Section 8.2

Company Governmental Approvals

Company shall on a timely basis obtain the Company Governmental Approvals set
forth in  Appendix B.  If Contractor considers that a Governmental Approval not
contained in Appendix B must be obtained for the execution of the Work or
operation of the Site or Project and which, as a result of the application of
Applicable Law, can only be obtained by Company,  Contractor shall immediately
inform Company. If Company determines, in its sole discretion, that any
additional Governmental Approval is required which can only be obtained by
Company, Company shall use commercially reasonable efforts to obtain such
Governmental Approvals.    

Section 8.3

Operations and Maintenance Staff

Company shall, at no Cost to Contractor, provide operations and maintenance
personnel as may be reasonably requested in advance by Contractor to assist in
startup, commissioning and Performance Tests, which personnel shall be comprised
of such number of full-time employees (“FTEs”) for such specified number of days
as may be mutually agreed by the Parties.  Contractor shall provide Company with
a schedule of necessary staff not less than one hundred twenty (120) days prior
to the commencement of startup, commissioning and Performance Tests.  Company’s
operations and maintenance personnel shall operate the Equipment under the
direction of Contractor commencing with start-up, commissioning and the
Performance Tests through Final Completion.   Company shall, at no Cost to
Contractor, obtain technical assistance from the applicable supplier for
installation, start-up, commissioning, and testing of the Company-Procured
Equipment as agreed between Company and Contractor.

Section 8.4

Company’s Representative

Company shall, at no Cost to Contractor, appoint a Company’s Representative, who
shall be authorized to act for the Company.  Contractor shall be entitled to
proceed in accordance with instructions given by Company’s Representative;
provided, however, that such appointment and direction shall not relieve
Contractor of its responsibility and liability for its obligations under
this Contract.    

Section 8.5

Company-Procured Equipment Responsibility

Company shall, at no Cost to Contractor, obtain the Company-Procured Equipment,
 including applicable operating and service manuals and any related training,
all in accordance with the applicable Company-Procured Equipment Purchase
Agreements,  the Specifications and the Project Schedule.    

27

--------------------------------------------------------------------------------

 

EXECUTION VERSION

CONTRACT NUMBER 51008

Section 8.6

Communications and Cooperation with Contractor

Company shall (i) respond to Contractor communications and all required
submittals for comments and approvals in a timely manner in order to facilitate
Contractor’s adherence to the Project Schedule, and (ii) provide reasonable
cooperation, collaboration and coordination to and with Contractor, suppliers of
Company-Procured Equipment under the Company-Procured Purchase Agreements and
Persons responsible for the Company Area, Company-Provided Utilities and the
International Station (including Persons responsible for scheduled
interconnection work, the provision of back-feed power, natural gas fuel and
water connections and the dispatch of testing power) during the term of the
Contract through Substantial Completion in order to facilitate adherence to the
Project Schedule and economical and efficient performance of the Work by
Contractor in accordance with the Project Schedule and Specifications.    

Section 8.7

Natural Gas 

Companyshall, at no Cost to Contractor,  facilitate the ingress and provision of
natural gas fuel supply to the Site and the Plant.

Section 8.8

Company-Provided Utilities.

Company shall make available to Contractor at no Cost to Contractor the
Company-Provided Utilities.

 

ARTICLE 9
WORKING ARRANGEMENTS

Section 9.1

Site Security

Contractor shall be responsible for Site security, as more fully set forth in
the Specifications.  Without limiting the preceding sentence in this Section
9.1, Contractor shall be fully responsible for all Equipment (including
Company-Procured Equipment in Contractor’s care, custody and control) and
Materials.  Contractor shall maintain an up-to-date inventory of Equipment,
Materials and tools on Site.  Contractor and Company shall have the right to
demand identification and to search all Persons or vehicles entering or leaving
the Site.  Contractor shall obtain permission from Company before entering
restricted areas and Persons entering without consent shall be subject to
removal.  Contractor shall be (i) liable for loss or damage to Equipment and
Materials on the Site and (ii) responsible for maintaining Equipment and
Materials in safe working order.

Section 9.2

Public and Private Roads and Rights-of-Way; Facilities; Access Route Matters

Contractor shall not, and shall cause its Subcontractors not to, damage, close,
or obstruct any highway, road, bridge, or other public or private easement,
except to the extent allowed by Governmental Approvals.  Contractor shall bear
all costs and charges for special and/or temporary rights-of-way which
Contractor may require, including those for access to the Site.  Contractor
shall also obtain, at its sole risk and cost, any additional facilities outside
the Site

28

--------------------------------------------------------------------------------

 

EXECUTION VERSION

CONTRACT NUMBER 51008

which it may require for the purposes of the Work.  If any highway, road, bridge
or easement is closed, obstructed, damaged, or made unsafe by Contractor or any
of its Subcontractors,  Contractor shall, at its sole cost and expense, make
such repair as necessary.  Without limiting the foregoing in this Section 9.2: 

(a) Contractor shall be responsible for any maintenance which may be required
for its use of access routes;

(b) Contractor shall provide all necessary signs or directions along access
routes, and shall obtain any permission which may be required from the relevant
Governmental Authorities for its use of such routes, signs and directions;

(c) Company shall not be responsible for any Claims which may arise from the use
of any access route by Contractor or any of its Subcontractors;

(d) Company expressly disclaims the suitability or availability of particular
access routes; and

(e) All Costs or other Liabilities due to the non-suitability or
non-availability of access routes for any use required by Contractor or its
Subcontractors shall be borne by Contractor.

Section 9.3

Night, Weekend or Holiday Work

If Contractor determines that it is necessary to undertake Work at night, on
weekends, or on holidays, and such Work is on the Site,  Contractor shall
provide Company’s Representative forty-eight (48) hours prior notice, unless the
Work is necessary for the protection of life or property or for the safety of
the Work, in which case Contractor shall immediately advise Company’s
Representative. Such Work shall be performed in accordance with all Applicable
Law, Governmental Approvals and any applicable consents, and without
inconvenience to any other Person.  Unless such night, weekend or holiday work
is directed by Company,  Contractor explicitly agrees and acknowledges that full
consideration and payment for the satisfactory completion of the Work in
accordance with this Contract includes all necessary labor hours inclusive of
Work during night, weekends and holidays and explicitly agrees and acknowledges
that Contractor shall (a) be responsible for all additional labor and other
Costs associated with Work performed at night, on weekends or on holidays and
(b) not request any Change Order as the result of the need to perform Work at
night, on weekends or on holidays in order to complete the Work in accordance
with this Contract and the Project Schedule.

Section 9.4

Avoidance of Noise and Disturbance; Good Neighbor Policy

All Work at the Site shall be carried out in such a way as to minimize noise and
disturbance.  In performing the Work,  Contractor, on a commercially reasonable
basis, shall ensure residents, businesses and property adjacent to the Site are
accorded treatment no less favorable than that customarily accorded by Company
in the course of its business operations.

29

--------------------------------------------------------------------------------

 

EXECUTION VERSION

CONTRACT NUMBER 51008

Section 9.5

Fencing, Protection, and Lighting

Contractor shall provide adequate safety barriers, signs, lanterns, and other
warning devices and service to properly protect any Person having access to or
near the Site.  Contractor shall be solely responsible for any act of trespass
or any damage to adjacent property resulting from or in connection with its
operations or Work under this Contract.

Section 9.6

Uncovering Work

(a) No material part of the Work shall be covered up or put out of view without
the prior written consent of Company’s Representative.  Contractor shall timely
inform Company’s Representative and shall afford full opportunity for Company’s
Representative to inspect any part of such Work which is about to be covered up
or put out of view and to examine foundations before any part of the Work is
placed thereon.

(b) Contractor shall only uncover any part of the Work or make openings in or
through the same as Company’s Representative may from time to time direct and
shall reinstate and repair such part. The cost of such uncovering, repair or
replacement shall be borne by Contractor unless: (i) such part is subject to a
Change Order for a Required Change, or (ii) it was not reasonable to request the
opening or uncovering given similar Defects in other parts of the Work, in which
case the cost of uncovering, repair or replacement shall be borne by Company. 

Section 9.7

Cleanup

Contractor shall keep the Site reasonably free from debris, trash and
construction waste so as to permit Contractor to perform the Work efficiently,
safely and without interfering with the use of adjacent land areas.  Upon
Substantial Completion,  Contractor shall remove all debris, trash, construction
waste,  Non-Company Materials, Contractor Equipment, machinery and tools arising
from or connected with the Work, except as required in order to allow Contractor
to complete the Final Punch List items provided that any such remaining items do
not interfere with Company’s operation of the Plant.  In the event of
Contractor’s failure within a reasonable time to comply with any of the
foregoing, Company may, after written notice to Contractor of such failure,
perform the cleanup and removal at the sole cost and expense of Contractor.  

Section 9.8

Historical Artifacts

If any relics, items or structures with archaeological, geographical or
historical value or any artifacts  (including fossils, coins, articles of value
or antiquity and any Native American relics) are discovered by Contractor or any
of its Subcontractors in the performance of the Work,  Contractor shall and
shall cause its Subcontractors to leave said items undisturbed and shall
immediately notify Company and await Company’s direction before proceeding with
any Work in the vicinity. All such historical artifacts shall be deemed to be
the property of Company and under no circumstances shall Contractor or any of
its Subcontractors take possession of any item discovered.  If necessary, any
Change to the Work,  including any adjustment to the Project Schedule,
necessitated by any such discovery shall be subject to Change Order as a
Required Change.  

30

--------------------------------------------------------------------------------

 

EXECUTION VERSION

CONTRACT NUMBER 51008

ARTICLE 10

PROJECT SCHEDULE

Section 10.1

Project Schedule

A  preliminary general project timetable is attached to this Contract (the
“Project Schedule”), setting forth the Milestones, as Appendix J.  The Project
Schedule indicates the Milestones that must be performed by Contractor (each, a
“Milestone Date”) as provided by Contractor in accordance with the Contract,
Specifications and the Work.  The Project Schedule shall be updated by
Contractor, subject to Company’s prior written approval per Section 10.2, within
one hundred and twenty (120) days after Company’s issuance of Full Notice to
Proceed; provided, however, any such updates shall not alter the Critical
Milestones and Guaranteed Substantial Completion Date.  The Project Schedule
submitted to Company pursuant to this Section 10.1 shall be in form and
substance acceptable to Company.

Section 10.2

Rejection of the Project Schedule

(a) Company’s Representative shall have the right to reasonably reject, vary,
amend, substitute or otherwise change the Project Schedule prior to approval
thereof. Any such variation, amendment, substitution or other change (other than
a rejection) shall be considered a Company-Proposed Change under Section 13.1.

(b) If, under Section 10.2(a),  Company’s Representative rejects any Project
Schedule submitted by Contractor, Contractor shall, within seven (7) days of
such rejection, submit four (4) copies of the final form of a revised Project
Schedule, with the rejected items deleted or modified, for approval by Company’s
Representative.

Section 10.3

Alterations to Project Schedule

Contractor shall not, without the prior written consent of Company’s
Representative, make any alteration to the Critical Milestones set forth in the
Project Schedule.

Section 10.4

Contractor’s Responsibility to Complete Milestones 

Contractor shall undertake sole and complete responsibility to complete and to
commit sufficient manpower and resources to ensure the timely completion of each
Milestone.

Section 10.5

Rate of Progress

(a) If notified by Company, in its reasonable opinion, that progress is too slow
to meet the Project Schedule,  Contractor shall demonstrate to Company that
progress is adequate or promptly take steps to remedy or mitigate any likely
delay at its own cost and as Company’s Representative may approve to remedy or
mitigate the likely delay, including revision of the Project Schedule (subject
to the agreement of Company).  Contractor shall not be entitled to any
additional payment or additional Costs or any increase in the Contract Price for
taking such steps.  Without limiting Company’s right to assert that a material
breach of the Contract by Contractor exists for any other reason

31

--------------------------------------------------------------------------------

 

EXECUTION VERSION

CONTRACT NUMBER 51008

connected with Contractor’s failure to comply with this Section 10.5, a material
breach of this Contract by Contractor shall be deemed to have occurred if on two
(2) or more occasions Contractor has failed to take such steps as are reasonably
necessary to adequately address a systemic problem in the performance of a
particular aspect of the Work, the effect of which has been or is reasonably
likely to cause a delay in the achievement of one or more Critical Milestones.

(b) In addition to its rights under Section 10.5(a) or elsewhere in this
Agreement, if Contractor is notified by Company that progress is too slow,
Company may request that Contractor provide Company with supporting
documentation, including a written report, describing in detail the methods that
Contractor proposes to adopt to expedite progress and timely complete the Work,
as contemplated herein.  Unless Company promptly notifies Contractor otherwise
in writing, and provided further that Contractor has not demonstrated to Company
that Contractor’s progress is adequate, Contractor shall adopt these revised
methods, which revised methods may require increases in the working hours and/or
in the number of Contractor’s personnel, Subcontractors, Equipment and/or
Materials, at the sole risk and cost of Contractor.  If these revised methods
cause Company to incur Liabilities, Contractor shall pay the full amount of any
such Liabilities to Company, in addition to any Liquidated Damages that may be
payable to Company hereunder. 

Section 10.6

Progress Reports

(a) Contractor shall submit to Company’s Representative on the fifteenth (15th)
day of each month, two (2) copies of a progress report (“Progress Report”) in
compliance with the requirements set forth herein and in the Specifications and
in form as set forth in Exhibit N.

(b) The Progress Reports submitted by Contractor shall,  inter alia, specify in
detail:

(i) Contractor’s and all Subcontractors’ activities and progress on the Work
completed to the date of such report, including a comparison of such progress to
the Project Schedule;

(ii) the status of all deliveries of Equipment and Company-Procured Equipment;

(iii) any problem or circumstance (each, a “Project Problem”) encountered by
Contractor during the preceding month (including the failure of Company to
perform any Company obligations under the Contract or the inadequacy of any such
performance by Company) which might (A) prevent Contractor from completing any
Milestone by its Milestone Date,  or (B) result in a Material Adverse Change;   

(iv) the estimated length of any delay and the estimated amount of any
additional expenses, if any, which may be chargeable to Company hereunder, as a
result of any Project Problem identified pursuant to this Contract, and to the
best

32

--------------------------------------------------------------------------------

 

EXECUTION VERSION

CONTRACT NUMBER 51008

of Contractor’s knowledge, after due inquiry and analysis, the cause of any
Project Problem specified pursuant to this Contract and the specific steps taken
or proposed to be taken by Contractor to correct such problem; and

(v) a forecast of the Work to complete the Project.  

(c) If Contractor fails to specify in writing any Project Problem (an
“Unidentified Project Problem”) of which it has knowledge at the time with
respect to a given monthly period in the appropriate Progress Report,
 Contractor shall not be entitled to rely on any such Unidentified Project
Problem as a purported justification for either (i) claiming that it is entitled
to receive any additional amounts pursuant to a Change Order or otherwise or
(ii) failing to complete any Milestone by the specified Milestone Date, provided
that such failure to identify the relevant Project Problem has, has had or is
reasonably likely to have an adverse effect on Company or the performance of the
Work as contemplated hereby. 

(d) The submission by Contractor of any Progress Report shall not alter, amend
or modify Contractor’s or Company’s rights or obligations pursuant to this
Contract,  including the Contract Price nor shall the acceptance of any Progress
Report by Company be deemed to be an acceptance of the Work reported to have
been performed or that a Change Order may be warranted. 

Section 10.7

Progress Meetings

Progress meetings will be held as provided in the Specifications.

ARTICLE 11

DELIVERY, SHIPPING, AND HANDLING OF MATERIALS AND EQUIPMENT

Section 11.1

Delivery Responsibility

Unless agreed otherwise by the Parties,  Contractor shall be responsible for the
safe delivery of all Materials and Equipment to the Site.   Contractor shall
abide by the requirements of the Contract and the Specifications for delivery of
major items of Equipment,  or Materials to the Site and shall provide Company no
less than thirty (30) days notice of the date on which any major item of
Equipment or Materials will be delivered to the Site.   Contractor shall be
responsible for the reception, unloading, storage and protection on Site of all
Equipment or Materials delivered for the purposes of this Contract,  including
(unless agreed otherwise by the Parties with respect to such item of
Company-Procured Equipment) all Company-Procured Equipment.   

Section 11.2

Packing

Contractor shall ensure that the Equipment and Materials are suitably packaged
for international and/or domestic shipment, as the case may be, and shipped
(with Contractor assuming all risk, liability and responsibility, financial or
otherwise, until Substantial Completion).  Contractor shall become knowledgeable
of transportation conditions and observe

33

--------------------------------------------------------------------------------

 

EXECUTION VERSION

CONTRACT NUMBER 51008

all Applicable Laws with regard to the foregoing.  All Equipment, Materials or
components thereof shall be identified with Company’s equipment number or tag
number, if required by the Specifications.  All shipping shall be in accordance
with the Contract and the Specifications.

ARTICLE 12

CONTRACTOR EQUIPMENT

Section 12.1

Contractor Equipment

Contractor shall, within thirty (30) days after the Effective Date, provide to
Company an indicative list of Contractor Equipment and Non-Company Materials
that Contractor intends to use on the Site, which shall be updated from time to
time during the carrying out of the Work and which shall be available for
inspection by Company’s Representative.

Section 12.2

Contractor Equipment on Site

All of the Contractor Equipment and Non-Company Materials shall, when brought on
to the Site, be deemed to be exclusively intended for the execution of the Work.
   Contractor shall be liable for loss or damage to any Contractor Equipment and
Non-Company Materials while they are at the Site.    Contractor shall be
responsible for maintaining Contractor Equipment and Non-Company Materials on
the Site in safe working order.

Section 12.3

CTG Matters

Contractor, in connection with the CTGs, shall (a) prepare the Site laydown area
in time for the CTGs’ delivery and storage at the Site,  (b) receive the CTGs at
the Site laydown area, and (c) store the CTGs in accordance with the CTGs’
supplier’s requirements.

ARTICLE 13

CHANGE ORDERS

Section 13.1

Changes and Change Orders

(a) From time to time circumstances may arise which justify a Change.

(b) No Change shall be effective unless authorized by Company by issuance of a
Change Order pursuant to the provisions of this Article 13.

(c) Company shall, when reviewing each Contractor-Proposed Change and
determining the nature and extent of any Change Order issued in accordance with
this Article 13, consider in detail the following information:

(i) the factors necessitating or the basis for the proposed Change;

(ii) The nature, scope and extent of the Change,  including any additions to or
deletions from the Work;

34

--------------------------------------------------------------------------------

 

EXECUTION VERSION

CONTRACT NUMBER 51008

(iii) The effect, if any, of the Change on the Project Schedule, any Critical
Milestone, the Guaranteed Substantial Completion Date or the completion of any
Final Punch List items, as applicable;

(iv) The effect, if any, of the Change on the amount of the Contract Price; and

(v) Such other information as may reasonably be necessary for the implementation
of the Change Order,  including the effect on any other provisions of this
Contract.

(d) All requests for a Change Order shall be made in a form substantially
similar to the form attached hereto as Exhibit O which shall address, to the
extent required, all of the matters applicable to such request under this
Article 13 (each, a “Change Order Request”). Company shall, in the case of a
Company-Proposed Change or, if it elects to do so, in the case of a
Contractor-Proposed Change, and in all events in the case of a Required Change,
thereafter issue a Change Order substantially similar to the form attached
hereto as Exhibit P, which shall be signed by both Parties.

(e) If Company desires to request a Company-Proposed Change, it shall
communicate in writing to Contractor via a Change Order Request its requested
Change.  Contractor shall promptly review the Company’s Change Order Request and
shall notify Company in writing within ten (10) days after receipt of the
options for implementing the proposed Change (including, if possible, any option
that does not involve an increase in the Contract Price or extension of the
Project Schedule), and the effect, if any, each such option would have on the
Contract Price or the Project Schedule.  After consideration of such information
from Contractor, Company may, but shall not be obligated to, issue a Change
Order in accordance with the option the Company selects.  For the avoidance of
doubt, Contractor shall be required to implement any and all Company-Proposed
Changes if Company elects to proceed with such any such Change (subject to
Section 13.2).

(f) If Contractor (i) desires to request a Contractor-Proposed Change or (ii)
believes a Required Change is warranted, it shall in either case communicate in
writing to Company via a Change Order Request the Contractor-Proposed Change or
Required Change.  Any request by Contractor for a Change Order under this
Section 13.1(f) shall be delivered to Company in writing as soon as reasonably
practicable and in any event within ten (10) days after Contractor becomes aware
of the circumstances which it believes necessitates or warrants a Change. In no
case shall Contractor be entitled to recover Costs via a Change Order in
connection with conditions that give rise to such Change Order arising prior to
the date on which Contractor submits the Change Order Request, except as
otherwise included in an agreed-upon Change Order.  

(g) Contractor shall be entitled to the issuance of Change Orders pursuant to
this Article 13 in connection with any circumstances which constitute a Required
Change; provided that Contractor shall have in all cases use or have used
commercially reasonable efforts to mitigate potential delays to the Project
Schedule and potential

35

--------------------------------------------------------------------------------

 

EXECUTION VERSION

CONTRACT NUMBER 51008

increases to the Contract Price (the cost of such mitigation efforts to be
addressed in any applicable Change Order).

(h) No circumstances will constitute grounds for a Change Order unless and to
the extent that the Costs of such Change Order are in excess of Three Thousand
Dollars ($3,000).   The foregoing limitation shall not apply to the extent that
the activities that are the subject of separate Change Orders, one or more of
which is below Three Thousand Dollars ($3,000), would, consistent with Prudent
Industry Practices, the nature of the activities and the events giving rise to
such Change Orders, have been the subject of a single Change Order. 

(i) Unless agreed otherwise by the Parties, the amount of a Change Order shall
be equal to (i) the Costs of Contractor (labor, materials, and out-of-pocket
expenses, etc.) to perform the work associated with the Change, plus (ii) a fee
to be agreed upon by the Parties, plus (iii) solely in the case of a
Company-Proposed Change, the Costs incurred by Contractor in preparing an
estimate or proposal in connection with the work associated with such Change,
which Costs shall be reimbursed by Company to Contractor without regard to
whether the Company-Proposed Change results in a Change Order.  Any such amounts
that are paid on a cost reimbursable basis will be subject to audit by Company
upon reasonable prior notice except for the fee portion thereof. 

Section 13.2

Continued Performance Pending Resolution of Disputes

If the Parties are in dispute on a request for a Change Order,  Contractor
shall, pending resolution of such dispute, nevertheless continue to perform work
per the Change Order if it is a Change Order pursuant to a Required Change or
Company-Proposed Change, unless Company directs Contractor not to proceed and
provided that Contractor has been paid on a current basis for undisputed Work
and for disputed Work which has been ordered to be paid through the dispute
resolution procedures of this Contract.  

Section 13.3

Preservation of Schedule and Contract Price

Where any proposed Change or Change Order Request may give rise to an extension
of any of the Project Schedule or an increase in the Contract Price,  Company
reserves, in its sole discretion and to the extent reasonably practicable, the
right to require Contractor to vary, amend or effect such other Change to the
Work in such a manner as will mitigate or avoid the requirement for such
extension of time or increase in price.

ARTICLE 14  

COMPANY-PROCURED EQUIPMENT

Section 14.1

Contractor Responsibilities with respect to Company-Procured Equipment

(a) Contractor (i) acknowledges and agrees that Company will furnish certain
Company-Procured Equipment in connection with the Project and (ii) will
cooperate with Company in the receipt and installation of the Company-Procured
Equipment.  In connection with the Company-Procured Equipment Purchase
Agreements,  Contractor

36

--------------------------------------------------------------------------------

 

EXECUTION VERSION

CONTRACT NUMBER 51008

will assist Company with Company’s efforts to manage the suppliers in the
fulfillment of their respective obligations under the applicable
Company-Procured Equipment Purchase Agreements to the extent the supplier’s
performance of specific obligations thereunder is connected with Contractor’s
performance of Work under this Contract and/or identified on the Project
Schedule as an item for which coordination between the Contractor and the
supplier is warranted.  Contractor has reviewed and is familiar with the
Company-Procured Equipment Purchase Agreements associated with Company’s
purchase of Company-Procured Equipment, and shall, in connection with the
cooperation and assistance contemplated in this Section 14.1(a), coordinate and
oversee the performance by the suppliers of such Company-Procured Equipment of
their respective obligations under the Company-Procured Equipment Purchase
Agreements pursuant to and in accordance with the scope of Work.  Contractor
shall use commercially reasonable efforts consistent with Prudent Industry
Practice in connection with its coordination and oversight activities set forth
in the preceding sentence.   

(b) Without limiting the generality of Section 14.1(a), in performing its
responsibilities under this Section 14.1,  Contractor shall:

(i) receive from Company copies of all communications from the supplier under
the applicable Company-Procured Equipment Purchase Agreement;

(ii) make arrangements for unloading and, if applicable, delivery of all
Company-Procured Equipment at the Site or applicable storage location, including
scheduling delivery;

(iii) keep Company apprised of any issues that arise that may affect the
supplier’s ability to meet or fulfill any schedule, milestones, performance
guarantees or other obligations or that may give rise to change or similar
adjustment under the applicable Company-Procured Equipment Purchase Agreement;

(iv) take all actions necessary with respect to storage and safeguarding after
receipt of the Company-Procured Equipment to preserve the manufacturers’ or
suppliers warranties and performance guarantees under the applicable
Company-Procured Equipment Purchase Agreement;

(v) facilitate access to the Site and any other actions required of Company in
order for the supplier to perform its duties under the applicable
Company-Procured Equipment Purchase Agreement,  including (to the extent
applicable) delivery of any Company-Procured Equipment within the milestones
specified in the Company-Procured Equipment Purchase Agreements and/or
performance testing of the Company-Procured Equipment;

(vi) monitor the work of the suppliers’ representatives, employees and
contractors at the Site;  

37

--------------------------------------------------------------------------------

 

EXECUTION VERSION

CONTRACT NUMBER 51008

(vii) not take any action or fail to take any action which would reasonably be
expected to materially interfere with the applicable supplier’s ability to
perform its obligations under the Company-Procured Equipment Purchase
Agreements; and    

(viii) not take any action or fail to take any action which would reasonably be
expected to void or interfere with the applicable supplier’s warranty
obligations or performance guarantees under the Company-Procured Equipment
Purchase Agreements.    

(c) Contractor shall have no authority and shall take no action to purport to
agree to any amendments or changes to any Company-Procured Equipment Purchase
Agreement, declare a default under any Company-Procured Equipment Purchase
Agreement, terminate any Company-Procured Equipment Purchase Agreement, waive or
release any material right or interest of Company under any Company-Procured
Equipment Purchase Agreement or to declare that the equipment, materials and
services supplied under any Company-Procured Equipment Purchase Agreement are
accepted by Company as conforming to such Company-Procured Equipment Purchase
Agreement.

(d) In performing its duties under this Article 14,  Contractor is assuming no
obligation and shall have no duty to make any of the payments required of
Company or otherwise perform any of Company’s obligations under any
Company-Procured Equipment Purchase Agreement, nor shall Contractor be
responsible for any failure of a supplier to perform any of its obligations
under the applicable Company-Procured Equipment Purchase Agreement.  The Parties
further understand and agree that Company shall have the sole right and
responsibility to make final decisions with respect to any material matters,
disputes or issues that may arise between a supplier and Company under any
Company-Procured Equipment Purchase Agreement.  Company and Contractor shall
cooperate and coordinate with respect to any communications and instructions to
any suppliers providing Company-Procured Equipment in regard to such supplier’s
performance under the applicable Company-Procured Equipment Purchase Agreement,
provided that Company shall have the ultimate authority in regard to all such
communications and decisions as to any Company-Procured Equipment Purchase
Agreement.

(e) Without limiting Contractor’s obligations in Section 14.1(1)(f) and subject
to Builder’s All-Risk insurance being in effect pursuant to Article 26 that
insures Company-Procured Equipment against loss or damage and names Contractor
as an additional ensured, Contractor shall assume care, custody and control of
Company-Procured Equipment once it has been delivered to the Site and shall make
good at Contractor’s own Cost any loss or damage arising from Contractor’s or
any of its Subcontractors’ acts or omissions that may occur to such equipment
from the date of delivery until the Substantial Completion Date.  Contractor
shall also be responsible for loss or damage thereto arising from Contractor’s
or any of its Subcontractors’ acts or omissions in the course of any Work
carried out under the Project Documents and any other contract connected with
the performance of the Work to which Contractor or any of its Subcontractors is
a party or in connection with the Project after Substantial

38

--------------------------------------------------------------------------------

 

EXECUTION VERSION

CONTRACT NUMBER 51008

Completion until Final Completion and related to or connected with any Work or
activities performed by Contractor or any of its Subcontractors.     

(f) Notwithstanding anything else herein to the contrary, if, as the result of
an act or omission of Contractor or any of its Subcontractors:

(i) Company-Procured Equipment is physically damaged or its performance
impaired, Contractor shall repair or replace, at Contractor’s cost, the
Company-Procured Equipment to the extent such damage or impairment arises from
any such act or omission;   

(ii)  any performance-based liquidated damages that would have otherwise been
due to Company from a supplier under a Company-Procured Equipment Purchase
Agreement are not otherwise payable to Company and the repair and/or replacement
contemplated in Section 14.1(f)(i) fails to reinstate the supplier’s original
performance guarantees connected with such Company-Procured Equipment (or any
applicable property loss insurance does not fully compensate Company for the
Costs of fully reinstating such original performance guarantees), Contractor
shall at its option and in its sole discretion (i) pay to Company the additional
Costs associated with fully reinstating such performance guarantees or payment
rights, or (ii) make such liquidated damage payments to Company using the same
measure or calculation utilized for such payments in the applicable
Company-Procured Equipment Purchase Agreement; 

(iii) any warranty benefit or right relating to equipment purchased under a
Company-Procured Equipment Purchase Agreement is impaired, reduced or eliminated
(other than items addressed in Sections 14.1(f)(i)-(ii)), Contractor shall at
its option and in its sole discretion, to the extent any applicable property
loss insurance does not fully compensate Company for the Costs of fully
reinstating such warranty benefit or right under such Company-Procured
Equipment, (i) pay to Company the additional Costs associated with fully
reinstating such warranty benefit and/or right with the applicable supplier, or
(ii) assume directly the obligation to provide such warranty benefit and/or
right on the same terms and conditions as provided by the supplier of the
Company-Procured Equipment. 

(iv) For the avoidance of doubt, Contractor shall have no liability for any
liquidated damages under Section 14.1(f)(ii) that in the absence of any act or
omission of Contractor would nevertheless not have otherwise been due to Company
from the supplier under the applicable Company-Procured Equipment Purchase
Agreement.       

39

--------------------------------------------------------------------------------

 

EXECUTION VERSION

CONTRACT NUMBER 51008

ARTICLE 15

DRAWINGS

Section 15.1

Contractor’s Use of Company’s Drawings

Contractor may use Company’s drawings only for fulfilling Contractor’s
obligations under this Contract.  Company’s drawings, specifications and other
information submitted by Company to Contractor shall remain the property of
Company.  Such materials shall not, without the written consent of Company,
which consent may be withheld in Company’s sole discretion, be used, copied or
communicated by Contractor to any Person other than Contractor, unless necessary
to fulfill the purposes of this Contract, and then pursuant to a full
reservation of rights in Company.  Company makes no representations or
warranties as to the accuracy, completeness or suitability of Company’s drawings
and Contractor shall not rely on Company’s drawings.

Section 15.2

Contractor Drawings and Manuals

(a) Following receipt and approval of the Project Schedule,  Contractor shall
prepare a Contract documentation and drawing list identifying those key data,
calculations (as required for regulatory purposes and any Governmental Approvals
or third party consents), drawings, technical specifications and concepts
required for review for conformance with this Contract and shall provide a copy
of such list to Company within ninety (90) days after receipt and approval of
the Project Schedule pursuant to Article 10. 

(b) Contractor shall, within the time detailed in the Project Schedule or
elsewhere in this Contract, submit Contractor Drawings and Manuals to Company’s
Representative in hard copy and electronic form (the specific form of which
shall be agreed to by the Parties).    

(c) Contractor shall cause to be set forth in Contractor Drawings and Manuals
provided to Company such information as is required to operate and maintain the
Work,  including to the extent applicable, recommended operating and maintenance
procedures, system descriptions, product catalogs, drawings, design sheets,
specifications, logic diagrams, maintenance and instruction sections, spare
parts lists, any vendor-supplied training documents, and current heat
balances.  Contractor Drawings and Manuals shall be (i) prepared in accordance
with the Specifications;  (ii) when completed, in sufficient detail to
accurately represent the Project as constructed; and (iii) maintained and be
available, with up-to-date drawings, specifications and design sheets, for the
Training.

(d) Contractor shall supply additional copies of Contractor Drawings and Manuals
(including calculations) in the form and numbers stated in this Contract.
Without waiver of or prejudice to any rights of Company,  Contractor shall bear
all risk in relation to its performance of Work arising from or in relation to
all Contractor Drawings and Manuals (including calculations).

(e) Contractor shall at all times keep a copy of the most recent version of the
Contractor Drawings and Manuals at Contractor’s office on the Site to be made
available

40

--------------------------------------------------------------------------------

 

EXECUTION VERSION

CONTRACT NUMBER 51008

for Company’s review.  In addition, Contractor shall provide and make available
to Company electronic versions of Contractor Drawings and Manuals accessible by
Company through a file transfer protocol site to be maintained by Contractor.

Section 15.3

Consequences of Drawings and Manuals Not in Accordance with Contract

Any Contractor Drawings and Manuals (including calculations) which Company’s
Representative identifies as not being in accordance with this Contract shall be
modified and resubmitted by Contractor in accordance with this Contract without
delay and without cost to Company.

Section 15.4

Drawings Submitted

Contractor shall not deviate from Contractor Drawings and Manuals submitted to
and accepted by Company or issued by Contractor as approved for construction,
except with the prior written consent of Company, which consent shall not be
unreasonably withheld or delayed. Notwithstanding the foregoing in this Section
15.4,  Contractor may make minor deviations in order to accommodate the
economical and timely performance of the Work, and to enhance safety and quality
outcomes, provided that such minor deviations do not affect the Contractor’s
compliance with this Contract and the  Specifications.  Any such deviations will
be incorporated into the final version of the drawings delivered to Company.

Section 15.5

Inspection of Drawings

Contractor shall maintain and provide to Company’s Representative from time to
time or upon request a complete list of Contractor Drawings and Manuals
identifying which drawings are approved for construction. Company shall have the
right at all reasonable times to inspect all drawings of any part of the Work.

Section 15.6

Operations and Maintenance Manuals and As-Built Drawings

(a) Contractor shall deliver to Company’s Representative one (1) set of
preliminary operations and maintenance manuals for the Work (“Operations and
Maintenance Manuals”) sufficiently complete and sufficiently in advance of the
Guaranteed Substantial Completion Date such that (i) the Plant and Equipment may
be safely commissioned and (ii) prior to Substantial Completion, the Company’s
personnel may be properly trained pursuant to Section 7.9.    Contractor shall,
at its sole cost and expense, continuously update such manuals so that, as of
the Substantial Completion Date, the Operations and Maintenance Manuals are
substantively in their final form with any amendments made as necessary.

(b) Upon Substantial Completion,  Contractor shall supply to Company one (i)
copy of the Operation and Maintenance Manuals and drawings marked to show
as-built conditions of the Work in such detail as to enable Company to operate,
maintain, dismantle, reassemble, adjust and repair all parts of the Work
(“As-Built Drawings”).  Upon Final Completion, Contractor shall supply to
Company three (3) copies of the final Operations and Maintenance Manuals and
As-Built Drawings plus five (5) CD-ROMs incorporating any changes made during
testing and/or commissioning of the Work.  Any

41

--------------------------------------------------------------------------------

 

EXECUTION VERSION

CONTRACT NUMBER 51008

modifications to Contractor Drawings and Manuals, including the Operations and
Maintenance Manuals and As-Built Drawings made necessary as a consequence of any
Final Punch List items or modifications to the Work shall be issued as addenda
to the applicable Contractor Drawings and Manuals within sixty (60) days
following completion thereof. 

(c) All final Operations and Maintenance Manuals and As-Built Drawings shall be
in such detail as to enable Company to operate, maintain, dismantle, reassemble,
adjust and repair all parts of the Work.  If this Contract is terminated for
Contractor Default,  Contractor shall provide to Company such information as is
reasonable and necessary for Company to complete, use and maintain the Work,
 including copies and drafts of Contractor’s Drawings and Manuals.

(d) If this Contract is terminated by Company for convenience, Contractor shall
provide to Company such drafts of Contractor’s Drawings and Manual in whatever
state of completion exists at the date of such termination.

(e) The provision by Contractor of the final Operation and Maintenance Manuals
and As-Built Drawings in accordance with the provisions of this Section 15.6
shall be identified as a Critical Milestone in the Project Schedule.

Section 15.7

Company’s Use of Drawings

(a) Contractor Drawings and Manuals and other Contractor Deliverables created by
Contractor for purposes of designing, developing, constructing, commissioning
and operating the Project constitute “work made for hire” and shall become the
property of Company, and Contractor hereby transfers and assigns title to such
Contractor Drawings and Manuals and other Contractor Deliverables to Company.

(b) Contractor Drawings and Manuals and information supplied by Contractor that
are not created by Contractor specifically for or in connection with the
Project, but that are necessary or useful for the operation and maintenance of
the Project, the Work or any portion of them, may be used by Company for the
purposes of completing, maintaining, operating, improving, adapting, renewing,
enlarging, dismantling, re-assembly, adjusting and repairing the Work, and for
any other legal purpose, pursuant to the license granted in Section 15.7(c).

(c) Contractor grants to Company an irrevocable, perpetual, royalty-free license
to use all Contractor Drawings and Manuals and information described in Section
15.7(b) for the purposes stated therein and Contractor shall provide Company
with copies of such Contractor Drawings and Manuals and information upon
request.

Section 15.8

Errors in Drawings Supplied by Contractor

(a) Contractor shall be responsible for the accuracy, completeness and
suitability of all Contractor Drawings and Manuals submitted to Company in
connection with the Work. Notwithstanding Company’s inspection or approval of
Contractor Drawings and Manuals, Contractor shall not be relieved of any
liability under this

42

--------------------------------------------------------------------------------

 

EXECUTION VERSION

CONTRACT NUMBER 51008

Contract in connection therewith and shall be responsible for any errors,
omissions or discrepancies therein.    Contractor shall, at its sole cost and
expense, carry out or cause to be carried out any alterations or remedial work
necessitated by such errors, omissions or discrepancies for which it is
responsible and shall modify the Contractor Drawings and Manuals accordingly.

ARTICLE 16

SUSPENSION OF WORK, DELIVERY OR ERECTION

Section 16.1

Order to Suspend

(a) Company may, at its sole option, upon not less than seven (7) days’ prior
written notice to Contractor, suspend at any time the performance of all or any
portions of the Work,  including delivery of a component of the Work or erection
of any portion of the Work that has been delivered to the Site.  Such notice
shall specify the length of time that Company anticipates the Work shall be
suspended.

(b) If the Work is suspended for a period of more than one hundred and eighty
(180) days pursuant to notice given under Section 16.1(a),  Contractor may
terminate this Contract by thirty (30) days’ written notice to Company unless
the suspension is lifted within such thirty (30) day period.  Any such
termination shall be treated as a Voluntary Termination by Company as set forth
in Section 29.1(b).

(c) In the event of such suspension, Contractor shall, unless the notice
requires otherwise:

(i) Discontinue the Work on the date and to the extent specified in the notice;

(ii) Place no further orders or subcontracts for Equipment, Materials or
services with respect to the suspended Work, other than to the extent required
in the notice; and

(iii) Promptly make every reasonable effort to obtain suspension, upon terms
reasonably satisfactory to Company, of all orders, subcontracts and rental
agreements to the extent they relate to performance of the Work suspended.

(d) Unless otherwise instructed by Company in writing, Contractor shall during
any suspension affecting the progress of the Work on Site, maintain its staff,
labor and Equipment and Materials on or near the Site ready to proceed with the
Work upon receipt of the further instructions of Company.

(e) If Company desires to extend the period of suspension for a longer time than
that specified in the original notice given by Company, Company shall so notify
Contractor in writing and the same procedures described in Article 10 shall be
followed to determine whether to extend the suspension and the amount of the
Costs which shall

43

--------------------------------------------------------------------------------

 

EXECUTION VERSION

CONTRACT NUMBER 51008

be incurred as a result of any such extension, and any such extension shall be
effected via a Change Order as a Company-Proposed Change.

Section 16.2

Protection of Work

(a) Contractor shall, during such suspension, store, preserve, protect and
otherwise secure each of the Work,  Equipment,  Materials and the Plant.

(b) If Company is unwilling or unable to receive any of the Equipment as a
result of a suspension by Company under Section 16.1, Contractor shall, upon
written notice to Company and providing Company reasonable opportunity to
designate a mutually acceptable destination, place such Equipment in storage. If
any Equipment is placed into storage pursuant to this provision, delivery
thereof shall not be deemed to occur until such Equipment is delivered to the
Site or Company has notified Contractor that it is prepared to accept delivery
at some other location.

Section 16.3

Resumption of Work

(a) Following any suspension by Company under this Article 16, after receipt of
written notice to resume progress of the Work from Company, Contractor shall
examine the Work affected by the suspension.  Contractor shall, within
twenty-one (21) days after receipt of notice to resume the suspended Work,
submit to Company a written report detailing any deterioration, nonconformities
and losses to the Project or any portion thereof and a Change Order Request
related to such damages, losses, deterioration and any other costs associated
with the suspension, including reasonable standby charges and storage and
demobilization costs. Company shall respond to the Change Order Request and
issue a Change Order pursuant to Article 13, which Change shall be a Required
Change.

(b) Contractor shall (i) in accordance with the applicable Change Order,
correct, repair or replace any deterioration to, nonconformity in or loss of the
Work that occurred during the suspension; provided, however, that no Change
Order shall be required or issued for any deterioration, nonconformity or loss
resulting from Contractor’s negligence or non-compliance with this Contract
during the period of suspension; and (ii) promptly resume performance on the
suspended Work to the extent required by the notice.

(c) Company shall have the right, upon reasonable advance written notice to
Contractor, to inspect and audit Contractor’s books and records in order to
verify the accuracy of and to determine the amount of any cost-based
reimbursement associated with any suspension of the Work.

44

--------------------------------------------------------------------------------

 

EXECUTION VERSION

CONTRACT NUMBER 51008

ARTICLE 17

PERFORMANCE TESTING

Section 17.1

Performance Tests

(a) Contractor shall conduct or cause to be conducted tests to demonstrate
compliance with the Performance Guarantees (collectively, the “Performance
Tests”) as soon as practicable in accordance with the Specifications and
procedures and protocols set forth in Appendix F to this Contract and any other
tests, procedures and protocols developed by the Parties.    

(b) In accordance with this Contract,  Contractor shall coordinate with Company
and other Persons with whom Company has contracted to provide Company-Procured
Equipment to ensure any performance testing to be performed by such Persons is
performed in accordance with such Company-Procured Equipment Purchase
Agreements. 

(c) Unless a different timeframe is required pursuant to the terms of any
Company-Procured Equipment Agreement,  Contractor shall give Company at least
ninety (90) days’ prior notice of the date on which the first Performance Tests
will begin and at least five (5) days’ prior notice of a  change in the
Performance Test schedule.  Company may request that Contractor conduct the
Performance Tests at another time more convenient to Company, which request
shall set forth the reasons therefor, and Contractor shall abide by such
request.    Contractor shall be entitled to a Required Change in the event any
such adjustment in the Performance Test schedule results in additional Costs to
Contractor. 

Section 17.2

Minimum Performance Guarantees

(a) Contractor shall conduct the Performance Tests in accordance with
this Contract and, as a condition of Substantial Completion, shall, subject to
the Company-Procured Equipment performing in accordance with the minimum
performance guarantees and other minimum performance requirements set forth in
the applicable Company-Procured Equipment Agreement (unless the failure of the
Company-Procured Equipment to do so is attributable to an act or omission of
Contractor), demonstrate that the Guaranteed Noise Level, Maximum Guaranteed BOP
Load and the Reliability Guarantee (collectively, the “Minimum Performance
Guarantees”) have been met. If the Minimum Performance Guarantees are not met,
either in whole or in part, Contractor shall, at its sole cost and expense, make
such changes, modifications or additions to the Plant or any part thereof as may
be necessary to achieve the Minimum Performance Guarantees.  Contractor shall
notify Company upon completion of the necessary changes, modifications or
additions, and Contractor shall repeat the Performance Tests as necessary until
the Minimum Performance Guarantees have been met. 

45

--------------------------------------------------------------------------------

 

EXECUTION VERSION

CONTRACT NUMBER 51008

(b) The failure to meet any of the Minimum Performance Guarantees within ninety
(90) days after the Guaranteed Substantial Completion Date shall constitute a
material breach of this Contract.  

(c) Nothing contained in this in this Section 17.2 shall relieve Contractor of
Contractor’s obligation to pay Liquidated Damages under this Contract in the
event of failure to achieve the BOP Load Guarantee.      

Section 17.3

Cost and Direction

(a) Except as set forth in Article 14 with respect to Company-Procured
Equipment, the Performance Tests shall be conducted by and under the direction
and at the Cost of Contractor.  Company will cooperate with Contractor’s
reasonable requests in connection with the Performance Tests.

(b) Other than those items and services that are the obligation of Company to
furnish pursuant to Article 8,  Contractor shall provide all  Equipment,
Materials, consumables, and stores, and all personnel necessary to supervise
startup and the conducting of the Performance Tests and shall provide all
necessary technical assistance and advice in connection with the Performance
Tests.  Unless agreed to otherwise by the Parties,  Contractor shall not use
Company personnel in excess of the normal contingent of Plant operations staff
to operate the Plant during the Performance Tests.  During the Training and the
Performance Tests,  Company’s operating personnel shall work under the technical
direction and instruction of Contractor and Contractor shall be responsible for
the accuracy of its instructions/directions provided to Company’s operating
personnel.  To the extent reasonably practicable and otherwise feasible without
additional expense under the Company-Procured Equipment Purchase Agreements and
subject to Section 17.1(c),  Contractor shall conduct its Performance Tests at
the same time performance tests are conducted on Company-Procured Equipment.  

Section 17.4

Company’s Right to Validate

In connection with the performance of this Contract by Contractor, Company
personnel, including Company’s Representative, shall have the right and
opportunity to be present and observe the Performance Tests and shall have the
right and opportunity in advance or during the Performance Tests to inspect and
validate all meters, meter readings and other pertinent data necessary to verify
the results of the Performance Tests.  Company shall provide reasonable notice
to Contractor of any such observation and inspection, including the specific
information desired and method of obtaining such information. Contractor and
Company shall coordinate such observation, inspection and validation so as not
to interfere with the Performance Tests yet provide for a verifiable result.

Section 17.5

Test Energy

Company and ML&P shall have the exclusive right to all Energy generated by the
Plant during any Performance Tests.

46

--------------------------------------------------------------------------------

 

EXECUTION VERSION

CONTRACT NUMBER 51008

Section 17.6

Test Reports

(a) Contractor shall deliver to Company a written preliminary test report,
including the test data sheets and calculated results for each Performance Test
or retest (the “Preliminary Performance Test Report”), promptly after completion
of each Performance Test, together with a notice to Company certifying
completion of the Performance Tests in accordance with this Contract and results
of such Performance Tests.  Promptly after receipt of such Preliminary
Performance Test Report,  Company and Contractor shall consult concerning the
results of such tests, and within three (3) days thereafter, Company shall (i)
state it concurs with the results of the Performance Tests or (ii) state it
disputes the results of the Performance Tests and provide the reasons therefor.
   

(b) Within fifteen (15) days following completion of all Performance Tests,
 Contractor shall provide to Company a written final test report, including test
data sheets and calculated results of each Performance Test or retest (the
“Final Performance Test Report”) and a final notice to Company certifying
completion of the Performance Tests. Within fifteen (15) days of receipt of such
documentation from Contractor, Company shall either (i) accept the Performance
Test results or (ii) state it disputes the results of the Performance Tests and
provide the reasons therefor.  If Company disputes the accuracy of the
Performance Tests results in the Final Performance Test Report, then Contractor
shall re-perform the applicable Performance Tests (or part thereof) in
accordance with the procedures set forth in Appendix F.  If the results of the
re-test confirm the accuracy of the initial tests, then Company shall pay the
increased costs directly resulting from the re-test.  If the results of the
re-test do not confirm the accuracy of the initial test, then Contractor shall
pay for the costs of the re-test and any subsequent tests necessary to confirm
compliance with all Performance Guarantees.  

Section 17.7

Duty to Advise of Defects, Errors and Omissions in the Work

Contractor shall advise Company promptly upon Contractor becoming aware of or
gaining knowledge of or receiving notice of any design, engineering,
manufacturing or other Defect, error or omission that might affect the Work and
its operability, operational life and maintenance.  Contractor shall provide
documentation of such Defect, error or omission, along with a description of the
action taken or required to be taken to remedy such Defect, error or omission.

ARTICLE 18

DEFECTS BEFORE TRANSFER OF POSSESSION AND CONTROL OF WORK

Section 18.1

Identification of Defects

(a) If, prior to Substantial Completion,  Company’s Representative, at any time:
(i) determines, in its sole discretion, that any Work done or Equipment or
Materials used by Contractor or any Subcontractor is or are non-conforming,
defective or otherwise not in accordance with this Contract, or that any part
thereof is nonconforming, defective or does not fulfill the requirements of
this Contract, (each, a “Defect”), and (ii) as soon as

47

--------------------------------------------------------------------------------

 

EXECUTION VERSION

CONTRACT NUMBER 51008

reasonably practicable notifies Contractor of said decision, specifying
particulars of the Defect(s) alleged and of where the same are alleged to exist
or to have occurred, then Contractor shall with all speed, at its sole cost and
expense, remedy the Defects so specified.

(b) If Contractor fails to remedy such Defect within a reasonable time or such
Defect requires prompt action as a result of an emergency situation existing at
the Site,  Company may take such action at the sole cost, risk and expense of
Contractor, provided that it does so in a reasonable manner and notifies
Contractor of Company’s intention to do so as soon as reasonably possible. All
Costs (provided that such Costs comprised of Company’s internal Costs exclude
any mark-up for allocated overhead (including general and administrative
expenses) in excess of five percent (5%)) incurred by Company in connection
therewith shall be deducted from the Contract Price or immediately paid by
Contractor to Company.  Contractor agrees to pay Company for any Costs (provided
that in the case of Costs comprised of Company’s internal Costs, such Costs
exclude any mark-up for allocated overhead (including general and administrative
expenses) in excess of five percent (5%)), expenses or other charges incurred by
Company if Company elects to proceed to do the Work in accordance with this
Section 18.1.    

Section 18.2

Replacement of Defects

(a) All Equipment and/or Materials furnished or Work done by Company to replace
defective Equipment or Materials shall comply with this Contract and shall be
obtained at reasonable prices and where reasonably practicable under competitive
conditions. Contractor shall be entitled at its own expense to remove and retain
all defective Equipment or Materials that Company may have replaced.  Nothing in
this Article 18 shall prejudice any other rights and/or remedies of Company
under this Contract that may arise as the result of any Defect,  including the
exercise by Company of its rights and/or remedies connected with Contractor
Default.

ARTICLE 19

SUBSTANTIAL COMPLETION,  FINAL COMPLETION,
AND TRANSFER OF CARE, CUSTODY AND CONTROL

Section 19.1

Substantial Completion

(a) Contractor shall notify Company when the Work meets the Substantial
Completion Criteria and shall provide with such notice a certificate of an
authorized officer of Contractor certifying that the Substantial Completion
Criteria have been met and the date thereof (such notice and certificate, the
“Request for Substantial Completion”). 

(b) Within five (5) days after receipt of the Request for Substantial
Completion,  Company shall either: (i) reject such Request for Substantial
Completion and refuse to issue a notice acknowledging Substantial Completion
(the “Notice of Substantial Completion”) and state which Substantial Completion
Criteria Contractor

48

--------------------------------------------------------------------------------

 

EXECUTION VERSION

CONTRACT NUMBER 51008

failed to achieve; or (ii) accept the Request for Substantial Completion as
given and issue the Notice of Substantial Completion with Substantial Completion
deemed to occur on the date (the “Substantial Completion Date”) set forth in
said Request for Substantial Completion.

(c) If Company rejects the Request for Substantial Completion,  Contractor shall
promptly provide to Company a plan and schedule for remedying the deficiencies
specified in Company’s rejection, shall carry out such plan at its own cost and
expense, and, upon completion thereof, shall issue a new Request for Substantial
Completion.

(d) The foregoing procedure shall apply again and successively thereafter until
all Substantial Completion Criteria have been achieved.    

Section 19.2

Care, Custody, Control and Risk of Loss; Punch List Items

(a) Contractor shall be responsible for the care, custody and control and risk
of loss (except for loss or damage attributable to earthquake to the extent not
covered by the Builders All-Risk insurance specified in Section 26.1(a)) of the
Work upon the first to occur of issuance of an initial Limited Notice to Proceed
or issuance of Full Notice to Proceed and shall make good at Contractor’s own
Cost any loss or damage that may occur to the Work or any part thereof from any
cause whatsoever until the Substantial Completion Date.  Contractor shall also
be responsible for loss or damage thereto caused by Contractor or its
Subcontractors in the course of any Work carried out under the Project Documents
and any other contract connected with the performance of the Work to which
Contractor or any of its Subcontractors is a party or in connection with the
Project after Substantial Completion until Final Completion.

(b) Company shall begin to compile a preliminary punch list at least thirty (30)
Business Days prior to the anticipated Substantial Completion Date.  Company
shall submit to Contractor the completed preliminary punch list at least ten
(10) Business Days prior to the anticipated Substantial Completion Date. After
receipt of the preliminary punch list by Contractor,  Company and Contractor
shall agree on the Final Punch List and the value of such incomplete items as a
condition of achieving Substantial Completion.  All of the items on the Final
Punch List shall be completed expeditiously after the Substantial Completion
Date and must be completed prior to Final Completion. 

Section 19.3

Title

(a) Title to each item of Material and/or Equipment to be supplied to Company
pursuant to this Contract shall transfer to Company at whichever is the earlier
of the following:

(i) Contractor has received payment for the item of Material or Equipment from
Company in accordance with the Payment Schedule; or

(ii) the Substantial Completion Date.

49

--------------------------------------------------------------------------------

 

EXECUTION VERSION

CONTRACT NUMBER 51008

(b) Contractor shall, and shall cause its Subcontractors to, transfer the Work
supplied and performed to Company (i) prior to the Substantial Completion Date,
free and clear of all Liens other than Permitted Liens and (ii) upon the
Substantial Completion Date, free and clear of all Liens.  

(c) Without limiting Contractor’s obligations in Section 3.8, with respect to
any Lien or Claim relating to the Project other than Permitted Liens arising
through Contractor or any Subcontractor,  Contractor agrees to, or to cause any
such Subcontractor to, promptly remove or cause to be removed any such Lien or
Claim.

(d) Contractor shall promptly pay when due all obligations for labor, Materials
and Equipment in connection with the Work and shall indemnify and keep
indemnified the Company against any Claims, losses or damage arising from any
defect in title or Liens upon any of the Work,  Equipment, Company-Procured
Equipment after it has been delivered to the Site (provided that, in the case of
Company-Procured Equipment, such Claims, losses or damage are attributable to an
act or omission (including non-payment) of Contractor or any of its
Subcontractors) and the Plant. 

(e) Upon title transfer of any Equipment and/or Material, Contractor shall
furnish Company with a bill of sale in the form attached hereto as Exhibit R for
all Equipment and Material for which title has transferred to Company.

Section 19.4

Marking of Equipment and Materials

(a) Where, prior to delivery, title to Equipment or Material passes to Company,
Contractor shall, so far as is practicable, set the Equipment and
Materials aside and mark it as Company’s property in a manner reasonably
required by Company.

(b) Contractor shall permit Company at any time upon reasonable notice to
inspect any Equipment or Materials which has become the property of Company and
shall grant Company or procure the grant of access to Contractor’s premises or
Site for such purposes or any other premises where such Equipment and
Materials may be located.  Such inspection shall not constitute acceptance of
the Equipment, Materials or Work.

(c) All such Equipment and Materials shall be in the care and possession of
Contractor solely for the purposes of this Contract and shall not be owned by
Contractor.

(d) No payment for achievement of a Payment Milestone that is made by Company
shall be deemed to be acceptance by Company of any Equipment,  Material or
Work to be performed or furnished by Contractor hereunder.

Section 19.5

Removal of Equipment and Materials

(a) Prior to Final Completion,  Contractor shall remove from the Site all
Contractor Equipment,  Non-Company Materials, temporary structures constructed
by or on behalf of Contractor or other items of any nature required for
execution or completion of the Work, but excluding Equipment,  Materials,
appliances or other items intended to

50

--------------------------------------------------------------------------------

 

EXECUTION VERSION

CONTRACT NUMBER 51008

form or forming part of the Project. Prior to disposition of such items,
Contractor shall make a written offer to sell at market prices (accounting for
the use of such items) those items to Company which Contractor or any
Subcontractor desires to sell. 

(b) Contractor shall leave the Site in good order and in neat and presentable
condition.  All Costs to dispose of any such items not removed by Contractor
within the thirty (30) days following Final Completion and which Company does
not wish to keep shall be for the account of Contractor. Items not removed
within thirty (30) days after Final Completion will become property of Company
and any Costs to dispose or remove such items shall be for the account of
Contractor.  Prior to removing any Contractor Equipment, Non-Company Materials
or any other items not incorporated into the Work from the Site Contractor shall
provide to Company a detailed list of Contractor Equipment. Non-Company
Materials and/or other items to be removed.  No Equipment or Materials shall be
Contractor Equipment or Non-Company Materials unless it is included in the
then-current list approved pursuant to Section 12.1. 

Section 19.6

Final Completion

(a) Upon completion or fulfillment of all of the criteria for Final Completion,
 Contractor shall give notice to Company of request for Final Completion,
together with   a certificate that all requirements for Final Completion have
been met (such notice and certificate,  the “Request for Final Completion”).

(b) Within eleven (11) Business Days after receipt of the Request for Final
Completion,  Company shall by notice either: (i) reject such Request for Final
Completion and refuse to issue a notice of Final Completion (the “Notice of
Final Completion”) and state what Final Completion Criteria Contractor failed to
achieve; or (ii) accept the Request for Final Completion and issue the Notice of
Final Completion with Final Completion deemed to occur on the date set forth in
said Request for Final Completion (the “Final Completion Date”).           

(c) If Company initially rejects the Request for Final Completion,  Contractor
shall promptly provide to Company a plan and schedule for remedying the
deficiencies specified in Company’s rejection, shall carry out such plan at its
own cost and expense, and, upon completion thereof, shall issue a new Request
for Final Completion.

(d) The foregoing procedure shall apply again and successively thereafter until
all Final Completion Criteria have been achieved.

ARTICLE 20

CODES AND STANDARDS

Section 20.1

Comparable Quality

Appendix G sets forth all major systems/sub-systems/Equipment/components which
will be supplied in performance of the Work and the industry standards and codes
applicable to each and with respect to which Contractor and the Work shall
comply. Notwithstanding the foregoing,

51

--------------------------------------------------------------------------------

 

EXECUTION VERSION

CONTRACT NUMBER 51008

the Parties recognize that Appendix G is not all inclusive and does not specify
all Equipment/components required for Plant completion. Therefore, the Parties
agree that for Equipment/components not specifically set forth in Appendix G,
the quality standards of such unspecified Work shall be consistent with the
requirements of Article 22 and Prudent Industry Practice.  

ARTICLE 21

ENVIRONMENTAL MATTERS

Section 21.1

General

Contractor shall prepare and submit to Company for its approval appropriate
materials management and emergency response procedures for any Regulated
Materials expected to be used in the Work as set forth in this Contract
(including the Specifications), which procedures shall be satisfactory to
Company in its sole discretion.  Contractor shall comply, and shall cause its
Subcontractors to comply, at all times with such materials management and
emergency response procedures, all Environmental Laws and all Governmental
Approvals applicable to the Work and the Site.  No Regulated Materials shall be
improperly released, disposed of or buried on the Site.

Section 21.2

Release On-Site

Contractor shall immediately notify Company and applicable Governmental
Authorities of any Release by Contractor or any Subcontractor of Regulated
Materials at the Site which is reportable to Governmental Authorities under
applicable Environmental Laws and shall take such emergency measures as are
prudent and necessary to protect the environment consistent with the materials
management and emergency response procedures referred to above and Applicable
Law. Contractor shall take all appropriate steps consistent with the above
materials management and emergency response procedures and Applicable Law for
immediate containment of any such Release and Remediation of the affected area.

Section 21.3

Release Off-Site

In the event of a Release by Contractor or any Subcontractor of a Regulated
Material off the Site but related to the Work which is reportable to
Governmental Authorities under applicable Environmental Laws,  Contractor shall
be responsible for notifying all applicable Governmental Authorities in
accordance with Applicable Law or for causing such notification to occur by the
party responsible for such action. To the extent required, Contractor shall take
all appropriate steps consistent with the materials management and emergency
response procedures referred to above and Applicable Law for immediate
containment of any such Release and Remediation of the affected area.

Section 21.4

Liability

To the extent any Release referred to in Sections 21.2 and 21.3 is caused by an
act, error or omission of Contractor or any Subcontractor,  Contractor shall be
responsible for all Liabilities with respect to such Release and the
indemnification provisions of this Agreement shall apply.

52

--------------------------------------------------------------------------------

 

EXECUTION VERSION

CONTRACT NUMBER 51008

Section 21.5

Pre-existing Regulated Materials

(a) Contractor shall develop a contingency plan to address contaminated soils or
groundwater that may be encountered during construction of the Project to avoid
any delays in construction by planning in advance how to respond to any
pre-existing Regulated Materials that could impact the Project Schedule, the
Guaranteed Substantial Completion Date or Final Completion.  In the event
Contractor encounters any pre-existing Regulated Materials at the Site,
 Contractor shall (i) immediately notify Company,  (ii) if required by
Applicable Law, notify applicable Governmental Authorities,  (iii) if necessary
in light of the condition encountered, take such initial measures as may be
prudent and necessary to protect the environment consistent with the materials
management and emergency response procedures referred to above and in accordance
with Applicable Law; and (iv) after taking the steps contemplated in items
(i)-(iii) above, cease operations in the affected area(s) until Company gives
Contractor instruction for the remediation of such pre-existing Regulated
Materials by other specialized contractors.  Other than as provided in this
Section 21.5,  Contractor shall have no other obligations with respect to
pre-existing Regulated Materials found at the Site, and Company shall defend,
hold harmless and indemnify Contractor and its Subcontractor for Liabilities
relating to pre-existing Regulated Materials and arising from Claims of any
Persons other than Company, Contractor or any Subcontractor except to the extent
any such Claims arise from Contractor’s failure to comply with items (i)-(iv) in
this Section 21.5(a).    

(b) Contractor’s Project Schedule shall account for and take into consideration
any delay associated with Remediation in connection with any pre-existing
Regulated Materials at the Site that have been disclosed in any environmental
surveys or reports furnished to Contractor and any delay and/or additional Costs
resulting therefrom which could have been reasonably anticipated by Contractor
shall not constitute the basis for a Change.  Contractor shall be entitled to a
Required Change in the event Contractor encounters any pre-existing Regulated
Materials that have not otherwise been previously disclosed to Contractor and
that result in delay and/or additional Costs to Contractor.        

Section 21.6

Notice

Contractor shall immediately notify Company of the occurrence of any event that
would or could reasonably be expected to result in any violation of or
noncompliance with or potential violation of or noncompliance with of any
Environmental Law relating to the Work, the Plant, or the Site, or otherwise
constitutes a  Material Adverse Change.

53

--------------------------------------------------------------------------------

 

EXECUTION VERSION

CONTRACT NUMBER 51008

ARTICLE 22

NATURE OF WORK AND WARRANTIES

Section 22.1

Nature of Work

(a) The Work,  including all Materials, manufactured components, Equipment and
labor and services to be performed, shall be designed and executed in the manner
set forth in this Contract (including the Specifications).

(b) Except where the manner or standard of care of design, manufacture and
execution is otherwise specifically set forth in this Contract, the Equipment
and Materials shall be manufactured and the Work shall be designed and executed
in a proper and workmanlike manner so as to comply in all respects with the
Specifications and requirements of this Contract and carried out in accordance
with Prudent Industry Practice and such directions as Company may give.

(c) The Materials,  Equipment, fixtures, software, any related items of personal
property and other tangible personal property of Contractor or any Subcontractor
constituting the Project or utilized in the Work shall be OEM Certified, and
shall be suitable for their current use in the generation of electricity in
accordance with the Specifications. All Equipment and Materials shall be
procured solely for use in connection with the Project. 

Section 22.2

Warranties

(a) Contractor warrants to Company that, for the duration of the Warranty Period
(except in the case of Contractor’s warranty of title, which shall be of an
infinite duration):

(i) Except to the extent such Equipment, Materials and Plant are furnished by
Company, Equipment,  Materials and Plant comprising the Work shall be (A) new
and free from defects in design, engineering, workmanship, title, material and
operation, (B) in accordance with this Contract and Prudent Industry Practice,
and (C) in compliance with Applicable Law; and

(ii) Except to the extent such services are provided by Company, services
comprising the Work (including Contractor’s Drawings and Manuals) shall be (A)
free from defects; (B) performed in a competent, diligent manner in accordance
with, and shall reflect, Prudent Industry Practice and accepted professional
standards for engineering, procurement and construction contractors providing
similar services in the United States;  and (C) in compliance with Applicable
Law and this Contract (collectively, the warranties set forth in this Section
22.2(a) are referred to as the “Warranty”). 

(b) The Warranty shall not extend to defects or deficiencies that are reasonably
determined to have resulted from (i) operation by Company’s personnel in a
manner inconsistent with or contrary to instructions contained in the final
Operation and

54

--------------------------------------------------------------------------------

 

EXECUTION VERSION

CONTRACT NUMBER 51008

Maintenance Manuals,  (ii) repairs or alterations by Company’s personnel in a
manner inconsistent with or contrary to instructions provided by Contractor or
as contained in the final Operation and Maintenance Manuals provided by
Contractor,  (iii) normal wear and tear,  (iv) failure to maintain any part of
the Work in accordance with Prudent Industry Practice (except to the extent any
such practices, methods and/or acts are not otherwise included in or contrary to
the Operations and Maintenance Manuals), or (v) substitutions of, or additions
to Equipment and Materials comprising the Work unless provided or approved by
Contractor or made in connection with Company’s remedying any defect pursuant to
Section 22.7.

Section 22.3

Warranty Period

Subject to the provisions in this Article 22, the Warranty shall remain in full
force and effect regarding all phases of the Work during the Warranty
Period.  In no event and under no circumstances shall any Warranty terminate
less than twelve  (12) months following the Substantial Completion Date.

Section 22.4

Repair of Defects

If Company or Contractor discovers that the Work, or any portion thereof, fails
to meet the Warranty, it shall notify the other Party in writing of such failure
promptly upon discovery, along with the reasonable basis therefor.  Upon receipt
of such notice, or upon Contractor’s own discovery thereof, Contractor shall,
unless an exception provided in Section 22.2(b) applies, promptly (a) cure such
failure in accordance with the Warranty, by repairing, replacing or reperforming
the Work at Contractor’s cost, and (b) shall carry out necessary Performance
Tests (at its cost) if repair, replacement or re-performance are of the type
that may affect operation of the Work or the Work’s ability to attain the
Performance Guarantees.  Contractor shall coordinate repairing, replacing,
re-performing or testing of any of the Work with Company so as to minimize any
adverse effects on the operation of the Project.

Section 22.5

Warranty Period Extension

(a) Extension for Corrected Work. Any Work repaired, replaced or re-performed
and any part of the Project or Site that is reworked, repaired or replaced in
satisfaction of Contractor’s obligations in connection with the Warranty will be
re-warranted by Contractor pursuant to the Warranty set forth in this Contract,
and Contractor will have the same obligations in relation thereto as set forth
in this Contract for a period equal to twelve (12) months from the date such
repair, replacement, re-performance or rework is completed.  Any repair,
replacement, re-performance or rework of any Work that has been so repaired,
replaced, re-performed or reworked shall in turn be warranted under the Warranty
for an additional period equal to twelve  (12) months from the date such repair,
replacement, re-performance or rework is completed and such Warranty shall be
repeated in connection with any further repair, replacement, re-performance or
rework; provided, however, that the Warranty Period shall not continue beyond
twenty-four (24) months from the Substantial Completion Date.  

55

--------------------------------------------------------------------------------

 

EXECUTION VERSION

CONTRACT NUMBER 51008

(b) Extension for Total Shutdown. If, during the Warranty Period, the Project or
Site is shut down (other than for the purpose of scheduled or routine
maintenance) and such shutdown is caused by a defect or failure covered by the
Warranty, then the Warranty Period will be extended by a period equal to the
duration of the shutdown required to repair such defect or failure; provided,
however, that the Warranty Period shall not continue beyond twenty-four (24)
months from the Substantial Completion Date.

Section 22.6

Contractor and Subcontractor Warranties

Contractor shall procure warranties from all Key Subcontractors that correspond
to Contractor’s Warranty in all respects and shall maintain all such warranties
in full force and effect; provided, however, the procurement of such warranties
shall not relieve Contractor from its Warranty obligations under this Contract. 
Contractor shall, as applicable, assign or deliver to Company any
Subcontractor’s warranties upon the earlier of Substantial Completion or
termination of this Contract.  Nothing in Contractor’s Warranty is intended to
limit any OEM warranty which provides Company with warranty rights greater than
those set forth in the Warranty and this Contract.

Section 22.7

Delay in Remedying Defects

If any defect is not remedied by Contractor within a reasonable time or requires
prompt remediation as a result of an emergency situation existing at the Project
or Site, Company may proceed to do the Work at Contractor’s risk and expense
provided that it does so in a reasonable manner and notifies Contractor of
Company’s intention so to do. All Costs (excluding, in the case of Costs
comprised of Company’s internal Costs, any mark-up for allocated overhead
(including general and administrative expenses) in excess of five percent (5%))
incurred by Company shall be deducted from the Contract Price or be paid by
Contractor to Company. 

Section 22.8

Removal of Defective Work

Contractor may, with the consent of Company, remove from the Site any part of
the Work which is defective or damaged, if the nature of the defect or damage is
such that repairs cannot be expeditiously carried out on the Site, or if the
terms of the OEM warranty require return of the defective parts to the supplier.

Section 22.9

Repeated or Chronic Failure

If a Repeated or Chronic Failure of components or any part of the Work occurs
and if any  repair, replacement or re-performance by Contractor pursuant to the
Warranty is ineffective in remedying the Repeated or Chronic Failure in a
satisfactory manner consistent with the Warranty,  Contractor shall investigate
the root cause of the Repeated or Chronic Failure and repair, replace or adjust
the Work to correct the root cause of the Repeated or Chronic Failure in
accordance with Prudent Industry Practice and to ensure compliance with the
Warranty.        

56

--------------------------------------------------------------------------------

 

EXECUTION VERSION

CONTRACT NUMBER 51008

Section 22.10  SOLE AND EXCLUSIVE REMEDIES.

THE REMEDIES SET FORTH IN THIS ARTICLE 22 FOR BREACH OF WARRANTY (OTHER THAN
WARRANTY OF TITLE) ARE THE SOLE AND EXCLUSIVE REMEDIES OF COMPANY FOR BREACH OF
SUCH WARRANTIES.  THE FOREGOING WARRANTIES ARE EXCLUSIVE AND ARE IN LIEU OF ALL
OTHER WARRANTIES WHETHER WRITTEN, ORAL, IMPLIED OR STATUTORY.  NO IMPLIED
STATUTORY WARRANTY OF MERCHANTABILITY OR FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE SHALL
APPLY.

 

 

ARTICLE 23

LIQUIDATED DAMAGES 

Section 23.1

General

The Parties agree that it is difficult or impossible to determine with precision
the amount of damages that would be incurred by Company as a result of
Contractor’s failure to timely achieve Substantial Completion or to achieve the
BOP Load Guarantee. Accordingly, any sums that may become payable under this
Article 23 because of such failures shall be deemed (i) to be liquidated damages
(“Liquidated Damages”), (ii) to not be  a penalty, and (iii) to be fair and
reasonable and that they represent a reasonable estimate of fair compensation
for the losses and Liabilities that may reasonably be anticipated from such
failures.  Except in connection with Contractor’s obligation to meet the Minimum
Performance Guarantees and the remedies associated with Contractor’s failure to
do so, the payment by Contractor to Company of Late Substantial Completion LDs
and BOP Load Guarantee LDs shall be Company’s exclusive remedies for and
Contractor’s sole obligations arising out of such delay and/or deficiencies.

Section 23.2

Liquidated Damages for Delay in Substantial Completion

If Contractor fails to achieve Substantial Completion on or before the
Guaranteed Substantial Completion Date, then commencing on the day following the
Guaranteed Substantial Completion Date, Contractor shall pay Company Liquidated
Damages, for each day until Contractor achieves Substantial Completion, in the
following amounts (collectively, “Late Substantial Completion LDs”):

(a) during the initial sixty (60) days following the Guaranteed Substantial
Completion Date, an amount equal to five thousand Dollars ($5,000) per day; and

(b) after the sixtieth (60th) day following the Guaranteed Substantial
Completion Date, an amount equal to ten thousand Dollars ($10,000) per day.    

In no event shall the Late Substantial Completion LDs exceed ten percent (10%)
of the Contract Price. 

57

--------------------------------------------------------------------------------

 

EXECUTION VERSION

CONTRACT NUMBER 51008

Section 23.3

Liquidated Damages for Failure to Achieve the BOP Load Guarantee

(a) If the Work fails to achieve the BOP Load Guarantee, Contractor shall pay
Liquidated Damages in accordance with this Section 23.3 (the “BOP Load Guarantee
LDs”).

(b) If Substantial Completion has occurred and the BOP Load Guarantee has not
been met at Substantial Completion as demonstrated by the Final Performance Test
Report, Contractor shall have the opportunity to demonstrate to Company via
technical demonstration that the BOP Load falls within a reasonably expected
range and that the Plant was designed in accordance with Prudent Industry
Practice and in the best interests of the Company.  If Company determines in its
sole discretion that either or both of the items in the preceding sentence have
not been met, Contractor shall have a sixty (60) day cure period (the “BOP Load
Guarantee LD Cure Period”) after the Substantial Completion Date to either
repair or replace the underperforming Equipment or otherwise remedy the failure
to meet the BOP Load Guarantee, or pay to Company the BOP Load Guarantee LDs,
all in accordance with Section 23.3(c). 

(c) Contractor shall use commercially reasonable efforts to repair or replace
the underperforming Equipment, or otherwise remedy the failure to meet the BOP
Load Guarantee, during the BOP Load Guarantee LD Cure Period.  On or before the
expiration of BOP Load Guarantee LD Cure Period, Contractor shall have
demonstrated to Company’s satisfaction in Company’s sole discretion that the BOP
Load Guarantee has been met.  In the event of Contractor’s failure to so
demonstrate, Contractor shall pay to Company Liquidated Damages in the amount of
$1,800 per kW; provided, however, that the amount of BOP Load Guarantee LDs
shall not exceed, in the aggregate, an amount equal to ten percent (10%) of the
Contract Price. 

Section 23.4

Intentionally Omitted.

Section 23.5

Calculations and Payments of Liquidated Damages

(a) Unless otherwise set forth in this Article 23, all calculations with respect
to amounts payable as Liquidated Damages under this Article 23 shall be made by
Contractor and provided to Company within, and shall become due and payable (i)
in the case of Section 23.2, ten (10) Business Days after the final day of each
month during which such delay occurs; and (ii) in the case of Section 23.3, five
(5) Business Days after expiration of the BOP Load Guarantee LD Cure
Period.  Company shall have the right to audit such calculations. Contractor
shall itemize such calculations and such calculations shall include such
supporting documentation as Company shall reasonably request and shall be in
sufficient detail to permit Company to verify each calculation. Company shall
notify Contractor as soon as reasonably practicable of any portion of the
calculations with which Company disagrees.  In the event Contractor disputes in
good faith the payment of any portion of Liquidated Damages hereunder, Company
shall not otherwise withhold payment or make payment of such disputed portion of
Liquidated Damages one of the criteria for Substantial Completion.

58

--------------------------------------------------------------------------------

 

EXECUTION VERSION

CONTRACT NUMBER 51008

(b) Notwithstanding anything in this Agreement to the contrary, in no event
shall the maximum amount of Liquidated Damages hereunder exceed ten percent
(10%) of the Contract Price. 

(c) Liquidated Damages shall bear interest at the Late Payment Rate, compounded
daily from the date such amount was due.

ARTICLE 24

LIMITATIONS OF LIABILITY

Section 24.1

Duty to Mitigate

The Parties agree and acknowledge that, in all cases, each Party shall have a
duty to take all necessary measures to mitigate the losses or Liabilities which
may occur in connection with the Work, provided that the Party can do so without
unreasonable inconvenience or cost to such Party. 

Section 24.2

Limitation of Liability

(a) EXCEPT WITH RESPECT TO (I) THE OBLIGATIONS OF CONTRACTOR TO PAY LIQUIDATED
DAMAGES TO COMPANY UNDER ARTICLE 23; (II) CONTRACTOR’S THIRD PARTY
INDEMNIFICATION OBLIGATIONS SET FORTH IN SECTION 25.1(A); AND (III) CONTRACTOR’S
INDEMNIFICATION OBLIGATIONS UNDER SECTION 25.2(B) AND SECTION 25.2(C), IN NO
EVENT WHETHER AS A RESULT OF BREACH OF CONTRACT, TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE AND
STRICT LIABILITY), STATUTE, EQUITY OR ANY OTHER EXTRA-CONTRACTUAL THEORY SHALL
EITHER PARTY BE LIABLE TO THE OTHER PARTY FOR ANY FOR INDIRECT, CONSEQUENTIAL,
SPECIAL, INCIDENTAL, OR EXEMPLARY DAMAGES OF ANY KIND (INCLUDING (I) LOSS OF
PROFIT OR INCOME; (II) LOSS OF USE: (III) LOSS OF PRODUCTION: (IV) LOST REVENUE,
LOST POWER, OR LOST USE OF EQUIPMENT OR FACILITIES; (V)  COST OF CAPITAL; (VI)
DOWN-TIME COSTS; (VII) SUBSTITUTE EQUIPMENT OR FACILITIES TO THE EXTENT SUCH
EQUIPMENT OR FACILITIES ARE USED TEMPORARILY TO FULFILL COMPANY’S POWER SUPPLY
OBLIGATIONS IN THE EVENT OF AN UNSCHEDULED SHUTDOWN OR DURING CONTRACTOR’S
PERFORMANCE OF ITS WARRANTY OBLIGATIONS UNDER THIS CONTRACT; (VII) EXCEPT AS
CONTEMPLATED IN SECTION 7.7(H) IN CONNECTION WITH CONTRACTOR’S LIABILITY FOR
LIABILITIES CONNECTED WITH COMPANY’S PROCUREMENT OF REPLACEMENT POWER IN THE
EVENT OF AN UNSCHEDULED SHUTDOWN, COST OF PURCHASED OR REPLACEMENT STEAM OR
ELECTRICAL POWER TO THE EXTENT SUCH STEAM OR ELECTRICAL POWER IS PROCURED OR
UTILIZED BY COMPANY SOLELY AS THE RESULT OF CONTRACTOR’S PERFORMANCE OF ITS
OBLIGATIONS (INCLUDING ITS WARRANTY OBLIGATIONS) UNDER THIS CONTRACT; AND (VIII)
CLAIMS OF COMPANY’S CUSTOMERS (UNLESS SUCH CLAIMS OF

59

--------------------------------------------------------------------------------

 

EXECUTION VERSION

CONTRACT NUMBER 51008

COMPANY’S CUSTOMERS FALL WITHIN CONTRACTOR’S THIRD PARTY INDEMNIFICATION
OBLIGATIONS IN SECTION 25.1(A))), WHETHER BASED ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY,
INCLUDING BREACH OF CONTRACT, NEGLIGENCE, STRICT LIABILITY, INDEMNITY OR
OTHERWISE.

(b) WITHOUT PREJUDICE TO OR LIMITATION OF CONTRACTOR’S LIABILITIES AND
OBLIGATIONS FOR LIQUIDATED DAMAGES SET FORTH UNDER ARTICLE 23 AND CONTRACTOR’S
INDEMNIFICATION OBLIGATIONS UNDER ARTICLE 25.1(A), SECTION 25.2(B) AND SECTION
25.2(C), ALL OF WHICH SHALL BE IN EXCESS OF AND NOT SUBJECT TO THE LIMITATION
CONTAINED IN THIS SECTION 24.2(B), THE AGGREGATE LIABILITY OF CONTRACTOR TO
COMPANY FOR ALL CLAIMS OF ANY KIND, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, TORT (INCLUDING
NEGLIGENCE OR STRICT LIABILITY), STATUTE OR OTHERWISE ARISING OUT OF THE
PERFORMANCE OR BREACH OF THIS CONTRACT OR THE PROVISION OR PERFORMANCE OF THE
WORK UNDER THIS CONTRACT SHALL NOT EXCEED ONE HUNDRED PERCENT (100%) OF THE
AMOUNT OF CONTRACT PRICE. 

Section 24.3

Inapplicability of Limitations of Liability

(a) Notwithstanding the provisions of Section 24.2, the limitations of liability
set out in this Article 24 shall not apply in relation to any failure by
Contractor to fulfill its obligations due to its own, any of its Subcontractor’s
or any of their respective Affiliate’s gross negligence or willful misconduct.

(b) In calculating the unexpended amounts of Contractor’s limitations of
liability under this Article 24, no account shall be taken of any insurance
proceeds paid to Contractor (whether payable directly to Contractor or payable
to Contractor through Company) under insurance coverage obtained by Company.  

ARTICLE 25

INDEMNIFICATION

Section 25.1

General Indemnification Obligations

(a) Contractor shall defend, indemnify and hold harmless Company, ML&P, their
respective Affiliates, owners, employees, permitted assignees, and agents
(collectively, the “Company Indemnified Parties”) from and against all Claims
and Liabilities for bodily injury, including death, and damage to or loss of any
property (including third party property), real or personal (other than the
Work), including any Release, caused by, arising out of, or in connection with
the Work,  the performance by any Project Party of the Project Documents, or the
performance by any Person of any other contract connected with the performance
of the Work to which Contractor or any of its Subcontractors is a party,  to the
extent any of such Claims or Liabilities were caused by the negligence, gross
negligence or willful misconduct of Contractor or any Subcontractor, any of
their respective Affiliates and their respective employees or agents.

60

--------------------------------------------------------------------------------

 

EXECUTION VERSION

CONTRACT NUMBER 51008

(b) Company shall defend, indemnify and hold harmless Contractor, its
Affiliates, employees and agents from and against all third party Claims and
Liabilities for injury, including death, and property damage caused by, arising
out of, or in connection with the performance of the Project Documents to the
extent any of such Claims or Liabilities were caused by the negligence, gross
negligence or willful misconduct of Company, its Affiliates or their employees
or agents.

Section 25.2

Additional Indemnification Obligations of Contractor

(a) Contractor shall indemnify, defend, and hold harmless the Company
Indemnified Parties from all Liens, or Claims made or filed upon the Work, or
the property on which the Work is located on account of any labor performed or
labor, services, Equipment, and Materials furnished by Contractor or
Contractor’s Subcontractors of any tier and all laborers, materialmen,
mechanics, and other persons in connection with the Work.  Contractor’s
obligation to indemnify, defend and hold harmless the Company Indemnified
Parties from Liens shall not in any way be rendered unenforceable, or altered,
amended, eliminated or otherwise conditioned by any Applicable Law and
regulations related to processing such Liens. Company shall have no obligation
to deliver a copy of any notice of Claim or right to a Lien to Contractor or any
other Person.

(b) Contractor shall be responsible for, and shall indemnify and hold harmless
the Company Indemnified Parties from all Liabilities, fines and penalties which
may arise (including those that Company pays or becomes liable to pay) as a
result of Contractor’s or any Subcontractor’s non-compliance with Applicable Law
(including Applicable Laws regarding unreasonable construction noise or other
disturbance beyond those disturbances permitted during ordinary construction
activities, the transport of Materials and Equipment over highways, bridges or
culverts,  labor relations, workers’ compensation and other employment matters),
Prudent Industry Practice and all Governmental Approvals.

(c) Contractor shall, at its sole cost and expense, settle or defend and pay any
costs (including attorney’s fees) and damages awarded in connection with, and
shall defend, indemnify and hold harmless the Company Indemnified Parties from
and against, any and all Claims, suits or proceedings based on a Claim that the
Work (or any part thereof) or the ownership or operation of the Project (other
than any Company-Procured Equipment), infringes or violates any patent,
copyright or other intellectual property right. Company shall give Contractor
notice of any such Claim promptly after Company has actual knowledge thereof,
provided that the omission of Company to give such notice shall not relieve
Contractor of its obligations hereunder except to the extent that such omission
results in a failure of actual notice to Contractor and Contractor is damaged as
a result of such failure.

Section 25.3

Indemnification Procedures

(a) Either Party seeking indemnification under this Contract (the “Indemnified
Party”) shall give notice to the Party required to provide indemnification
hereunder (the

61

--------------------------------------------------------------------------------

 

EXECUTION VERSION

CONTRACT NUMBER 51008

“Indemnifying Party”) promptly after the Indemnified Party has actual knowledge
of any Claim as to which indemnification may be sought hereunder, and the
Indemnified Party shall permit the Indemnifying Party (at the expense of the
Indemnifying Party) to assume the defense of any Claim or litigation resulting
therefrom; provided that:

(i) counsel for the Indemnifying Party who shall conduct the defense of such
Claim or litigation shall be reasonably satisfactory to the Indemnified Party;

(ii) the Indemnified Party may participate in such defense at its own expense,
except the Indemnifying Party shall reimburse the Indemnified Party for its
participation in such defense to the extent that the Indemnifying Party requests
the Indemnified Party to participate in its own defense; and

(iii) the omission by the Indemnified Party to give notice as provided herein
shall not relieve the Indemnifying Party of its indemnification obligations
hereunder except to the extent that such omission results in a failure of actual
notice to the Indemnifying Party and the Indemnifying Party is damaged as a
result of such failure to give notice.

Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Indemnifying Party may not settle any Claim
related to the indemnity being provided hereunder without the consent of the
Indemnified Party, such consent not to be unreasonably withheld.

(b) Nothing in this Section 25.3 is intended to allow any Indemnified Party to
be indemnified from and against any Claims and Liabilities caused by, arising
out of, or in connection with the performance of this Contract to the extent any
of such Claims or Liabilities were caused by, arose out of, or were in any way
incidental to or in connection with its own negligence or intentional
misconduct. 

Section 25.4

Indemnity Duration

Contractor’s obligations to indemnify Company under the terms of this Contract
shall commence on the Effective Date and shall continue until expiration of any
applicable statute of limitations; provided, however, that Contractor’s
indemnification obligation with respect to its representations, warranties and
covenants pertaining to title shall continue indefinitely. Company’s obligations
to indemnify Contractor shall commence on the Effective Date and shall continue
until two (2) years following the end of the Warranty Period.

ARTICLE 26

INSURANCE

Section 26.1

Contractor’s and Subcontractors’ Insurance Coverage

Contractor shall maintain and require itself and all Key Subcontractors, while
performing Work on the Site or for such other period as specified, to provide,
pay for and continuously maintain in full force and effect with insurers having
an A.M. Best Insurance Reports rating of

62

--------------------------------------------------------------------------------

 

EXECUTION VERSION

CONTRACT NUMBER 51008

A-:VII or better and properly licensed to provide such insurance in the State of
Alaska, the following insurance coverage:

(a) Mutually acceptable Builder’s All-Risk insurance at all times until Final
Completion in the amount of the greater of the Contract Price or the value of
the completed Work, subject to an allowance of $1,600,000.00 to obtain such
insurance.  

(b) Employers’ Liability insurance with a minimum limit of $1,000,000 per
occurrence.

(c) Commercial General Liability insurance, to include contractual liability,
with a minimum single limit of $1,000,000 with $3,000,000 annual aggregate to
protect against and from all loss by reason of injury to persons or damage to
property based upon and arising out of the work performed under this Contract.

(d) Umbrella or Excess Liability insurance with minimum limits of $20,000,000
per occurrence and $20,000,000 annual aggregate to cover claims in excess of the
underlying limits for Employer’s Liability, General Liability, and Automobile
Liability.

(e) Pollution Liability insurance of at least $5,000,000.

(f) Business Automobile Liability insurance with a minimum single limit of
$1,000,000 for bodily injury and property damage with respect to Contractor’s
vehicles whether owned, hired or non-owned, assigned to or used by Contractor in
the performance of the Work.

(g) Professional Liability insurance (Errors and Omissions)  with a minimum
single limit of $5,000,000 to cover claims arising out of Contractor’s
professional services hereunder. This policy shall be maintained until one year
after the expiration of the Warranty Period.

(h) Transit and Installation insurance with a minimum single limit of $500,000
to cover damage to property and other claims arising out of the loading,
unloading, transportation, lifting, lowering or other handling of such property.

(i) Workers’ compensation insurance in such form and amounts as may be required
under Applicable Law.

(j) Except for Workers’  Compensation and Professional Liability insurance, all
policies shall include Company and ML&P and their respective directors,
officers, and employees as additional insureds, without application of
deductible, retention, or retrospective premiums to the additional insured and
shall include cross-liability coverage so that the insurance applies separately
to each insured against whom a claim is made. 

(k) All policies, except Workers’  Compensation,  Professional Liability and
Transit and Installation, shall include provisions that such insurance is
primary insurance with respect to the interests of Company and that any other
insurance maintained by

63

--------------------------------------------------------------------------------

 

EXECUTION VERSION

CONTRACT NUMBER 51008

Company is excess and not contributory insurance with the insurance required
hereunder, and provisions that such policies shall not be canceled or their
limits of liability reduced without:

(i) Ten (10) days’ prior written notice to Company if canceled for nonpayment of
premium; or

(ii) Thirty (30) days’ prior written notice to Company if canceled for any other
reason.

(l) A certificate in a form satisfactory to Company certifying to the issuance
of such insurance shall be furnished to Company as set forth at Exhibit
Q.  Commercial general liability coverage written on a “claims-made” basis, if
any, shall be specifically identified on the certificate.

(m) If requested by Company, a copy of each insurance policy, certified as a
true copy by an authorized representative of the issuing insurance company,
shall be furnished to Company.

(n) Insurance coverage provided on a “claims-made” basis shall be maintained by
Contractor for a minimum period of five (5) years after Final Completion and for
such other length of time necessary to cover Liabilities arising out of the
Work.

(o) Contractor shall ensure that Contractor and each and every Key Subcontractor
maintains in full force and effect the insurance coverage and limits required
under this Section 26.1 at all times on and after the commencement of the Work
and continuing until the Final Completion Date, unless otherwise indicated
herein. Contractor shall ensure that all Subcontractors other than Key
Subcontractors carry reasonable business insurance.

(p) The acceptance by Company of Contractor’s delivery of any certificate of
insurance evidencing the insurance coverages and limits required hereunder shall
not be deemed to constitute approval or agreement that (i) the insured party has
satisfied the insurance requirements set forth herein or (ii) the insurance
policies described in such certificates of insurance comply with such
requirements.

(q) If Contractor fails to require Contractors and the Subcontractors to
maintain the insurance required hereunder, Company shall have the right, but not
the obligation, to purchase such insurance at Contractor’s expense. 

(r) Contractor’s insurance carrier and the Subcontractors or Subcontractors’
insurance carriers shall use commercially reasonable efforts to provide
Contractor and Contractor will provide Company written notice of cancellation,
termination or material alteration.

(s) Notwithstanding any provision in this Contract to the contrary, the
occurrence of any of the following shall in no way relieve Contractor from any
of its obligations under this Contract:  (i) failure of Contractor or any
Subcontractor to procure

64

--------------------------------------------------------------------------------

 

EXECUTION VERSION

CONTRACT NUMBER 51008

the insurance required by this Contract;  (ii) failure of Contractor or any
Subcontractor to comply fully with any of the insurance provisions of this
Contract;  (iii) failure of Contractor or any Subcontractor to secure such
endorsements on the policies as may be necessary to carry out the terms and
provisions of this Contract;  (iv) the insolvency, bankruptcy or failure of any
insurance company providing insurance to Contractor or any Subcontractor; or (v)
failure of any insurance company to pay any claim accruing under its policy.

Section 26.2

Waiver of Rights

In regards to all insurance required to be maintained by Contractor or any
Subcontractor hereunder, Contractor shall waive and shall cause its
Subcontractor to waive all rights of recovery and subrogation against Company in
such insurance policies.  

Section 26.3

Contractor’s Cooperation with Company

(a) Contractor agrees to cooperate with and assist Company, as reasonably
requested by Company, in Company’s procurement of any insurance required by this
Contract or otherwise to be procured in connection with the Project.

(b) Contractor agrees to provide such assistance and documentation as Company
may request in connection with claims Company may make under its insurance
policies purchased in connection with the Project for damage or events that
occur after the Effective Date and prior to the expiration of the Warranty
Period.

ARTICLE 27

FORCE MAJEURE

Section 27.1

Effect of Force Majeure

Neither Party shall be considered to be in default or in breach of its
obligations under this Contract to the extent that performance of such
obligations is prevented by any event of Force Majeure arising after the
Effective Date and such Party has otherwise complied with the requirements of
this Article 27.    

Section 27.2

Notice of Occurrence

If either Party considers that any event of Force Majeure has occurred which may
materially affect performance of its obligations under this Contract, it shall
promptly notify the other Party thereof stating the full particulars and
anticipated duration of the event and the performance obligations that will be
affected by the event.  The Party invoking Force Majeure shall provide to the
other Party (i) notice of the occurrence of Force Majeure in writing within two
(2) Business Days after such Party becomes aware of the occurrence and (ii) an
initial written report of the potential impact of the Force Majeure event on the
Work, the status of the Force Majeure event and the steps and measures
undertaken or proposed to be undertaken by Contractor in connection therewith
within seven (7) Business Days after the provision of the notice specified in
subsection (i) and shall continue to furnish such reports on weekly basis with

65

--------------------------------------------------------------------------------

 

EXECUTION VERSION

CONTRACT NUMBER 51008

respect thereto during the continuation, and until the termination, of the Force
Majeure.  Failure to provide the notice or initial report within the time
periods specified in this Section 27.2, shall preclude such Party from invoking
Force Majeure with respect to such event or occurrence unless there is no
adverse effect or undue prejudice on the other Party as the result of any such
delay.  For the avoidance of doubt, except with respect to Company-Procured
Equipment,  if any Subcontractor is entitled under any contract or agreement
relating to the Work to excused performance on the basis of force majeure on
terms additional to or broader than those set forth in this Contract, such
additional or broader force majeure events shall not excuse Contractor’s
non-performance of its obligations under this Contract.    

Section 27.3

Performance to Continue

Upon the occurrence of any event of Force Majeure, Contractor shall use
commercially reasonable efforts to continue to perform its obligations under
this Contract, and the suspension of performance shall be of no greater scope or
of no longer duration than is reasonably required by the Force Majeure.
Contractor shall notify Company of the steps Contractor proposes to take,
including any reasonable alternative means for performance, which is not
prevented by Force Majeure. Contractor shall not take any such alternative steps
unless directed to do so by Company pursuant to a Change Order.  Contractor
shall use commercially reasonable efforts to (a) mitigate all such costs and
impacts on the Project Schedule and (b) remedy its inability to perform and
resume its performance at the earliest practical time after cessation of the
Force Majeure.  The obligations of Contractor that arose prior to the Force
Majeure and that are not affected by such Force Majeure shall not be excused as
a result of such Force Majeure.   

Section 27.4

Resumption of Performance

When the Party invoking Force Majeure is able to resume performance of its
obligations hereunder, that Party will provide the other Party with written
notice to that effect and will promptly resume such performance.

Section 27.5

Termination in Consequence of Force Majeure

If circumstances of Force Majeure have occurred that have materially affected
the Work and have continued for a period of forty-five (45) days in the
aggregate, and there is a corresponding delay in the schedule for performance
and the Guaranteed Substantial Completion Date of forty-five (45) days in the
aggregate caused by the Force Majeure, then, notwithstanding that Contractor may
by reason thereof have been granted an extension of the schedule for performance
and the Guaranteed Substantial Completion Date by Change Order,  Company shall
be entitled to provide notice of its intent to terminate this Contract upon
thirty (30) days notice to Contractor. If, at the expiration of such thirty
(30)-day period, such Force Majeure shall still continue, Company may elect to
terminate this Contract as a Voluntary Termination.

66

--------------------------------------------------------------------------------

 

EXECUTION VERSION

CONTRACT NUMBER 51008

ARTICLE 28

DEFAULT

Section 28.1

Contractor Default

Contractor shall be in default (each, a “Contractor Default”) hereunder if:

(a) Contractor or Guarantor commits a material breach of this Contract or the
Guaranty, as the case may be, including failure to meet any of the Minimum
Performance Guarantees, and such breach continues for thirty (30) days after
notice thereof from Company without being cured or remedied by Contractor or
Guarantor; provided, however, in the event such breach is incapable of being
cured within thirty (30) days and provided further that Contractor or Guarantor
shall have diligently and in good faith commenced to cure such breach within
such thirty (30) day period and such efforts to cure are continuing, Contractor
or Guarantor shall have a reasonable additional time period to effect a cure or
remedy of such breach, which additional time period shall not exceed ninety (90)
days from the initial receipt of notice of such breach from Company; 

(b) Contractor fails to maintain insurance as required by this Contract or
related to the Work or the Project and such failure continues for five (5)
Business Days without being cured or remedied by Contractor;

(c) Contractor or Guarantor assigns a Project Document to which it is a party,
or the Guaranty, as the case may be, other than as permitted both hereunder and
thereunder;

(d) Contractor or Guarantor commences a voluntary case under the Bankruptcy
Code; files a petition seeking to take advantage of any other laws, domestic or
foreign, relating to bankruptcy, insolvency, reorganization, winding up or
composition or adjustment of debts; consents to or fails to contest in a timely
and appropriate manner any petition filed against it in an insolvency case under
such bankruptcy laws or other laws; applies for, or consents to or fails to
contest in a timely and appropriate manner, the appointment of, or the taking of
possession by, a receiver, custodian, trustee, liquidator or the like of itself
or of a substantial part of its assets; admits in writing its inability to pay,
or generally not be paying, its debts (other than those that are the subject of
bona fide disputes) as they become due; makes a general assignment for the
benefit of creditors; takes any action for the purpose of effecting any of the
foregoing; or a case or other proceeding is commenced by a third party against a
Contractor or Guarantor seeking (i) relief under the Bankruptcy Code or under
any other laws, domestic or foreign, relating to bankruptcy, insolvency,
reorganization, winding up or composition or adjustment of debts or (ii) the
appointment of a trustee, receiver, custodian, liquidator or the like of
Contractor or Guarantor of all or any substantial part of its assets, and such
case or proceeding continues undismissed or unstayed for a period of sixty (60)
days;

67

--------------------------------------------------------------------------------

 

EXECUTION VERSION

CONTRACT NUMBER 51008

(e) any representation or warranty made by Contractor or Guarantor in this
Contract or the Guaranty, as the case may be, shall prove to have been false in
any material respect as of the date made;

(f) a Material Adverse Change attributable to an act or omission of Contractor
shall have occurred and be continuing; or

(g) Contractor fails to pay any undisputed Liquidated Damages to Company when
due.

Section 28.2

Company Default

Company shall be in default (each a “Company Default”) hereunder if:

(a) Company fails to pay Contractor any undisputed amount due Contractor under
this Agreement;

(b) Company commits a material breach of this Contract, and such material breach
is incapable of being cured or such breach continues for thirty (30) days after
written notice thereof to Company without being cured or remedied by Company;

(c) Company commences a voluntary case under the Bankruptcy Code; files a
petition seeking to take advantage of any other laws, domestic or foreign,
relating to bankruptcy, insolvency, reorganization, winding up or composition or
adjustment of debts; consents to or fails to contest in a timely and appropriate
manner any petition filed against it in an insolvency case under such bankruptcy
laws or other laws; applies for, or consents to or fails to contest in a timely
and appropriate manner, the appointment of, or the taking of possession by, a
receiver, custodian, trustee, liquidator or the like of itself or of a
substantial part of its assets; admits in writing its inability to pay, or
generally not be paying, its debts (other than those that are the subject of
bona fide disputes) as they become due; makes a general assignment for the
benefit of creditors; takes any action for the purpose of effecting any of the
foregoing; or a case or other proceeding is commenced by a third party against
Company seeking (i) relief under the Bankruptcy Code (as now or hereafter in
effect) or under any other laws, domestic or foreign, relating to bankruptcy,
insolvency, reorganization, winding up or composition or adjustment of debts or
(ii) the appointment of a trustee, receiver, custodian, liquidator or the like
of Company of all or any substantial part of its assets, and such case or
proceeding continues undismissed or unstayed for a period of sixty (60) days; or

(d) any representation or warranty made by Company in this Contract shall have
been false in any material respect as of the date made.

68

--------------------------------------------------------------------------------

 

EXECUTION VERSION

CONTRACT NUMBER 51008

Section 28.3

Intentionally Omitted

ARTICLE 29

TERMINATION

Section 29.1

Termination by Company

(a) Default Termination Rights. Upon the occurrence or continuation of a
Contractor Default, Company may elect to terminate this Contract as follows
(each, a “Termination by Company”):

(i) with respect to a Contractor Default described in Section 28.1(d),
immediately terminate this Contract and remove Contractor from the Site with
risk of loss of the Work transferring to Company;  and

(ii) with respect to a Contractor Default described in any Section other than
Section 28.1(d), after having given written notice to Contractor of such
Contractor Default and Contractor’s having failed to cure such Contractor
Default within the cure period specified in such subsection, or, if no cure
period is specified, then ten (10) days after such notice, terminate this
Contract. 

(b) Voluntary Termination.  Following the Effective Date, Company may elect to
terminate this Contract at any time without cause upon not less than thirty (30)
days’ written notice to Contractor (“Voluntary Termination”).

Section 29.2

Termination by Contractor

(a) Default Termination Rights. Upon the occurrence and continuance of a Company
Default,  Contractor may elect to terminate this Contract as follows (each, a
“Termination by Contractor”):

(i) with respect to a Company Default described in Section 28.2(c), immediately
terminate this Contract; and

(ii) with respect to a Company Default described in any Section other than
Section 28.2(c), after having given written notice to Company of such default
and Company having failed to cure such default within the cure period specified
in such subsection, or, if no cure period is specified, then ten (10) days after
such notice, terminate this Contract.

Section 29.3

Procedures and Remedies Following Termination Other than for Contractor Default

(a) Upon any termination of this Contract pursuant to Section 16.1(b), Section
27.5,  Section 29.1(b) or Section 29.2(a), the following shall apply: (i)
Company shall pay to Contractor the amount, if any, by which the applicable
cumulative termination fees set forth in Appendix H corresponding to the
effective date of the termination (partial

69

--------------------------------------------------------------------------------

 

EXECUTION VERSION

CONTRACT NUMBER 51008

month to be appropriately pro-rated) exceeds the cumulative payments made by
Company to Contractor prior to such date; (ii) at Company’s option, title (to
the extent not already transferred) and risk of loss to some or all of the
Materials and Equipment shall transfer to Company; and (iii) Company shall be
responsible for, as applicable, any transportation, storage and insurance of and
for the Materials and Equipment for which Company has elected to take title.

(b) In addition to the foregoing in Section 29.3(a), upon any termination of
this Contract pursuant to Section 16.1(b), Section 27.5,  Section 29.1(b) or
Section 29.2(a), the following shall apply: Company may, but shall not be
obligated to, at no additional cost to Company (i) require that Contractor take
all steps necessary or requested by Company to assign Contractor’s rights and
obligations under the Project Documents, any other contract connected with the
performance of the Work to which Contractor is a party and Governmental
Approvals identified by Company to Company and to transfer to Company all other
property (including Equipment and Materials), whether tangible or intangible, in
which Contractor has rights which is necessary or desirable for the development,
construction ownership or operation of the Project; and (ii) enter onto the Site
and to remove all Materials and Equipment for which it has elected to take
title.

(c) Upon any termination of this Contract pursuant to Section 16.1(b), Section
27.5,  Section 29.1(b) or Section 29.2(a),  Contractor shall be entitled to
remove at its cost during normal working hours all Contractor Equipment and
Non-Company Materials which are on the Site. Prior to removing any Contractor
Equipment or Non-Company Materials from the Site Contractor shall provide to
Company a detailed list of Contractor Equipment and Non-Company Materials to be
removed.

Section 29.4

Procedures and Remedies Following Termination for Contractor Default

(a) Upon termination of this Contract by Company pursuant to Section 29.1(a),
 Company may, but shall not be obligated to:

(i) remove Contractor from the Site with risk of loss of the Work transferring
to Company. In addition, Company may, but shall not be obligated to, require
Contractor, at no additional cost to Company, to take all steps necessary or
requested by Company to assign Contractor’s rights and obligations under the
Project Documents, any other contract connected with the performance of the Work
to which Contractor is a party and Governmental Approvals identified by Company
to Company and to transfer to Company all other property, whether tangible or
intangible, in which Contractor has rights which is necessary or desirable for
the development, construction ownership or operation of the Project at
Contractor’s actual cost; and

(ii) pursue any and all remedies available at law or in equity.

70

--------------------------------------------------------------------------------

 

EXECUTION VERSION

CONTRACT NUMBER 51008

Section 29.5

Exclusivity

CONTRACTOR’S SOLE AND EXCLUSIVE RIGHTS AND REMEDIES IN THE EVENT OF COMPANY
DEFAULT SHALL BE TERMINATION OF THE CONTRACT PER SECTION 29.2(A) AND THE
REMEDIES IN CONNECTION THEREWITH SET FORTH IN SECTION 29.3. FOR THE AVOIDANCE OF
DOUBT, THE RIGHTS AND REMEDIES OF CONTRACTOR SET FORTH IN HEREIN FOR COMPANY
DEFAULT ARE EXCLUSIVE AND NO OTHER REMEDIES OF ANY KIND WHATSOEVER SHALL APPLY
IN THE EVENT OF SUCH DEFAULT.

ARTICLE 30

DISPUTE RESOLUTION

Section 30.1

Applicability of Dispute Resolution Procedures

All Claims, disputes or other matters in question between the Parties arising
out of or relating in any way to this Contract (any such matter, a “Dispute”)
shall be resolved pursuant to this Article 30.

Section 30.2

Dispute Resolution

(a) The Parties agree to make good faith, diligent attempts to resolve all
Disputes.  In the event of any Dispute, the Party alleging the existence of a
Dispute shall send written notice of such Dispute to the other Party, which
notice shall include a detailed description of the matters that are the subject
of the Dispute.  Any and all Disputes between the Parties shall be settled, if
possible, by good faith negotiation and compromise, if necessary, between
Company’s Representative and Contractor’s Representative following written
notice of the Dispute.  Any Dispute not settled by Company’s Representative and
Contractor’s Representative within thirty (30) days following written notice of
the Dispute, shall be referred to senior management of the Parties for
resolution.  In the event the Dispute has not been resolved within forty-five
(45) days following referral to senior management, or such longer period as the
Parties may mutually agree, then either Party may, upon ten (10) days notice to
the other Party commence legal action in order to resolve the Dispute.

(b) Any legal action or proceeding with respect to this Contract shall be
brought in  the U.S. District Court for the District of Alaska in Anchorage, or
if such court lacks jurisdiction, in the state courts of Alaska located in
Anchorage,  Alaska.  Each of the Parties hereby accepts and consents to,
generally and unconditionally, the jurisdiction of the aforesaid courts and
appellate courts from any appeal thereof.  Each of the Parties irrevocably
consents to the service of process out of any of the aforementioned courts in
any such action or proceeding by the mailing of copies thereof by registered or
certified mail, postage prepaid, to such Party at the address first set forth in
this Contract.  Each of the Parties hereby irrevocably waives any objection
which it may now or hereafter have to the laying of venue of any of the
aforesaid actions or proceedings arising out of or in connection with this
Contract brought in the courts referred to above

71

--------------------------------------------------------------------------------

 

EXECUTION VERSION

CONTRACT NUMBER 51008

and hereby further irrevocably waives and agrees not to plead or claim in any
such court that any such action or proceeding brought in any such court has been
brought in an inconvenient forum.

(c) Notwithstanding the existence of any Dispute, the Parties will continue to
perform their respective obligations under this Contract. 

ARTICLE 31

ASSIGNMENT

Section 31.1

Contractor Assignment

Contractor may not assign this Contract or any portion thereof (including its
rights and obligations under this Contract) to any other Person, except with
Company’s prior written consent, which consent shall not unreasonably withheld.

Section 31.2

Company Assignment

Except as set forth elsewhere herein and in Sections 31.3, 31.4, 31.5 and 31.6
of this Contract,  Company may not assign this Contract or any portion thereof
(including its rights and obligations under this Contract) to any other Person,
except with Contractor’s prior written consent, which consent shall not
unreasonably withheld.

Section 31.3

Company’s Right to Assign to ML&P

Notwithstanding any other provision of this Contract to the contrary, Company
may, without the consent of Contractor, assign up to a thirty percent (30%)
undivided interest in this Contract to ML&P or an Affiliate of ML&P, provided
that:

(a) any such assignment shall not affect or alter the rights,
obligations,  duties, or limitations of liability of Company hereunder to
Contractor in any manner;

(b) any such assignment shall not affect or alter the rights, obligations,
duties, or limitations of liability of Contractor hereunder to Company in any
manner; and

(c) Company shall remain fully responsible for the performance of all
obligations to Contractor hereunder, including payment of one hundred percent
(100%) of the Contract Price, subject to the terms and conditions set forth in
this Contract.

In addition, Contractor agrees that it shall not be entitled as a result of any
such assignment or otherwise to enforce or attempt to enforce any rights or
remedies it may have against Company hereunder against ML&P or Affiliate of ML&P
and Contractor hereby covenants with Company that it shall not do or take any
actions with respect to any of the foregoing.  Company shall provide Contractor
with thirty (30) days prior written notice of any such assignment and shall
notify Contractor in writing of any such assignment once such assignment
occurs.  For the avoidance of doubt, upon any such assignment (i) Contractor’s
limitations of liability and obligations shall apply jointly to Company and ML&P
or Affiliate

72

--------------------------------------------------------------------------------

 

EXECUTION VERSION

CONTRACT NUMBER 51008

of ML&P, as the case may be (or any subsequent permitted assignee of an interest
in this Contract) such that Contractor’s total liability shall not exceed the
amount(s) set forth in Article 24 unless the obligation in question is expressly
excluded from such limitation on liability and (ii) in the event this Contract
is assigned to ML&P or an Affiliate of ML&P,  Contractor’s performance of any
obligation hereunder for the benefit of Company shall be deemed to be
performance for the benefit of ML&P or such Affiliate of ML&P, as the case may
be (or any other permitted assignee) and Contractor’s performance of any
obligation hereunder for the benefit of ML&P or such Affiliate of ML&P, as the
case may be, shall be deemed to be performance for the benefit of Company (or
any other permitted assignee).  In no event shall Company and ML&P or an
Affiliate of ML&P, as the case may be, collectively be entitled to recover more
than one hundred percent (100%) of the  damages associated with a particular
Claim.  Subject to the preceding set forth in this Section 31.3, upon any such
assignment to ML&P or an Affiliate of ML&P,  Company shall have the right to
enforce this Contract on behalf of ML&P or such Affiliate of ML&P (or any
subsequent permitted assignee of an interest in this Contract), as well as for
itself.  For that purpose, Company may commence proceedings in its own name to
enforce all obligations and liabilities of Contractor and to make any Claim that
ML&P or such Affiliate of ML&P, as the case may be (or any subsequent permitted
assignee of an interest in this Contract) may have against Contractor under and
in accordance with this Contract.  The Parties agree that for the purposes of
the Guaranty, the enforcement by Company of this Contract on behalf of  ML&P or
an Affiliate of ML&P, as the case may be (or any subsequent permitted assignee
of an interest in this Contract) and the making of any Claim by ML&P or an
Affiliate of ML&P, as the case may be (or any subsequent permitted assignee of
an interest in this Contract) against Contractor under and in accordance with
this Contract shall for the purpose of the Guaranty be considered as Claims of
Company with respect to which Company shall be entitled to claim under the
Guaranty subject to the terms and conditions thereof.

Section 31.4

Conveyance of Title to Equipment

To the extent title has transferred to Company, Company may convey title to any
or all of the Equipment and Materials to ML&P or an Affiliate of ML&P at any
time without the consent of Contractor; provided, that any such assignment shall
not affect or alter the rights, obligations, duties, or limitations of liability
of Company hereunder to Contractor or the rights, obligations, duties, or
limitations of liability of Contractor hereunder to Company in any manner.  In
addition, Contractor agrees that it shall not be entitled as a result of any
such conveyance or assignment or otherwise to enforce or attempt to enforce any
rights or remedies it may have against Company hereunder against ML&P or
Affiliate of ML&P and Contractor hereby covenants with Company that it shall not
do or take any actions with respect to any of the foregoing.

Section 31.5

Collateral Assignment

Company and ML&P may also assign, without the consent of Contractor, a
collateral interest in this Contract to a lender as collateral security for a
loan for the acquisition of Equipment, payment for the Work or the development
and construction of the Plant.   Under no circumstances, however, shall a
collateral assignment require Contractor to deliver Equipment to

73

--------------------------------------------------------------------------------

 

EXECUTION VERSION

CONTRACT NUMBER 51008

or perform Work for Company or an assignee if Contractor has not received
payment of the applicable portion of the Contract Price.

Section 31.6

Assignment to State Instrumentality

Company and/or, in the event an interest in the Contract and/or Equipment or
Materials has been assigned or otherwise conveyed to ML&P or an Affiliate of
ML&P under this Contract, ML&P or its Affiliate, may, without the consent of
Contractor, provided that Company, ML&P and/or an Affiliate of ML&P, as the case
may be, furnishes thirty (30) days prior written notice to Contractor, assign
all or any portion of its interest in this Contract and/or convey title to any
or all of the Equipment,  Materials or Work to an entity owned and operated by a
governmental authority, including the Municipality of Anchorage, a public
corporate authority of the Municipality of Anchorage, a public corporation
and/or instrumentality of the State of Alaska, a public corporation or
instrumentality with a separate and independent legal existence and/or a
political subdivision within a department of the State of Alaska, a public
corporation or authority owned or operated by any of the foregoing governmental
authorities, a department of a governmental agency, a joint action agency or an
electric cooperative organized to own and operate generation and transmission
assets.

ARTICLE 32

CONFIDENTIALITY

Section 32.1

Confidentiality

(a) It is understood that certain information may be exchanged among Company and
Contractor that the disclosing Party considers proprietary and confidential.
Each Party agrees that it shall, and shall cause its Affiliates and its and
their officers, directors, consultants, employees, legal counsel, contractors,
subcontractors, agents and representatives (and, in the case of Company, ML&P
and its officers, directors, consultants, employees, legal counsel, agents and
representatives) (together with the Affiliates, the “Confidentiality
Affiliates”) to: hold confidential and not disclose other than to its
Confidentiality Affiliates having a reasonable need to know in connection with
the permitted purposes hereunder, without the prior written consent of the other
Party, all confidential or proprietary written information which is marked
confidential or proprietary or oral information or data which is reduced to
writing within five (5) days of such disclosure and marked as confidential or
proprietary (including sources of financing, development strategy, competitor
information, cost and pricing data, warranties, technical information, research,
developmental, engineering, manufacturing, marketing, sales, financial,
operating, performance, business and process information or data, know-how and
computer programming and other software techniques) provided or developed by the
other Party or its Confidentiality Affiliates in connection herewith or the Work
(collectively, the “Confidential Information”); and to use such Confidential
Information only for the purposes of performing its obligations hereunder or
where reasonably necessary to enjoy the benefits of this Contract. In no event
shall any Confidential Information be disclosed to any competitor of Contractor
or Company.

74

--------------------------------------------------------------------------------

 

EXECUTION VERSION

CONTRACT NUMBER 51008

(b) The obligations contained in the preceding paragraph shall not apply, or
shall cease to apply, to Confidential Information if or when, and to the extent
that, such Confidential Information (i) was known to the receiving Party or its
Confidentiality Affiliates prior to receipt from the disclosing Party or its
Confidentiality Affiliates;  (ii) was, or becomes through no breach of the
receiving Party’s obligations hereunder, known to the public; (iii) becomes
known to the receiving Party or its Confidentiality Affiliates from other
sources under circumstances not involving any breach of any confidentiality
obligation between such source and the disclosing Party’s or discloser’s
Confidentiality Affiliates or a third party; (iv) is independently developed by
the receiving Party or its Confidentiality Affiliates; or (v) is required to be
disclosed by Applicable Law or legal process. Contractor acknowledges that
Company or ML&P may be required to disclose all or substantially all information
provided by Contractor pursuant to this Contract by order of Governmental
Authority, and that such disclosure shall in no event be deemed a violation of
this Section 32.1.  As to Confidential Information that is not a trade secret
under Applicable Law, the foregoing obligations shall expire five (5) years
after the Final Completion Date.

(c) When required by the appropriate Governmental Authority, a receiving Party
may disclose the Confidential Information of the other Party to such
Governmental Authority provided, however, that prior to making any such
disclosure, such Party shall: (i) if reasonably possible, provide the disclosing
Party with timely advance notice of the Confidential Information requested by
such Governmental Authority and the intent of such Party to so disclose; (ii)
minimize the amount of Confidential Information to be provided consistent with
the interest of the disclosing Party and the requirements of the Governmental
Authority involved; and (iii) make commercially reasonable efforts (which shall
include participation by the disclosing Party as applicable in discussions with
the Governmental Authority involved) to secure confidential treatment and
minimization of the Confidential Information to be provided. In the event that
efforts to secure confidential treatment are unsuccessful, the disclosing Party
shall have the prior right to revise such information to minimize the disclosure
of such Confidential Information in a manner consistent with its interest and
the requirements of the Governmental Authority involved.

(d) Company’s disclosure of Contractor Drawings and Manuals to third parties in
accordance with its obligations hereunder shall not be a breach of this Article
32.

ARTICLE 33

MISCELLANEOUS PROVISIONS

Section 33.1

Non-Solicitation

During the term of this Contract, neither Company nor ML&P or their respective
Affiliates will solicit for employment any employee of the Contractor, nor shall
Contractor or its Affiliates solicit for employment any employee of Company or
ML&P or any of their respective Affiliates.

75

--------------------------------------------------------------------------------

 

EXECUTION VERSION

CONTRACT NUMBER 51008

 

Section 33.2

Notices, Consents and Approvals

Contact information for notices, requests, demands and other communications
required or permitted hereunder is as follows:

(a) if to Contractor, to:

Bob Black

Senior Director

SNC-Lavalin Constructors Inc.

19015 North Creek Parkway, Suite 300

Bothell, WA  98011-8029

Phone:  (425) 489-8157

Facsimile:  (425) 489-8028

 

 

with copies to:    

 

David Lund

Thermal Power General Counsel

SNC-Lavalin Constructors Inc.

19015 North Creek Parkway, Suite 300

Bothell, WA  98011-8029

Phone:  (425) 489-3330

Fasimile:   (425) 489-8032

 

 

or to such other person or address as Contractor shall furnish to Company;

(b) if to Company, to:

If mailed:

Chugach Electric Association, Inc.

P.O. Box 196300

Anchorage, AK 99519-6300

Attn:  Dan Knecht

 

With a copy provided to: 

 

Chugach Electric Association, Inc.

P.O. Box 196300

Anchorage, AK 99519-6300

Attn:  Dustin Highers

 

76

--------------------------------------------------------------------------------

 

EXECUTION VERSION

CONTRACT NUMBER 51008

 

If delivered (personally, by courier or overnight delivery service, or by
facsimile):

Chugach Electric Association, Inc.

5601 Electron Drive

Anchorage, AK 99519-6300

Attn:  Dan Knecht

Phone: (907) 762-4765

Facsimile: (907) 762-4699

With a copy provided to:

 

Chugach Electric Association, Inc.

5601 Electron Drive

Anchorage, AK 99519-6300

Attn:  Dustin Highers

Phone: (907) 762-4775

Facsimile: (907) 762-4448

 

or to such other person(s) or address(es) as Company furnishes to Contractor
from time to time.

(c) All notices, including, acceptances, consents, approvals, agreements,
deliveries of information, designations, requests, demands and other
communications required or permitted hereunder shall be in writing, properly
addressed as provided in paragraphs (a) and (b) above, and given by (i) hand
delivery, (ii) a national overnight courier service, (iii) confirmed facsimile
transmission, followed by a hard copy, or (iv) certified or registered mail,
return receipt requested, and postage prepaid. Any such notice or other
communication shall be deemed to have been duly given as of the date delivered
if by hand delivery, national overnight courier service or confirmed facsimile
transmission (provided a hard copy promptly follows by other means provided
herein), or five (5) calendar days after mailing if by certified or registered
mail.

Section 33.3

Entire Contract

This Contract, together with the Appendices and Exhibits delivered in connection
with it, contains the entire agreement and understanding of the Parties with
respect to the subject matter hereof and supersedes all prior agreements and
understandings, whether written or oral, of the Parties relating to the subject
matter hereof.

Section 33.4

Amendment; Waiver

No amendment or other modification of any provision of this Contract shall be
valid or binding unless it is signed by each of the Parties. No waiver of any
provision of this Contract shall be valid or binding unless it signed by the
Party waiving compliance with such provision. No delay on the part of either
Party in exercising any right, power or privilege hereunder shall operate as a
waiver thereof, nor shall any waiver or any partial exercise of any such right,
power

77

--------------------------------------------------------------------------------

 

EXECUTION VERSION

CONTRACT NUMBER 51008

or privilege preclude any further exercise thereof or the exercise of any other
such right, power or privilege.

Section 33.5

Successors and Assigns

Each and all of the covenants, terms, provisions and agreements herein contained
shall be binding upon and inure to the benefit of the Parties hereto and, to the
extent permitted by this Contract, their respective successors and assigns.

Section 33.6

Third Party Beneficiaries

The provisions of this Contract shall only be for the benefit of, and
enforceable by, the Parties hereto and shall not inure to the benefit of or be
enforceable by any third party. 

Section 33.7

Severability

In the event any one or more of the provisions contained in this Contract should
be held invalid, illegal or unenforceable in any respect, the validity, legality
and enforceability of the remaining provisions contained herein shall not in any
way be affected or impaired thereby.

Section 33.8

Further Assurances

Each Party shall, at the request of the other, execute and deliver or cause to
be executed and delivered such documents and instruments not otherwise specified
herein, and take or cause to be taken all such other reasonable actions, as may
be necessary or desirable to more fully and effectively carry out the intent and
purposes of this Contract.

Section 33.9

Publicity

Except as required by Applicable Law, each Party agrees that it will not issue
or release for external publication any press release, article, advertising or
other publicity matter in any form (including print, electronic, or interview)
relating to the Work or the Project, or to this Contract without first
consulting with and obtaining the prior written consent of the other Party,
which consent shall not be unreasonably withheld or delayed.

Section 33.10  Independent Contractor

Contractor is an independent contractor with respect to the Work, and each part
thereof, and in respect of all work to be performed hereunder.  Neither
Contractor, nor any Subcontractor, nor the employees or any of any of such
entities, employed in connection with the Work shall be deemed to be agents,
partners, fiduciaries, representatives, joint venturers, employees or servants
of Company by reason of their performance hereunder or in any manner dealt with
herein. Neither Party shall perform any act or make any representation to any
Person to the effect that Contractor, or any of its agents, representatives or
Subcontractors, is the agent of Company.

78

--------------------------------------------------------------------------------

 

EXECUTION VERSION

CONTRACT NUMBER 51008

Section 33.11  Survival

Articles 6, 24, 25, 26, 28, 29 and 30, Sections 33.11 and 33.12, and any other
provisions of this Agreement which by their terms are intended to survive
termination, shall survive the termination of this Contract.

Section 33.12  Governing Law; Waiver of Jury Trial

(a) THIS CONTRACT SHALL BE GOVERNED BY, CONSTRUED IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE LAWS OF
THE STATE OF ALASKA (WITHOUT GIVING EFFECT TO THE PRINCIPLES THEREOF RELATING TO
CONFLICTS OF LAW).

(b) EACH PARTY HEREBY IRREVOCABLY WAIVES ALL RIGHT OF TRIAL BY JURY IN ANY
ACTION, PROCEEDING OR COUNTERCLAIM ARISING OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION WITH THIS
CONTRACT OR ANY MATTER ARISING HEREUNDER OR THEREUNDER. EACH PARTY HEREBY WAIVES
ANY RIGHT TO CONSOLIDATE ANY ACTION, PROCEEDING OR COUNTERCLAIM ARISING OUT OF
OR IN CONNECTION WITH THIS CONTRACT OR ANY MATTER ARISING HEREUNDER OR
THEREUNDER IN WHICH A JURY TRIAL HAS NOT OR CANNOT BE WAIVED.

Section 33.13  Counterparts

This Contract may be executed by the Parties in two or more separate
counterparts (including by facsimile transmission), each of which shall be
deemed an original, and all of said counterparts taken together shall be deemed
to constitute one and the same instrument.

Section 33.14  Captions

The captions for Articles and Sections contained in this Contract are for
convenience and reference only and in no way define, describe, extend or limit
the scope or intent of this Contract or the intent of any provision contained
herein.

[THE NEXT PAGE IS THE SIGNATURE PAGE]

79

--------------------------------------------------------------------------------

 

EXECUTION VERSION

CONTRACT NUMBER 51008

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the authorized representatives of the Parties have executed
this Contract as of the first date set forth above.

CHUGACH ELECTRIC ASSOCIATION, INC., as Company

By: /s/ Lee D. Thibert

Print Name: Lee D. Thibert

Title: Sr. V. P.

SNC-LAVALIN CONSTRUCTORS, INC., as Contractor

By: /s/ Robert Black

Print Name: Robert Black

Title: Project Director

 

80

--------------------------------------------------------------------------------

 

EXECUTION VERSION

CONTRACT NUMBER 51008

200 MW COMBINED CYCLE PROJECT

SOUTHCENTRAL POWER PROJECT

ENGINEERING, PROCUREMENT, & CONSTRUCTION (EPC) CONTRACT

APPENDIX A - Glossary of  Defined  Terms

 

 

--------------------------------------------------------------------------------

 

EXECUTION VERSION

CONTRACT NUMBER 51008

APPENDIX A

 

GLOSSARY OF DEFINED TERMS

 

“Additional Project Document” shall have the meaning given to such term in
Section 7.19(c).

 

“Affiliate” means with respect to any Person, any other Person who, directly or
indirectly, Controls such first Person or is Controlled by said Person or is
under common Control with said Person.

 

“Applicable Law” means all applicable laws (including applicable Environmental
Laws and tax laws), statutes, codes, acts, ordinances, orders, judgements,
decrees, injunctions, rules, regulations, permits, licenses, authorizations,
directions and requirements of any Governmental Authority having the force and
effect of law, and as to any Person, the certificate of incorporation and bylaws
or other organizational or governing documents of such Person.

 

“Approved/Preferred Subcontractors List” shall have the meaning given to such
term in Section 7.3(a).

 

“As-Built Drawings” shall have the meaning given to such term in Section
15.6(b).

 

“Bankruptcy Code” means Title 11 of the United States Code or the equivalent
Applicable Law in Canada.

 

“BOP Load” means the parasitic load of the Equipment (other than
Company-Procured Equipment) after erected and installed as an integrated part of
the Plant, excluding Company-Procured Equipment parasitic losses and electric
load associated with the Plant buildings.

 

“BOP Load Guarantee” shall have the meaning given to such term in Appendix F to
the Contract.

 

“BOP Load Guarantee LD Cure Period” shall have the meaning given to such term in
Section 23.3(b).

“BOP Load Guarantee LDs” shall have the meaning given to such term in Section
23.3(a).

“Business Day” means any day other than a Saturday, Sunday or other day on which
banks are authorized or required to be closed in Anchorage, Alaska.

“Change” means a change in the scope or nature of the Work, the Plant, the
Project Schedule or the Project, including with respect to any Specifications,
the Contract Price, or any deadline for completion, or any other provisions of
the Contract.

“Change Order” means a written instrument in the form of Exhibit P signed by
Company and Contractor stating the terms of their agreement regarding the nature
of the Change,

2

--------------------------------------------------------------------------------

 

EXECUTION VERSION

CONTRACT NUMBER 51008

including: (a) the scope of the change in the Work; (b) the amount of the
adjustment to the Contract Price; and (c) the extent of the adjustment to the
Project Schedule.

“Change Order Request” shall have the meaning given to such term in Section
13.1(d).

“Claim” means any indemnity, demand, demand letter, claim, cause of action,
notice of noncompliance or violation, or other proceeding relating to the
Project, the Plant and/or the Work, or relating to any other matter connected
therewith.

“Common Facilities” means the real and personal property, as well as other
assets, contracts, and permits owned by Company in connection with the
International Station and utilized in common by Company and Contractor for the
construction, startup, commissioning and operation of the Project.

“Company” shall have the meaning given to such term in the Preamble to the
Contract.

“Company Default” shall have the meaning given to such term in Section 28.2.

“Company Governmental Approvals” shall have the meaning given to such term in
Section 4.4(a).

“Company-Procured Equipment” means any equipment and related services required
in connection with the development, construction, operation or maintenance of
the Project which Company has procured via one or more Company-Procured
Equipment Purchase Agreements or other separate contract, agreement or purchase
order with a supplier other than Contractor, including the CTGs, the steam
turbine generator set and the once through steam generator as set forth in
Appendix G.

“Company-Procured Equipment Purchase Agreements” means those agreements and
purchase orders, including their respective terms and conditions, entered into
by and between Company and any Person other than Contractor with respect to any
Company-Procured Equipment.

“Company-Proposed Change” means any proposal, by Company to Contractor, for
improvements, efficiencies, cost savings or any other direction of Company to
Contractor having the effect of a Change.

“Company-Provided Utilities” means the following: (i) 480V temporary power used
for construction of the Plant; (ii) 138kV backfeed power; (iii) water and sewer
supply from Anchorage Water and Waste Water Utility at existing flows and
pressures for construction of the Plant; and (iv) permanent natural gas supply
from the local gas distribution company. 

“Company’s Area” means the area designated as such in Appendix I, which, for the
avoidance of doubt, shall exclude the Construction Area.

“Company Indemnified Parties” shall have the meaning given to such term in
Section 25.1(a).

3

--------------------------------------------------------------------------------

 

EXECUTION VERSION

CONTRACT NUMBER 51008

“Company’s Representative” means the individual designated by the Company and
having authority to act on behalf of Company in connection with the Contract, as
set forth in Section 8.4 and elsewhere in the Contract.

“Confidential Information” shall have the meaning given to such term in Section
32.1(a).

“Confidentiality Affiliates” shall have the meaning given to such term in
Section 32.1(a).

“Construction Area” shall have the meaning given to such term in Section 7.7(a).

“Construction Fence” shall have the meaning given to such term in Section
7.7(a).

“Construction Manager” means a qualified individual employed or otherwise
retained by Contractor to manage and be responsible for the overall management
of the construction aspects of the Work and the Project under the Contract. 

“Contract” shall have the meaning given to such term in the Preamble to the
Contract.

“Contract Price” shall have the meaning given to such term in Section 3.1(a).

“Contractor” shall have the meaning given to such term in the Preamble to the
Contract.

“Contractor Default” shall have the meaning given to such term in Section 28.1.

“Contractor Deliverables” means the Contractor Drawings and Manuals and any
other documentation and related materials to be furnished by Contractor and any
Subcontractors to Company under the Contract as set forth in Appendix G to the
Contract.

“Contractor Drawings and Manuals” means all drawings, documents and information
developed by Contractor in connection with Contractor’s and any Subcontractor’s
obligations under the Contract.

“Contractor Equipment” means Equipment that does not form and is not intended to
form part of the Project.

“Contractor-Proposed Change” means any proposal, by Contractor to Company, for
improvements, efficiencies, cost savings or other Change to the Work.

“Contractor’s Representative” means individuals designated by Contractor and
having authority to act on behalf of Contractor as set forth in Section
7.12(b)(i) and elsewhere in the Contract.

“Contractor Taxes” shall have the meaning given to such term in Section 3.5.

“Control” means the possession or ownership, directly or indirectly, of the
following: (a) in the case of a corporation, fifty percent (50%) or more of the
outstanding voting securities thereof; (b) in the case of a limited liability
company, general partnership, limited partnership or other partnership or joint
venture, manager, managing member or general partner status and the right to
fifty percent (50%) or more of the distributions therefrom (including
liquidating

4

--------------------------------------------------------------------------------

 

EXECUTION VERSION

CONTRACT NUMBER 51008

distributions); (c) in the case of a trust or estate, trustee, successor trustee
or alternate trustee, fifty percent (50%) or more of the beneficial interest
therein; (d) in the case of any other entity, fifty percent (50%) or more of the
economic or beneficial interest therein or the power or authority, through the
ownership of voting securities, by agreement or otherwise, to direct the
management, activities or policies of the entity.

“Costs” means, insofar as each of the following is directly related to the
Project, (a) the wages, salaries and related payroll burdens, direct and applied
material costs, related handling and transportation charges, travel, outside
services and other direct expenses, plus the applicable mark-up for allocated
overhead and (b) general and administrative expenses as set forth in an appendix
to the Contract and not already included in the immediately preceding clause
(a).  All such Costs shall be recorded and applied consistent with GAAP.

“Critical Milestones” means those Milestones designated as such in the Project
Schedule.

“CTGs” means any one or more of the three (3) combustion turbine generator
packages that Company has purchased from GE Packaged Power, Inc., pursuant to
that certain Contract for Sale of Equipment and Services by and between GE
Packaged Power, Inc., a Delaware corporation, and Company dated November 17,
2008. 

“Defect” shall have the meaning given to such term in Section 18.1(a).

“Dispute” shall have the meaning given to such term in Section 30.1

“Dollars” and the “$” symbol mean the lawful currency of the United States of
America.

“Effective Date” shall have the meaning given to such term in the Preamble to
the Contract.

“Energy” means electric energy having characteristics commonly known as three
phase alternating current, with a nominal frequency of sixty (60) hertz, a
nominal voltage equivalent to that of Company’s transmission system, and
measured in kilowatt-hours (kWh) or MW-hours (MWh).

“Environmental Law” means any federal, state or local law including statutes,
regulations, rulings, orders, administrative interpretations and other
governmental restrictions and requirements having the force and effect of law
relating to (a) the discharge or disposal of any substance into the air, soil or
water, including pollutants, water pollutants or process waste water, (b)
storage, emissions, transportation or disposal of any Regulated Material, (c)
the environment or hazardous substances, (d) land use requirements pertaining to
Regulated Materials, including laws requiring environmental impact studies or
other similar evaluations, or (e) environmental issues pertaining to the
development, construction or operation of the Project, all as amended from time
to time.

“Equipment” shall have the meaning given to such term in Section 7.1(l).

“Execution Plan” means the plan for the execution of the Work set forth in
Appendix K.

5

--------------------------------------------------------------------------------

 

EXECUTION VERSION

CONTRACT NUMBER 51008

“Final Completion” means the satisfaction of all Final Completion Criteria,
manifested by Company’s issuance of the Notice of Final Completion,  and shall
be deemed to have occurred on the Final Completion Date.

“Final Completion Criteria” means the criteria for Final Completions set forth
in Appendix F to the Contract. 

“Final Completion Date” shall have the meaning given to such term in Section
19.6(b).

“Final Performance Test Report” shall have the meaning given to such term in
Section 17.6(b).

“Final Punch List” means the list of items and schedule for completion of the
Project required to be completed by Contractor following the Substantial
Completion Date.

“Force Majeure” means an event not reasonably anticipated as of the date of the
Contract, which is not within the reasonable control of the Party affected
thereby, could not have been avoided by the exercise of due diligence or
operation in accordance with Prudent Industry Practices, is not the result of
the failure to act or the negligence of such Party, and which by the exercise of
due diligence, the affected Party is unable to overcome or obtain or cause to be
obtained a commercially reasonable substitute therefor.  To the extent that such
event satisfies the test set forth in the preceding sentence, Force Majeure
includes: acts of God, fire, flood, explosion, civil disturbance, sabotage,
terrorism, hurricanes, tornadoes, lightning, severe weather that exceeds
conditions measured and recorded for the previous twenty-five (25) year period
in Anchorage, Alaska, earthquakes, volcanic activity, war, action or restraint
by court order or Governmental Authority, or financial distress or failure,
insolvency or bankruptcy of a Key Subcontractor supplying Equipment the
procurement of which requires a lead-time of no less than four (4) months and
which financial distress or failure, insolvency or bankruptcy Contractor could
not have otherwise reasonably anticipated; provided, however, that none of the
following shall constitute Force Majeure: (a) strikes or labor disturbances
occurring at the Site or Contractor’s facilities except to the extent such
strikes or labor disturbances constitute a breach of a Project Labor Agreement
applicable to the Work; (b) strikes or labor disturbances occurring at any
Subcontractor’s facilities that could otherwise have been reasonably anticipated
by Contractor with sufficient time to take appropriate remedial action,
including the procurement of applicable Equipment, Materials or services from
alternative sources; (c) shortages (real or perceived) of labor available for
Work or shortages of material or inputs or expected or unexpected escalation in
the price or costs thereof; (d) delay or failure by the Contractor to obtain any
Governmental Approval, all of which should have been anticipated by the
Contractor in connection with Contractor’s reply to the RFP, other than the
delay or failure to obtain Governmental Approvals occasioned by (i) revocation,
stay, or similar action by a Governmental Authority of a Governmental Approval
after issuance thereof by a Governmental Authority, (ii) the failure of a
Governmental Authority to comply with rules, procedures or Applicable Law
applicable to such Governmental Authority or (iii) another Force Majeure; (e)
economic hardship including lack of money or credit and changes in exchange
rates; (f) delays in the delivery of materials or equipment (except to the
extent occasioned by a Force Majeure event); and (g) unavailability of preferred
shipping methods.

6

--------------------------------------------------------------------------------

 

EXECUTION VERSION

CONTRACT NUMBER 51008

“FTEs” shall have the meaning given to such term in Section 8.3.

“Full Notice to Proceed” shall have the meaning given to such term in Section
2.1(a).

“GAAP” means United States generally accepted accounting principles.

“Governmental Approval” means any authorization, approval, consent, waiver,
exception, variance, order, publication, license, filing, registration, ruling,
permit, tariff, certification, exemption or other action, requirement by or
with, or notice to or declarations of or with, any Governmental Authority that
are required in connection with the development, construction, ownership and
operation of the Project.  Any approval required of ML&P solely in its role as a
Southcentral Power Project Participant shall not constitute a Government
Approval for purposes hereof.

“Governmental Authority” means any supranational, federal or state authority, or
other political subdivision thereof, having jurisdiction over Contractor,
Company, the Project or this Contract, including any municipality, township or
county, or any entity exercising executive, legislative, judicial, regulatory or
administrative functions of or pertaining to government, including any
corporation or other entity owned or controlled by any of the foregoing. 

 

“Guaranteed Noise Level” shall have the meaning set forth in Appendix F to the
Contract.

“Guaranteed Substantial Completion Date” means December 1, 2012.

“Guarantor” means SNC-Lavalin Group Inc., the entity providing security for
Contractor’s obligations pursuant to the Contract and the Guaranty. 

“Guaranty” shall have the meaning given to such term in Section 6.1(a). 

“Indemnified Party” shall have the meaning given to such term in Section
25.3(a).

“Indemnifying Party” shall have the meaning given to such term in Section
25.3(a).

“International Station” means Company’s International Station generation
facility located at 5601 Electron Drive, Anchorage, Alaska, together with all
property (real and personal), facilities and equipment in connection therewith.

“Key Subcontractor” means any Subcontractor that is a party to a Project
Document with respect to which the Contractor is also a party thereto, excluding
any Project Labor Agreement. 

7

--------------------------------------------------------------------------------

 

EXECUTION VERSION

CONTRACT NUMBER 51008

“Late Payment Rate” means the prime rate of interest published under "Money
Rates" by The Wall Street Journal at the time the payment in question becomes
due, plus two percent (2%) per annum.

“Late Substantial Completion LDs” shall have the meaning given to such term in
Section 23.2.

 

“Liabilities” means all Claims, demands, damages, expenses, costs, losses,
liabilities or judgments, including all interest, penalties, fines and other
sanctions, and any reasonable costs or expenses in connection therewith,
including attorneys’ and consultants’ fees and expenses.

“Lien” means any mortgage, pledge, security interest, encumbrance, option,
defect, lien, charge or other similar right of any Person of any kind, including
any lien or charge arising by or under Applicable Law.

“Limited Notice to Proceed” shall have the meaning given to such term in Section
2.1(b).

“Liquidated Damages” shall have the meaning given to such term in Section 23.1.

“Material Adverse Change” means any change in condition that actually has, or is
reasonably likely to have, a significant adverse effect on (a) Company’s and/or
ML&P’s ability to own, control, or operate the Project (financial or otherwise),
(b) the Project’s ability to operate and deliver Energy to the transmission
system, or (c) Contractor’s ability, any Key Subcontractor’s ability, or the
Guarantor’s ability to perform their respective obligations in accordance with
the Project Documents, the Contract or any document securing Guarantor’s
Guaranty, as the case may be, to which it is, respectively, a party.

“Materials” means the intellectual property, tangible personal property (other
than Equipment) and other equipment, machinery, apparatus, materials, articles
and things of all kinds to be provided and incorporated into the Project by the
Contractor and the Subcontractors under the Contract (including spare parts to
be supplied thereunder) or otherwise utilized in the performance of the Work.

“Maximum Guaranteed BOP Load” shall have the meaning set forth in Appendix F to
the Contract.

“Milestone Date” shall have the meaning given to such term in Section 10.1.

“Milestone” shall have the meaning given to such term in Section 3.1(a).

“Minimum Performance Guarantees” shall have the meaning given to such term in
Section 17.2(a)

“ML&P” means the Municipality of Anchorage d/b/a Municipal Light & Power, a
municipal utility organized under the laws of the State of Alaska.

8

--------------------------------------------------------------------------------

 

EXECUTION VERSION

CONTRACT NUMBER 51008

“MW” means megawatt.

“Non-Company Materials” means any Contractor Equipment and any other equipment,
machinery, apparatus, Materials, articles and things of all kinds that are not
permanently incorporated into the Project. 

“Notice of Final Completione” shall have the meaning given to such term in
Section 19.6(b).

“Notice of Request for Payment” shall have the meaning given to such term in
Section 3.2(a). 

“Notice of Substantial Completion” shall have the meaning given to such term in
Section 19.1(b). 

“OEM” means the original manufacturer of any Equipment comprising a portion of
the Project.

“OEM Certified” means that the Equipment in question is certified by the
manufacturer thereof as new and clean, not in need of repair, carrying customary
manufacturer’s warranties and guarantees applicable to newly-manufactured
equipment of that type, and all reliability and design technical notices have
been implemented.

“Operations and Maintenance Manuals” shall have the meaning given to such term
in Section 15.6(a).

“Option” shall have the meaning given to such term in Section 3.1(a)(i). 

“Party” and “Parties” shall have the meanings given to such terms in the
Preamble to the Contract.

“Payment Milestone” means a Milestone set forth in the Payment Schedule with
respect to which a payment is due to Contractor pursuant to the terms of this
Contract and the Payment Schedule.

“Payment Schedule” shall have the meaning given to such term in Section 3.1(a).

“Performance Guarantees” means (a) the BOP Load Guarantee and (b) the Minimum
Performance Guarantees that are required to be demonstrated during the
Performance Tests as a condition to Substantial Completion, all as set forth in
Appendix F to the Contract.

“Performance Tests” shall have the meaning given to such term in Section
17.1(a).

“Permitted Lien” shall have the meaning given to such term in Section 7.18(b).

“Person” means any natural person, corporation, general or limited partnership,
limited liability company, firm, joint venture, estate, association, trust,
government, Governmental Authority or any other entity, whether acting in an
individual, fiduciary or other capacity.

9

--------------------------------------------------------------------------------

 

EXECUTION VERSION

CONTRACT NUMBER 51008

“Preliminary Performance Test Report” shall have the meaning given to such term
in Section 17.6(a).

“Progress Report” shall have the meaning given to such term in Section 10.6(a).

“Project Documents” means, once executed and delivered, (i) the Contract, (ii)
any Project Labor Agreement entered into by Contractor; (iii) any contract
between Contractor and any Subcontractor (and all agreements and documents
referenced therein) for the performance of the Work, wherein the cumulative
amount to be paid to such Subcontractor exceeds one million Dollars
($1,000,000.00); and (iv) any other contract, agreement, letter of intent,
understanding, or instrument related to the ownership, design, construction,
testing, maintenance, repair, operation, financing or use of the Project or the
Work entered into by Contractor and any other Person, wherein the cumulative
amount to be paid to such Person exceeds one million Dollars ($1,000,000.00).

“Project Engineer” means a duly licensed and qualified individual employed or
otherwise retained by Contractor to manage and be responsible for the
engineering aspects of the Work and the Project under the Contract.

“Project Labor Agreement” means any project labor or similar agreement entered
into by and between Contractor and any union(s) and/or merit-shop entities for
the performance of any aspect of the Work.

“Project Manager” means a qualified individual employed or otherwise retained by
Contractor to manage and be responsible for the overall management of the Work
and the Project under the Contract. 

“Project Party” means each of the Contractor, any Key Subcontractor and the
Guarantor.

“Project Problem” shall have the meaning given to such term in Section
10.6(b)(iii).

“Project Schedule” means the schedule for performance and completion of the Work
as set forth in Appendix J to the Contract and any modification thereof made
pursuant to the Contract.

“Project Taxes” shall have the meaning given to such term in Section 3.6.

“Prudent Industry Practice” means any of the practices, methods or acts engaged
in or approved by a significant portion of the electrical utility industry in
the United State for gas-fired -combined cycle electric generation facilities
that, in the exercise of reasonable judgment in light of the facts known at the
time the decision was made, would have been expected to accomplish the desired
result in a cost-efficient manner consistent with good business practices and
reliability criteria, safety considerations and expediency. Prudent Industry
Practice is not intended to be limited to the optimum practice, method or act to
the exclusion of all others but, rather, to be acceptable industry practices,
methods or acts for gas-fired combined cycle electric generating facilities in
the United States.

10

--------------------------------------------------------------------------------

 

EXECUTION VERSION

CONTRACT NUMBER 51008

“Punch List Letter of Credit” shall have the meaning given to such term in
Section 6.1(c) and shall be issued by a United States or Canada banking
institution or foreign banking institution with a U.S. branch that is rated at
least A3 by Moody’s Investors Service or A- by Standard & Poor’s Rating
Services, in the form attached to the Contract as Exhibit K.

“Regulated Materials” means any substance, material, or waste which is now or
hereafter becomes listed, defined, or regulated in any manner by any United
States federal, state or local law and includes any oil, petroleum, petroleum
products and polychlorinated biphenyls.

“Reliability Guarantee” shall have the meaning set forth in Appendix F to the
Contract.

“Release” includes any release, deposit, discharge, emission, leaking, spilling,
seeping, migrating, injecting, pumping, pouring, emptying, escaping, dumping,
disposing or other movement of Regulated Materials, other than their transport,
storage, treatment, usage and/or disposal in accordance with Applicable Law.

“Remediation” means any response, remedial, removal, or corrective action, any
activity to cleanup, detoxify, decontaminate, contain or otherwise remediate any
Regulated Material, any actions to prevent, cure or mitigate any Release of any
Regulated Material, any action to comply with any Environmental Laws or with any
permits issued pursuant thereto, any inspection, investigation, study,
monitoring, assessment, audit, sampling and testing, laboratory or other
analysis, or evaluation relating to any Regulated Material.

“Repeated or Chronic Failure” means a substantially similar failure occurring
two (2) or more times during the Warranty Period.

“Request for Final Completion” shall have the meaning given to such term in
Section 19.6(a).

“Request for Substantial Completion” shall have the meaning given to such term
in Section 19.1(a).

“Required Change” means a Change that is required as a result of a change in
Applicable Law, suspension of Work by Company, non-performance by Company
(including the non-performance of the Company-Procured Equipment to the extent
such non-performance is attributable to Company, the supplier under the
applicable Company-Procured Equipment Purchase Agreement, or a force majeure
event under the applicable Company-Procured Equipment Purchase Agreement), Force
Majeure, failure of Company to issue the Full Notice to Proceed by March 1, 2011
as required under Section 2.1(a), or any other change identified in the Contract
as a Required Change. 

“Retainage Letter of Credit” shall have the meaning given to such term in
Section 6.1(b) and shall be issued by a United States or Canada banking
institution or foreign banking institution with a U.S. branch that is rated at
least A3 by Moody’s Investors Service or A- by Standard & Poor’s Rating
Services, in the form attached to the Contract as Exhibit K.

“RFP” shall have the meaning given to such term in the Recitals of the Contract.

“Secured Obligations” shall have the meaning given to such term in Section
6.1(d).

11

--------------------------------------------------------------------------------

 

EXECUTION VERSION

CONTRACT NUMBER 51008

“Security Documents” means those documents securing Contractor’s performance of
its obligations under the Contract, including (a) the Guaranty, (b) the
Retainage Letter of Credit, and (c) the Punch List Letter of Credit.  For the
avoidance of doubt, the Retainage Letter of Credit may be converted into the
Punch List Letter of Credit per Sections 6.1(b)-(c).

“Site” means the premises on which the Project is to be located in Anchorage,
Alaska, owned by the Company immediately adjacent to Company’s International
Station generation facility located at 5601 Electron Drive, Anchorage, Alaska,
together with all easements appurtenant thereto or required for the operation of
the Project.

“Southcentral Power Project” or “Plant” or “Project”  means that certain
combined cycle power plant of approximately 200 MW to be located on the Site.

“Southcentral Power Project Participants” means Company and ML&P.

“Specifications” means the Statement of Work, the Execution Plan and any other
specifications contained in other Appendices to the Contract and any
modifications thereof made pursuant to the terms thereof.

“Startup Manager” means a duly licensed and qualified individual employed or
otherwise retained by Contractor to manage and be responsible for the startup
aspects of the Work and the Project under the Contract.

“Statement of Work” shall have the meaning given to such term in the Recitals.

“Subcontractor” means any Person, other than Contractor, retained by Contractor
to perform a part of a Contractor’s obligations under the Contract, including
any subcontractor or Equipment or Material supplier.

“Substantial Completion” means the satisfaction of all Substantial Completion
Criteria, manifested by Company’s issuance of the Notice of Substantial
Completion, and shall be deemed to have occurred on the Substantial Completion
Date.

“Substantial Completion Criteria” shall have the meaning set forth in Appendix F
to the Contract.

“Substantial Completion Date” shall have the meaning given to such term in
Section 19.1(b).

“Termination by Company” shall have the meaning given to such term in Section
29.1(a).

“Termination by Contractor” shall have the meaning given to such term in Section
29.2(a).

“Training” shall have the meaning given to such term in Section 7.9.

 

“Unidentified Project Problem” shall have the meaning given to such term in
Section 10.6(c).

12

--------------------------------------------------------------------------------

 

EXECUTION VERSION

CONTRACT NUMBER 51008

“Unscheduled Shutdown” shall have the meaning given to such term in Section
7.7(h).

 

“Voluntary Termination” shall have the meaning given to such term in Section
29.1(b).

 

“Warranty” shall have the meaning given to such term in Section 22.2(a)(ii).

 

“Warranty Period” means the period beginning on the Substantial Completion Date
and ending twelve (12) months thereafter and as the same may be extended as set
forth in Section 22.5 as the result of any repair, replacement, rework or
re-performance pursuant to Contractor’s Warranty obligations, or shut down of
the Project or Site caused by a defect or failure covered by the Warranty. 

 

“Work” shall have the meaning given to such term in the Recitals of the
Contract.

 

13

--------------------------------------------------------------------------------

 

EXECUTION VERSION

CONTRACT NUMBER 51008

200 MW COMBINED CYCLE PROJECT

ANCHORAGE, ALASKA

SOUTHCENTRAL POWER PROJECT

Engineering, Procurement & Construction (EPC) Contract

APPENDIX B – GOVERNMENTAL APPROVALS

 

--------------------------------------------------------------------------------

 

EXECUTION VERSION

CONTRACT NUMBER 51008

 

 

 

 

APPENDIX B GOVERNMENTAL APPROVALS

Permit/Approval

Responsible Agency

Comments

Responsible

Federal

 

 

 

1. Notice of Construction of Alteration

Federal Aviation Administration

Required to indicate that the stacks do not pose a threat to air navigation. No
airport in the vicinity and the proposed stacks are lower than the height that
requires notification or stack lighting.

Company

2. Clean Water Act Section 404 Permit

US Army Corps of Engineers

Nationwide general permit issued for construction. Includes provision for
mitigation of wetlands impacted during construction.

Company

3. Hazardous Waste Identification Number

USEPA

Required if the Project is to use manage and dispose material categorized as
hazardous waste. 

Company

4. Spill Prevention Control and Countermeasure Plan

USEPA

May be required as per 40 CFR 112, Oil Pollution Prevention Regulations if the
Project stores more than 660 gallons of oil in any one container or a total of
1320 gallons at the site.

Contractor

State

 

 

 

5. Operating Air Permit

FDEP

Required for an air emission source. Sets forth air emission limits monitoring,
and reporting requirements for the air emission source.

Company

6. Clean Air Act Title V Operating Permit

FDEP

Required to file complete application within 12 months after initial startup.

Company

7. Clean Air Act Title IV Acid Rain Permit

FDEP

Application must be filed 24 months prior to the start of operation. Required
for compliance with SO2 allowance requirements.

Company

8. National Pollutant Discharge Elimination System Permit (NPDES)

FEDP

May be required for the discharge of industrial wastewater to waters of the
state; establishes effluent limitations, monitoring and reporting requirements.

Company

9. Water Resource Permit

FDEP

Water usage.

Company

10. Storm Water Pollution Prevention Plan (SWPPP)

ADEC/MOA

Required for Stormwater management during construction activities.

Contractor

11 Notice of Intent (NOI) for National Pollutant Discharge Elimination System
(NPDES) Construction General Permit (CGP)

EPA/ADEC/MOA

Required to secure SWPPP

Contractor

Local

 

 

 

12.Building Permits

MOA

 

Contractor

ALL ITEMS IN THIS APPENDIX B WHERE THE THE RESPONSIBLE ENTITY IS IDENTIFIED AS
COMPANY SHALL BE COMPANY GOVERNMENTAL APPROVALS AS SUCH TERM IS DEFINED IN THE
CONTRACT.     

 

--------------------------------------------------------------------------------

 

EXECUTION VERSION

CONTRACT NUMBER 51008

 

200 MW COMBINED CYCLE PROJECT

ANCHORAGE, ALASKA

SOUTHCENTRAL POWER PROJECT

 

Engineering, Procurement, & Construction

(EPC) CONTRACT

 

 

 

APPENDIX C

APPROVED/PREFERRED SUBCONTRACTORS LIST

 

--------------------------------------------------------------------------------

 

EXECUTION VERSION

CONTRACT NUMBER 51008

 

 

 

Category

Company Name

Description of Work

B190 Engineered Buildings

ATCO Structures & Logistics

Noise consulting & design supply & install of acoustical buildings enclosures
silencers barriers

B190 Engineered Buildings

BLAINE CONSTRUCTION CORP

BUILDINGS FOR POWER PROJECTS 27,000 MW CONSTRUCTED IN THE LAST 7 YRS

B190 Engineered Buildings

Delta Leasing LLC

Modular Office Complexes, modular living facilities, equipment and fleet leasing

B190 Engineered Buildings

UIC Construction LLC

General Contractor, Pre-Engineered Metal Bldgs & Insulated metal panels

Civil

Alaska Mechanical, Inc

Commercial and Industrial Mechanical Construction

Civil

Bigelow Concrete

concrete

Civil

Catseye Excavating

Civil subgrade site development

Civil

glacier masonry & excavation

excavation, foundations, concrete, blockwork, slabs

Civil

GMC Contracting, Inc.

civil construction (site work, underground utilities)

Civil

Graff Contracting

All aspects of concrete construction

Civil

Granite Construction Company

Civil Contractor-Site Work, Roads, Underground Utilities, Structures, Grading &
Paving

Civil

KEE Construction LLC

Civil Construction..Roads, Underground, etc

Civil

L&N Ventures

Civil-road construction, Excavation, Hauling

Civil

Pacific Pile & Marine

Pile Driving Dredging Shoring Cofferdam Sheet Pile Sub Transmission Lines Diving
Marine Logistics

Civil

PCL Construction Services, Inc.

Construction / Concrete /

Civil

Renegade Equipment LLC

civil site work, water, sewer, storm drains

Civil

Sampson Steel Company Inc

Structural steel fabrication and erection

Civil

Steppers Construction Inc.

General Contractor, civil, commercial construction, Pre-Engineered Buildings,
Towers, wtr/swr, +++

Civil

STG, Inc.

piling foundations, renewable energy, tower construction, bulk fuel systems

Civil

West Construction Company, Inc.

Pile driving, structures, heavy construction

Construction Management

True North Management/UOSS

Construction Management, Quality Management, Fabrication Oversight, Procurement,
Logistical Support,

E070 DC Battery System

Precision Power Div/ Peak Oilfield Service Co

Service and sales in power generation including power modules, batteries and DC
power systems.

Electrical

Alcan Electrical & Engineering Inc

Full Electrical and Design Build Services, Inside, Outside, Data & Com,
Security, UPS Systems, 508

Electrical

Electric Power Systems

Mechanical and Electrical Inspection and Commissioning and Electrical Design

Electrical

Redi Electric

Redi Electric, Inc., is a full service electrical general contractor in the
State of Alaska providing

Electrical

Redi Electric, Inc.

Electrical / Communications Contractors

Equipment Supplier

ABB c/o Huntley & Associates LLC

ABB / Alaska Representative

Equipment Supplier

ABB Inc.

Control Systems and Instrumentation

Equipment Supplier

AK Supply

FRP products, railing, windows, doors. Engineered valves and lubes. Corrosion
products

 

--------------------------------------------------------------------------------

 

EXECUTION VERSION

CONTRACT NUMBER 51008

Equipment Supplier

Alaska Pump & Supply Inc.

Municipal and Industrial pump, seals, and control panels.

Equipment Supplier

Bering Straits Development Company

Commercial and industrial electrical installations, generators, switch gear,
renewable energy systems

Equipment Supplier

CB Engineering Pacific, Inc.

Manufacturer’s Representative for Instrumentation, Automation & Control
Equipment

Equipment Supplier

Engineered Equipment CO

Local Sales Rep, Our Line Card includes: Masoneilan, Raychem, Foxboro, Parker,
Powell, Amitek SCI

Equipment Supplier

GE Energy

Gas Turbine, Motors, Transformers, Switchgear, associated services

 

 

 

Equipment Supplier

Honeywell Process Solutions

Automation, Security, Safety and Field Instrumentation for the Power Industry

Equipment Supplier

Marsh Creek Energy Systems

AC / DC Power Generation Supplier & Subcontractor.  Man. Rep. for Energy,
Eaton-Powerware, MTU

Equipment Supplier

Pacific Power Generation

Distributor and supplier for Kohler Power Systems, Generator, ATS's, Switchgear
and service.

Equipment Supplier

Pacific Power Products

PPP is the local sales & service for Detroit diesels for industrial, marine, &
generator use

Equipment Supplier

Rosemount

Industrial Instrumentation

Equipment Supplier

Rotork Controls Inc.

Electric, Pneumatic actuators for valve automation

Equipment Supplier

Siemens Water Technologies

Water Treatment

Equipment Supplier

Victaulic

Piping Solutions for the Power Market.  Cooling Lines, Compressed Air, Tower
Connections

Equipment Supplier

WESCO Distribution, Inc.

Electrical distribution

Fencing

AAA Fence, Inc.

Fence and Gate Installation

Fencing

McKinley Fence Company

Fence and Guardrail

Foundation

Alaska Mechanical, Inc

process piping, electrical, mining, mechanical and equipment
installations                        

General

Cornerstone General Contractor

General/Vertical Construction

General

D & L Construction Co., Inc.

Clearing/grubbing, street & road construction, bridges, drilling & blasting,
site development

General

Denali General Contractors, Inc.

Sitework, Concrete, Structural Steel, Carpentry, Buildings Construction

General

Eklutna Services, LLC

General Contractor

General

Janssen Contracting, Inc

General Contractor, Masonry Block, Concrete, Tile, Carpenter Walls and finishes,

General

Jenson & Sons Construction, Inc

General Contracting, Counter Tops, Cabinets, Special Casework, Solid Surface

General

Neeser Construction, Inc.

Large commercial general contracting specializing in design/build

General

Price Gregory International

EPC heavy Mechanical/Electrical contractor specializing in pipeline, electrical
power and process

General

UNIT COMPANY

Alaskan General Contractor experienced in design build construction.

 

--------------------------------------------------------------------------------

 

EXECUTION VERSION

CONTRACT NUMBER 51008

Local Engineering

Ability Surveys

Land Surveying & Easement Procurement

Local Engineering

Allied GIS, Inc.

Mapping, GIS, Data Conversion, VUEWorks

Local Engineering

Bratslavsky Consulting Engineers, Inc.

env. plan. & compliance; design and plan.; prof. eng.& architect. svcs.; QA/QC;
CM, Inspect.

Local Engineering

CEI

Environmental and civil

Local Engineering

Engage LLC

Engineering, Project Management and technical services

Local Engineering

Environmental Management, Inc

Environmental Consulting & Training

Local Engineering

Great Northern Engineering, LLC.

Structural, mechanical, electrical and civil engineering

Local Engineering

HDR Alaska

Civil and structural engineering, planning, environmental services

Local Engineering

HMH Consulting, LLC

Air Quality Permitting, Monitoring, Compliance

Local Engineering

Langdon Engineers

Civil, Structural, Mechanical engineering, Project management, Cad, Asbuilts,
Special Inspection

Local Engineering

Lounsbury & Associates, Inc.

Civil Engineering and Surveying

Local Engineering

Meridian Management, Inc.

project management, construction management, QA/QC field inspection

Local Engineering

Mullikin Surveys

Land Surveying

Local Engineering

MWH

water and wastewater infrastructure design

Local Engineering

PDC Harris Group LLC

engineering: power gen, buildings, HVAC

Local Engineering

R2 Resource Consultants, Inc.

Fisheries biology; aquatic, wetland, and riparian ecology and restoration;
watershed analysis.

Material Supplier

Aggpro

Aggregate products, concrete

Material Supplier

Alaska Steel Co

Reinforcing steel estimating, detailing, supply and fabrication.

Material Supplier

Anchorage Sand & Gravel

Construction material supplier including concrete, aggregates, rebar, precast,
building materials

Material Supplier

CARBERRY ASSOCIATES

MATERIAL SUPPLIER

Material Supplier

Ferguson Industrial Plastics

Wholesale distributor of High Density Polyethylene pipe and fittings

Material Supplier

Granite Construction Company-Materials

Supplier of Construction Aggregtes, Recycled Asphalt Base,Pit Run Gravel, and
Warm & Hot Mix Asphalt

Material Supplier

Hyundai Steel USA, Inc.

Structural Steel

Material Supplier

Paramount Supply Company

Industrial pipe, valve, fitting supplier.  Conval rep.

Material Supplier

Polar Supply Co.

Supply CSI 2, 3, and 7; geotextile, SWPPP, concrete construction firestopping
etc

Material Supplier

Potelcom Supply Inc

Distributor

Mechanical

Alaska Mechanical, Inc

process piping, electrical, mining, mechanical and equipment
installations                        

Mechanical

Alaskan Insulation Specialties

Provide mechanical insulation & firestopping systems, installation, fabrication
& distribution

Mechanical

Carl Bingham Welding

I perform all welding processes and procedures with an emphasis on on-site
production.  I also do of

Mechanical

Dowland-Bach Corp

Industrial control panel fabrication, stainless steel tubing, pipe, fitting
supplier,

 

--------------------------------------------------------------------------------

 

EXECUTION VERSION

CONTRACT NUMBER 51008

Mechanical

General Mechanical, Inc

HVAC; Lagging; Metal Fabrication

Mechanical

Jaffa Construction Inc.

Equipment installation, heavy rigging, ASME Code assembly

Mechanical

JD Steel CO., Inc

Reinforcing Steel Supply and Install, Misc. Structural Steel Supply and Install,
Concrete Accessory

Mechanical

Rockford Corporation

Fuel Systems, Field Erected Tanks, Process Piping, Industrial Mechanical work

Mechanical

Rotating Services, LLC

Rotating Equipment Company, National Steel Erection, Inc., and Titan Fabricators
Inc., provides mech

Mechanical

Superior Plumbing & Heating

Plumbing, Heating, Ventilation, Commercial, Industrial, Institutional, Sheet
metal Fabrication

P410 Circulating Water Pumps

Alaska Roteq Corporation

Pump supply and repair- Flowserve/ Paco/ ABS

P470 Boiler Feed Pumps

Alaska Roteq Corporation

Pump supply and repair- Flowserve/ Paco/ ABS

Security

Guardian Security Systems, Inc.

Full line of security services: uniformed sec. officers, alarm systems install,
monitoring, 24/7 Dis

Specialty

Ace Water Wells

Well drilling, geothermal and pump services

Specialty

Anchorage Lath & Plastering

Int & Ext Plaster systems: Dryvit, Senergy, others EIFS Systems, Plastering,
Stucco

Specialty

Anixter

Alaska Territory Manager for distribution, Cable, communications and security
products.

Specialty

Construction Specialties of Alaska, LLC

Cookson, Modernfold, Kalwall, Raynor, Solatube, Bilco, Door Engineering,
Aluminum Composite Panels.

Specialty

Cosco Fire Protection, Inc

Fire Sprinker, Fire Alarm

Specialty

E/P Roofing Inc.

Roofing/Waterproofing

Specialty

Erosion Control of Alaska

Full Service Erosion Control using recycled and locally manufactured material.

Specialty

Glass, Sash & Door Supply, Inc

Wood and Steel Drs/Frs, Bldrs Hardware

Specialty

Global Offshore Divers

Any and all underwater tasks manned or unmanned

Specialty

GMG general, Inc.

Asphalt Paving

Specialty

Materials Integrity, Inc.

We provide construction  inspection and testing services including special
inspections, all NDT

Specialty

McFarland Cascade

Utility Poles, Crane Mats

Specialty

MINIMAX USA INC.

Fire Protection & Fire Alarm

Specialty

Omega-Morgan

Specialized rigging & Transportation

Startup

PCE Pacific, Inc.

FCO, Commissioning, Start-up, and ongoing support, Fisher, Rosemount,
MicroMotion, Emerson

Transportation

American Fast Freight

Freight Transportation Services, to/from and within Alaska

Transportation

Carlile Transportation

Transportation, Logistics, & Warehousing provider.

Transportation

Reeve Air Alaska, LLC

ANC based on-demand charter flights throughout south-central Alaska. Up to 5
passengers or freight.

Transportation

Totem Ocean Trailer Express, Inc.

transportation services

C160 Rotary Screw Fuel Gas Compressor

KOBELCO EDTI COMPRESSORS. INC

Gas Compressors

 

--------------------------------------------------------------------------------

 

EXECUTION VERSION

CONTRACT NUMBER 51008

Pipe Rack

Haskell Corporation

General Contractor: refinery work, power plants, industrial processing plants,
structural steel

T040 Field Erected Tanks

CBI Services, Inc.

Welded plate steel above ground tanks, stacks and plate steel structures

 

 

--------------------------------------------------------------------------------

 

EXECUTION VERSION

CONTRACT NUMBER 51008

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

A023

Ammonia System

C460

Traveling Bridge Crane

E070

DC Battery System

 

Chemco

 

Century Cranes & Service

 

Custom Power, Inc.

 

Wahlco

 

Crane Masters

 

Alpine Power Systems

 

Chemithon

 

Dearborne Crane & Engineering

 

Yuasa, Inc.

 

Integrated Flow Solutions

 

Deshazo Crane

 

Enersys, Inc.

 

 

 

Detroit Hoist and Crane

 

C & D Technologies, Inc.

B190

Engineered Bldgs

 

Ederer

 

Alcad, Division

 

UIC

 

Kaverit Steel and Crane

 

Ametek (Solid State Controls)

 

Steppers Construction

 

Kone Cranes

 

 

 

Blaine Construction

 

Mid Atlantic Crane and Equipment

E160

Transformers – Lighting & Dist.

 

Varco Pruden

 

Milwaukee Crane & Equipment

 

-Dry-Type Pad Mount

 

Super Structures

 

Mazella Lifting Technologies

 

General Electric CO

 

Butler

 

Sievert Electric Service

 

Siemens Energy & Automation, Inc.

 

Starr

 

Superior Crane

 

Square D CO

 

Nucor

 

Total Crane Systems

 

Howard Industries

 

American Steel Structures

 

Zenar Corp.

 

Eaton Corp.

 

ATCO

 

Zinter Handling

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Module Office Complexes

E030

Bus Duct

E180

Low Voltage MCC’s (480V)

 

Delta Leasing LLC

 

Unibus, Inc.

 

Square D CO

 

Alaska Module Space Inc.

 

Schneider Electric

 

Allen-Bradley CO, Inc.

 

ESS Support Services

 

Powercon Corp.

 

General Electric CO

 

All-Cover

 

Technibus

 

Siemens Energy & Automation, Inc.

 

WilliamsScotsman

 

 

 

Schneider Electric

 

Atco

E290

Power Circuit Breakers

 

Tesla Power

 

Northgate Industries

 

ABB NZ

 

Eaton Corp. (Cutler Hammer)

 

 

 

Siemens

 

ABB

 

 

 

Mitsubishi

 

Furnas

C160

Rotary Screw Fuel Gas

 

PACS Industries

 

 

 

Compressor

 

Lloyd Controls, Inc.

E190

Medium Voltage Controller Gear

 

Kobelco

 

Fuji Electric CO, Ltd.

 

Eaton Corp. (Cutler Hammer)

 

 

 

Areva

 

ABB

C170

Air Compressors

 

General Electric Co

 

LG Industrial

 

Ingersoll-Rand Co

 

 

 

Powell Electrical Manufacturing CO

 

Sullair Corp.

E340

Medium Voltage Switchgear

 

Schneider Electric MGE

 

Atlas Copco.

 

ABB, Inc.

 

General Electric CO

 

Gardner-Denver

 

Fortune Electric

 

Toshiba International Corp.

 

Kaeser Compressors, Inc.

 

LG Industrial System USA, Inc.

 

Square D CO

 

Dresser-Rand Co

 

Siemens Energy & Automation, Inc.

 

 

 

Kobelco

 

Tesla Power

E410

Auxiliary Transformers – Oil Filled

 

 

 

Allen Bradley

 

Delta Star, Inc.

C200

Air Cooled Condenser (ACC)

 

Eaton Corp. (Cutler Hammer)

 

VA Tech Elin USA Corp.

 

Holtec

 

PACS Industries

 

Pauwels Transformers, Inc.

 

SPX

 

Toshiba International Corp

 

ABB, Inc.

 

SPIG

 

Schneider Electric

 

Virginia Transformer Corp.

 

GEA

 

Siemens Energy & Automation, Inc.

 

Cooper Industries

 

 

 

Line Power Manufacturing Corp.

 

Hitachi

C440

Monorail/Hoist

 

Controlled Power Limited Partnership

 

Schneider Electric

 

Dwight Foote

 

General Electric Co

 

Square D CO

 

Milwaukee Crane & Equipment

 

Lloyd Controls, Inc.

 

General Electric CO

 

Ederer, Inc.

 

Square D Co

 

Howard Industries

 

Detroit Hoist & Crane Co

 

Powell Electrical Manufacturing Co.

 

Hyundai Heavy Industries CO Ltd.

 

ACCO Chain & Lifting Prod.

 

Furnas

 

Pennsylvania Transformer

 

American Crane & Equipment

 

VA Tech Elin USA Corp.

 

Tamini Transformers

 

Deshazo Crane

 

MVA Power

 

Fortune Electric

 

Kaverit Steel and Crane

 

 

 

Siemens

 

Kone Cranes

E360

Low Voltage Switchgear

 

Eaton

 

Mid-Atlantic Crane and Equipment

 

ABB. Inc.

 

Waukesha Electric

 

 

 

Fortune Electric

 

 

 

Philadelphia Tramrail

 

General Electric Company

 

 

 

Shupper-Brickle Equipment

 

Point Eight Power

E420

Transformer Generator (Step-Up/GSU)

 

Superior Crane

 

Powell Electric Manufacturing Company

 

Cooper Industries

 

Total Crane Systems

 

Schneider Electric

 

Fortune Electric

 

Zenar Corp.

 

Tesla Power

 

Delta Star, Inc.

 

Zinter Handling

 

Controlled Power Limited Partnership

 

Pauwels

 

Mazella Lifting Technologies

 

Siemens

 

Hyundai Heavy Industries Co Ltd.

 

 

 

 

 

Schneider Electric

 

 

 

 

 

Waukesha Electric Systems

 

--------------------------------------------------------------------------------

 

EXECUTION VERSION

CONTRACT NUMBER 51008

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Hitachi Power Systems America

 

XKT Engineering, Inc.

 

Team Industries

 

Siemens Power T&D, Inc.

 

Holtec International

 

 

 

North American

 

FabsCo, Inc.

W070

Chemical Feed System

 

Babcock

 

Foster Wheeler Limited

 

Sentry Equipment Corp.

 

Crompton Greaves

 

ABB Lummus Heat Transfer

 

Neptune Chemical Pump Co

 

Pennsylvania Transformer Tech, Inc.

 

API Heat Transfer

 

Penn Process Technologies, Inc.

 

Tramini Trasformatori

 

ITT Fluid Technology Corp.

 

Aquatech International Corp.

 

Virginia Transformer Corp.

 

Alstom USA, Inc.

 

Alldo, Ltd

 

Alstom USA, Inc.

 

Hebeler Corp.

 

 

 

ABB, Inc.

 

Manning & Lewis Engineering Co

W080

Condensate Polishing System

 

Magnetek Electric, Inc.

 

 

 

Christ (NEW TO US)

 

GE Energy

I120

Continuous Emissions Monitoring System

 

Indeck Power Equipment Co

 

VA Tech Elin USA Corp

 

Altech Environment

 

Ecodyne Limited

 

Mitsubishi Electric Power Products

 

Custom Instrumentation Services

 

Ionics Inc.

 

Areva T&D

 

Horiba

 

Veolia Water Systems

 

Hyosung America

 

Teledyne Monitor Labs, Inc.

 

Anderson Water Equipment

 

HICO

 

KVB Enertec, Inc. (GE)

 

Liquipure Systems Limited

 

TRAFO

 

Clyde Bergemann, EEC

 

Hydropure

 

JSHP Transformer

 

Forney Corp.

 

Eco-Tec Inc.

 

Wilson Transformer

 

Rosemount Analytical

 

Aquatech International Corp.

 

 

 

Cemteck

 

US Filter

E450

UPS System

 

 

 

Great Lakes

 

Toshiba International

I280

Water &* Steam Sample Panel

 

GE Water & Power.

 

Alpine Power Systems

 

Waters Equipment Co

 

Ecolochem, Inc.

 

Custom Power, Inc.

 

Sentry Equipment Corp.

 

Anderson Waters Systems Ltd.

 

Cyberex, Inc.

 

HOH Equipment Co

 

Pall Canada Ltd.

 

Siemens Energy & Automations, Inc.

 

 

 

Metcon Sales & Eng.

 

American Power Conversion

I340

Control Valves

 

 

 

Ametek Solidstate Controls, Inc.

 

Metso Automation

W200

Oil/Water Separator

 

Philtek Power Corp, (Cannot find

 

Flowserve Valtek

 

AFL Industries, Inc.

 

this product)

 

Fisher

 

Absolute Filtration

 

Best Power

 

Copes-Vulcan (SPX Flow Control)

 

World Water Systems, Inc.

 

Liebert (Emerson)

 

Masoneilan (Dresser)

 

Great Lakes

 

Danahar

 

Leslie

 

Engineered Equipment Products, Inc.

 

 

 

 

 

Loveless Manufacturing Division

E540

Cable Tray

P410

Ciculating Water Pumps

 

American Engineering Services, Inc.

 

Square D Co

 

PACO Pumps, Inc.

 

Highland Tank & Manufacturing Co

 

P-W Industries, Inc.

 

Sulzer

 

 

 

MP Husky Corp.

 

ITT Industries (Goulds)

 

Fencing

 

Cooper B-Line Systems, Inc.

 

Rurpumpen

 

AAA Fence Inc.

 

 

 

Flowserve Corp.

 

McKinley Fence Co.

G020

Diesel Generator

 

Peeless

 

 

 

Cummins

 

Weir Specialty Pumps

 

Pipe Rack

 

Pacific Power Products

 

Weir Floway

 

ASRC

 

 

 

Ebara Corp.

 

Haskell

H005

Air Cooled Heat Exhcangers

 

Fairbanks Morse

 

PCL

 

Exchanger Insdusttries

 

Mitsubishi

 

 

 

GEA Rainey

 

David Brown Union

 

Civil Subcontractors

 

Tek-Fins, Inc.

 

Torishima Pump

 

Steppers Construction

 

 

 

 

 

Granite Construction Company

H1060

Heat Exchangers – Plate &

P470

Boiler Feed Pumps

 

Alaska Mechanical

 

Frame/Shell & Tube

 

Flowserve Corp.

 

PCL

 

Alfa Laval Separation, Inc.

 

KSB

 

Blaine Construction

 

D.B. Western

 

David Brown Union Pumps CO

 

 

 

Sondex, Inc.

 

Sulzer

 

Foundation Contractors

 

Thermal Eng Intl Corp.

 

Rhurpumpen

 

Alaska Mechanical

 

Brown Fintube Co

 

Goulds Pumps, Inc.

 

Steppers Construction

 

Struthers Industries, Inc.

 

Ebara

 

Nesser

 

Yuba Heat Transfer Division

 

Torishima

 

Swalling

 

Hydro Dyne, Inc.

 

 

 

PCL

 

Ward Tank & Heat Exchanger

T040

Field Erected Tanks

 

Blaine Construction

 

Corp.

 

Titan

 

 

 

Graham Corp., Inc.

 

Matrix

 

 

 

Tranter, Inc.

 

CBI

 

 

 

Koch Engineering Co Ltd.

 

Pittsburgh Tower & Tank

 

Concrete & Aggregates

 

Sentry Equipment Corp.

 

American Tank & Vessel

 

Anchorage Sand & Gravel

 

Polaris Thermal Corp.

 

Columbian Tech Tank

 

Granite Construction

 

 

 

Superior Tank

 

 

 

--------------------------------------------------------------------------------

 

EXECUTION VERSION

CONTRACT NUMBER 51008

 

 

--------------------------------------------------------------------------------

 

EXECUTION VERSION

CONTRACT NUMBER 51008

 

200 MW COMBINED CYCLE PROJECT

ANCHORAGE, ALASKA

SOUTHCENTRAL POWER PROJECT

ENGINEERING, PROCUREMENT, & CONSTRUCTION (EPC) CONTRACT

APPENDIX D

PAYMENT SCHEDULE

 

 

--------------------------------------------------------------------------------

 

EXECUTION VERSION

CONTRACT NUMBER 51008

Southcentral Power Project

 

Payment Schedule

 

 

 

 

MILESTONE

 

MILESTONE

NUMBER

MILESTONE DESCRIPTION

PAYMENT AMOUNT

 

 

 

1*

Advance Payment

5,011,286 

2

Begin Site Preparation Clear & Grub

2,147,694 

3*

Begin Mass Excavation

3,311,054 

4

Award GSU's

1,841,158 

5

Complete Lay Down Area Preparation

789,068 

6

Award Boiler Feedwater Pumps

1,239,044 

7

Issue General Arrangments

1,548,805 

8

Mass Excavation for removal of unsuitable materials complete

309,761 

9

Award Air Cooled Condenser

1,761,739 

10

Award Fin Fan Cooler

880,870 

11*

Replacement fof Unsuitable Materials Complete

880,870 

12

Award Main Building

3,034,550 

13

Award DCS

758,638 

14

Award Pipe Rack

2,202,357 

15

Award Water Treatment

2,202,357 

16

Award Gas Compressor

4,377,106 

17

Under Ground Piping Engineering Substantial Complete

5,163,434 

18*

Construction & Building Permit Obtained

2,401,701 

19*

Site Mobilization FNTP (Foundation Contractor On Site)

5,603,969 

20

Under Ground Electrical  Engineering Substantial Complete

6,155,275 

21

Mechanical Engineering Substantial Complete

2,637,975 

22

Foundation Engineering Substantial Complete

2,167,681 

23*

CTG#1 Foundation installed (First CTG Foundation Poured)

3,251,522 

24

Pipe Rack Delivered on Site

5,419,203 

25

Electrical Room Foundation Installed

2,528,068 

26

OTSG#1 Foundation Installed

2,528,068 

27

CTG#2 Foundation installed

2,528,068 

28

First Steel Delivered to Site

5,056,137 

29

Foundation OTSG #2 Installed

5,061,631 

30

Pipe Rack Foundation Installed

2,892,360 

31

CTG #3 Foundation Installed

3,181,597 

 

--------------------------------------------------------------------------------

 

EXECUTION VERSION

CONTRACT NUMBER 51008

Southcentral Power Project

 

Payment Schedule

 

MILESTONE

 

MILESTONE

NUMBER

MILESTONE DESCRIPTION

PAYMENT AMOUNT

 

 

 

32

CTG #1 Set & Aligned

3,326,215 

33*

Foundation OTSG #3 Installed (Last OTSG Foundation Poured)

4,274,324 

34

Under Ground Utilities Installed

4,274,324 

35

CTG #2 Set & Aligned

2,859,549 

36

GSU Transformer Foundations Installed

2,859,549 

37

Air Cooled Condenser Foundation Installed

5,147,383 

38*

Control Room of Main Building Installed

2,941,362 

39

Boiler Feed Water Pumps Delivered

2,941,362 

40

Fin Fan Foundations Installed

735,340 

41

Pipe Rack Installed

2,941,362 

42*

CTG #1 Filter House Installed

2,889,144 

43

CTG #2 Filter House Installed

2,889,144 

44

Water Treatment Area Foundations Installed

2,889,144 

45

Boiler Feed Water Pumps Installed

4,333,716 

46

Fin Fan Cooler Installed

1,444,572 

47

CTG #3 Filter House Installed

3,429,377 

48

DCS Delivered

1,371,751 

49

Water Treatment Equipment Installed

3,429,377 

50

Gas Compressor Installed

2,743,502 

51*

STG Foundation Installed (STG Foundation Poured)

2,743,502 

52

GSU Transformers Installed

2,893,144 

53

DCS Installed

3,857,525 

54*

Building Roof Installed

2,893,144 

55

Demin Water Storage Tank Installed

2,690,653 

56

Air Cooled Condenser Installed

3,587,538 

57

OTSG #1 Installed

2,690,653 

58*

STG Installed

4,154,681 

59

OTSG #2 Installed

2,769,787 

60*

GSU Transformer Energized

4,033,350 

61

OTSG #3 Installed

2,688,900 

62

Air Cooled Condeser Commissioned

3,545,055 

 

--------------------------------------------------------------------------------

 

EXECUTION VERSION

CONTRACT NUMBER 51008

Southcentral Power Project

 

Payment Schedule

 

MILESTONE

 

MILESTONE

NUMBER

MILESTONE DESCRIPTION

PAYMENT AMOUNT

 

 

 

63

Fin Fan Cooler Commissioned

2,363,370 

64

Check Out & Commission OTSG #1

6,066,899 

65*

Initial Fire & Sync Combustion Turbine #1 (First CTG)

5,739,280 

66

Commission STG

3,248,391 

67

Check Out & Commission OTSG #2

1,624,196 

68

Initial Fire & Sync Combustion Turbine #2

1,624,196 

69

Check Out & Commission OTSG #3

1,325,924 

70

Initial Fire & Sync Combustion Turbine #3

1,325,924 

71

Steam Blow & Pipe Restoration Complete

2,270,200 

72*

STG Initial Roll, Sync & Load

2,062,565 

73

Steam Quality Tuning

603,115 

74

Plant fine tuning complete

753,463 

75

Substantial Completion

3,500,001 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

TOTAL

217,628,999 

Items marked with an * constitute Critical Milestones per the Contract

 

 

--------------------------------------------------------------------------------

 

EXECUTION VERSION

CONTRACT NUMBER 51008

200 MW COMBINED CYCLE PROJECT

ANCHORAGE, ALASKA

SOUTHCENTRAL POWER PROJECT

ENGINEERING, PROCUREMENT, & CONSTRUCTION (EPC) CONTRACT

APPENDIX E - Options

 

 

--------------------------------------------------------------------------------

 

EXECUTION VERSION

CONTRACT NUMBER 51008

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Option

Description

Addition to Contract Price

Deadline for Exercise

Warehouse/Maintenance Building (Building SB)

100’ x 235’ building described in section 6.3 of Appendix G to Contract

$4,640,000.00

Sixty (60) days after Effective Date

 

 

 

--------------------------------------------------------------------------------

 

EXECUTION VERSION

CONTRACT NUMBER 51008

 

200 MW COMBINED CYCLE PROJECT

ANCHORAGE, ALASKA

SOUTHCENTRAL POWER PROJECT

ENGINEERING, PROCUREMENT, & CONSTRUCTION (EPC) CONTRACT

APPENDIX F - Substantial  Completion, Final  Completion, Performance
 Guarantees and  Performance  Tests

 

 

--------------------------------------------------------------------------------

 

EXECUTION VERSION

CONTRACT NUMBER 51008

APPENDIX F

SUBSTANTIAL COMPLETION, FINAL COMPLETION, PERFORMANCE GUARANTEES AND PERFORMANCE
TESTS

Capitalized terms used herein and not otherwise defined herein are used herein
with the meanings ascribed thereto in the Contract.  The Parties agree that the
terms “capacity” and “power” are utilized interchangeably in this Appendix F and
that such terms are synonymous as used herein. 

 

Section 1Substantial Completion Criteria

Section 2Final Completion Criteria

Section 3Performance Guarantees

Section 4Performance Tests

 

 

--------------------------------------------------------------------------------

 

EXECUTION VERSION

CONTRACT NUMBER 51008

Section 1
Substantial Completion Criteria

Substantial Completion will be deemed to have been achieved when all of the
following Substantial Completion Criteria have been satisfied:

1.

Startup, commissioning, and the Performance Tests (as detailed in Section 4 of
this Appendix F) have been completed in accordance with the Contract. 

2.

The Plant (i) is complete such that Company can commence operation of a
fully-tested, integrated and operational Plant. (ii) has been fully designed,
constructed and equipped in accordance with the Contract (except as provided in
the Final Punch List).

3.

All Equipment and systems are operational in an integrated fashion in accordance
with the Contract, including its Appendices and Exhibits.

4.

Contractor has provided Company with the Guaranty and the Punch List Letter of
Credit in accordance with Section 6.1 of the Contract.

5.

Contractor shall have paid or Company shall offset from the payment due on
Substantial Completion the amount of any undisputed Late Substantial Completion
LDs.

6.

All Governmental Approvals have been obtained in accordance with Section 7.5 of
the Contract, with Company properly included as the permittee, co-permittee or
authorized party with respect to each.

7.

Training has been provided to Company’s personnel in accordance with Section 7.9
of the Contract.

8.

All intellectual property rights and computer program licenses that are
necessary for Company’s ownership and operation of the Project have been
obtained in accordance with Section 7.11 of the Contract.

9.

Contractor shall has cleaned up the Site in accordance with Section 9.7 of the
Contract.

10.

Contractor has supplied Company with Operations and Maintenance Manuals and
As-Built Drawings in accordance with Section 15.6 of the Contract.

11.

Contractor has demonstrated that the Minimum Performance Guarantees have been
met, in accordance with Section 17.2(a) of the Contract and defined in Section 3
of this Appendix F.

12.

All Defects that adversely affect the safe and reliable operation of the Plant
have been fully remediated, in accordance with Article 18 of the Contract.

13.

The Parties have agreed on a Final Punch List (including the value of items on
such Final Punch List), in accordance with Section 19.2(b) of the Contract.

 

--------------------------------------------------------------------------------

 

EXECUTION VERSION

CONTRACT NUMBER 51008

14.

Contractor and Subcontractors have transferred title to all Work supplied and
performed to the Company, free and clear of all Liens, in accordance with
Section 19.3.

15.

Contractor has, as applicable, assigned or delivered to Company any
Subcontractor’s warranties, in accordance with Section 22.6 of the Contract.

 

Section 2
Final completion Criteria

Final Completion will be deemed to have achieved when all of the following Final
Completion Criteria have been satisfied:

1.

Company has issued the Notice of Substantial Completion in accordance with
Section 19.1(b) of the Contract.

2.

All of the items on the Final Punch List have been completed, in accordance with
Section 19.2(b) of the Contract.

3.

Contractor has either met the BOP Load Guarantee or paid Company the BOP Load
Guarantee LDs on or before the expiration of the BOP Load Guarantee LD Cure
Period.

 

4.

Contractor has removed its Equipment, Materials and other items from the Site in
accordance with Section 19.5 of the Contract.

 

5.

Any Warranty problems are being diligently cured by Contractor and/or its
Subcontractors as contemplated by Section 22.4 of the Contract.

6.

All Work shall have been completed in compliance with all Applicable Laws
and  the terms and conditions of the Contract.

 

7.

Contractor has supplied Company with Operations and Maintenance Manuals and
As-Built Drawings in accordance with Section 15.6 of the Contract.

 

 

--------------------------------------------------------------------------------

 

EXECUTION VERSION

CONTRACT NUMBER 51008

Section 3
Performance Guarantees

7.1

General

 

All Performance Guarantees are based on the following conditions.   Actual test
values will be corrected back to these conditions using vendor curves, ASME
Performance Test Code (“PTC”) correction procedures (or as may be agreed to in
the test protocol) and computer models to determine if the guarantees are met.

 

Ambient Dry Bulb Temperature: 36 degrees Fahrenheit

Relative Humidity: 68.1 %

Barometric Pressure: 14.64 psia

Power Factor:  > 0.9 (at generator terminals)

Duct Burners: On as specified

Fuel Gas Temperature: 45 degrees Fahrenheit

Fuel Gas Pressure: 380 psig

Frequency:  60 Hz

Fuel Analysis as per Appendix G 2.2.1

 

7.2

BOP Load Guarantee   The Contractor guarantees the BOP Load shall be 3716 kW or
less with no duct burners on, all CTGs at full load and all other parameters as
described in Section 4 of this Appendix F.

 

7.3

Maximum Guaranteed BOP Load   The Contractor guarantees that the maximum BOP
Load shall be 4459 kW with no duct burners on, all 3 CTGs at full load and all
other parameters as described in Section 4 of this Appendix F. 

 

7.4

Guaranteed Noise Level   is defined as the far-field noise sound levels at the
following locations, which Contractor guarantees will be equal to or lower than
shown:

 

 

 

Southern SPP boundary

80 dBA @ southern R/W of W Dowling Rd

Residence (east of RR)

50 dBA

Western CEA property line

80 dBA

Park boundary

50 dBA (west of Minnesota Dr)

 

For avoidance of doubt the near field noise levels will be guaranteed by
Contractor but are not part of the Guaranteed Noise Level guarantee.

3.5Reliability Guarantee   The Contractor guarantees that the Plant will
generate on a continuous basis during a 72 hour reliability test a net output
averaging no less than 96% of the program dispatch load as per the test in
Section 4 of this Appendix F.

 

 

--------------------------------------------------------------------------------

 

EXECUTION VERSION

CONTRACT NUMBER 51008

SECTION 4

PERFORMANCE TESTS

 

4.1GENERAL

4.1.1Management of Tests

Contractor shall be responsible for providing all necessary permanent and
temporary Equipment, Materials, instrumentation, and services to meet
commitments with regard to this phase of the Work.

Company will provide technical assistance required for testing, commissioning,
startup and performance testing.

Contractor shall retain an independent testing contractor to conduct source
emission tests for each CTG/SCR train and CEMS certification tests.

Contractor shall provide and arrange Plant Performance Tests and demonstration
tests to demonstrate the Plant meets the Performance Guarantees stated herein.
This shall include a 72-hour reliability test.

Contractor may combine tests as long as the approved test procedures address any
and all test combinations.

Contractor shall prepare for review and approval by Company all Performance Test
procedures and protocols.

4.1.2Test Procedures

Not later than ninety (90) days prior to the scheduled Substantial Completion
Date, Contractor shall prepare and submit to Company a set of test procedures
and protocols for conducting such tests for Company’s review and approval.  The
test procedures shall incorporate the provisions of this section and shall
include data sheets, preliminary correction curves, compliance assessment
procedures and proposed test report format as applicable.

4.1.3Test Instrumentation and Calibration

Permanent Plant instrumentation shall be utilized whenever possible for making
required test measurements. As determined by Contractor, specific test
instrumentation may be used to supplement permanent Plant instrumentation and
enhance test accuracy as required.  All primary test instrumentation used for
test calculations shall be calibrated per the ASME PTC codes and copies of all
calibration sheets shall be provided to Company.  Company has not included any
special test instrumentation for testing of the CTG. Contractor shall provide
and make provisions for any additional test instrumentation required to perform
the required tests.

4.1.4Plant Operation During Testing

Throughout the duration of testing, the Plant shall be operated in accordance
with the requirements of Applicable Law.  Equipment shall not be operated in any
way that may impact manufacturers’ warranties or exceed any operating parameter
stated in the manufacturers’ O&M manuals or Operations and Maintenance Manuals.

 

--------------------------------------------------------------------------------

 

EXECUTION VERSION

CONTRACT NUMBER 51008

All Plant systems must reach a steady-state before the start of each test.
Systems which are designed to operate intermittently shall be deemed to be in
steady-state operation as long as the conditions that start and stop the
operation of the system are not exceeded during the test period and the system
is available for operation as designed.

4.1.5DELETED

4.1.6Suspensions and Deviations

Contractor and Company may mutually agree when situations arise during the
performance testing or demonstration testing that may warrant deviations from
approved test procedures.  Agreements reached during these consultations (such
as whether to discard erroneous data) shall be recorded, acknowledged in writing
by authorized representatives to be named in the test procedures, and shall be
binding for both Parties.

4.1.6Performance Guarantee Tests

The required performance guarantee tests are noted in the following table:

 

Guarantor

Guaranteed GE CTG Net Electrical Output

GE

Guaranteed STG Net Electrical Output

Mitsubishi

Guaranteed CTG Heatrate

GE

Guaranteed Exhaust Energy (Heat Balance Method)

GE

BOP Load Test (Excluding Company-Procured Equipment )

Contractor

Maximum Allowable Stack Emissions at Each Stack

GE/Company

NOx (See Note 4)

GE/Company

CO

GE/Company

VOC Emissions

GE/Company

Ammonia Slip

GE/Company

PM10 (See Note 5)

GE/Company

Startup Emissions

GE/Company

Near-Field Noise (Equipment)

Contractor

Far-Field Noise

Contractor

CTG Near-Field Noise

GE/Company

STG Near-Field Noise

MPSA/Company

OTSG Near-Field Noise

TBD/Company

Guaranteed OTSG Performance

TBD/Company

 

 

 

Notes:

1)

Emission tests shall be conducted in accordance with the testing methods as
required by the ADEC for each pollutant and in accordance with GE testing
procedures and conditions. 

2)

CTG Degradation:  “New and Clean” is defined as less than or equal to 200 site
fired-hours per the CTG purchase agreement with GE.  If

 

--------------------------------------------------------------------------------

 

EXECUTION VERSION

CONTRACT NUMBER 51008

Contractor is unable to commission the CTGs and balance of Plant within this
limit, it shall be adjusted as necessary to account for CTG degradation in
accordance with GE’s approved procedures.

3)

NOx Emissions - Test method for NOx shall, if possible, conform to EPA Method 20
and in accordance with GE testing procedures and conditions.

4)

NOx actual limit (as required by Permit) at ISO ambient conditions.

5)

PM10 limit is at ISO ambient conditions. 

 

4.1.7General Approach

Prior to conducting Plant Performance Tests, Contractor shall coordinate and
schedule the CEMS certification.  If the CEMS has not been certified, the
Performance Tests can be conducted using a certified 3rd party stack tester.

Contractor shall conduct tests to verify OTSG, CTG, and STG unit performance,
plus combined cycle power output, fuel consumption, emissions, and Plant
electric parasitic loads.  Contractor shall provide all necessary test
instrumentation, parts and labor for the Performance Tests. Performance tests
shall be performed in accordance with ASME PTCs as required, provisionally
including aspects of PTC 4, 6, 22 and 46 and in accordance with Company-Procured
Equipment suppliers’ testing requirements and conditions.

During all Plant Performance Tests, the Plant shall be operated in a mode that
is representative of the long-term normal operating configuration with all
equipment operating as designed and within limits prescribed by manufacturers’
O&M manuals and the Operations and Maintenance Manuals consistent with Prudent
Industry Practice.  No normally operating systems should be taken out of
service, including bypassing or suppressing of alarms, unless specifically
allowed for in the Company-approved test procedure.

Instruments for primary measurements shall be calibrated using standard
reference sources or shall have been previously calibrated and certified by
independent nationally or internationally approved calibration authorities
(NIST-traceable).

Calibration certificates shall be provided for all test instruments at the time
of test.  Any and all costs involved in preparation of calibration certificates
shall be to Contractor’s account.

Precision test instrumentation will generally be utilized per the relevant ASME
PTC.  Allowances will be made for measurement uncertainty in performance
calculations. Measurement uncertainty will be based on the accuracy of the
individual instruments used in conducting the Performance Tests.  An analysis of
the pre-test measurement uncertainty shall be performed by Contractor, in
accordance with ASME PTC 19.1 as part of the detailed Performance Test procedure
and shall be submitted to Company for review and approval.  Post-test
measurement uncertainty will be in the performance test report.

For all equipment other than the CTGs the Performance Tests shall consist of
four consecutive one-hour tests. During each one hour period all equipment shall
meet the guarantees.

4.2Plant BOP Load

During the Plant net power output and Plant net heat rate tests the Plant total
parasitic load power consumption shall be measured with the results corrected to
Plant design

 

--------------------------------------------------------------------------------

 

EXECUTION VERSION

CONTRACT NUMBER 51008

conditions.  Test results shall be adjusted so that the corrected results do not
include the parasitic load associated with Company-Procured Equipment,
Company-Procured Equipment parasitic losses and electrical load associated with
the Plant operations building.

4.3Air Emissions 

Testing shall be done in accordance with the approved air permit, ADEC rules and
regulations, EPA rules and regulations and in accordance with GE testing
procedures and conditions.

Normal Plant start-up and operating procedures shall be used when operating the
units during the tests.  The CTGs shall be operated between minimum load of 50%
based on Company Procured Equipment and 100% of baseload.

4.4CTG Power Output, Heat Rate and Exhaust Energy

Contractor shall conduct individual CTG power output, heat rate and exhaust
energy tests to verify each CTGs performance while in compliance with the stack
emissions guarantees listed in the table above. Each CTG shall be individually
tested for generator gross electrical output and fuel input in accordance with
the performance and acceptance testing requirements described in the GE CTG
purchase agreement  appendices. The test data will be corrected to design
conditions using the ASME Power Test Code 22 as modified by GE and by using GE’s
correction curves and correction procedures. The Plant Performance Tests shall
be completed as a condition of Substantial Completion.

Contractor shall provide instrumentation meeting the maximum allowable
uncertainty criteria identified in the ASME PTC 22. Contractor shall prepare an
uncertainty calculation in accordance with the procedures defined in ASME PTC 22
and by ASME PTC 19.1 to establish the overall test uncertainty.

Contractor is only required to perform the CTG performance testing.  Contractor
is not responsible for CTG equipment performance guarantees.

During the Plant net power output and Plant net heat rate tests the GE supplied
equipment parasitic load power consumption shall be measured with the results
corrected to Plant design conditions.

During the Plant net power output and Plant net heat rate tests, GSU losses
shall be determined with the results corrected to Plant design conditions.

4.5Noise Emissions

Noise measurements shall be made with the Plant operating at baseload conditions
in its normal Plant configuration.

Noise tests shall only be carried out when weather conditions are dry with light
winds.  Wind speed shall be calm and not exceed 5 mph during any noise
measurements. 

The results of the noise measurements shall be reported together with the
operating conditions of the Plant equipment, meteorological conditions, noise
measurement locations, and details of the instrumentation used for the
measurements.  Any corrections made to the measured noise levels to take account
of background noise levels or noise from other sources should be identified.

Near-field Noise: Contractor shall guarantee that the sound level from all
Equipment (other than Contractor Equipment) after erected and installed as an
integrated part of the

 

--------------------------------------------------------------------------------

 

EXECUTION VERSION

CONTRACT NUMBER 51008

Plant shall not exceed 85 dBA when measured at five (5) feet above the base
elevation of equipment and at a horizontal distance of three (3) feet from the
Equipment surface.

Equipment that need not meet the above criteria includes the following: gas
compressors, air cooled condenser, building ventilators, stacks, CTG inlet,
relief valve vents, and start-up valve vents. 

The near-field noise level guarantee is limited to normal continuous operation
of the Plant.  Each measurement of continuous Plant noise shall be made over 5
minute long sample periods.  Any extraneous noise shall be adjusted for.  The
measuring equipment shall comply with ANSI S1.4 precision standards.  The test
instrumentation shall be calibrated before use.  All noise tests shall be
conducted by Contractor in accordance with ANSI Standards and good engineering
practice.

If the average of A-weighted sound levels, per piece of Equipment, assuming
free-field measurement conditions, does not exceed 85 dBA, the Equipment will be
considered to pass this portion of the noise guarantee.

 

4.6Reliability Test

 

The reliability test shall last for a period of 72 consecutive hours and shall
demonstrate compliance with the Reliability Guarantee.

The reliability test output shall be between 50% to 100% of full CTG power
output based on a load schedule provided by Company and agreed by Contractor
prior to commencing the run, and may include startups, shutdowns and other
normal Equipment operation.

The term "Equivalent Availability" is specifically defined as follows for the
purposes of the reliability test:  EA = ((A+B+C)x100%)/72,

 

where:EA = Equivalent Availability in percent (%).

A =Total number of hours during the reliability test that the Plant  is
operating at the output required by dispatch control. These hours may include
time to start-up, shut-down or other normal operation.

B =Total number of hours during the test that the Plant is available for normal
operation, but the Plant is not allowed to operate or not allowed to operate
normally due to Company, Company-Procured Equipment defect or malfunction.

C =Total number of hours during the test that the Plant is not operating, but is
available for normal operation up to base load, including start-up, shutdown,
coat-down or other normal unit operation.

 

 

--------------------------------------------------------------------------------

 

EXECUTION VERSION

CONTRACT NUMBER 51008

 

 

 

Bothell, Washington

 

 

 

 

SL_Constructors [c004-20150930ex106705f02g001.jpg]

APPENDIX G

STATEMENT OF WORK

 

 

FOR A

 

COMBUSTION TURBINE GENERATOR COMBINED CYCLE

POWER PLANT

(GE LM6000)

 

FOR

 

SOUTHCENTRAL POWER PROJECT

ANCHORAGE, ALASKA

 

 

 

Revision A

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

--------------------------------------------------------------------------------

 

EXECUTION VERSION

CONTRACT NUMBER 51008

REVISION INDEX

 

 

-iv-

--------------------------------------------------------------------------------

 

EXECUTION VERSION

CONTRACT NUMBER 51008

TABLE OF CONTENTS

 

 

 

1. Project Description

5 

1.1

General

5 

1.2

Boundary Limits

11 

1.3

Equipment Descriptions

13 

2. Site Data/Plant Basis for Design

13 

2.1

Site Conditions

13 

2.2

Design Values

14 

2.3

Noise Emission Control

17 

3. Codes and Standards

18 

3.1

Alaska Specific Codes and Standards

20 

4. Mechanical Design Criteria

21 

4.1

Combustion  Turbine Generator

21 

4.2

Once Through Steam Generator System

22 

4.3

Condensate-Feedwater System

22 

4.4

Steam Turbine Generator System

24 

4.5

Cooling System

25 

4.6

Water Systems

28 

4.7

hvac

34 

4.8

Fuel Gas Compressors

35 

4.9

Compressed Air System

37 

4.10

Fuel Gas System

37 

4.11

Fire Protection System

41 

4.12

Piping

46 

4.13

Applied Insulation and Lagging

48 

4.14

Steam Bypass With Desuperheaters and Pressure-Reducing Valves

48 

4.15

Turbine Air Inlet Heating System

48 

4.16

Bridge Crane

49 

5. Civil Design Criteria

49 

5.1

Civil Codes and Standards

49 

5.2

Earthwork

49 

5.3

Reinforced Concrete

50 

5.4

Storm Drainage

50 

5.5

Dewatering

51 

5.6

Sedimentation and Erosion Control

51 

5.7

Roads and Fencing

52 

5.8

Surveying

55 

5.9

Exterior Signs

55 

5.10

Landscaping

56 

-iv-

--------------------------------------------------------------------------------

 

EXECUTION VERSION

CONTRACT NUMBER 51008

 

 

 

5.11

Geotechnical Investigation And Foundations

56 

5.12

Containment

57 

6. Structural Design Criteria

57 

6.1

Buildings

57 

6.2

Generation Building (Building SA)

61 

6.3

Warehouse/Maintenance Building               (Building SB) (Optional)

63 

6.4

Plant Auxiliaries Building (SC)

65 

6.5

Materials

65 

6.6

Mechanical Work

67 

6.7

Heating, Ventilating, and Air Conditioning

68 

6.8

Overhead Doors

73 

6.9

Structural Loads

75 

6.10

Structural Steel Supports

78 

6.11

Platforms

78 

6.12

Painting

78 

7. Electrical design requirements

79 

7.1

General Design Criteria

79 

7.2

System Architecture

82 

7.3

Physical Arrangement and Considerations

84 

7.4

Design & Construction of the Electrical Systems

85 

7.5

Electrical Systems

85 

7.6

Electrical Design for Buildings

144 

8. CONTROL AND INSTRUMENTS TECHNICAL DESCRIPTION

151 

8.1

SUMMARY

151 

8.2

CONTROL PHILOSOPHY

151 

8.3

Distributed Control System

153 

8.4

Control Functions

160 

8.5

Control System Loop Component Design

161 

8.6

General

163 

8.7

Instrumentation Requirements

173 

8.8

INSTRUMENT IMPULSE TUBING

179 

9. Plant Information technology/communications/security requirements

180 

9.1

CORPORATE NETWORK

180 

9.2

TELECOMMUNICATION

182 

9.3

COMMUNICATION REQUIREMENTS

183 

9.4

PHYSICAL PLANT SECURITY

185 

INDEX

 

INDEX-I

 

-iv-

--------------------------------------------------------------------------------

 

EXECUTION VERSION

CONTRACT NUMBER 51008

1.

Project Description

1.1

General

 

This Statement of Work is part of that certain Engineering, Procurement and
Construction Contract, made and entered into as of June 18, 2010 (as further
amended, restated, supplemented or otherwise modified from time to time, the
“Contract”), by and between Chugach Electric Association, Inc., an Alaska
electric cooperative (“Company” or “Chugach”), and SNC-Lavalin Constructors,
Inc., a corporation formed under the laws of the State of Delaware
(“Contractor”). Capitalized terms used herein but not otherwise defined herein
shall have the respective meanings set forth in the Contract.

1.1.1

Overview

The Project is a nominal 200 MW capacity combined cycle power Plant.  Scope
includes design, procurement, supply, erection, and commissioning of a 3x3x1
power plant to supply reliable electric power to the Chugach grid.  The power
plant consists of the following major items:

·

Three (3) General Electric LM6000 PF combustion turbine generator (CTG) sets

·

Three (3) two pressure, once through steam generators (OTSG) complete with duct
burners

·

One (1) condensing, steam turbine generator (STG)

·

One (1) air cooled condenser (ACC)

·

One (1) auxiliary cooling system

·

Raw/potable water systems

·

Wastewater/sewer systems

·

Demineralized water treatment

·

Condensate polishing

·

Condensate

·

Boiler feedwater

·

Steam systems

·

Steam and water sample analysis

·

Fuel systems

-6-

--------------------------------------------------------------------------------

 

EXECUTION VERSION

CONTRACT NUMBER 51008

·

Aqueous ammonia

·

Compressed air system

·

Fire protection system

·

Piping system

·

HVAC

·

Continuous Emissions Monitoring

·

Buildings

·

One (1) electrical distribution system

·

One (1) Black Start Diesel Generator

·

Instrumentation and control systems

The exhaust gas from the CTG will be directed to the OTSG where energy is
recovered to generate high and low-pressure steam.  Additional energy will be
added by duct burners.

High pressure superheated steam from each OTSG is routed to the steam turbine
generator. 

Low pressure steam from each OTSG will be routed to the steam turbine generator.

Exhaust steam from the steam turbine generator will be condensed in an air
cooled condenser.

Cooling water for Plant auxiliary cooling will be supplied by a multi-cell air
cooled heat exchanger.

Power produced by the generator will pass through a generator step-up
transformer (GSU) to an underground transmission line for delivery to a
switchyard by others.

Hot flue gas leaving the steam generator will be exhausted to atmosphere.  NOx
emissions will be controlled by selective catalytic reduction (SCR) equipment;
CO emissions will be controlled using catalytic oxidation equipment.

The power plant will be controlled by a system of local control panels, local
instrumentation and a central distributed control system.

24.1.1

General Operating Philosophy

The Plant design life will be 30 years.  The economic design life is also 30
years.  The Plant is expected to be used for base load power production to
Company’s own grid system.  The Plant is not a merchant plant and will be
dispatched by Chugach.

The Plant will be designed for daily cycling but is expected to run base loaded
in its initial years of operation.

-7-

--------------------------------------------------------------------------------

 

EXECUTION VERSION

CONTRACT NUMBER 51008

The Plant shall be automated to the maximum extent practical such that a single
control room operator can start-up, operate, and shutdown the Plant from the
Plant central control room with the assistance of outside operators.

The Plant shall be designed to support start up from a cold condition to full
CTG load in less than ten minutes after CTG purge.  Black start capability is
included.

Automatic generator loading will be available that adjusts load sharing to
operate each power train at its most efficient setting for the selected MW
output.

 

24.1.2

General Scope

All work shall be carried out in accordance with the Contract and this Statement
of Work, which provides the minimum requirements for the engineering, design,
manufacture, supply, delivery, erection, commissioning, start-up, and testing of
the facility until turned over to Company as required by the Contract.

Contractor shall be responsible for the complete engineering, design,
manufacture, supply, delivery, erection, commissioning, start-up, and testing of
the work necessary to produce a fully operational power plant facility.

Contractor shall be responsible for on-site storage, installation,
commissioning, start-up and testing of Company-Procured Equipment in accordance
with the Contract.

Equipment selected by Contractor shall be in accordance with the
Approved/Preferred Subcontractor List.  In the event Contractor desires to
utilize a vendor that is not on the Approved/Preferred Subcontractor List,
Contractor shall obtain prior written approval from Company.

The scope of supply shall include, but not be limited to, the following:

·

Provision of all necessary labor and materials, construction equipment,
temporary works, equipment, auxiliaries and accessories, specialty tools, and
performance of all operations and work required for design, fabrication,
furnishing, delivering, transporting (not including gas turbine and steam
turbine generators), installing, finishing, painting, testing to obtain
Substantial Completion of the Plant.

·

Except as noted for the CTG’s, OTSG’s and STG, shipment, storage, handling and
transportation of all materials and equipment for the Work, including
importation, unloading, transportation to Site, and off loading at Site. The
transportation of and provision of facilities such as roads, parking, buses,
etc. for all Contractor personnel required for the Work.

·

The CTG’s. OTSG’s and STG will be provided by Company Delivered Duty-Paid
jobsite.

·

Provision of all consumables required for construction and testing, and
subsequent replenishing up to Substantial Completion, except Company-Provided
Utilities.

-8-

--------------------------------------------------------------------------------

 

EXECUTION VERSION

CONTRACT NUMBER 51008

·

Design and construction of all foundations, structures and buildings, together
with the erection and installation of all equipment, auxiliaries and
accessories.

·

Provision of Plant check-out, pre-operational works, commissioning service and
operational service.  This provision shall include functional testing of the
Plant and making all adjustments required to ensure entirely satisfactory
operation under all specified conditions. These tests are to scheduled and done
as mutually agreed but must be done completed prior to Final Completion.
Functional testing is not intended to test component guarantees and will be
performed so that equipment is not operated outside the manufacturer’s
recommendations and component guaranteed performance and supply contract limits
are not exceeded.   Functional tests shall include:

1.

Black start test to demonstrate that the Plant can be started with the grid
disconnected from the Plant

2.

Partial Load Operation test to demonstrate that each CTG is capable of stable
operation between minimum load and rated CTG output

3.

Fast-start CTG test to demonstrate that each CTG is capable of starting from
cold-iron to baseload in the minimum time permitted by the CTG packager

4.

CTG trip test (for gas fuel pressure transients) to confirm that no other CTG
trips due to fuel pressure transients

5.

SCR tests to verify that the ability to achieve permitted stack NOx emission
within OTSG limitations

6.

Demonstrate capability of running CTG’s in simple cycle operation with OTSG’s
dry, to combined cycle operation without tripping CTG’s.

7.

DCS full-functional logic tests to demonstrate that the DCS performs all
designed control functions.(FAT tests plus field tuning)

8.

Water treatment plant quality and flow

9.

Shutdown test for each CTG to demonstrate emission compliance during shutdown

10.

CTG Full Load Rejection

11.

Gas compressor trip test

12.

Unit Duct Fire capability per OTSG from minimum to maximum duct firing.

13.

STG Startup: Test will demonstrate push button start capability of the steam
turbine generator inclusive of STG control system “hold” points

14.

STG part load to full load operational test

15.

STG Full Load Rejection

16.

STG Normal Shutdown: STG will be operating at or near full load when a normal
shutdown will be initiated.

-9-

--------------------------------------------------------------------------------

 

EXECUTION VERSION

CONTRACT NUMBER 51008

17.

CO2 Leak test for CTGs

18.

Redundant pump swap-over capability

19.

Combustion Air glycol inlet heater achieves required temperature rise

20.

Partial load CTG noise levels

·

-10-

--------------------------------------------------------------------------------

 

EXECUTION VERSION

CONTRACT NUMBER 51008

Providing and modifying all necessary information to enable Company to obtain
and maintain all necessary Governmental Approvals, including construction
permissions and approvals, from local and other authorities with the exception
of those major consents which have already been obtained by Company.

·

Obtaining a building permit from the Municipality of Anchorage including phased
permitting as deemed necessary.  Initial plan review fees will be paid by
Company.  Subsequent fees for review of re-submittals, deferred submittals, or
change orders shall be paid by Contractor.

·

All drawings and calculations prepared by Contractor and used for construction
that require the approval of the Jurisdiction Having Authority shall be stamped
and certified by a registered professional engineer in the State of Alaska.

·

All design shall fall under the responsibility of a designated designer of
record (“Designer of Record”) registered as a professional surveyor, engineer,
or architect in the State of Alaska. All construction documents (calculations
and drawings) for the Site development, structures, buildings, building related
mechanical and electrical systems, and fire detection and suppression systems
shall be sealed and signed by a Designer of Record in accordance with State of
Alaska Applicable Law.

·

Vendor supplied equipment drawings and calculations do not need to be sealed and
signed by a Designer of Record unless the scope of their supply includes
elements of work that require plan review by the Municipality of Anchorage for
building permit issuance. Examples that will require signed drawings and
calculations are fin fans (structural), exhaust stacks (structural), catwalks or
access platforms (structural) and package fire suppression systems.

·

Unit of Measure - The design shall be accomplished in U.S. Customary Units
(feet, inches, pounds, degrees F, etc). These units shall be used in design
calculations and construction drawings for the Site, buildings, structure,
piping, mechanical, and electrical systems.

·

Contractor shall be responsible for coordination and interface of metric
information supplied by OEMs.

·

Providing all start-up spares and consumables except those associated with
Company-Procured Equipment.

·

Providing a list of vendor recommended operation spare parts with pricing that
will be current and explicit for the equipment and materials provided under the
Contract.  Company will contract separately with the equipment vendors to supply
the Plant operational spare parts.

·

Supply of all specialty tools as necessary to fulfill the requirements of the
recommended operating/maintenance cycle of all materials and equipment supplied.
All specialty tools associated with any equipment shall be provided.

-11-

--------------------------------------------------------------------------------

 

EXECUTION VERSION

CONTRACT NUMBER 51008

·

Supply of tools as required to perform all maintenance activities in accordance
with Company maintenance practices. See major tool list attached Att-09 “SPP
Tool List”.

·

Fault level study for the Plant auxiliary systems.

·

Coordination with other contractors performing concurrent work associated with
the Plant and/or Site.

·

Reasonable support of Company in public relations activities.

·

Where specific requirements for equipment and materials are included herein,
Contractor shall ensure that these requirements are included in Contractor’s
specifications and complied with by the selected manufacturer or supplier.

20.2

Boundary Limits

All work provided by Contractor will be within the Site boundary limits
indicated on drawing 0880 GA002 Revision No. C except as noted.  The battery
limits generally are along West Dowling to the south, to the railroad
right-of-way to the east, to the indicated Site boundary to the north, and to
the indicated Site boundary to the west.  Work provided by Contractor will
terminate at the following points:

 

 

Description

Remarks

Natural Gas from

Enstar Gas

Tie into the new Enstar gas supply lines within gas meter station area

inside fence line of Site at isolation flange. There will be two flanged

connections which will be near the Enstar reserved area in the

SE corner of the Site. Contractor shall be responsible for the connection

to the termination points.

Gas line C&I

The terminal point for all Interface signals between the Plant and Enstar

shall be a marshalling cubicle inside the control kiosk of the on-site gas

receiving facility.

138kV connection

Contractor to provide power cable, power cable terminal fittings,

Duct banks (5) for power cable .

Offsite power cable vaults, power cable supports, and power cable

interconnection at the switchyard will be provided by others.

138kV C&I

Provide communication conduit from Switchyard to the

communication room near the Control Room, and termination points for

Switchyard communication wiring.

Raw Water

(AWWU water

supply)

2 tie ins into N and S AWWU line at locations indicated in drawing
SCPP-SP-CE-CV-0001, Revision No. “Southcentral Power Plant Water Mainline
Extension”

Fire Water

Fire water is from raw water supply. Fire water loop to be independently

connected to N and S AWWU connection.

-12-

--------------------------------------------------------------------------------

 

EXECUTION VERSION

CONTRACT NUMBER 51008

Waste Water

Contractor shall tie in three permanent connections for wastewater and

sewer. There will be an input connection at the NE boundary carrying

Chugach campus waste and a second input connection from Building E

to the west of the Site boundary. The third interconnection shall be the

Site discharge into the sewer main at the intersection of Rovenna and

Raspberry. A temporary pressure connection for lift station discharge will

be available at the NE boundary of the Site for use during construction.

Connections are indicated in drawing SCPP-SP-CE-CV-0002, Revision No. 1
“Southcentral Power Plant Sewer Mainline Extension”

attached.

Access Roadways

Contractor scope shall include tie in to existing roads and Contractor

shall include all improvements to the edge of the paved surface along

the southern extents of West Dowling, to the railroad right-of-way to the

east, to the indicated Site boundary to the north, and to the indicated Site

boundary to the west. Scope shall include all perimeter boundary

structures and any required improvements immediately adjacent and

outside the battery limits

Surface water drainage

Improvements to the existing drainage system as follows: clean

vegetation, debris and loose soil out of the ditch for a total length of 800
feet in order to restore to the previous depth or a depth adequate to maintain
drainage. Also included are the replacement of the existing 12” culvert with a
24” culvert and the repair of the road at the culvert. 

Telephone

Scope is to termination points in the communication rooms in each of the

buildings

Data links

Scope is to termination points in the communication rooms in each of the

buildings

SCADA links

Scope is to termination points in the communication rooms in each of the

buildings

Construction Power

Contractor scope shall commence at the load side of Company-installed

meters at capacities and locations agreed by Contractor and Company.

Construction Water

Contractor scope shall commence at the interconnection to the

permanent potable water supply at the indicated point at the NE battery

limit. See sketch SCPP-SP-CE-CV-0002 Revision No. 1 “Southcentral Power Plant
Temporary Water & Sewer Utilities – Enlarged”. Contractor may opt for other
sources of temporary water at their own expense.

 

-13-

--------------------------------------------------------------------------------

 

EXECUTION VERSION

CONTRACT NUMBER 51008

Equipment Descriptions

Equipment manufacturers and model numbers listed in this Statement of Work,
attachments, referenced drawings, and associated equipment lists are
representative only of the quality of equipment proposed.  Manufacturers and
model numbers of equal quality may be substituted for those listed in the
Statement of Work per the Approved/Preferred Subcontractor List or with Company
approval.

2.

Site Data/Plant Basis for Design

2.1

Site Conditions 

Plant Elevation Above Sea Level (ft.):

114

Extreme Design Ambient High Dry Bulb Temperature  (F):

85

Extreme Design Ambient Low Dry Bulb Temperature (F):

-25

Annual Average Design Ambient Dry Bulb Temperature (F)

36

Annual Average Design Ambient Wet Bulb Temperature (F):

32

Winter Design Ambient Dry Bulb Temperature (F):

0

Winter Design Ambient Wet Bulb Temperature (F):

-0.8

Occupancy Category

IV

Wind Speed/Exposure (mph):

110 mph/exposure C

Wind Importance Factor (per IBC):

1.15

Seismic Site Class:

Per IBC 2006

Seismic Importance Factor (per IBC):

1.5

Ground Snow Load (psf):

50

Snow Factor

1.1

Annual Rainfall (inches)

15.3

Maximum 1 Hour Rainfall (inches)

0.5

Building Code:

IBC 2006

 

-14-

--------------------------------------------------------------------------------

 

EXECUTION VERSION

CONTRACT NUMBER 51008

2.2

Design Values

2.2.1

Natural Gas Fuel Analysis

 

 

 

Component

 

Percent by volume

CH4

Methane

98.31

C2H6

Ethane

0.15

C3H8

Propane

0.05

C4H10

iso-Butane/n-Butane

0.04

C5H12

iso-Pentane/n-Pentane

0.03

C6H14

Hexane

0.02

CO2

Carbon Dioxide

0.15

O2

Oxygen

0.0

N2

Nitrogen

1.25

 

Total

100.00

Lower Heating Value

LHV

20,956 BTU/lb

 

Supply Source:

ENSTAR

 

Natural Gas Tie-in Conditions

 

 

 

 

 

Description

Design

Flow

Design

Temp

Design

Pressure

Remarks

Natural Gas

from Enstar

Gas

0 to 36

million scf

/day

5 to 45 F

380 psig

minimum,

685 maximum

(380 psig

design point for

parasitic load

evaluation)

Tie into the new  Enstar gas supply line within gas meter station area.

 

Dew point range: -60 to 2ºF

 

Moisture: 4 lbs / million scf

 

-15-

--------------------------------------------------------------------------------

 

EXECUTION VERSION

CONTRACT NUMBER 51008

Water Analysis

2.2.2.1

Raw Water/Fire Water Supply is as follows:

Description

Design

Flow

Design

Temp

Design

Pressure

Remarks

Process

Water/Fire Water

(AWWU

water supply)

Contractor

35 to 45 F

68 – 88 psig

 

 

 

 

2 tie ins into N and S

AWWU line at locations

indicated in Section 1.2

Usage:

Demineralizer feed, and miscellaneous Plant services use.

 

2.2.2.2

Design Water Analysis

 

 

 

Parameter

Units

Estimated Value

Aluminum

mg/l

ND(<0.020)

Antimony

mg/l

ND(<0.001

Arsenic

mg/l

ND(<0.005)

Barium

mg/l

0.008

Beryllium

mg/l

ND(<0.0004)

Cadmium

mg/l

ND(<0.0005)

Calcium

mg/l

21.5

Chromium

mg/l

ND(<0.001)

Cobalt

mg/l

-

Copper

mg/l

0.002

Iron

mg/l

ND(<0.040)

Lead

mg/l

ND(<0.001)

Magnesium

mg/l

-

Manganese

mg/l

ND(<0.001)

Mercury

mg/l

0.0002

Molybdenum

mg/l

-

Nickel

mg/l

ND(<0.002)

Potassium

mg/l

-

Selenium

mg/l

ND(<0.005)

Silicon

mg/l

-

Silver

mg/l

ND(<0.0003)

Sodium

mg/l

5.64

Strontium

mg/l

-

Thallium

mg/l

ND(<0.001)

Tin

mg/l

-

Titanium

mg/l

-

Vanadium

mg/l

-

Zinc

mg/l

ND(<0.005)

Hydroxide Alkalinity

mg/l as CaCO3

-

-16-

--------------------------------------------------------------------------------

 

EXECUTION VERSION

CONTRACT NUMBER 51008

Conductivity

umhos/cm

198

Solids, Total

mg/l

-

Bicarbonate Alkalinity

mg/l as CaCO3

-

Carbonate Alkalinity

mg/l as CaCO3

-

Turbidity

NTU

0.05

Alkalinity, Total

mg/l as CaCO3

50

Hardness, Total

mg/l as CaCO3

54.8

pH

--

7.73

Carbon Dioxide, Total

mg/l as CO2

-

Phosphate – Ortho

mg/l

-

Carbon Dioxide, Free

mg/l as CO2

-

Total Organic Carbon

mg/l

-

Solids, Suspended

mg/l

-

Solids, Dissolved

mg/l

91

Nitrogen, Ammonia

mg/l

-

Chloride

mg/l

2.25

Free Chlorine Residual

mg/l

0.98

Temperature

deg. C

4.5

Bromide

mg/l

-

Flouride

mg/l

1.05

Phosphorus

mg/l

-

Sulfate

mg/l

28.3

Nitrogen, Nitrate

mg/l

0.137

Nitrogen, Nitrite

mg/l

ND(<0.1)

Nitrogen, Total Kjeldahl

mg/l

-

 

Water Quality Data Source: Anchorage Water and Wastewater Utility, Eklutna WTP –
Finished Water, Analytical Results Date of Report 11/25/09

-17-

--------------------------------------------------------------------------------

 

EXECUTION VERSION

CONTRACT NUMBER 51008

Demineralized Water Supply will be as follows:

 

 

Source:

Plant Water Treatment Equipment

Pressure:

As Required

Temperature:

70 F

Usage:

OTSG make-up

 

Demineralized water quality produced by the Plant water treatment equipment
shall meet or exceed the water quality requirements of the OTSG, CTG, and STG
manufacturers, and as specified for other demineralized water consumers within
the facility.  At a minimum, quality shall meet the following conditions at
normal Plant operating conditions:

 

Demineralized Water Quality Parameter

Value

 

 

Cation Conductivity (S/cm  @ 25C)

less than or equal to 0.25

Silica, as SiO2 (ppb)

less than or equal to 20

Sodium, as Na  (ppb)

less than or equal to 6

2.3

Noise Emission Control

Other equipment, including control valves, will be designed to achieve a
spatially

averaged near free field sound level of 85 dB(A)or less when measured at a

horizontal distance of three (3) feet from major equipment surfaces at a height
of

five (5) feet above grade or operating floor

 

Equipment that may not meet the above criteria includes the following: gas
compressors, air cooled condenser, building ventilators, stacks, relief valve
vents, and start-up valve vents.  Relief valve and start-up valve vents are
provided with silencers to meet the noise limit of 85 dBA.

·

Plant External Noise Requirements

1.

Baseline and base load noise surveillance shall be conducted to determine
absolute noise levels at the Site perimeter as well as Plant contribution to
background noise levels.

2.

The Plant must be designed so that its sound emissions do not exceed the
statutory noise limits contained in Anchorage Municipal Code section 15.070,
also known as the noise ordinance.

-18-

--------------------------------------------------------------------------------

 

EXECUTION VERSION

CONTRACT NUMBER 51008

The relevant criteria are:

-

Residential

50 dBA at night, 60 dBA daytime

-

Public Lands Institutions

50 dBA at night, 60 dBA daytime

-

Commercial

60 dBA night, 70 dBA daytime

-

Industrial

80 dBA at any time

3.

The limits apply at the various property lines, or at any point on that
property. Residential areas are the controlling factor, particularly the nearest
homes to the east on Dorbrandt and Cope Streets. The closest homes are roughly
800 feet away from the proposed Plant location. The impacted areas are provided
in Drawing “SPP Required Noise Levels at Receptor Locations” dated April 13,
2009.

The areas impacted are:

-

Southern SPP boundary

80 dBA @ southern R/W of West

 

 

Dowling Rd

-

Residence (east of RR)

50 dBA

-

Western Chugach property line 80 dBA

-

Park boundary

50 dBA (west of Minnesota Dr)

3.

Codes and Standards

In the event conflicts arise between the codes, standards of practice,
specifications or manufacturer recommendations described herein and codes, laws,
rules, decrees, regulations, standards, etc., of the locality where the
equipment is to be installed, the more stringent code or standard shall apply.
Design Standards shall be accomplished using established standards. The
standards may include local design and construction requirements, standards
published by material or equipment organizations (ie. ACI, AISC), or other
professional organizations (ie. ANSI, ASME). In the event of conflicts between
standards and codes, the codes referenced below shall govern.

ACIAmerican Concrete Institute

ABCAlaska Building Code (with local amendments)

AECAlaska Electrical Code

ADECAlaska Department of Environmental Conservation

AGAAmerican Gas Association

AGMAAmerican Gear Manufacturers Association

AIAsphalt Institute

AISCAmerican Institute of Steel Construction

AISEAssociation of Iron and Steel Engineers

AISIAmerican Iron and Steel Institute

AMCAlaska Mechanical Code (with local amendments)

AMCAAir Moving and Conditioning Association

ANSIAmerican National Standard Institute

APCAlaska Plumbing Code (with local amendments)

APIAmerican Petroleum Institute

-19-

--------------------------------------------------------------------------------

 

EXECUTION VERSION

CONTRACT NUMBER 51008

ASCEAmerican Society of Civil Engineers

ASHRAEAmerican Society of Heating, Refrigeration & Air Conditioning Engineers

ASMEAmerican Society of Mechanical Engineers

ASTMAmerican Society for Testing and Materials

AWGAmerican Wire Gage

AWSAmerican Welding Society

AWWAAmerican Water Works Association

ADOTAlaska Department of Transportation Standard Specifications

CFRCode of Federal Regulations

CGACompressed Gas Association

CAAClean Air Act and Amendments

CERComprehensive Environmental Response, Compensation, and Liability Act of 1980

CRSIConcrete Reinforcing Steel Institute

EPAEnvironmental Protection Agency Regulations

FAAFederal Aviation Administration Regulations

FMFactory Mutual

HEIHeat Exchange Institute

HIHydraulic Institute

HISHydraulic Institute Standards

IBCInternational Building Code

ICEAInsulated Cable Engineers Association

IECCInternational Energy Conservation Code, 2006 Edition as amended by MOA

IEEEInstitute of Electrical and Electronics Engineers

IFGCInternational Fuel Gas Code as amended by MOA

IPCEAInsulated Power Cable Engineers Association

ISAInternational Society of Automation

MBMAMetal Building Manufacturers Association

MSSManufacturers Standardization Society

NBSNational Bureau of Standards

NECNational Electrical Code

NEMANational Electrical Manufacturers Association

NESCNational Electric Safety Code

NETANational Electrical Testing Association

NFPANational Fire Protection Association and Recommended Practices

AK-OSHAAlaska Occupational Safety and Health Administration

PCIPre-stressed Concrete Institute

PTCPower Test Code

SDISteel Door Institute

-20-

--------------------------------------------------------------------------------

 

EXECUTION VERSION

CONTRACT NUMBER 51008

RCSCResearch Council on Structural Connections

SSPCSteel Structures Painting Council

TCATile Council of America

TEMATubular Exchanger Manufacturers Association

ULUnderwriters Laboratories

WCLIBWest Coast Lumber Industry Bureau

3.1

Alaska Specific Codes and Standards

·

In addition to International Codes and Standards referenced above, the Project
design and construction shall conform to the codes referenced herein as adopted
by the Municipality of Anchorage and the State of Alaska. In the event of
conflict, the amended requirements of the Municipality of Anchorage shall
govern. The code edition shall be the edition adopted by the Municipality of
Anchorage at the date of the earlier of Limited Notice to Proceed or Full Notice
to Proceed.

·

The Municipality of Anchorage code amendments are available from their web site
athttp://www.muni.org/BSD/Codes.cfm.

·

The State of Alaska code amendments are available from the Municipality of
Anchorage web site referenced above or directly from the State of Alaska.

1.

Architectural, life safety, and structural shall conform to the International

Building Code as amended by the Municipality of Anchorage.

2.

Mechanical systems, including HVAC and venting, shall conform to the

International Mechanical Code as amended by the Municipality of

Anchorage.

3.

Exiting, fire alarms, sprinklers and life safety system shall conform to the

International Fire Code as amended by the Municipality of Anchorage.

4.

Plumbing systems shall conform to the Uniform Plumbing Code as amended by the
Municipality of Anchorage.

5.

Fuel gas systems shall conform to the International Fuel Gas Code as amended by
the Municipality of Anchorage.

6.

Process piping systems shall conform to ASME B31.1 – Power Piping Code (2007
Edition).

-21-

--------------------------------------------------------------------------------

 

EXECUTION VERSION

CONTRACT NUMBER 51008

Mechanical Design Criteria

4.1

Combustion  Turbine Generator

The system will include three (3) General Electric LM6000 PF combustion turbine
generators (provided by Company), an aero derivative, industrial-type machine
with an axial flow, multi-stage compressor and power turbine on two
shafts.  Each gas turbine will be directly coupled to an electric generator. 

The combustion turbine generator package includes an inlet air filtration
system, fuel system, and other miscellaneous systems.

Design shall allow for the future expansion of the Plant to include a 4th
CTG/OTSG train.

Scope (outside of Company supply) to be provided by Contractor:

·

Interconnecting piping, cabling, and wiring

·

Permanently installed flush connections and bypasses within the Contractor
supplied interconnecting piping.

·

Special tools for commissioning not supplied by GE

·

CTG and auxiliary skid elevation reference points shall be ~(-28) inches
relative to the surrounding building floor elevation

·

Locate auxiliary skid ~24 inches outboard of GE indicated locations

·

Platform at the package roof elevation with access from inside the building

·

Air filter house to be roof mounted and not transmit load to the GE CTG package.

·

Ductwork extensions for all packaged ventilation to the roof.  Generator
enclosure ventilation to be vented inside the building.

·

Provide 6 ½ foot extension to GE engine installation/removal assembly (H-frame)
monorail

·

Provide a transportable generator rotor removal frame and rotor shipping cradle

·

Air inlet heater coil vents and drains shall be routed to locations accessible
at the platforms underneath the plenum/filter module assembly

-22-

--------------------------------------------------------------------------------

 

EXECUTION VERSION

CONTRACT NUMBER 51008

Once Through Steam Generator System

To produce steam utilizing the waste heat in the combustion turbine generator
exhaust, a once through steam generator (OTSG) will be provided by the Company
for each CTG. The OTSG will produce steam at two (2) pressure levels.

15.1.1

Ammonia Transfer System

To reduce emissions of nitrous oxides formed in the combustion turbine generator
and duct burner, a selective catalytic reduction system will be included with
the OTSG.  The SCR (provided by Company) will use 19% by weight aqueous ammonia
to react with the nitrous oxide producing nitrogen and water.   The reaction
takes place in a catalyst bed incorporated into the OTSG.  The Ammonia Transfer
system will be complete with the following components:

·

Two (2) 12,000 gallon aqueous ammonia Storage Tanks

·

Complete tank spill containment system including a suitable cover over the
complete berm area with small vent to minimize release of ammonia vapors should
a spill occur (or equivalent).

·

Provisions for control of snow accumulation.

·

Ammonia gas leakage monitoring system

·

Aqueous ammonia Supply Pumps (sized for four OTSGs)

·

Distribution Piping

Storage tanks and interconnecting piping shall be stainless steel material.

6.1

 Condensate-Feedwater System

The condensate-feedwater system will include two (2 condensate pumps and four
(4) high-pressure/low-pressure feedwater pumps.  Condensate will be pumped from
the hotwell through the condenser steam jet air ejector (SJAE) and turbine gland
seal condenser (GSC) to condense the ejector and gland seal steam, and through
the condensate polishing system. 

The polished condensate will directly supply the HP/LP feedwater pumps suction.
The HP/LP feedwater pumps will then pump water through their respective HP and
LP coils.

-23-

--------------------------------------------------------------------------------

 

EXECUTION VERSION

CONTRACT NUMBER 51008

Condensate Pumps

Two (2) 100%-capacity condensate pumps will be provided to pump condensate from
the condensate collection tank to the OTSG.  Sizing will be based upon the
condensate flow for maximum STG capacity.

The condensate pumps will be of the vertical turbine can-type suitable for
continuous operation.

Each bowl assembly will be multi-stage with the discharge coaxial with the
shaft.  The bowls will be capable of withstanding a hydrostatic pressure equal
to 1½ times shutoff pressure based on specified diameter impellers.

Each impeller will be dynamically balanced, finished smooth and keyed to the
pump shaft in such a way that it may be readily mounted.

Pump bearings will be lubricated by the fluid being pumped.  Bearings will be
located above and below each impeller.

Each bowl will be furnished with dual renewable pinned wear rings.  The impeller
wear ring and the casing wear ring have a Brinell hardness difference of 50.

Anti-sway braces or similar devices will be provided to restrict bowl assembly
lateral movement in the can. 

The headshaft coupling will be a flanged adjustable type with a rigid
spacer.  The coupling will couple the pump to the vertical solid shaft driver
and be sized and designed for the full driver rating and maximum pump down
thrust, and capable of withstanding starting and overload torque. All couplings
will be provided with coupling guards meeting OSHA requirements.  Each pump will
have a mechanical seal designed for the specified operating conditions.  The
mechanical seals will use the pump discharge fluid for cooling. 

Pump materials will be as described below:

 

 

Bowl:

Cast Iron or Ductile Iron

Rotating Elements:

Stainless Steel

Shaft:

Stainless Steel

Bearings:

Carbon Steel

Can, Discharge Head, and Baseplate:

Fabricated Steel

 

-24-

--------------------------------------------------------------------------------

 

EXECUTION VERSION

CONTRACT NUMBER 51008

Feedwater Pumps

Four (4) x 33% HP/LP feedwater pumps will be provided to pump feedwater from the
condensate polisher to the HP and LP coils of the three OTSGs.  Sizing will be
based upon the flow required for maximum STG capacity.

Each feedwater pump will be capable of delivering feedwater to the HP/LP coils
at a pressure at least 3% above the highest safety valve setting on the HP/LP
coils as required by the ASME code. 

The pumps will be identical and of the same hand and direction of rotation.

The pumps will be horizontal multi-stage, segmental ring centrifugal type. The
pumps will feature a balancing drum or disc for axial balance.

The pumps will be capable of withstanding severe load transients caused by steam
turbine generator trip and resulting full load rejection.  HP/LP feedwater pump
shaft seal flush plans will be in accordance with API plan 23 or 11, depending
on the feedwater temperature.

Radial and thrust bearings will be anti-friction type.

The pump, casing, and rotating element material will be 12% chrome.

6.2

Steam Turbine Generator System

6.2.1

Steam Turbin

The turbine (provided by Company) will be a Mitsubishi (MPSA) horizontal shaft,
induction, condensing type and will be arranged for axial discharge exhaust.

The steam turbine generator will exhaust into the cooling system described in
Section 4.5.

Scope (outside of MPSA supply) to be provided:

·

Interconnecting piping and cabling

 

-25-

--------------------------------------------------------------------------------

 

EXECUTION VERSION

CONTRACT NUMBER 51008

Cooling System

The cooling system will consist of an air cooled steam surface condenser and
auxiliary cooling system. 

1.1.1

Air-Cooled Condenser

An air-cooled condenser will be connected via a carbon steel exhaust duct to the
steam turbine exhaust flange to condense the exhaust steam.  The condenser will
be equipped with a hogging ejector, and one (1) 100% two-stage twin steam jet
air ejector system.  During startup motive steam for SJAE, hogging ejector, and
STG gland steam will be provided via steam letdown from the HP steam
system.  The condenser will be complete with a rupture disc pressure-relieving
device. Windwalls made of ribbed galvanized steel sheeting will be provided to
prevent air recirculation and alleviate excessive noise.

1.1.1.1

Tubes

Fin tube bundles with connecting headers will be supplied.

1.1.1.2

Condensate Receiver Tank

The condensate receiver tank will have a storage capacity equal to or greater
than five (5) minutes measured from the normal water level to the low low water
level, based on the design condenser influent flow rate. An equalization line
will be provided between the condensate receiver tank and the exhaust duct.

1.1.1.3

Vacuum Deaerator

A vacuum deaerator will be supplied with the air-cooled condenser to remove
the carbon dioxide and dissolved oxygen in the make-up water routed through the
condenser to the OTSG.

1.1.1.4

Air Removal Equipment 

1.1.1.4.1

Steam Jet Air Ejector

One (1) 100% capacity steam jet air ejector skid will be provided.  The ejector
will be a two-stage, twin-element unit having the stages mounted on a surface
type inter- and after-condenser with provision for isolating either
element.  The ejector will be equipped with:

·

Steam strainer

·

Single point steam piping connection

·

Stop valve for each stage with connection for steam pressure gauge

·

Condensate drain traps for inter- and after-condensers

·

-26-

--------------------------------------------------------------------------------

 

EXECUTION VERSION

CONTRACT NUMBER 51008

Instrumentation, including pressure and temperature gauges and air leak gauge.

Each steam jet element will be designed to handle the capacity recommended in
the latest edition of the Heat Exchange Institute's Standards for Steam Surface
Condensers.

The steam jet ejector unit will be designed, constructed, and tested in
conformance with the latest edition of the Heat Exchange Institute's Standards
for Steam Jet Ejectors.

6.1.1.4.1

Hogging Air Ejector

The hogging ejector shall be a single stage steam jet ejector with a silencer
and shall be used to evacuate the turbine and condenser steam space when the
unit is started. The capacity of the hogging ejector shall be as recommended in
the latest edition of the Heat Exchange Institute’s Standards for Steam Surface
Condensers.

6.1.1.5

Fans

Fans will be multi-blade, manually adjustable pitch, axial flow, propeller-type,
with twisted high efficiency blades to provide low operating horsepower.  The
fans will be reversible.  All blades will be fabricated of corrosion-resistant
materials and will be individually statically balanced to a master standard to
allow blade replacement without rebalancing of the complete fan assembly.  Fan
hubs will be furnished with corrosion-resistant finish.

6.1.1.6

Gear Speed Reducers

Speed reducers will be parallel shaft designed specifically for the service.
Spiral bevel or spiral bevel/helical gears will be designed in accordance with
AGMA standards for gear wear, gear strength, shaft bending stress, torsional
stress, and bearing performance. All gears will have a minimum service factor of
2.0 based on design fan horsepower, and be suitable for forward operation. The
oil fill lines (will be metal or armor covered) will be accessible and provided
with an oil level sight glass to facilitate routine inspection and maintenance.
The gear case will be dowelled in position after final alignment of the
equipment.

6.1.1.7

Mechanical Equipment Support

The mechanical equipment support will consist of a hot dipped, galvanized,
one-piece, tubular steel assembly, designed to maintain alignment of rotating
parts during start-up and operating conditions.

6.1.1.8

Fan Motors 

The fan motors will be consequent-pole, TEFC, rated for variable-torque service,
with 120V space heaters.  Service factor will be 1.15.  Windings will be
copper.  Vibration switches will be furnished for the fan motors.  Motors will
be designed for at least three (3) starts per hour.

-27-

--------------------------------------------------------------------------------

 

EXECUTION VERSION

CONTRACT NUMBER 51008

Other Connections

Steam dump connections will be provided for startup or steam turbine generator
load rejections.

6.1.1.10

Winterization

·

Tube design will not have the ‘multi row’ design, which is susceptible to
freezing

·

The ACC is self draining. The condensate tank and other related equipment (if
located outdoors) will be provided with freeze protection. Otherwise laying up
of the ACC will consist of activating Heat Tracing/Insulation on instrument legs
which do not drain (or drain them), and on any other exposed piping or
instruments.   The requirement to keep these items to a minimum will be followed
during detail design. There are other preservation issues regarding mechanical
equipment that must be undertaken in accordance with the manufacturer’s
standards and details will be provided during detail engineering. Adequate
design measures will be taken such that the restoration of this equipment to an
operating state will fall in the normal start-up time frame.

·

Winter Control Logic incorporates various condensate and air removal temperature
measurements to modulate the fan speed and the number of fans operating to avoid
sub-cooled condensate.

3.1.1.1

Access

Stair access will be provided to the fan deck.  Adequate access consisting of
platforms and ladders will be supplied for routine maintenance of the rupture
discs, sectionalizing valves and miscellaneous instrumentation.  A trolley beam
and hoist for each ACC street to facilitate maintenance of fan motors and
gearboxes shall be provided.

3.1.1.2

Cleaning

Provisions shall be made for local service water connection with valves, hose
and fittings. The tubes shall be “low fouling” and easily cleanable.

3.1.2

Auxiliary Cooling Water System

The auxiliary cooling water system will consist of closed loop cooling water
pumps, a closed loop cooling water expansion tank, and air cooled heat
exchanger.

Auxiliary cooling for the generator air coolers, bearing coolers, lube oil
coolers and other auxiliary equipment will be supplied by the 50% water/glycol
closed circuit.

3.1.2.1

Closed Loop Cooling Water Pumps

Two (2) 100% capacity closed loop cooling water pumps will circulate the closed
loop cooling fluid through the air cooled heat exchanger and to the auxiliary
cooling loads.

-28-

--------------------------------------------------------------------------------

 

EXECUTION VERSION

CONTRACT NUMBER 51008

Closed Loop Cooling Air Cooled Heat Exchangers

One (1) 100% capacity air cooled type heat exchanger array will provide cooling
to the steam turbine generator lube oil coolers, the gas compressor, the
combustion turbine generator air coolers, other lube oil coolers, and other
auxiliary equipment.

3.1.2.3

Closed Loop Chemical Pot Feeder

A chemical pot feeder will be provided to introduce chemicals for corrosion
resistance.

3.1.2.4

Expansion Tank

One (1) closed loop cooling fluid expansion tank will be provided for flow
surges and to accommodate circulating fluid volumetric expansion due to
temperature fluctuation.

3.2

Water Systems

The Plant water systems include the raw water systems, OTSG feedwater make-up
system, chemical feed systems, and the wastewater treatment and discharge
system.

3.2.1

Raw Water System

Raw water from the city water system will supply water for the Plant water
distribution network including feed for the demineralization system.

3.2.2

Demineralized Water Makeup System

The demineralized water system includes all equipment required to produce,
store, and deliver demineralized water for OTSG feedwater make-up.

The system will include the demineralizer equipment, a demineralized water
storage tank, demineralized water supply pumps, associated piping, valves and
controls.

The effluent from the demineralizers when processing the water supply listed in
Section 2.2.2 will meet the water quality requirements for the intended uses,
compliant with the equipment suppliers’ specifications.

The system will be designed for a net demineralized water production rate of 50
gpm exclusive of all backwash and regeneration requirements. 

Equipment described below is typical for achieving treatment guarantees with the
specified raw water quality, and is presented in more detail as appropriate for
specific Plant conditions and constraints on the attached drawing 0880 FD002
Revision No. B.  Exact configuration will be developed upon final system design
and final selection of the water treatment vendor.

The demineralizer system will consist of the following components:

-29-

--------------------------------------------------------------------------------

 

EXECUTION VERSION

CONTRACT NUMBER 51008

3.2.2.1

Two (2) 100% capacity cartridge-type reverse osmosis (RO) prefilters with manual
isolation and bypass valving.

3.2.2.2

Reverse osmosis-based deionization equipment including micron filtration
cartridges, two (2) x 100% RO booster pumps, FRP or 316 SS housings for RO
membranes, and one (1) RO cleaning skid including one (1) solution tank and
pump, one (1) cartridge filter, piping, valves and controls.

3.2.2.3

Anti-scalant, sodium bisulfite, pH adjustment chemical, and other chemical feed
systems for the demineralizer, as required, will include two (2) x 100% capacity
chemical feed pumps each for neat feed from vendor-supplied totes or bulk
storage tanks.

3.2.2.4

One (1) 1,000 gallon capacity RO permeate tank.

3.2.2.5

Two (2) 100% capacity electrodeionization feed pumps.

3.2.2.6

Two (2) 100% capacity electrodeionization trains.

3.2.2.7

One (1) 40,000 gallon AWWA D103 and API-12B bolted steel epoxy coated
demineralized water storage tank with the following features:

·

Two manways on the tank roof and two manways on the tank shell

·

Float actuated liquid level indicator with float and gauge board

·

External building connection for filling tank

6.2.2.1

Two (2) 100% capacity demineralized water transfer pumps

6.2.2.2

20 micron absolute water filter (2 x 100%) at transfer pump discharge

6.2.2.3

Wastewater neutralization system, including: one (1) FRP storage tank sized for
one and a half (1½) regenerations, one (1) wastewater transfer pump skid,
chemical induction mixing tees, piping, valves and controls.

6.2.2.4

Instrumentation, including: local control valves, actuator transmitters, gauges
and other measuring devices for automatic rinses, backwashes, regenerations, and
routine system operation and monitoring.  Control will be performed by a local
self-contained PLC system with remote alarm and initiation capabilities via an
ethernet interface with the Plant DCS

6.2.3

Condensate Polishing

The condensate pumped from the condensate collection tank via the condensate
pumps will be polished prior to arriving at the boiler feedwater pumps for
delivery to the OTSGs.  One train will operate to handle the maximum condensate
flow.  The system will share the regeneration and neutralization equipment with
the demineralizer system.    The system will consist of:

·

Two (2) 100% capacity pumps

-30-

--------------------------------------------------------------------------------

 

EXECUTION VERSION

CONTRACT NUMBER 51008

·

Condensate heat exchangers to maintain inlet temperature 10 °F below maximum
allowable polisher inlet temperature

·

Two (2) 100% capacity mixed bed polishers.    

3.2.1

Chemical Feed Systems

Chemical feed systems are required for the following:

·

OTSG water treatment

·

Demineralizer regeneration and waste neutralization

·

OTSG NOx control

3.2.1.1

Unloading and Bulk Storage

Chemicals will be transported to the Plant by truck.  Unloading stations will be
furnished for all bulk chemical storage tanks.  All chemical storage tanks will
be above ground and will have secondary containment sized for a minimum of 110%
capacity of the primary containment (the storage tank) plus six inches of
freeboard.

 

Containments located outdoors will also include an additional volume to contain
a 24-hour maximum rainfall.  Accumulated storm water runoff in the outdoor
containment sumps will be routed to the neutralization tank for neutralization
on a batch basis prior to discharge, if required. 

 

Drainage from truck unloading areas for chemical storage tanks will be directed
to a suitable containment area for capture and routing to the industrial
wastewater system.

 

Safety showers and eyewash stations will be provided near all chemical handling
areas.

 

3.2.1.2

Acid Feed System

Acid will be supplied to the condensate polisher for cation resin regeneration
of resin-based demineralization systems and to the neutralization tank to
neutralize Plant wastewater before final discharge.  The acid feed system will
consist of the following equipment:

·

Two (2) 100%-capacity positive displacement pumps to feed the circulating water
system. 

·

One (1) acid tote

-31-

--------------------------------------------------------------------------------

 

EXECUTION VERSION

CONTRACT NUMBER 51008

Caustic Feed System

Caustic will be supplied to the condensate polisher for anion regeneration of
resin-based demineralization systems. The caustic feed system will consist of
the following equipment:

·

Two (2) 100%-capacity positive displacement pumps

·

One (1) caustic tote.

4.2.1.1

Organic Amine Feed System

Organic amine will be fed to the condensate pump discharge to maintain the
desired specific conductance in the condensate.  One complete feed system will
be provided for each condenser.  A typical system may consist of the following,
however, chemicals may be delivered and added in accordance with the
recommendations from the chemical supplier.

·

Two (2) 100%-capacity piston-diaphragm pumps fed from vendor-supplied totes.

5.2.1.1

Oxygen Scavenger Feed System

Oxygen scavenger will be fed to the condenser hotwell.  One complete feed system
will be provided for each condenser.  A typical system will consist of the
following:

·

Two (2) 100%-capacity piston-diaphragm pumps fed from vendor-supplied totes.

6.2.1

Wastewater Treatment and Discharge

The wastewater treatment system includes equipment to process high-pH and low-pH
wastewater from the demineralization system and potentially oily wastewater from
various floor and equipment drains located throughout the Plant.

Process wastewater that does not require neutralization and Plant floor drains
will be collected and routed to the Plant sump prior to discharge to the
wastewater outfall or city sewer.

Demineralizer and condensate polisher regeneration wastes will be neutralized
prior to discharge.

Discharge monitoring and compliance will be in accordance with the wastewater
discharge permit.   Provisions for grab sampling will also be provided.

Sanitary wastes will be disposed of by routing to the Site boundary.

-32-

--------------------------------------------------------------------------------

 

EXECUTION VERSION

CONTRACT NUMBER 51008

Oil-Water Separator

Drain hubs will be provided to direct potentially oily Plant building wastewater
to an oil-water separator. The oil-water separator will gravity flow into the
Plant sump system.

The OWS shall be of the corrugated plate interceptor (CPI) type and be
guaranteed to have a maximum of 10 mg/L of oil and grease carryover. A granular
activated carbon secondary treatment system may also be required to ensure the
discharged water meets all applicable treatment requirements. The OWS shall also
be provided with a secondary containment leakage protection system. The oil
level in the OWS shall be monitored by high and high-high level/alarm contacts
as well as a primary containment leakage alarm contact. All OWS alarms shall be
alarmed locally as well as in the Plant DCS. Also, an audible and visible alarm
system shall be used locally at the OWS location.

6.2.1.2

CTG Water Wash Drains

CTG water wash drain fluid can contain detergents and/or solvents depending on
the method of compressor cleaning used by Company.  Contractor’s drain system
design for CTG water wash waste shall allow the CTG water wash waste to be
either sent to the Plant common waste water drain system, or to a separate
system. The waste water shall be collected in separate double wall underground
drain tanks designed for manual pump out by Company.  Manual valves in the CTG
water wash drain piping shall be designed to allow the Plant operators to select
either option for water wash disposal. The single underground CTG water wash
drain tank shall be sized at 4,000 gallons of storage capacity. Contractor may
elect to provide two wash water drain tanks each sized at 2,000 gallon of
storage capacity.

A sample port on the CTG water wash drain line will be made for convenient water
sampling during CTG water wash.

6.2.1.3

Wastewater Sumps

Vertical sump pumps will pump the wastewater from the Plant wastewater
sumps.  Wastewater sumps will be located as necessary.

6.2.1.4

Sewer (Off-Site)

1.

Three sewer connections will be made to the Site.

A new sewer extension will be installed by others, which will terminate at a new
manhole located near the northern Site boundary. It is expected that this sewer
will be used during the construction period. From that manhole SLCI shall
install a new sewer system to proceed in a southeasterly direction to the right
of way for the extension of East Dowling Road. Within the right of way, the
sewer line will proceed south to connect to the Anchorage sewer system located
in Raspberry Road. An additional source of sanitary waste to be connected to the
SLCI supplied system will be from the Chugach HQ Campus Building E that is
located outside the Plant battery limits about 30 feet west of Plant’s fence.

The exact nature and location of the interconnection to the SLCI supplied

-33-

--------------------------------------------------------------------------------

 

EXECUTION VERSION

CONTRACT NUMBER 51008

system shall be the responsibility of SLCI. SLCI shall be responsible for
coordinating with the AWWU to ensure the location and installation of the new
sewer line does not interfere with the new elevated roadway to be installed in
the future. The number and location of manholes will be per the Anchorage
building code and coordinated with the Alaska Department of Transportation and
Anchorage Water and Wastewater Utility.

2.

The objective of the South extension is to provide a Site effluent path from the
Plant south battery limits to the municipal sewer connection located on the
south side of Raspberry near the Rovenna junction. The system shall be sized for
200% of the maximum calculated flow rate when including:

·

Campus sewage from the interconnection vault at the NE battery limits as well as
non-Plant administrative and support areas outside of the north campus
collection areas.

·

Plant waste water from all sources during maximum discharge scenarios

·

Snowmelt

1.

Wherever possible, the system shall provide passive drainage (without the use of
lift stations). Drainage/effluent pathways for surfaces subject to winter
precipitation (snow melt) shall be designed such that the effluent is collected
and directed to the sewer system only during the period between freeze-up and
break-up. Warm season exterior effluent shall be directed to the storm water
collection system.

9.1.1

Potable Water System

The supply is potable. The Plant supply shall be from two independent
connections to Alaska Water and Waste Water Utility (AWWU); one at the NE corner
of the Site and a second via a new water line from the south (which will share a
routing with the new sewer line).

Plant potable water and service water systems shall be provided.  Potable water
will have secondary filtration. Plant service water shall consist of maintenance
hose stations with hose bibs located conveniently throughout the Plant.

Design shall be in accordance with applicable plumbing codes and Anchorage Water
and Wastewater Utility (AWWU) requirements.

-34-

--------------------------------------------------------------------------------

 

EXECUTION VERSION

CONTRACT NUMBER 51008

hvac

9.3.1

Building Freeze Protection

Electric unit heaters will be provided for the gas compressor building (SC), and
the warehouse/maintenance building (SB) (Optional) to maintain the building
space at a minimum temperature of 40F to prevent freezing.

9.3.2

Building Ventilation

Roof or wall mounted ventilation fans and intake louvers will be provided to
maintain the turbine hall, water treatment area, diesel generator rooms, and
maintenance/warehouse areas to a temperature of 95F or less if required during
the average ambient conditions and within 15F of the ambient temperature during
high summer temperatures as measured at the STG operating floor and the platform
at the CTG roof elevation.

9.3.3

Operating Personnel Areas

HVAC systems will be provided for the control room, communications room,
conference room, offices, reception and administration area, office storage room
office reproduction/file room, lunch room, janitor closet, instrument shop, and
rest rooms, locker rooms, electrical room, and chemical lab and approximately
1000 square feet of the maintenance/warehouse building SB (Optional).  Interior
temperatures of the conditioned areas will be maintained between 68F (winter)
and 72-75F (summer) with the relative humidity maintained below 55%.  The
system will consist of ductwork, diffusers, controls and other accessories.

The HVAC systems shall use centralized systems with supply and return air ducted
to the individual spaces to be conditioned.  The building shall be divided into
various zones such that each zone has independent temperature and humidity
control.  The control room shall be designed as an independent system. 

-35-

--------------------------------------------------------------------------------

 

EXECUTION VERSION

CONTRACT NUMBER 51008

Fuel Gas Compressors

Two (2) 100% gas compressors will be furnished to boost natural gas pressure
from the pipeline source to that required by the combustion turbine generator.

The fuel gas compressors will be sized as redundant 100% capacity units.  During
normal operation, one (1) compressor will supply the three combustion turbine
generators fuel requirements and the second compressor will be on manual
"standby.”

Fuel gas from the Enstar Gas supply will first pass through two (2) 100% inlet
gas filter/scrubbers with automatic drain valves. Gas will then flow to the fuel
gas compressors.  Each compressor will be equipped with discharge bulk oil
separator, discharge secondary coalescing oil separator, fuel gas after cooler
(if required), spill back/recycle valve, lube oil system, water or air cooled
lube oil coolers, control system, interconnecting piping, suction and discharge
pneumatic operated isolation ball valves, automated drain valves, fuel gas
drains tank, and manual isolation valves.  Automatic compressor capacity control
will be provided based on discharge gas pressure. The compressors will be
controlled locally by a PLC with a redundant CPU that will provide a
communications link to the DCS.  Compressor vibration will be monitored via the
local PLC.

The system will be provided with a full size compressor bypass line to allow
operation of the Plant on Enstar pipeline pressure.

The compressors shall be designed to be capable of withstanding turbine gas flow
fluctuations between zero and maximum flow and between minimum and maximum
natural gas operating suction pressures while maintaining a constant supply
pressure to the CTG’s using a suitable automatic gas pressure control system.

The standby compressor unit shall be capable of rapid starting and loading from
zero to full-load in the event of a trip on one of the duty compressors. System
shall be designed such that the loss of one gas compressor will not trip any of
the gas turbines. Contractor shall prepare a dynamic systems analysis to
establish the system response parameters.

The Plant control system shall be designed to automatically sense the loss of
one of the CTG units to allow for rapid response pressure management. CTG hard
wired trip signals shall be used as input signals to the gas compressor PLC
control system for such purpose.

In the event of a trip of any of the CTG units, the compressor pressure control
system shall rapidly adjust the compressor discharge pressure control to
minimize compressor system discharge pressure rise to prevent an unnecessary
trip of any remaining operating CTG’s.

A monorail with manual trolley/hoist shall be provided for each gas compressor
to aid in maintenance.

-36-

--------------------------------------------------------------------------------

 

EXECUTION VERSION

CONTRACT NUMBER 51008

9.5

Compressed Air System

9.5.1

Instrument Air System

An instrument air compressor system will be provided to produce clean, dry,
instrument quality air.  Two (2) 100% capacity air compressors will be included,
based on the 4x4x1 Plant configuration.  Air compressors will be sized for the
worst case instrument air consumption rate with a 20% capacity margin.  The
system shall allow connection of a portable air supply outside building SA.

The instrument air compressor system will include an aftercooler, a moisture
separator, receivers (two 100% with a volume of 1000 gallons each), duplex
prefilters, redundant air dryers, and duplex afterfilters with isolation and
bypass valving, moisture indication (alarm and control), instrumentation and
controls.

The air dryer will be a dual-tower, heatless, desiccant, automatically
regenerating type.  Controls will automatically alternate the dryer trains
between their operating and regenerating cycles.

The receivers will be designed to meet the ASME Boiler and Pressure Vessel Code,
Section VIII, Division I.  A pressure relief valve and an automatic condensate
drain are included with each receiver.  All receivers shall be equipped with
pressure transmitters.

The coalescing prefilter and afterfilter will each be equipped with a
differential pressure indicator to indicate when filter replacement is required.

9.5.2

Service Air

Service air will be extracted from the Instrument Air System.  The service air
outlet will be fitted with a backpressure controller to provide priority air
consumption to the Instrument Air System.  In addition, the Plant service air
system shall have an automatic isolation valve which shall close upon loss of
Plant power.

-37-

--------------------------------------------------------------------------------

 

EXECUTION VERSION

CONTRACT NUMBER 51008

Fuel Gas System

After exiting the gas compressors, the fuel gas will be routed through
coalescing filter/separators and heated prior to being conveyed to each
Train.  Each coalescing filter/separator shall have 10 to 1 turndown capability
and be rated at 0.3 microns for particulates and aerosols.  The Fuel Gas System
for each Train will consist of the following components:

 

·

Three (3) 100% duplex Fuel gas filter/separator(s).

·

Three (3) 100% electric fuel gas dew point heaters

·

Separate fuel metering for each combustion turbine generator and duct burner;
and

·

All associated piping, valves, piping specialties, and controls including master
fuel trip valve.

·

All piping and components downstream of the coalescing filter/separator shall be
stainless steel.

·

For each gas turbine a gas sample tap shall be provided outside the skid to
allow fuel gas sample catches while operating under pressure.

 

6.1

Fire Protection System

The Fire Protection System will consist of a fire water main loop, fire
hydrants, and stand pipes, new hose stations and other fire suppression
equipment. The fire water source will be the City potable water supply, which
the Company has deemed to be at adequate pressure and flow for these
purposes.  Fire pumps and firewater storage tank(s) are not included as a part
of the scope of work.

The fire water main will provide water to the outside fire hydrants and to the
water suppression systems located inside the buildings.  Details of each system
are given in Table 1.

The Fire Protection System will be complete with associated piping, fittings,
sprinklers, supports, valves, switches, detection equipment, hoses, nozzles,
portable extinguishers, and visual and audio alarms.  All equipment will comply
with NFPA and Anchorage Fire Department Fire Marshal requirements.

6.1.1

Fire Main

A fire main meeting the requirements of NFPA-24 will supply water to outside
hydrants, and to the water suppression systems located inside the
buildings.  The main will be HDPE.  The main will loop around the main buildings
and will be buried at least 1 foot below the frost line.  A fire department hook
up to the main will be included.

-38-

--------------------------------------------------------------------------------

 

EXECUTION VERSION

CONTRACT NUMBER 51008

Hydrants

Red fire hydrants will be provided and located to meet the requirements of
NFPA-24, 4-2.1.  The hydrants will be designed for a pressure of 175 psig and a
flow of 500 gpm.  The hydrants will have one (1) four and one-half (4½) inch
pumper connection and two (2) two and one-half (2½) inch outlets.  Threads will
be standard for fire hose and fire department hookup.

Each hydrant will have a buried isolation valve with a valve box for isolation
from the fire water main.

6.1.3

Deleted

6.1.4

Valves

Valves 2-inch or less will be bronze and threaded.  Valves 2 ½-inch and larger
will be OS&Y gate valves or butterfly valves.  Check valves will have rubber or
composition seats with wing-pattern clappers. 

6.1.5

Piping and Fittings

All pipes will be of materials, size, and schedule as specified in NFPA-13,
Chapter 3.  Piping bent in lieu of fittings will not be used. 

6.1.6

Supports and Bracing

Pipe hangers will be used as specified by NFPA-13, Chapter 3-14. 

Sway bracing will utilize steel pipe, Grinnell Fig. 112 fittings or equal,
located and sized per NFPA-13 and local fire codes.   

Pipe stands and similar support will be as required by NFPA-15 and recommended
by the sprinkler manufacturer as "good industry practice.”

Flexible couplings and bracing for straight couplings will be provided to
satisfy fire codes. 

6.1.7

Hose Stations

Hose stations are provided for the Plant in central locations.  The hose
stations are intended for use as Class II service. 

The standpipe system will be fed from two points on the main loop and will have
approved indicating valves for isolation from the main fire water header. 

-39-

--------------------------------------------------------------------------------

 

EXECUTION VERSION

CONTRACT NUMBER 51008

Components of the hose stations will comply with the requirements of NFPA-14. 

6.1.8

Sprinkler Systems

Automatic sprinkler systems will be provided for critical areas as indicated in
Table 1.  The systems will be in accordance with NFPA 13. 

6.1.9

Fire Detectors

Fire detectors will be provided as indicated in Table 1.  All fire detectors
will meet the performance and installation requirements of NFPA-72. 

6.1.10

Fire Extinguishers

Portable fire extinguishers will be provided throughout the Plant in appropriate
areas.  Locations are given in Table 1.  The fire extinguishers will be
designed, selected, and installed in accordance with NFPA-10.

TABLE 1

FIRE PROTECTION SYSTEM LOCATION AND TYPE

 

 

 

 

 

 

HAZARD

AREA

TYPE OF SUPPRESSION

SYSTEM

DESIGN

DENSITY

ACTUATION

OF SYSTEM

TYPE OF DETECTION

MISC. EQUIPMENT

Turbine Building (SA):

 

 

 

 

 

Steam Turbine Lube Oil System (Note 2)

Pre-Action Sprinkler

Per NFPA 13

Automatic

Heat

Remote Alarm

Flange guards for all oil systems over 50 psig

Steam Turbine Bearings

Water Spray

0.25 gpm/sq.ft

Manual

Heat

Remote Alarm

CO2  Extinguishers

Water Treatment Area

None

N/A

N/A

Heat

Remote Alarm

ABC Extinguishers

Electrical Room

None

N/A

N/A

Ionization

Remote Alarm

Local Alarm

CO2  Extinguishers

Cable Pulling Area (Basement)

Pre-Action Sprinkler

Per NFPA 13

Automatic

Manual

Ionization

Remote Alarm

Local Alarm

Administration Areas

Wet Pipe Sprinkler

Per NFPA 13

Automatic

Heat

Remote Alarm Local Alarm

Lunch Room

Wet Pipe Sprinkler

Per NFPA 13

Automatic

Heat

Remote Alarm

Local Alarm

-40-

--------------------------------------------------------------------------------

 

EXECUTION VERSION

CONTRACT NUMBER 51008

Control Room

Clean Agent

Per NFPA 2001

Normal Manual

Photo Electric

Local Alarm

ABC Extinguishers

Plant Auxiliaries Building (SC):

 

 

 

 

Fuel Gas Compressor Area

Wet Pipe

per NFPA 13

Automatic

Heat

UV/IR

Gas Detection

Remote Alarm

Local Alarm

 Warehouse/Maintenance Building (SB):  (OPTIONAL)

 

 

 

 

Maintenance Area (OPTIONAL)

Wet Pipe Sprinkler

0.20 gpm/sq. ft.

Automatic

Photo Electric

Remote Alarm

Local Alarm

ABC Extinguishers

 

 

 

 

 

 

Miscellaneous:

 

 

 

 

 

CEMS

None

N/A

N/A

Photo Electric

Remote Alarm

Local Alarm

ABC Extinguishers

Diesel Generator

None

N/A

N/A

Heat

Remote Alarm

Local Alarm

Generator Step-Up Transformers

 

 

None

N/A

N/A

Heat

None

 

Note 1:All remote alarms indicated above will be wired to fire alarm system.

Note 2:Sprinkler over the oil tank shall be provided.  The NFPA 850 requirement
for a minimum application of 5000 ft2 will not be provided for the oil tank
area.

-41-

--------------------------------------------------------------------------------

 

EXECUTION VERSION

CONTRACT NUMBER 51008

Piping

6.2.1

Fluid Velocities

Fluid velocities in piping will generally be designed as follows, except as
necessitated by design requirements.

Steam

6,000 – 15,000 fpm

Water

6 - 12 fps

Feed Pump Suction

3 – 5 fps

Condensate Pump Suction

1 – 3 fps

Air and Gases

50 - 250 fps

Fuel Gas

50 – 100 fps

6.2.2

Pipe Sizes

Process line standard sizes:

½, ¾, 1, 1½, 2, 2½, 3, 4, 6, 8, 10, 12, 14, 16, 18, 20,  24, 30, and larger (as
required) inch will be used.

1 ¼, 5, 22, 26, and 28 inch will not normally be used.

6.2.3

Pipe Materials

Service

Fluid

Material

 

 

 

High Pressure Main Steam

Superheated Steam

ASME SA53 Gr. B Seamless or SA106 Gr. B or C or SA335 Gr. P11

LP Steam

Low Pressure Steam

ASME SA106 Gr. B or ASME SA 53 Gr. B Seamless

Boiler Feed

Condensate

SA106 Gr. B or C or A312 TP304L or TP316L

Condensate

Condensate

ASME SA53 Gr. B Seamless or A106 Gr. B

Condensate (Downstream of polisher)

Condensate

SA106 Gr. B or C or A312 TP304L or TP316L

Plant Air/Instrument Air

Air

ASTM A53 Gr. B ERW, A312 TP304L welded Vic-Press for AG small bore piping, HDPE
for U/G

Chemical Feed

Concentrated (Typically 93%) Sulfuric Acid

ASTM A53 Gr. B Seamless, Alloy 20 Seamless

-42-

--------------------------------------------------------------------------------

 

EXECUTION VERSION

CONTRACT NUMBER 51008

Dilute Sulfuric Acid

ASTM B729, Alloy 20 Seamless

Concentrated (Typically 50%) Caustic Soda

ASTM A53 Gr. B Seamless

Dilute Caustic Soda

ASTM A312 TP 304 Seamless

Ammonia

ASTM A312 TP 304

Amines

ASTM A312 TP 304 Seamless

Cooling Water

Water

ASTM A53 Gr. B ERW/API5L Gr. B ERW or ASTM/A139 Gr. B DSAW

Service/Potable Water (low pressure)

Water

ASTM A53 Gr. B ERW, PVC, Ductile Iron, Type K copper, or HDPE

Service Water

(high pressure)

Water

ASTM A53 Gr. B ERW

Demineralized Water

Water

ASTM A312 TP316, HDPE for U/G

Fire water

Water (below grade)

HDPE

Fire water

Water (above grade)

ASTM A53 Gr. B ERW

Lube Oil

Oil

ASTM A53 Gr. B Seamless, or A106 Gr. B, or ASTM A312 TP304

Natural Gas

Natural Gas

ASTM A53 Gr. B Seamless or A106 Gr. B

Natural Gas (after final filtration)

Natural Gas

ASTM A312 TP 304L

 

 

 

NOTES:   1.Piping supplied to A335 or A106 material specifications.

A 2.5% maximum allowable manufacturing tolerance for ovality in thin wall pipe
may not meet A335 or A106 specifications for allowable outside diameter
tolerance.  In such cases allowable working pressure will be de-rated in wall
thickness calculations to compensate for the exception to the requirements for
the material specification.

2.Testing of underground piping shall be done to applicable codes except all
joints, including welds maybe not be left exposed for visual inspection.

-43-

--------------------------------------------------------------------------------

 

EXECUTION VERSION

CONTRACT NUMBER 51008

Pipe Connections

The following basic guidelines will be followed for pipe connections:

·

Welded connections will primarily be used.  Where frequent removal of an
equipment item or a valve is anticipated, flanged connections will be used.
Victaulic piping may be considered for low energy systems (service water,
potable water, demineralized water, instrument air, plant air, cooling water,
firewater).

·

Threaded pipe connections will primarily be used for small galvanized piping,
thermowells, and threaded equipment connections.

·

Welding connections 2 inches or smaller will generally be socket-welded
connections.

3.2.1

Vent and Drain Piping

·

Drains will be provided at low points and vents at high points where necessary
for system operation or maintenance.

·

Vent and drain valves that are required for system operation will be located or
routed to an area convenient for operation.

2.2.1

Piping Flexibility Analysis

·

The following piping systems will be stress analyzed:

(a)

Steam Systems

(b)

Feedwater Systems

 

·

The scope of analysis will conform to the requirements of ASME B31.1 and
applicable seismic requirements.

2.2.1

Valve and Valve Operator Selection

The selection of valve type, valve operator type, and end configuration is made
on the basis of suitability for intended service, hydrostatic testing,
reliability, and economics.  The general criteria given in this section will be
used for valve selection.  It should be recognized that these criteria may not
apply in all cases due to such factors as lack of availability, excessive
pressure drop where pressure drop is a critical consideration, and temperature
limitations.

-44-

--------------------------------------------------------------------------------

 

EXECUTION VERSION

CONTRACT NUMBER 51008

Valve Types

Valve Selection by Service

·

Water, Gas, and Steam Service - ASME CL 150 and less:

Size, Inch

Isolation

Throttling

2 & smaller

Gate, Ball

Globe

2 1/2 & larger

Butterfly, Gate, Ball

Globe, Butterfly

·

Water, Gas, and Steam Service - greater than ASME CL 150:

Size, Inch

Isolation

Throttling

2 & smaller

Gate, Globe1, Ball

Globe1 

2 ½ & larger

Gate, Ball, Butterfly

Globe1

 

Boiler code globe valves 2 inches and smaller will be Y-pattern.  This will
facilitate valve repair in place.

4.2.1

Fuel Gas Service

Isolation and throttling service will use full bore plug or ball valves.  Major
equipment isolation valves shall be double block and bleed.

4.2.2

Lube Oil Service

Isolation and throttling service will use plug or ball valves.

4.2.3

Chemical Service

Valve selection is dependent on the chemical, the service, and will be
determined by the particular experience applicable to that service.

4.2.4

Systems Transporting Suspended Solids

Sizes 2½ inch and larger will use knife gate valves, pinch valves, diaphragm
valves, or Clarkson KGA valves.

4.2.5

Valve Operator Selection

The guidelines in this section will generally be used for valve operator
selection.  It will be recognized that these are guidelines and may not apply in
all cases.

-45-

--------------------------------------------------------------------------------

 

EXECUTION VERSION

CONTRACT NUMBER 51008

Powered vs. Manual Operation

The selection of powered or manual operation will be made based on functional
requirements, valve location, accessibility, valve size, required stroking
speed, frequency of operation, environmental conditions, and failed position
requirements.

The following guidelines will be followed in determining the selection of
powered or manual operators:

·

Valves that are modulated to control process conditions, where manual control is
not practical, will have power operators..

·

Valves that are installed for maintenance isolation purposes only will have
manual operators.

·

Valves (other than check valves) that are required to change position to perform
a safety-related function will be power operated where required due to: (1) lack
of time available for manual operation; (2) lack of available personnel to
perform manual operation; or (3) lack of access due to environmental conditions.

7.2.5.1

Air Operated Valves

Air operators will be used where a valve is required to fail in the "open" or
"closed" position.

Air operators will be used where fast valve closing or opening is required.

7.2.5.2

Motor Operated Valves

Motor operators will not be used where Contractor prefers air operators.

Motor operators will be used where the valve must be operated following loss of
air.

To ensure that grease will not enter limit or torque switch compartments, the
rotors of motor operated valves will not be located in a downward position
whenever possible.

7.2.6

Plant Layout and Accessibility

Platforms, chain operators, or other remote means will be provided for valve
access to avoid the necessity for operators to climb equipment.

7.2.7

Deleted

7.2.8

Cavitation in Valves

In control valve application, consideration will be given to avoiding
cavitation.

-46-

--------------------------------------------------------------------------------

 

EXECUTION VERSION

CONTRACT NUMBER 51008

Applied Insulation and Lagging

7.3.1

All insulation and lagging for the OTSG will be furnished and installed as
recommended by the OTSG manufacturer.

7.3.2

All insulation and lagging for gas ducts and equipment will be furnished and
installed as follows:

·

To reduce system heat losses and thereby increase system thermal efficiency.

·

To reduce noise.

·

To provide personnel protection.

·

To prevent condensation.

4.3.1

High Temperature piping greater than 140 ºF less than three (3) feet from
walkways, ladders, and platforms will be provided with insulation or protective
barriers for personnel protection.  Design will produce outside lagging surface
temperature of not over 140 °F at 90 °F ambient temperature and with 0 mph wind.

4.3.2

Anti-sweat insulation will be provided as needed considering the ambient air
relative humidity and the fluid temperature within the system in that area.

4.3.3

To minimize the generation of toxic combustion products, insulation coverings
containing polyvinyl chloride or polyurethane compounds will not be employed
anywhere in the Plant. 

4.3.4

All materials used will be asbestos-free and will have a fire rating of 25 or
less when tested by ASTM E84 method. 

4.3.5

Economic insulation thickness for piping will be calculated and optimized based
upon Site conditions and the NAIMA calculation procedure.  The following table,
Table 2, lists appropriate materials for the services at the Facility.

Where insulation might be damaged due to routine Plant operations and
maintenance activities, rigid calcium silicate insulation shall be used.

-47-

--------------------------------------------------------------------------------

 

EXECUTION VERSION

CONTRACT NUMBER 51008

TABLE 2

Insulation Material and Lagging

Item

Material

1. Pipe Insulation

ASTM C612 Mineral Fiber preformed Pipe Insulation.

2. Valve and Fitting and Flange Insulation:

Mineral Fiber ASTM C547 performed shape or ASTM C553 Mineral Fiber Blanket.

3. Jackets:

Piping………………..Heat Conservation

Piping. ………………Personnel Protection

Valves and Fittings…. Heat Conservation

Valves and Fittings…...Personnel Protection

 

0.016" Smooth Aluminum

0.016” Painted Aluminum

0.016" Smooth Aluminum

0.016” Painted Aluminum

4. Heaters Insulation:

Mineral Wool

5. Lagging for Heaters:

0.016" Smooth Aluminum

-48-

--------------------------------------------------------------------------------

 

EXECUTION VERSION

CONTRACT NUMBER 51008

Steam Bypass With Desuperheaters and Pressure-Reducing Valves

A steam dump line will be provided to bypass steam to the condenser and enable
the combustion turbine generator to operate when the steam turbine generator is
out of service at start-up or shutdown mode.  The dump will be sized for 100%
steam load of four OTSGs without supplemental firing.  The dump line will
consist of the following:

·

Desuperheater and Pressure-Reducing valve for HP steam to the ACC

·

Desuperheater and Pressure-Reducing valve for LP steam to the ACC

2.1

Turbine Air Inlet Heating System

The combustion turbines are supplied with inlet coils that may be used for
anti-icing during low ambient temperature days.  A closed-loop glycol system is
supplied to meet these heating and cooling needs.  Normal supply of hot
water/glycol shall be from LP steam passed through a shell and tube heat
exchanger when heating is required.  If that source is not available, then the
heated water/glycol system shall utilize a packaged thermal process heating
system to heat the water/glycol mixture.  The heated water/glycol system shall
be designed and sized to heat the inlet air to the four (4) CTGs a minimum of 10
degrees F above ambient under all ambient conditions.  A minimum of 20% margin
shall be included when sizing the system for the supply of heated
water/glycol.  The system will consist of:

·

Two (2) 100% capacity glycol circulating pumps

·

Two (2) 100% capacity glycol heating heat exchangers

·

One (1) 200 gallon glycol expansion tank

·

Two (2) 100% condensate return pumps (if required)

·

One (1) 100% packaged thermal process heating system (10.3 MMBTU/hr)

·

Test connections shall be provided for the turbine inlet combustion heating
coils between the isolation valves and the coils to enable leak testing of the
coils.

-49-

--------------------------------------------------------------------------------

 

EXECUTION VERSION

CONTRACT NUMBER 51008

Bridge Crane

A 50-ton traveling bridge crane will be furnished for maintenance of the steam
turbine generator in building SA.  The bridge crane will not be used to lift the
generator stator or the turbine lower half casing.  The crane will be equipped
with an auxiliary 5-ton hoist.

A 10-ton traveling bridge crane (Optional) will be furnished for the maintenance
shop in building SB (Optional).  The crane will be equipped with an auxiliary
3-ton hoist.

Cranes shall be designed in accordance with CMAA Specification #70 for Class A1
service requirements in a non-hazardous area

5.

Civil Design Criteria

5.1

Civil Codes and Standards

Unless specifically stated otherwise, the Plant civil design shall be based on
applicable portions of the following codes, specifications, technical data, and
industry standards.

·

Municipality of Anchorage Engineering and Design Division Guidelines

·

Municipality of Anchorage Standard Specifications (M.A.S.S.)

·

State of Alaska Dept. of Transportation Guidelines

3.1

Earthwork

The Site will be graded by removing any topsoils and then grading the Site
level.  This will be done by cutting the higher elevations and filling the lower
elevations in10 inch lifts and compacting to 95% per ASTM D1557.  A minimum
layer consisting 2 feet  of  Type  III classified fill will be provided a under
all roadways and floor slabs.  The excavation on unsuitable material is not
included.   Dewatering of excavations below elevation 90.00 feet is not included

Erosion control measures shall be employed to reduce erosion of slopes and
silation of off site outfalls and tributaries measure taken shall be in
accordance with local agency requirements.

The Site shall be designed as an earth balance site to the extent possible and
practical. All Site material shall be used to make equipment pad and sub grade
elevations. The Site balance is subject to recommendations and mitigation
measures necessary to meet Local Flood Control regulations. 

 

-50-

--------------------------------------------------------------------------------

 

EXECUTION VERSION

CONTRACT NUMBER 51008

Reinforced Concrete

CONCRETE

CLASS

28-DAY

STRENGTH

MAX. SIZE

AGGREGATE

USAGE

A

2000 psi

1-1/2 Inch

Lean concrete

B1

4000 psi

¾  Inch

Structural concrete

B2

4000 psi

1-1/2 Inch

Footings

 

 

 

 

·

Reinforcing: Reinforcing steel shall be in accordance with ASTM A615, Grade 60,
deformed.

·

Welded wire fabric shall conform to ASTM A185.

·

Non-shrink Grout

·

Compressive Strength: F'c = 5,000 psi at 7-day age; 2000 psi at 24-hour age.
Metallic filler shall not be used for non-shrink grout.

·

Anchor Bolts

Embedded Anchor Bolts: Embedded anchor bolts shall conform to ASTM F1544. The
bolts shall be designed to resist the critical load specified by the equipment
supplier.

 

5.1

Storm Drainage

Surface storm water runoff will be conveyed overland and collected using a
network of catch basins. Storm water from the catch basins will flow through an
underground piping system and ultimately to the existing bio-swale paralleling
the west property line. This bio-swale will be used to treat the Project’s
runoff for water quality by removing floatable pollutants and sediments.

Storm water runoff rates shall be determined by the Rational Method using
rainfall intensities for the locality, based on the 10-year, 24-hour storm.
Sufficient storm water retention shall be designed into the system to conform to
permit requirements. This requires that the rate of post-construction runoff
does not exceed 105% of the preconstruction storm water runoff rate.

In general, drainage will be directed to Blueberry Pond southwest of the
proposed laydown area; drainage is along south boundary of the Site within the
33 ft ROW, then south by Minnesota to the pond.

Culverts, ditches and drains shall be sized by the Manning Formula. Minimum
velocity in culverts shall be 2 fps. Culverts and drains shall be Reinforced
Concrete Pipe (RCP) meeting the requirements of ASTM C76 Class III, Wall "B"
with a roughness coefficient of n = 0.015.

-51-

--------------------------------------------------------------------------------

 

EXECUTION VERSION

CONTRACT NUMBER 51008

The Plant storm water collection system shall be designed to control Project
runoff peak flow rates to minimize impacts to downstream facilities. The system
shall maintain the post-development Project runoff peak flow rates from the
10-year, 24-hour storm to less than or equal to 1.05 times the predevelopment
runoff peak flow rates at all downstream critical points. This may require
attenuation via stormwater detention/retention. A Drainage Plan and Storm Water
Management will need to be submitted to the Municipality prior to construction
permitting.

A Storm Water Pollution Prevention Plan (SWPPP) will be prepared prior to
construction of the SPP. This plan will be utilized at the Site to control and
minimize storm water related pollution that may result during construction of
the facility. The plan will use best management practices such as stabilized
construction entrances, silt fencing, berms, hay bales, and temporary detention
basins as needed to control storm water runoff from construction areas.
Contractor shall be responsible for meeting the requirements of the State of
Alaska Department of Environmental Conservation (ADEC) when preparing the SWPPP
and during excavation, handing, and disposal or contaminated soil and water.

 

5.2

Dewatering

Site dewatering of surface waters during construction is provided.

5.3

Sedimentation and Erosion Control 

Erosion and sediment control measures shall be in accordance with the applicable
local regulations and standards and those of the International Building Code.

Contractor shall provide, operate, and maintain all ditches, basins, Site
grading, and pumping facilities to divert, collect, and remove all water from
the work area.

All water shall be removed from the immediate site and discharged in accordance
with the SWPPP.

 

Contractor shall minimize soil erosion in areas affected by his activities. Such
action shall include the following:

·

Conducting construction operations to minimize duration of exposure of bare
earth surfaces.

·

Control rainfall runoff.

·

Effective maintenance of erosion and sediment control facilities during the
construction period.

·

Preventing siltation of water bodies.

-52-

--------------------------------------------------------------------------------

 

EXECUTION VERSION

CONTRACT NUMBER 51008

·

Temporary cut and embankment slopes shall be maintained at the designed slope.
Surface runoff shall be diverted at the slope shoulder where necessary to
prevent erosion damage.

·

Spoil and stockpiles shall not be placed in locations where blockage of natural
drainage ways can occur.

·

Excavation dewatering shall be accomplished so as to prevent siltation of land
or water bodies.

·

Spillage or tracking soil or other construction materials on roads used for
access to the Site shall be avoided.

·

Proper precautions shall be taken to avoid tracking mud from the construction
Site onto public roadways.

·

Stabilized construction entrances shall be provided at access roads.

10.1

Roads and Fencing 

The Plant access and Plant loop road shall be paved with asphaltic concrete as
shown on the Site layout drawing. The area within the Plant loop road shall also
be surfaced with crushed rock. Paving sections shall be designed in accordance
with the geotechnical report or the standards of the Municipality of Anchorage,
whichever is more stringent. Pavement will be designed for AASHTO HS-20 loading,
unless superseded by the geotechnical report.

The main Plant access road and loop road shall be designed for large semi
tractor-trailer vehicles.

Plant roads shall be classified as follows:

·

Permanent Plant roads: Permanent roads shall be asphalt paved.

·

Temporary construction roads: Temporary roads shall be crushed rock.

 

The permanent Plant loop road shall be a minimum of 24 feet wide.

The minimum road thickness shall be in accordance with the geotech report.

Where equipment has the potential of being damaged either by vehicular or
industrial equipment, Contractor shall install a sufficient quantity of bollards
for protection. These may be moveable as required for maintenance of the
equipment and access.

Parking areas for passenger cars and/or small trucks shall be asphalt paved and
shall be provided as follows:

Parking Stall Criteria:

 

 

·

Stall angle:

90 degrees

-53-

--------------------------------------------------------------------------------

 

EXECUTION VERSION

CONTRACT NUMBER 51008

·

Standard stall:

9 ft x 19 ft

·

Handicapped stall:

13 ft x 22 ft

·

Aisle width:

24 ft. min.

 

The parking areas and permanent Plant access and loop roads will be provided
with the appropriate signs and striping.

 

Final area surfacing, unless specified otherwise, shall be provided as follows:

Type

Minimum

Thickness

Location

Reinforced Concrete

8 inches

All truck loading and unloading

areas

20 feet by door width in front of all

roll-up maintenance doors

Maintenance Areas, for fork lift

and/or crane load, as identified on

the Plot Plan drawing

Reinforced Concrete

4 inches

Building door landings

Asphalt Concrete

3 inches

Non-vehicular areas within loop

roads.

Crushed Rock

6 inches

All Plant equipment areas (that are

not paved or otherwise surfaced)

 

The Plant main and auxiliary access security gates and operators shall be
suitable for the intended purpose and the environment.

Gates shall be designed for remote control from the main control room.

An additional double swing gate shall be provided in the north fence for vehicle
travel.

Gates shall also feature:  a drop rod to hole inactive leaf with gate stop pipe
to engage center drop rod, a locking device and padlock eyes as an integral part
of latch, requiring one padlock for locking both gate leaves, and a keeper for
each gate leaf consisting of a mechanical device for securing the free end of
the gate when in the full open position.

The entrance and exit of the vehicle gates will have a card reader and intercom
or phone on each side a passenger truck or car driver can reach from the
driver’s window. A card swiped across the reader will allow authorized personnel
to drive into or out of the Plant. Visitors will use the intercom or phone and
the Control Room Operator will open the gate.

Two safety loops in the ground will provide vehicle collision protection.

-54-

--------------------------------------------------------------------------------

 

EXECUTION VERSION

CONTRACT NUMBER 51008

An Anchorage Fire Department Model 3200 Lock Box, will be installed at a maximum
height of 5’on the outside of the main gate, on the outside entry door adjacent
to the Control Room, and on the main entrance to Building SB (Optional) to allow
emergency personnel access. The gate operator shall have manual override
capability.

The vehicle gate controller and intercom or phone master station shall be
located in the Plant Control Room.

An access control system will monitor gate status and provide gate open
commands. The access control system will allow remote monitoring and operation
of the gate.

An 8’ wide swing gate with padlock type locking hardware will be on the
perimeter fence for ingress and egress into the natural gas metering station.
The locking hardware will be designed to make it difficult to cut the padlock. A
sign on the swing gate will provide notice to call the Plant Control Room before
entering.

All gates will have 3 strands of barbed wire or razor wire on top.

Surfacing:

An entrance shall be provided between east and west boundaries. Road design
shall be in compliance with the Project Geotechnical Reports attached:

A 6" thick layer of aggregate shall be used as surfacing in general equipment
areas.

All surfaces shall be shaped to drain freely. Minimum slope in graveled areas
shall be 0.5%.

Roads:

Minimum width shall be 24 feet with a minimum centerline turning radius of 40
feet.

Fencing and Guard Posts:

Guard posts shall be provided as necessary to protect Plant equipment from
vehicle damage.

The Plant shall be proved with a perimeter fence for its entirety.

Coatings: Protection from corrosion is required for all exposed structural and
miscellaneous carbon steels. Exposed steel shall be either galvanized or finish
painted.

-55-

--------------------------------------------------------------------------------

 

EXECUTION VERSION

CONTRACT NUMBER 51008

Surveying

1.

Company will provide Contractor a baseline and benchmark for the Project.

2.

Company’s ground control survey report shall be provided detailing the control
point description, location, coordinates and elevation. The report shall include
tie sketches of sufficient detail and accuracy to reestablish or verify the
control point.

3.

Contractor shall perform a check of Company’s baseline layout and benchmark
elevation.

4.

Contractor shall perform all additional survey control required for the design
and construction of the Project. These additional survey requirements include,
but are not necessarily limited to the following:

 

·

Anchor bolt layout location and elevation

·

Base plate elevations

·

Plumbing and aligning of columns

·

Centerline, locations and elevations of installed equipment

·

Underground pipe, duct bank, utilities and systems (new and/or existing)

1.

Contractor shall be completely responsible for the ground control.

2.

All horizontal survey control shall be NAD 83 of the Alaska State Plane
Coordinate System. Vertical datum shall be North American Vertical Datum of 1988
per Municipality of Anchorage benchmark. Working units shall be U.S. Survey
Feet.

9.2

 Exterior Signs

All exterior signs shall comply with the Municipality of Anchorage sign
ordinance and all sign designs shall be submitted to the Company for review.

A large back-lit sign “Southcentral Power Project” shall be located on the south
end of the upper west side of Building SA will be provided by Company and
installed by Contractor. 

A main Plant entrance sign, visible from either direction on Dowling Road shall
be located near the main Plant entrance gate with a size and design similar to
the main Chugach Electric sign at Chugach Headquarters Building A will be
provided by Company and installed by Contractor.  

-56-

--------------------------------------------------------------------------------

 

EXECUTION VERSION

CONTRACT NUMBER 51008

Inside the SPP battery limits shall be directional signs for visitors to reach
and for parking at the SPP Building SA administration entrance. Door entrance
signs shall mark the main entrance to Building SA administration entrance and to
the Building SB (Optional) south entrance vestibule. Each of the three SPP
buildings shall have a large letter sign on one corner of each building with its
letter designation. In addition, provide a building address on each building of
size readable from the Site entrance gate.

9.3

Landscaping

Contractor will engage a registered landscape architect and provide the
following landscaping:

·

Topsoil and seeding for a 50 foot wide strip along Dowling Road and areas to the
south, west and north of the ACC,

·

dumpster screening

·

30 trees at a 40 foot spacing along Dowling Avenue

3.1

Geotechnical Investigation And Foundations

A Geotechnical Investigation will be provided by a qualified geotechnical
engineer.  Foundations will be designed in accordance with the recommendations
of the Geotechnical Investigation.

The proposal is based on spread footing supported structures and equipment and
minimum allowable soil bearing pressure of 3000 psf to be found within 4.5 ft.
of grade.

Concrete foundations will be designed per the requirements of the American
Concrete Institute ACI 318 "Building Code Requirements for Reinforced Concrete"
and the Geotechnical Investigation.  Concrete foundations, backfill (with
excavated material), and regrade for the equipment and structures will be
furnished. 

 

Careful consideration shall be given to the support and foundation
characteristics of the equipment. To prevent severe vibration, the frequencies
of the equipment and its foundation shall be considered and compared for
different modes of operation. In general, natural frequency of the
foundation-soil system shall be equal to or less than 0.7 times the equipment
operating frequency

 

Top of concrete elevation of building floor and major equipment foundations
shall be at least 6-inches above finished grade or higher if required to prevent
building or equipment flooding during a design 100 year storm event

3.1.1

Rotating and Vibrating Equipment Foundations

-57-

--------------------------------------------------------------------------------

 

EXECUTION VERSION

CONTRACT NUMBER 51008

Foundations for rotating and vibrating equipment shall be designed in accordance
with the specific requirements of the equipment manufacturer. In the absence of
such specific requirements, these foundations shall be designed in accordance
with this section as well as industry design standards for rotating and
vibrating equipment on pile supported foundations.

3.1.2

Transformer Foundations

Each transformer shall be isolated from adjacent (i.e. less than 50 ft away)
equipment or buildings with a two-hour fire-rated wall. Reinforced concrete
basins shall be provided for oil spill retention for all oil filled transformers

3.2

Containment

Each oil filled transformer shall be located within its own oil spill
containment area designed to contain a minimum of 125% of the total oil volume
in the transformer. The containment area shall be constructed of concrete. The
containment area shall have a trench to allow the oil spill to drain below the
level of the transformer to suppress a fire per NFPA 850. The containment shall
be constructed as a sealed unit and shall not include valving or a drain to
remove water. Portable sump pumps will be provided

All containment areas indoors shall be connected to the waste water collection
system through valve drain connections or pumping as appropriate. These valves
shall be indicator type to show the open and closed positions and be in the
normally closed position. Containment areas include the pits around the CTGs and
the pit around the CTG auxiliary skids.

6.

Structural Design Criteria

6.1

Buildings

Interior wall partitions will be galvanized metal studs with gypsum wallboard
covering.  Room interiors will be painted.  Interior rooms will be furnished
with suspended acoustical tile ceilings.  Office floors will be covered with 1/8
inch resilient vinyl tile.  Offices will be unfurnished.

Personnel doors will be hollow metal full flush design.  Metal doors and frames
will be 16 gauge galvanized for exterior doors and 18 gauge for interior
doors.  All windows will be double-glazed.  Exterior doors shall be sectional
metal insulated doors with power operators.

All buildings shall be engineered and designed in accordance with the Alaska
Building Code as well as local codes, regulations, and standards.

-58-

--------------------------------------------------------------------------------

 

EXECUTION VERSION

CONTRACT NUMBER 51008

The preparation of the manufacturer’s drawings, calculations and specifications
shall be under the direction of a Registered Professional Engineer licensed in
the State of Alaska. All documents submitted for construction shall bear the
stamp of the Registered Professional Engineer.

Where cable trays are used within buildings the cable trays shall be supported
off of supplemental structural steel members attached to the main building
frame. Use of roof purlins to support cable trays is not acceptable.

If fall protection is needed to perform any maintenance or repairs an OSHA
approved attachment will be designed and placed as needed.

For the purpose of determining design loads the Plant shall be considered as
Occupancy, Category IV in accordance with Table 1604.5 of the IBC. Design loads
to be applied to the structure and/or foundations consist of the following:

Dead load shall be considered as the weight of all permanent construction,
including framing, walls, floors, platforms, roofs, partitions, stairways,
handrails, insulation, lagging and the operating weight of all fixed equipment.
Operating weight includes the deadweight of the equipment plus any additional
weight of removable portions and any constant horizontal or vertical forces
resulting from machine operation. Actual equipment operating loads shall be used
whenever they exceed the live load allowance for the area occupied by the
equipment.

Live loads includes any movable load or other load that can vary with intensity
or occurrence, such as crane loads, fall protection loads, snow loads, lateral
loads and uniform floor live loads.

The live load to be used is shown in the IBC Table 1607.1, Minimum Uniform Live
Loads, below. In addition to these loads, other live loads, including erection
loads, turbine rotor emergency loads, generator emergency loads, equipment
thermal loads, crane loads, and horizontal skidding loads should be considered
where appropriate.

Live Load Posting and Drawing Notation: Live load posting will be achieved in
the field by permanent signage which states the maximum live load that shall
apply to these areas. To satisfy state and other requirements, the live load
used for design shall be shown on each concrete, steel, and roof plan. If a
special live load applies to a partial area, the limits of the special loading
shall be shown on the drawings and the building posted accordingly.

Point Load: All main frame beams, and braces shall be designed to withstand a 2
kip point collateral construction load plus normal dead loads plus normal
operating loads. The 2 kip load shall be placed on the individual beams, and
braces to maximize the bending, shear, and axial stresses in combination with
the normal dead loads and operating loads. The 2 kip point load shall be applied
individually to members and shall not be additive to adjoining members.

-59-

--------------------------------------------------------------------------------

 

EXECUTION VERSION

CONTRACT NUMBER 51008

Point Load: All main frame beams, and braces shall be designed to withstand a 2
kip point collateral construction load plus normal dead loads plus normal
operating loads. The 2 kip load shall be placed on the individual beams, and
braces to maximize the bending, shear, and axial stresses in combination with
the normal dead loads and operating loads. The 2 kip point load shall be applied
individually to members and shall not be additive to adjoining members.

Thermal loads shall be loads caused by temperature changes.

Highway Loads: The Plant roads shall be designed and constructed to withstand a
combined weight of 40,000 pounds, plus impact, in accordance with the American
Association of State Highway and Transportation Officials HS20-44 wheel
loadings.

Where truck entrances are provided into buildings, the trucking aisle of the
supported or ground floors shall be designed, as a minimum, for 350 psf or an
HS20-44 truck loading plus impact, whichever governs.

Building design/construction shall include requirements for transferring the
combustion turbine from the support points in the engine removal area to an
engine dolly.

Building design/construction shall include requirements for lifting and
relocation of package components for generator access; rotor lifting and
relocation to a shipping cradle on a highway transport.

Building design/construction shall include requirements for lifting and
relocation of package ventilation fans.

Temporary Loads: Provision shall be made for temporary loads arising from the
installation of the heavy machinery and equipment.

Equipment Loads: Static and dynamic equipment loads shall be as specified on the
manufacturer's drawings.

-60-

--------------------------------------------------------------------------------

 

EXECUTION VERSION

CONTRACT NUMBER 51008

Loads shall be combined in accordance with Alaska Building Code.

Minimum Uniform Live Loads

Location

Live Load Note 4

Remarks

Grade Slab

350 psf

Note 1

Grade Slab (turbine laydown)

600 psf

Note 1

Grating access platforms for servicing equipment

125 psf

Note 3

Stairs

100 psf

Notes 2, 3

Walkways

100 psf

 

Roof Live Load

20 psf

 

Storage area above restrooms/locker rooms

within Building SA

250 psf

 

Sidewalks or driveways subject to trucks or fire

equipment

HS20-44

AASHTO

Loading

Sidewalks or driveways subject to cars and light

trucks

H10

AASHTO

Loading

 

NOTES: Applying to Minimum Uniform Live Loads:

1.

A truck may operate over most accessible areas. The ground floor and/or grade
slabs shall be designed to carry an HS20-44 truck load.   This load will not be
combined with any other live load and should not reduce the strength required by
other design parameters.

2.

Members will be designed to support safely the uniformly distributed live load
or a concentrated load of 300 lb. on an area of 4 sq. in. at the center of the
tread.

3.

When accumulating live load from walkways, platforms, and miscellaneous levels,
the load shall be applied to the columns accumulating from top to bottom. Design
live loads to columns may be reduced 20 percent for “Locations” not addressed by
Table 5.4.1 herein.

4.

Equipment loads shall be used when they exceed the live load stated. Equipment
and minimum uniform live loads will not be applied simultaneously.

-61-

--------------------------------------------------------------------------------

 

EXECUTION VERSION

CONTRACT NUMBER 51008

Generation Building (Building SA)

6.2.1

General Area

White color paint finish shall be provided. No special finishes are required.
Lighting requirements are indicated elsewhere in this document.

The building structural system shall accommodate the Combustion Turbine
Generator (CTG) inlet air housing with filters, screens, heating coils, etc as
well as the ducting connecting the turbine enclosure and the inlet housing.

6.2.2

Administration Area

a.

Administration Area Arrangements:

The Administration Area includes office areas, a break area, a light maintenance
area and supporting rooms which conform to the requirements of Group Occupancy.
Building construction shall conform to IBC Type II non combustible,
non-protected.

Acoustical separation is required from the Generation Rooms to the
Administration Area with a minimum Sound Transmission Class (STC) rating of 54.

The Administration Area shall have six (6) enclosed offices.

 

b.

Light Maintenance Area:

There shall be a dust free enclosed light maintenance area as part of the
Administration Area that is located adjacent to the main Plant floor. This area
shall be used for equipment and electronic calibration and primarily designed
for the office work related to maintenance activities.

Final floor plan for the Administration Area including the EI&C and Maintenance
shop and associated rooms shall be reviewed for approval by Company.

6.2.3

CONTROL ROOM AREA

a. Control Room Arrangements:

The control room shall be designed with totally separate and redundant HVAC
systems for overall Plant operations reliability. The following considerations
shall be incorporated in the design of the Project Control Room concerning its
arrangement and positioning within Building SA.

· Locate centrally relative to the centerlines of the turbine generators

-62-

--------------------------------------------------------------------------------

 

EXECUTION VERSION

CONTRACT NUMBER 51008

·

Provide windows into the Plant area.

·

Include horseshoe control desk

·

Include countertop height “chart” table as island/peninsula in the center of
console area

·

Locate operator shift meeting area where the on-duty CR Operator can participate
without leaving the console vicinity.

·

Locate LOCK-OUT TAG-OUT work area immediately adjacent to the CR. This shall be
a walk-up window arrangement to preclude excess traffic in the CR

·

Provide one adjacent engineering workstation area

·

Provide Library/Records area adjacent to CR and readily accessible to manuals
and plan racks.

·

Provide acoustical separation to the Generation Room with a minimum Sound
Transmission Class (STC) rating of 54.

·

Provide a direct exit to the exterior without going through the F-1 Occupancy.

 

b.

Control Room Environmental Features:

Contractor shall provide a HMI console with due attention and consideration of
environmental and ergonomic features.

· CR access shall be controlled (e.g., via swipe card/electronic key)

· CR shall house only Operations personnel under normal Plant conditions

·

Ceiling finish treatment shall be dark grey color and designed for
glare reduction

· Ceiling height shall be 12 feet minimum.

· Full-spectrum, DC lighting shall be used to avoid flicker

· Controlled exterior lighting shall be used

· Indirect lighting shall be used to the maximum extent

·

Lighting design shall be provided by a licensed Alaska electrical
designer/consultant engineer.

·

100% CR lighting shall be on UPS

·

Monitor shall not flicker, particularly if AC lighting is used, and non-glare
screens

·

Ergonomic evaluation shall consider the use of two or single tier levels for the
monitor screens

·

The ergonomic evaluation shall consider using adjustable height control
consoles, possibly with independent splits

 

-63-

--------------------------------------------------------------------------------

 

EXECUTION VERSION

CONTRACT NUMBER 51008

Control Room Miscellaneous Features:

The following miscellaneous Control Room features shall be included:

·

Remote monitoring for all administrative support systems shall be located in CR
(security, fire protection, water analysis,  HVAC, CEMS,  weather, etc.)

·

Electronic copies and hardcopies of Plant technical data shall be available in
the CR.

·

Contractor shall be formally design the routing and layout of DCS cabling and
shall provide an accessible, expandable DCS cable management system.

6.3.1

Hazardous Material and Chemical Storage Area

Contractor shall develop an area to accommodate the safe storage and handling of
Plant hazardous materials including hazardous waste as well as chemical
materials storage. This area shall be preferably located in the vicinity of the
water treatment area. Size and location shall be coordinated with Company. The
area shall have all required signage and other safety elements per the relevant
codes and standards.

6.3

Warehouse/Maintenance Building

(Building SB) (Optional)

6.3.1

Classification

This building shall incorporate the following features:

·

Overall building footprint 100’X235’. Located approximately 20’ from the West
side of RR Spur with the 235’ length parallel to the RR Spur.

·

Building interior clearance shall be not less than 16' measured at the haunch of
the bent.

·

The building location shall be per the Site plan

·

Modification of Company supplied conceptual floor plans may be made as needed
for design and code compliance.

·

The maintenance area shall be on the north end of Building SB with the warehouse
area on the south end. An undesignated area (see plan) shall be sandwiched
between north and south ends. Each area shall have 3’x7’ hinged exterior door
exits.

·

Configuration for telecommunications room, electrical room and other general
building infrastructure rooms as needed shall be determined by Contractor with
concurrence from Company and as specified in other sections or by standards.

-64-

--------------------------------------------------------------------------------

 

EXECUTION VERSION

CONTRACT NUMBER 51008

6.3.2

Maintenance Area

The maintenance area shall have the following features:

·

Maintenance area shall be located on the north end of the building. Card access
shall be provided by a man door on north end of building and one on the west
side of the building.

·

Provide single occupancy restrooms and a utility sink in maintenance area.

·

Provide two vehicle insulated sectional doors to exterior, one
nominal 12W-by-14’H on the north end, and one nominal 14’W-by-14’H on the west
side.

·

Placement of 120-V electrical outlets on walls shall be 10 ft reach maximum. Up
to six 480-V electrical outlets for welders in various parts of the shop shall
be provided. Contractor shall provide specialized maintenance shop equipment as
described in ATT-09; Contractor shall provide all utility connections to match
the required inventory.

·

Four work stations shall be provided in various locations with two drops of
three Cat-6a cables to each work station for telephone and PC connections within
3 feet of 120-V outlets. Drops shall be within 7 feet of the floor. Provide up
to ten additional 480-V machine connections in various locations of the shop.
Coordinate with Company for locations.

·

The maintenance area shall be supplied with a 10 Ton crane system.

6.3.3

Warehouse Area

Contractor shall:

·

Provide two insulated sectional doors to the exterior from the warehouse both
nominal 12’W-by-14’H, one on the south side and one on the west side.

·

Provide warehouse on the South end of the building with a card access 3’ x 7’
man door from the entrance vestibule and other emergency exit doors as required
by IBC. The card access man door provided from the entrance vestibule is to
allow the warehouse person to escort customers, and move smaller parts out of
the warehouse on a hand truck etc.

·

Provide warehouse with two customer counters. One shall be located at the south
entrance vestibule and shall be open to a small office area (may be without
separation walls) for the warehouse person to enable him to provide both
administrative duties, and monitor the counter. The second customer counter
shall be at the north end of the warehouse to the undesignated area.

-65-

--------------------------------------------------------------------------------

 

EXECUTION VERSION

CONTRACT NUMBER 51008

·

Both areas shall have a phone and workstation with a personal computer (provided
by Company) for administrative duties. Customers shall be able to press a buzzer
at either counter to call for a warehouse person. A fire rated roll up door over
the customer counters shall allow for securing the warehouse.

·

Provide ~ 1000 sq. ft. of conditioned (HVAC) storage space.

6.3.4

Building Security

Contractor shall refer to the Physical Security systems description Section 9
for more details.

6.4

Plant Auxiliaries Building (SC)

6.4.1

Classification

This shall be designed in accordance with Code requirements and approved
drawings.

6.5

Materials

6.5.1

Shower Bases and Doors

Install cast acrylic Lucite shower bases. Bases shall have a lip to form a
waterproof barrier for the overlap of ceramic tile finish. Shower Doors shall be
translucent glass with aluminum frames.

6.5.2

Toilet/Shower Room Accessories:

Accessories in Toilet and Shower rooms shall include: Lavatories: 15 x 20”, wall
hung with hangers, porcelain; Faucets, chrome-plated, brass; Multi-Purpose Unit
with mirror, stainless steel trim, equivalent to Bradley 7805, touchless paper
towel dispenser, equivalent to Georgia Pacific EnMotion 59462 Waste Receptacles:
Stainless steel, semi-recessed wall mounted, equivalent to Bradley 346-11;
Toilet Tissue Holders, two rolls, stainless steel, surface mounted, equivalent
to Bradley 5402; Napkin Disposer, stainless steel, equivalent to Bradley
4722-1015; Toilet Seat Cover Dispenser, 250 capacity, surface mounted, stainless
steel, equivalent to Bradley 5831 ; Grab Bars, exposed fasteners, stainless
steel, 1 ½” outside diameter, install per requirements of International Building
Code; Coat Hooks, wall mounted, stainless steel, install four in each locker
room; Benches, wood top, pedestal mounted, install one six foot long bench in
each locker room in front of lockers. Soap dispensers shall be Company furnished
and installed.

-66-

--------------------------------------------------------------------------------

 

EXECUTION VERSION

CONTRACT NUMBER 51008

6.5.3

Finishes:

The finishes and colors of all exposed items and materials inside the buildings
shall be selected by the Contractor from the standard colors of manufacturers.
All colors shall be combined in a common submittal to enable coordination of the
selections. The finishes and colors of all building exteriors shall be approved
by Company and shall generally require building panel colors matching Chugach
Campus Building SA, and blue trim colors matching the Southcentral Power Project
Logo.

Office area finishes shall typically have painted gypsum board walls and painted
gypsum board or suspended ceiling. Walls and ceiling in all offices, conference
rooms and the control room shall be designed to reduce sounds including ambient
noise and loud voices from outside the room to a level that would not interrupt
normal conversations inside the rooms.

Built-in offices shall include a work station with desktop and work area in an L
shape, with drawers and file drawers under the desktop/work area, and cabinets
and bookshelves on the walls.

Floor finishes shall be sealed concrete, ceramic tile and rubber flooring. Heavy
traffic rubber flooring shall be installed in entrance vestibules and mud rooms
into office areas, offices, conference rooms, elevators, stairs in office areas,
kitchen and break rooms. Rubber tile or rubber sheet for electronic discharge
protection shall be installed in data server rooms and in the Building SB
(Optional) telecom lab area. Ceramic tile walls and floors shall be installed in
toilets, locker and shower rooms.

The concrete floor on the Generator Building shall have a chemical resistant
high performance coating in the water treatment area.

6.5.4

Kitchen and Break Area:

The kitchen provided shall include the following features. Company shall provide
locally purchased appliances. Contractor shall provide space and utilities for
the appliances.

a.

Equal to the Signature Series by Dwyer Kitchens, Michigan City, IN.

b.

The unit kitchen shall include the following features as a minimum:

·

93 inch kitchen overall length

· Upper and lower wood cabinets with durable wood doors

· Space and utilities for:

o

18 inch dishwasher with sound insulation

o

Upright refrigerator/freezer

o

30 inch microwave oven with hood

o

2 burner Ceran cook top

o

Oven

· Corian countertop

-67-

--------------------------------------------------------------------------------

 

EXECUTION VERSION

CONTRACT NUMBER 51008

· Stainless steel sink

· Dwyer limited swing faucet set

· Garbage disposal

· ADA accessible countertop height

5.1

Mechanical Work

5.1.1

General

The mechanical work shall include all plumbing, mechanical, HVAC, and fire
protection work required to make complete and finished ready-to-occupy
buildings. Contractor shall be responsible for the engineering, design, and
installation of all building plumbing systems, mechanical systems, fire
protection systems, electric power systems, and other required utility services
throughout the buildings.

5.1.2

Plumbing

All plumbing work shall be in strict accordance with the UPC as amended by MOA.
Plumbing systems shall include but not be limited to:

· Pipe and fittings

· Shower floor drains with traps

· Valves

· Hose bibs

· Pipe supports

· Fixtures

·

Water closets in each restroom, handicapped accessible, American Standard Cadet,
with seat.

· Lavatories in each restroom

· Connections to kitchen sink and dishwasher

· Service sinks floor or wall type, with hat and cold water, and bucket hook.

· Shower fittings

· Domestic water heater

· Thermal insulation

· Water coolers

· Soap dispensers

· Urinals, wall-hung, with hangers

· Toilet room / locker room exhaust fans

 

-68-

--------------------------------------------------------------------------------

 

EXECUTION VERSION

CONTRACT NUMBER 51008

5.1.3

Domestic Water Heaters

Contractor shall supply an electric heated, glass-lined, insulated tank with
minimum 10-year warranty against leakage. Unit shall be furnished with
pressure/temperature relief valve, thermostat, high temperature cutoff, drain
valve, insulation, and baked enamel outer jacket. Water heater shall be UL
listed. Contractor shall provide a minimum 40 gallon capacity. Water heaters for
Building SB (Optional) may be minimum 20 gallon capacity or on-demand water
heaters with Company approval.

5.1.4

Toilet and Locker Room Exhaust Fans

Direct drive centrifugal type. Fans shall be vented to the outdoors and be sized
per code.

5.1.5

Electric Water Coolers

HAWS wall-mount ADA accessible type, stainless steel top and cabinet, with
adjustable thermostat. Minimum 6.7 gph of 50 degree F water with 90 degree F
ambient temperature. Storage tank shall be of double wall construction with
copper cooling coils and insulation jacket. Frame shall be minimum 16-gauge
welded steel construction. Power supply characteristics shall be 115 volt,
single phase, 60 Hz. Water coolers shall be UL listed and be certified by OSHA
and ARI.

5.2

Heating, Ventilating, and Air Conditioning

5.2.1

Individual Building/Room Requirements

The Buildings shall be heated, ventilated, and air conditioned according to the
following table. Contractor shall provide all engineering, design, installation,
and testing of all HVAC systems

-69-

--------------------------------------------------------------------------------

 

EXECUTION VERSION

CONTRACT NUMBER 51008

 

Generation

Building SA

Warehouse and

Maintenance

Building SB (Optional)

Auxiliaries

Building C

The following

rooms within the

buildings shall

be fully heated

and cooled with

conditioned air :

Control room,

electronics room,

turbine controls room

 

 

 

Communications

Room

 

Conference room

Conference room

 

Offices

Offices

 

Reception and

administration area

Telcom lab
1000 sq.ft Conditioned Storage Area

 

Light Maintenance

area

 

 

 

The following

rooms within the

buildings shall

be power

ventilated and

heated

Office storage room

 

 

Office reproduction

/file room

 

 

Lunch / break room

 

 

Janitor closet

 

 

Men’s and women’s

restrooms

Men’s and women’s

restrooms

 

 

Maintenance shop

area

 

 

Warehouse area

 

Secure storage area

Secure storage area

 

 

 

 

 

a.

Contractor shall also be responsible for the supply of all equipment and
materials, installation, testing and commissioning of all HVAC systems to
provide fully functional and efficient systems.

-70-

--------------------------------------------------------------------------------

 

EXECUTION VERSION

CONTRACT NUMBER 51008

Design Conditions

a.

Design Ambient Conditions

All HVAC systems shall be designed and sized for the ASHRAE 1 percent outdoor
ambient conditions for the Site location.

b.

Building Internal Design Conditions

·

The Plant Operations Building HVAC systems for the control room, and office
areas shall be capable of maintaining a slightly positive pressure in the areas
and the temperature maintained at 72-75 degrees F with the relative humidity
maintained below 55 percent. Rest/locker room areas, etc. shall be capable of
maintaining a slightly negative pressure in the areas and the temperature
maintained at 72-75 degrees F with the relative humidity maintained below 55
percent. Heating systems shall be designed to maintain a minimum temperature of
68 degrees F in the winter.

·

The open shop / warehouse areas shall meet HVAC code requirements.

·

Installations shall conform to the IBC, IFC, IMC, UPC, National Fire Protection
Association, and ASHRAE Standards.

·

Toilet/locker room areas shall be mechanically exhausted to the exterior of the
building.

·

All occupied areas including control rooms and offices, office type areas and
toilets shall have a noise environment not exceeding AK-OSHA requirements.

·

Externally mounted HVAC materials and equipment shall not exceed the Site
restricted local noise levels.

c.

Heat Gain/Loss Calculations

·

Contractor is responsible for proper sizing of all building HVAC equipment
including air distribution systems. Equipment sensible heat gains and occupant
sensible and latent heat gains shall be accounted for in the sizing of the HVAC
systems.

·

HVAC System Design and Control: The air conditioning and heating systems for the
buildings shall use centralized systems with supply and return air ducted to the
individual spaces to be conditioned. The HVAC systems shall use air handling
units (AHU) using direct expansion cooling coils with outdoor condensers located
at grade. The building shall be divided into various zones such that each zone
has independent temperature and humidity control.

·

The control room shall be designed as an independent control zone for
temperature and humidity control.

·

-71-

--------------------------------------------------------------------------------

 

EXECUTION VERSION

CONTRACT NUMBER 51008

The rest/locker rooms, kitchen, conference room, office area, and administration
area shall have similar temperature and humidity requirements with adequate
local selection and thermostats.

·

Offices shall have independent controls

·

The warehouse/shop area shall each be considered as a separate zone.

5.1.2

Wind Load:

Design wind pressures shall be determined in accordance with Chapter 16,
Sections 1609 of the International Building Code. Basic wind speed used in the
design of buildings, mechanical equipment, support structures, electrical
equipment, and other major structural components, shall be 110 miles per hour in
accordance with the “Anchorage Bowl Three Second Gust Wind Zones” as published
by the MOA, with an Exposure C (This is one zone above the 100 mph minimum
required) . An importance factor I = 1.15 as define in Table 6-1 ASCE 7-05.

5.1.3

Earthquake Load

Earthquake design loads shall be determined in accordance with Chapter 16,
Division III, Section 1613 and Section 1614 of the International Building Code.
Every structure, equipment, and facility, as a minimum requirement, shall be
designed and constructed to resist seismic forces for its respective Site Class
Definition with the importance factors I = 1.5 as defined in Table 11.5-1 ASCE
7-05. The Site Soil Profile Type shall be as defined in the Geotechnical Report

5.1.4

Design Loads and Deflection Limits

The buildings including the steel framing shall be capable of withstanding the
loads that may act on them under different loading conditions according to the
Municipal requirements. . The steel framing shall be designed with pinned
supports at the foundation. The following are the minimum requirements shall be
considered.

Dead loads shall include the weight of all fixed structural and non-structural
elements.

The roof live loads shall be 40 psf plus potential snow drift requirements.

Primary framing and purlin deflections shall be limited to 1/240 of the span for
full design loading conditions.

Girt deflection shall be limited to 1/180 of the span for wind loading
condition.

-72-

--------------------------------------------------------------------------------

 

EXECUTION VERSION

CONTRACT NUMBER 51008

Structural System

All building structures shall include primary rigid frames, end wall structural,
purlins and girts, eave struts, bracing, prime paint, as well as other
components required for a complete structural system.

Contractor shall provide adequate safe clearance at the haunch of the bents in
Generation Building STG area.

5.1.6

Thermal Enclosure

Contractor shall provide the following thermal enclosure for the
Warehouse/Maintenance Building (Building SB) (Optional):

·

Roof Assembly: R-49 minimum.

·

Wall Assembly: R-19 minimum.

·

Foundation Insulation: R-10 minimum.

·

Windows: U-.31 maximum.

Contractor shall provide the following thermal enclosure for Building SA
(Building SA) and Plant Auxiliaries Building (Building C):

·

Roof Assembly: R-24 minimum (may be reduced for snowmelt considerations).

·

Wall Assembly: R-11 minimum.

·

Foundation Insulation: R-10 minimum.

·

Windows: U-.31 maximum.

Exterior walls of normally occupied areas (eq: Administration areas and Controls
Room) shall meet the thermal performance of the Warehouse/Maintenance Building
(Optional).

The buildings exterior walls and roof shall primarily be pre-manufactured metal
panels consisting of a rigid insulated core with an interior and an exterior
factory painted sheet metal skin. Some south wall panels on Building SA shall
provide day-lighting to aisles between the turbine rows by using insulated
translucent sandwich panel systems. Exterior insulated panels shall comply with
IBC CH 26 and Factory Mutual Research Corporation Standard 4880 for 50 feet of
panel height.

-73-

--------------------------------------------------------------------------------

 

EXECUTION VERSION

CONTRACT NUMBER 51008

Roofing shall be internally drained into storm drain systems and not onto the
ground. Contractor shall include OSHA rated parapet on all roof edges for fall
protection, to retain snow and ice on the roof, and to minimize wind uplift on
roofs. Intent for building a roof design is to not result in snow drift build up
that could cause operational issues. Roof membrane shall be an EPDM single ply
membrane with a 20-year warranty to provide wind and bird resistance, which
shall be subject to warranty.

Contractor shall provide Underwriters Laboratories, Inc. (UL) and Factory Mutual
Research Corporation (FM) approved assembly (ies).

4.1

Overhead Doors

4.1.1

Overhead Coiling Doors

1.

Fire-rated Rolling Counter and Interior Doors

2.

Curtain: Slats to be of Galvanized Steel 22 gauge, or Aluminum, or Stainless
Steel.

3.

Finish: Galvanized Steel, Powder coated, color to be selected through submittal
process or Gray standard polyester top coat, Aluminum to be clear anodized, or
Stainless Steel to be #4 polished finish.

4.

Endlocks: Minimum of alternating end locks on every other slat

5.

Bottom bar: To match curtain material with astragal bottom weatherstrip

6.

Guides: To match curtain material extruded members or bent angles designed to
retain curtain in proper position.

7.

Mounting: Face of Wall Mount

8.

Hood: Square design to match curtain material

9.

Counterbalance: Torsion spring in barrel designed not to deflect under load of
more than .03" per lineal foot, designed for curtain size.

10.

Operation: Manual push-up

11.

Lock: Coil side slide lock on bottom bar engaging into guides each side of
curtain

-74-

--------------------------------------------------------------------------------

 

EXECUTION VERSION

CONTRACT NUMBER 51008

Sectional Overhead Doors

1.

12'2" or 14'2" wide x 14'1" tall Commercial steel insulated Door.

2.

Sections: Minimum thickness 1-3/4" Foamed- in- place polyurethane injected with
thermal break construction. No less than 20 gauge exterior and 26 gauge interior
hot-dipped galvanized sheeting. Built in plates that are wide 3-3/4" wide and
continuous allowing standard industry hardware not inferior butt hinges. Stucco
embossed and micro-grooved on interior, flush on exterior.

3.

Insulation: R-16.3 and "U" factor of 0.06 in sections polyurethane core with
therm"l"break construction. Gasketed tongue and groove joint designed to prevent
air and water infiltration. Inferior ship lap design is not acceptable.

4.

Finish: Epoxy primer with a baked on polyester 1 mil thick PPG top coat (White).

5.

Weather-strip: 1" Therm-L-Brush with aluminum retainer for head and jambs.
Tubular bottom astragal on door. Between section gasket to seal sections to each
other.

6.

Hardware: Double end stiles with double end hinges no less than 13 gauge. 3"
long stem 10 ball rollers that extend through double end hinges.

7.

Track: 3" continuous angle mount track with the proper lift for the facility
(high lift, vertical lift or standard lift).

8.

Counterbalance: Torsion springs with minimum of 50,000 cycle life mounted on 1"
solid shaft with center coupler.

8.1.1

Commercial Hoist Openers for Door Operation

1.

Motor: 1/2 hp continuous duty industrial motor (voltage and phase to be
defined).

2.

Control Circuits: Solid state logic board with 11 LED trouble-shooting
diagnostics, maximum run timer, delay on reverse circuit, programmable mid-stop
capability.

3.

Timer to close

4.

Chain Hoist: Floor level chain hoist with electric interlock for emergency /
manual operation

5.

Drive System: Chain / Sprocket reduction, belt driven

6.

Control Station: (3) button NEMA 1 with open/close/stop

7.

Controls: 24 volt DC powered

8.

Radio: External radio terminals to connect easily

9.

Limits: Fully adjustable limit controls. Motor removable without affecting limit
settings.

-75-

--------------------------------------------------------------------------------

 

EXECUTION VERSION

CONTRACT NUMBER 51008

10.

Enclosure: NEMA 1 with baked on black powder coat finish

11.

Drive: #50 chain and sprocket to turn counterbalance on door

12.

Safety: Pneumatic safety edge and/or electric photo cell sensors

designed to reverse a closing door if activated.

12.1

Structural Loads

12.1.1

General

For the purpose of determining design loads the Plant shall be considered as
Occupancy Category IV in accordance with Table 1604.5 of the IBC. Design loads
to be applied to the structure and/or foundations consist of the following:

Dead load shall be considered as the weight of all permanent construction,
including framing, walls, floors, platforms, roofs, partitions, stairways,
handrails, insulation, lagging and the operating weight of all fixed equipment.
Operating weight includes the deadweight of the equipment plus any additional
weight of removable portions and any constant horizontal or vertical forces
resulting from machine operation. Actual equipment operating loads shall be used
whenever they exceed the live load allowance for the area occupied by the
equipment.

Live loads include any movable load or other load that can vary with intensity
or occurrence, such as crane loads, fall protection loads, snow loads, lateral
loads and uniform floor live loads.

The live load to be used is shown in the IBC Table 1607.1, Minimum Uniform Live
Loads, below. In addition to these loads, other live loads, including erection
loads, turbine rotor emergency loads, generator emergency loads, equipment
thermal loads, crane loads, and horizontal skidding loads should be considered
where appropriate.

Live Load Posting and Drawing Notation: Live load posting will be achieved in
the field by permanent signage which states the maximum live load that shall
apply to these areas. To satisfy state and other requirements, the live load
used for design shall be shown on each concrete, steel, and roof plan. If a
special live load applies to a partial area, the limits of the special loading
shall be shown on the drawings and the building posted accordingly.

-76-

--------------------------------------------------------------------------------

 

EXECUTION VERSION

CONTRACT NUMBER 51008

Point Load: All main frame beams, and braces shall be designed to withstand a 2
kip point collateral construction load plus normal dead loads plus normal
operating loads. The 2 kip load shall be placed on the individual beams, and
braces to maximize the bending, shear, and axial stresses in combination with
the normal dead loads and operating loads. The 2 kip point load shall be applied
individually to members and shall not be additive to adjoining members.

Thermal loads shall be loads caused by temperature changes.

Highway Loads: The Plant roads shall be designed and constructed to withstand a
combined weight of 40,000 pounds, plus impact, in accordance with the American
Association of State Highway and Transportation Officials HS20-44 wheel
loadings.

Where truck entrances are provided into buildings, the trucking aisle of the
supported or ground floors shall be designed, as a minimum, for 350 psf or an
HS20-44 truck loading plus impact, whichever governs.

Temporary Loads: Provision shall be made for temporary loads arising from the
installation or use of the heavy machinery and equipment.

Equipment Loads: Static and dynamic equipment loads shall be as specified on the
manufacturer's drawings.

Loads shall be combined in accordance with Alaska Building Code.

 

 

 

Minimum Uniform Live Loads

Location

Live Load Note 4

Remarks

Grade Slab

350 psf

Note 1

Grade Slab (turbine laydown)

600 psf

Note 1

Grating access platforms for servicing equipment

125 psf

Note 3

Stairs

100 psf

Notes 2, 3

Walkways

100 psf

 

Roof Live Load

20 psf

 

Storage area above restrooms/locker rooms

within Building SA

250 psf

 

Sidewalks or driveways subject to trucks or fire

equipment

HS20-44

AASHTO

Loading

Sidewalks or driveways subject to cars and light

trucks

H10

AASHTO

Loading

 

NOTES: Applying to Minimum Uniform Live Loads:

-77-

--------------------------------------------------------------------------------

 

EXECUTION VERSION

CONTRACT NUMBER 51008

1.

A truck may operate over most accessible areas. The ground floor and/or grade
slabs shall be designed to carry an HS20-44 truck load.

This load will not be combined with any other live load and should not reduce
the strength required by other design parameters.

2.

Members will be designed to support safely the uniformly distributed live load
or a concentrated load of 300 lb. on an area of 4 sq. in. at the center of the
tread.

3.

When accumulating live load from walkways, platforms, and miscellaneous levels,
the load shall be applied to the columns accumulating from top to bottom. Design
live loads to columns may be reduced 20 percent for “Locations” not addressed by
Table 5.4.1 herein.

4.

Equipment loads shall be used when they exceed the live load stated. Equipment
and minimum uniform live loads will not be applied simultaneously.

4.1.1

Wind Load

Design wind pressures shall be determined in accordance with Chapter 16,
Sections 1609 of the International Building Code. Basic wind speed used in the
design of buildings, mechanical equipment, support structures, electrical
equipment, and other major structural components, shall be 110 miles per hour in
accordance with the “Anchorage Bowl Three Second Gust Wind Zones” as published
by the MOA, with an Exposure C (This is one zone above the 100 mph minimum
required) . An importance factor I = 1.15 as define in Table 6-1 ASCE 7-05.

4.1.2

Earthquake Load

Earthquake design loads shall be determined in accordance with Chapter 16,
Division III, Section 1613 and Section 1614 of the International Building Code.
Every structure, equipment, and facility, as a minimum requirement, shall be
designed and constructed to resist seismic forces for its respective Site Class
Definition with the importance

factors I = 1.5 as defined in Table 11.5-1 ASCE 7-05. The Site Soil Profile Type
shall be as defined in the Geotechnical Report, contained herein as reference
14.01 DF-01 and 14.02 DF-02.

-78-

--------------------------------------------------------------------------------

 

EXECUTION VERSION

CONTRACT NUMBER 51008

Turbine Generator Building

The combustion turbines, steam turbine generator, and OTSGs will be housed in a
building suitable for operation and maintenance of the equipment protected. The
operating deck adjacent to the steam turbine generator will consist of a
concrete floor.  A laydown area will be provided next to the turbine generator
to accommodate maintenance of the turbine generator. 

Water treatment, control room, administrative, and rest room areas will be
provided in the turbine generator building.

4.1.4

Maintenance/Warehouse Building (Optional)

The maintenance area and warehouse will be furnished with motorized sectional
doors with manual chain operator.

4.1.5

Fuel Gas Compressor Building

A structural steel frame building with 24 gauge corrugated steel siding and
roofing will cover the fuel gas compressors.

4.2

Structural Steel Supports

Structural steel supports will be designed and erected per the latest
requirements of the American Institute of Steel Construction and the
requirements of the OSHA.

4.3

Platforms

SNC-Lavalin Constructors will furnish and install steel access platforms, with
ladders and galvanized stairs and grating in accordance with the requirements of
the Occupational Safety and Health Administration requirements.  Access will be
provided for normal operation and maintenance of Plant. 

4.4

Painting

Structural Steel will be finished as follows:

 

Interior Steel:Primed

 

Exterior Steel:Galvanized

 

-79-

--------------------------------------------------------------------------------

 

EXECUTION VERSION

CONTRACT NUMBER 51008

As an alternate to the above, steel may be hot dipped galvanized.

 

Grating, handrails, ladders, stairs:    Galvanized

 

Pre-Engineered

Buildings Steel:    Manufacturer’s standard paint finish (primer only)

 

Building interior offices will be finish painted.

 

Areas of vendor finish coated equipment affected by field weldments and/or
assembly will be cleaned and the paint touched-up.

 

Building siding and roofing will be supplied with shop - applied baked-on paint.

 

Contractor will consult with Company during the selection of paint colors when
options are available.

Concrete floors shall be provided with a concrete sealer. Areas subject to
chemicals shall have a suitable chemical resistant coating.

 

7.

Electrical design requirements

7.1

General Design Criteria

7.1.1

General

7.1.1.1

The Plant electrical distribution system shall be designed for operation so that
the continuity of electrical energy supply to the Plant auxiliary equipment and
personnel safety are the prime considerations. All Plant equipment and systems
shall be designed to ensure satisfactory operation under sudden variations of
load and voltage as may be met under working conditions, including those due to
starting loads, transient short circuit and other internal and external fault
conditions.

7.1.1.2

All electrical equipment and systems shall be designed for cyclic unit
operation. All equipment connections shall be designed to withstand the
corresponding full asymmetrical peak currents under the RMS short circuit
faults. [Sizing of interrupting and withstand duties of equipment shall consider
the future addition of a fourth combustion turbine generator of the same size
and its auxiliaries.]

7.1.1.3

Electrical equipment shall be provided with suitable means for electrical
disconnection, isolation and locking such that when an authorized person
isolates a circuit it can be locked out and made safe for access and
maintenance. Contractor shall provide a remote mechanical breaker racking in and
out system.

-80-

--------------------------------------------------------------------------------

 

EXECUTION VERSION

CONTRACT NUMBER 51008

7.1.1.4

The design shall incorporate every reasonable safeguard and provision for the
safety of all personnel concerned in the commissioning, operation and
maintenance of the installations. This shall include specific arc flash
protective measures.

7.1.1.5

The installation shall have the maximum possible level of reliability and
availability in service. To this end, tried and proven equipment shall be used
in the installation; prototype equipment is not acceptable.

7.1.1.6

The design and installation shall be carried out so as to minimize the risk of
outbreak of fire and consequential damage. Materials used shall not support
combustion and shall preferably be fire retardant.

7.1.2

Seismic

Electrical equipment shall be designed and purchased to satisfy seismic
requirements for the Site and shall comply with of IEEE 693 - latest revision.

7.1.3

Ground System Analysis

7.1.3.1

The ground system analysis and design shall meet the recommendations,
guidelines, and procedures of IEEE Standard 80, “Guide for Safety in Substation
Grounding.” The Site specific geotechnical report does not contain soil
resistivity data necessary for grounding system design. That information will be
the responsibility of Contractor.

7.1.3.2

The Plant grounding grid and the ground grid of the 138kV switchyard must be
coordinated and interconnected to create a single grid. All structures,
including the buildings shall be effectively bonded to the ground grid.

7.1.4

Area Classification

7.1.4.1

Special consideration shall be given to the concept that the combustion units,
OTSGs and the gas compressors are housed within closed structures where abnormal
leakage of fuel gas from the contained systems may result in accumulations in
the buildings.

 

7.1.4.2

In general, most Plant areas are considered non-hazardous. In normal indoor
areas, general purpose NEMA 1A enclosures will be used, In indoor areas where
dust, light splash, and dripping is or may be present, industrial indoor NEMA 12
(dust–tight and drip–tight) enclosures will be used. In normal outdoor areas,
electrical control equipment will be weatherproof, outdoor NEMA 4 (dust–tight
and rain–tight). In corrosive areas, NEMA 4X shall be used.

 

-81-

--------------------------------------------------------------------------------

 

EXECUTION VERSION

CONTRACT NUMBER 51008

7.1.4.3

The fuel used in the Plant for the combustion turbines is natural gas, which is
classified as a Class 1 lighter–than–air vapor. The Plant design will be
reviewed for identification of classified areas and the electrical equipment
used in these areas shall be approved for the classification in compliance with
the National Electrical Code.

7.1.4.4

An area classification study shall be performed and area classification plans
and elevations shall be issued. All electrical equipment and installations
identified to be located in classified areas shall be specified as approved for
that classification. The Plant area classification shall be in compliance with
Article 500 of NFPA 70 and shall follow the practices of API RP500 and NFPA 497.

 

7.1.4.5

Except for the black-start emergency diesel generators, the only fuel to be used
will be natural gas. Only “lighter than air” area classification practices are
necessary. The area of the black-start diesel generator shall be designed for
the classification and flammability characteristics of No. 2 diesel fuel.

 

7.1.4.6

Special consideration shall be given to an abnormal release of fuel gas inside
either Building SA or Building SC

 

7.1.4.7

Contractor shall submit the hazardous area classification drawings for review
and approval by Company.

7.1.5

Voltage drop

7.1.5.1

Contractor shall be responsible for calculating system voltage drop levels. The
maximum system transient impedance or minimum available transient short-circuit
capacity, shall be used in making voltage drop calculations relating to motor
starting, restarting and/or re-acceleration requirements.

7.1.5.2

The voltage drops which apply to the normal operation of the electrical systems
shall be limited to a maximum of the values specified below, unless specific or
special apparatus requires improved voltage regulation. The effect on secondary
circuit voltages from transformer taps shall be disregarded for normal voltage
drop calculations. The voltage drops shall be calculated on the basis of motor
and apparatus rating and shall be distributed generally in accordance with the
following:

1.

2% on feeders and sub-feeders

2.

3% between medium-voltage (4kV base) starters and motors

3.

3% between the low-voltage (460 volt base) starters and motors

4.

2% between the distribution centers and panel boards for lighting,
instrumentation and other low-voltage requirements

5.

4%, or less, as an average in branch circuits from panel boards with a maximum
of 5% to the most distant lamp or outlet

-82-

--------------------------------------------------------------------------------

 

EXECUTION VERSION

CONTRACT NUMBER 51008

5.1.5.1

The voltage on the 4000V motor terminals shall be maintained above 3600 V for
continuous operation.

 

5.2

System Architecture

5.2.1

Overall Design

The overall design of the electrical distribution system is provided on the
one-line diagram, Drawing 0880 E001 Revision No. B. This presents the level of
reliability, flexibility and selectivity desired for the Plant output and
auxiliaries.

The following discussion presents the overview of the electrical system design
considering a complete build-out of the Plant including all future generators
and equipment. It is understood that this initial construction will not include
all these units, but will make some provision for future expansion in space or
capacity where appropriate. No aspect of the initial system design or
installation shall be such that it prevents the addition of the later units.

 

5.2.1.1

The EPC scope shall include the following allowances for capacity expansion to
4x4x1 in the engineering and construction of SPP assuming equivalent components
used for the Plant expansion:

1.

Design/install all electrical embedment within the confines of the 3x3x1
arrangement (building extents)

2.

Design/install U/G conductor pathways beneath the confines of 3x3x1 structures
(building extents)

3.

Reserve space for equivalent expansion equipment (indoor and outdoor) Design
space/capacity for cable tray, conduit, termination blocks, etc. for equivalent
expansion

4.

Route U/G cable/wire between structures around areas reserved for Plant
expansion

5.

Allow space for the future installation of the 13,800:480V service transformer
and the bus (with breakers) for CTG-4

 

5.2.1.1

All generator outputs are at 13.8kV, three-phase, three-wire, 60Hz, high
resistance grounded.

5.2.1.2

Each combustion turbine generator and steam turbine generator shall be equipped
with a 13.8kV main generator circuit breaker and a two-winding generator step-up
(GSU) transformer. The GSU transformer for the STG shall be 42/56/70 MVA,
138-13.8kV, three phase, solidly grounded wye-delta, 60Hz and the three (3) CTG
GSU transformers shall be 36/48/60 MVA, 138-13.8kV, three phase, soidly grounded
wye-delta, 60Hz units.

-83-

--------------------------------------------------------------------------------

 

EXECUTION VERSION

CONTRACT NUMBER 51008

5.2.1.3

The connection between the generator circuit breaker and the GSU transformer
shall be with 15kV copper cable (EPR) in U/G duct bank (or other below grade
means) and in cable trays in a cable gallery beneath the switchgear.

5.2.1.4

From cable terminators near the high side of each GSU transformer, solid
dielectric 138kV (145kV Class) cable shall be installed from the transformer to
the Chugach 138kV switchyard with terminations applied to both ends. Splices in
the 138kV cables are not acceptable.

5.2.1.5

The incoming terminals of the generator circuit breaker shall be connected to
the line terminal cabinet of its associated generator with a 15kV copper cable
system installed in underground ductbanks (or other below grade means) and in
cable trays in a cable gallery beneath the switchgear.

5.2.1.6

Each CTG 15kV switchgear bus shall also be equipped with feeder circuit breakers
as shown on Drawing 0880 E001 to feed auxiliary step-down transformers and lower
voltage distribution buses.

5.2.1.7

A 4160V system shall be used to power the larger motor loads such as the boiler
feedwater pumps and gas compressors. CTG #1 and CTG #3 13.8kV bus shall feed
13.8-4.16kV auxiliary transformers which shall power a separate 4160V switchgear
bus. Tie circuit breakers between buses will allow administratively-controlled
interconnection between buses for maintenance or repair. Each 4160V switchgear
bus shall be close coupled to a medium voltage motor control center bus. These
MCCs will contain the medium voltage motor starters.

5.2.1.8

Each 13.8kV CTG bus shall feed a 13,800-480V auxiliary transformer which shall
power a separate 480V low voltage switchgear bus. These buses shall feed the
480V motor control centers that support the loads for each combustion turbine
generator and associated OTSG. Tie circuit breakers between these buses and
balance of Plant 480V switchgear buses will allow flexible access of the CTG
area balance of Plant loads to multiple generation sources.

5.2.1.9

The redundant auxiliaries of the STGs will be fed from MCCs BOP 3 and BOP 4. The
non-redundant auxiliaries of the STG 1 will be fed from MCC BOP 3.  The
redundant circuit breakers feeding MCCs BOP 1 and 2 shall have electrical
interlocks to prohibit both from being closed at the same time.

5.2.1.10

Auxiliaries associated with the STG, generator closed loop cooling system, water
treatment,gas compressors and the air cooled condenser shall be powered from
480V MCCs fed from a double-ended, main-tie-main, 480V switchgear. This
switchgear shall be fed from two 13,800-480V transformers. Each transformer will
be fed from a separate 13.8kV auxiliary bus (CTG #1 and CTG #3).

-84-

--------------------------------------------------------------------------------

 

EXECUTION VERSION

CONTRACT NUMBER 51008

5.2.1.11

One black start / emergency diesel generators shall be provided. It will connect
to a new 480V Diesel Generator Switchgear which will have feeders to power
either CTG #1, CTG #2, CTG #3 or future CTG #4 480V bus.  CTG #2’s switchgear
can be fed from either of the three combustion turbine generator’s 480V
switchgear. The tie circuit breakers feeding the CTG #2 switchgear shall have
electrical interlocks to prohibit both from being closed at the same time,
unless CTG #1 & #3’s main 480V switchgear circuit breakers are open.

5.2.1.12

Each CTG 480V switchgear bus can power the 125Vdc battery chargers.  These
chargers shall connect to a redundant 125Vdc battery system.

5.2.1.13

Each battery system shall selectively provide dc back-up power to a 120VAC
uninterruptible power supply (UPS) system. The UPS system shall provide power to
the Plant DCS, selected control room and communications room receptacles,
selected control room light circuits and other essential 120VAC loads. A
480-120V bypass transformer and maintenance bypass switch shall be provided.

5.3

Physical Arrangement and Considerations

5.3.1

General

5.3.1.1

Most of the electrical equipment, except for the oil-filled transformers, will
be housed inside either of the two Plant main buildings. Inside Building SA, an
electrical equipment room shall house most of the Plant distribution equipment.
Other equipment will be located in the electrical equipment room of the Plant
Auxiliaries Building (Building SC).

5.3.1.2

The 13.8kV buses and circuit breakers shall be installed inside the electric
equipment room. Connections between the generator outputs and the generator
circuit breakers shall be with cables in underground conduit ductbanks,
sub-surface bus ducts or trenches. The area between the units and the wall of
the electrical equipment room shall be left open for access and maintenance.

5.3.1.3

A cable gallery shall be used beneath the electrical equipment room for routing
power, control and instrumentation cables. A concrete floor shall be used to
separate the gallery from the equipment room above. The gallery shall be
designed such that personnel access throughout the entire length is possible.
This area shall be equipped with HVAC and a fire protection system appropriate
for the area and the materials within.

5.3.1.4

The cable gallery beneath the electrical equipment room shall extend to areas
below the communications and control room areas. Contractor shall develop a
cable routing system beneath these rooms that allows cable and wire access to
the equipment in these rooms from below, as necessary.

-85-

--------------------------------------------------------------------------------

 

EXECUTION VERSION

CONTRACT NUMBER 51008

5.3.1.5

480V MCCs and other low voltage equipment may be located in areas local to their
loads.

5.3.1.6

The Plant DCS shall be designed such that local input/output (I/O) cabinets
shall be located in each of the electrical equipment rooms and/or near the
OTSGs. Status and control of the switchgear, MCCs, etc. in those rooms shall
interface to the DCS through the I/O cabinets and SEL3351.

5.3.1.7

Space shall be allowed for future equipment, raceways and cables as shown on the
one-line diagram Drawing 0880 E001 Revision No. B .

5.4

Design & Construction of the Electrical Systems

5.4.1

General

5.4.1.1

All Plant electrical systems shall be designed for personnel safety, reliable
service, the addition of future loads, and ease of maintenance, convenience of
operation and interchangeability of equipment.  Arc resistant gear will not be
used.

5.4.1.2

Wire and Cable Tagging: Contractor’s standard equipment based numbering scheme
shall be used.

5.4.2

Distribution Voltages

The preferred voltage levels for the electrical auxiliaries systems shall be:

a.

4160VAC, three phase, three wire, 60Hz, resistance grounded

b.

480VAC, three phase, three wire, 60Hz, solidly grounded

c.

480/277VAC three phase, four wire, 60Hz, solidly grounded for high bay and
outdoor area and street lighting.

d.

120/208V, three phase, four wire, 60Hz

e.

125Vdc

f.

120VAC, single phase, three wire, 60Hz (120V UPS)

6.1

Electrical Systems

6.1.1

Power Supply and Distribution

a.

Contractor shall be responsible for providing an electrical power and
distribution system for each building composed of power and low
voltage distribution panelboards, low voltage distribution transformers,
conduits, fittings, wire and cable, terminations, light fixtures, etc.

-86-

--------------------------------------------------------------------------------

 

EXECUTION VERSION

CONTRACT NUMBER 51008

b.

Offices and conference rooms shall have typical electrical wall outlet placement
at 8’ maximum, network and phone connectivity. This includes: three drops of
cat-6a cable per work area outlet within three feet of an electrical outlet on
each side wall of the conference rooms; three drops of cat6a cable per work area
outlet; one or more electrical outlet on each opposite sidewalls of each office;
three drops of cat-6a cable next to one electrical outlet in conference rooms
ceiling for the overhead projector.

 

2.1.1

Metal Conduit and Fittings

a.

Exposed conduit runs in locations protected from the weather by a roof and
building walls may be electric metallic tubing (EMT) with rain-tight fittings.
Exposed conduits run in all other locations shall be rigid steel galvanized. EMT
shall not be used for power, control, instrument or signal circuits.

b.

Enameled conduit and aluminum electrical metallic tubing shall not be used.
Aluminum conduit shall not be used.

c.

Conduit shall be furnished to route telephone/data wiring to various locations
throughout the buildings from the area in the basement beneath the telephone
backboard located in the communications area of the control room. Where the
jacks are installed in rooms with gypsum board walls and suspended ceilings, an
accessible pull box shall be located directly above the jack in the area above
the false ceiling.

2.3.1

Wall and Floor Penetrations

Penetrations through walls shall be constructed and sealed in a manner
consistent with the required fire ratings of walls.

2.3.2

Panelboards

Contractor shall provide a 480 volt, three-phase, three-wire power distribution
panelboard for the building. The bus rating shall be no less than 400A, 42 kAIC.
Threepole panelboard feeder circuit breakers shall be provided for all 480 volt
equipment including the low voltage power transformers. All spaces shall be
filled with 20 A, three-pole spare feeder circuit breakers.

2.3.3

Receptacles

Four (4) 60 A, 480V welding receptacles shall be mounted in the shop area.

-87-

--------------------------------------------------------------------------------

 

EXECUTION VERSION

CONTRACT NUMBER 51008

2.3.4

UPS

a.

UPS-backed receptacles shall be powered from UPS-fed panelboards. All duplex
receptacles fed from the 120VAC UPS systems shall have red thermoplastic bodies.

a.

Except UPS-backed receptacles, all 120VAC convenience receptacles in the control
rooms, the conference room, the communications room, the administrative areas,
or the offices of the Plant Operations Building shall be provided with Transient
Voltage Surge Suppression (TVSS) capability.

b.

Wall-mounted 120 V convenience receptacles and switches in rooms with sheetrock
walls shall be flush mounted with the conduits contained within the wall. All
others shall be surface mounted.

c.

Each receptacle shall be labeled with a permanent printed or engraved label
indicating the power source panel and breaker position. All interior receptacle
wall plates shall be stainless steel.

3.1.1

Miscellaneous Loads

a.

Domestic electric water heaters shall be fed from dedicated 208 V, threephase or
single phase circuits.

b.

Ventilation and restroom or kitchen exhaust fans shall be fed from dedicated 120
V circuits. The kitchen sink garbage disposal shall be fed from a dedicated 120
V GFCI circuit.

3.2.1

Equipment Sizing

3.2.1.1

Contractor shall be responsible for sizing the unit auxiliary transformers, the
station service transformers and all other distribution equipment, cables and
components. Simultaneous starting of all three CTG units is not a requirement.
Contractor shall become familiar with the start-up operations of LM6000 units
and determine the starting currents required by the cranking motors, air purge
fans, pumps and compressor loads to size the auxiliaries.

-88-

--------------------------------------------------------------------------------

 

EXECUTION VERSION

CONTRACT NUMBER 51008

3.2.1.2

It is preferred due to noise considerations that auxiliary transformer be
self-cooled (ONAN) only. Station auxiliary and service transformers shall be
sized such that the calculated maximum operating load does not exceed 100% of
the transformer rating. ‘Load’ is defined as carrying its primary load plus
closing the tie breaker to pick up the other transformer’s load. Switchgear
buses, MCC buses and distribution panels shall not be loaded greater than 80% of
their rated capacity. Cables shall be sized in accordance with the requirements
of Section 7.5.14. An appropriate amount of spare motor starters and feeder
circuit breakers (up to a maximum of 10%) representative of the sizes utilized
in MCCs and distribution panel boards shall be installed and available to
Company for future use (this does not include the space and capacity allowance
required for the addition of the future unit).

3.2.1.3

Capability curves for the generator(s) will be provided by Company to Contractor
for use in demonstrating that the generator, the generator main interconnection
buses, generator step-up transformer and the associated cooling systems are
adequately rated to transfer the output of the prime mover under the complete
range of loading conditions, operating modes and ambient conditions. “Adequately
rated” means that the generator insulation temperature rise is Class F and the
generator operating temperature rise is Class B, which shall not be exceeded;
and the generator step-up transformer hot spot temperature shall not exceed
95°C.

3.2.1.4

125 volt dc and the 120 volt ac UPS systems shall be capable of maintaining the
supply to all instruments and controls required for the safe and reliable
operation of the Plant and equipment under all normal and abnormal operating
conditions. The design shall require only minimal operator intervention to
reconfigure the auxiliary systems upon restoration of normal supplies. Following
a loss of normal ac power, these systems shall provide four (4) hours of backup
power.

3.2.1.5

A full scheme of electrical protective relays covering all items of primary
Plant and their connections shall be provided. This scheme shall incorporate all
interfaces between primary unit protective relaying and the transformer
protective relays for the generators, GSU transformers and the138kV switchyard.
Protection relays and schemes shall comply with requirements specified in the
appropriate clauses of this specification.

3.2.1.6

The layout shall be designed such that free access for the complete withdrawal
of the generator rotor is provided. It shall also be possible to remove and
reinstall the generator stator with the minimum disruption to adjacent Plant and
equipment.

3.2.2

Grounding

3.2.2.1

General

The generation Plant grounding system shall conform to the relevant sections of
IEEE 80 and IEEE 665. Contractor shall present calculations to show that the
proposed system complies with IEEE 80 and is safe in terms of touch, step and
transferred potential. The design shall be based on the expected maximum fault
current with a duration of 0.5 seconds.

-89-

--------------------------------------------------------------------------------

 

EXECUTION VERSION

CONTRACT NUMBER 51008

3.2.2.2

Electrical Equipment Grounding

1.

Metal parts of all equipment, other than those forming an electrical circuit,
shall be directly connected to the ground grid. In the case of switchgear and
motor control centers the copper ground bus within the assembly shall be
connected to the main Plant ground grid via at least two No. 4/0 AWG stranded
bare conductors from opposite ends of the frame.

2.

A separate instrument signal ground system shall be provided for grounding of
instrument signal shields. The instrument signal ground system shall be isolated
from the safety ground system with the exception of a single point of connection
externally to the main Plant ground grid using insulated copper conductor.

3.

The frame of draw out equipment shall be connected to the ground bar through a
substantial plug type contact.

 

3.2.2.1

Power Transformer Grounding

1.

Power transformer tanks shall be grounded to the unit ground grid at a minimum
of two places at diagonally opposite corners. All auxiliary equipment attached
to the transformer shall be bonded to the tank. All other equipment such as
separately mounted coolers, control cubicles, etc, shall be grounded separately
to the facility ground grid.

2.

The generator step-up transformer tank shall be grounded with 500-kcmil bare
copper conductors. The neutral shall be grounded with a 500 kcmil insulated
copper conductor.

 

2.2.2.1

Current and Voltage Transformer Grounding

2.2.2.2

Current transformers and voltage transformer secondary circuits shall be
grounded at one point only through links situated in an accessible position.

2.2.2.3

Motor Grounding

1.

All motors shall be grounded with a continuous grounding conductor run with the
motor leads between the motor and its power source. The grounding conductor
shall be connected to the motor frame and terminal box.

2.

All motors rated above 600Volt shall also be grounded from the motor frame to
the ground grid.

-90-

--------------------------------------------------------------------------------

 

EXECUTION VERSION

CONTRACT NUMBER 51008

2.2.2.1

Structure Grounding

1.

The bases of every other column of all unit structures, buildings, structural
steelwork shall be bonded together during construction and shall be connected
using No. 4/0 AWG bare stranded copper conductor to the ground grid.  Columns
not directly connected to the ground grid will be considered adequately grounded
if they can be traced to a grounded column through a series of metal to metal
connections. Structural joints will not be jumpered.

2.

Structures for Site perimeter lighting shall be located within the perimeter of
the ground grid.

3.

Connections to apparatus and structures shall be made clear of ground level,
preferably to a vertical face.

3.2.1

Lightning and Surge Protection

The Plant shall be protected from lightning by air terminals located on the
stack, buildings, tanks and other structures. Shield wires and lightning masts
shall used where equipment-mounted air terminals do not provide adequate
coverage. The system shall be designed in accordance with NFPA 780 and
Underwriter’s Laboratories UL 96A. Lightning protection grounding shall be
interconnected to the ground grid.

3.2.2

Protective Relaying

3.2.2.1

General

1.

General Requirements for Protective Relays

The electrical protection schemes shall be designed so as to promptly, precisely
and reliably isolate from service any element of the power system when that
element is subjected to an abnormal condition detrimental to its effective
operation, while leaving other unaffected elements in service and/or undamaged.
The protection schemes shall also be designed so that they do not operate under
load conditions or faults external to the relevant zone.

2.

Protection Types

All protection relay systems shall include digital, microprocessor based devices
with monitoring, measurement and communication capability. All relays requiring
external power shall operate on 125Vdc. If a specific model or manufacturer is
specified in this Specification, substitutions will require approval from
Company’s Protection Engineer.

The rated current of protection relays shall be suitable for connection to
current transformers with 5A secondaries.

Protection relays shall give a display of operational measured values and the
trip currents. Protection relays shall also be capable of storing fault data and
instantaneous values during a fault for fault event recording.

-91-

--------------------------------------------------------------------------------

 

EXECUTION VERSION

CONTRACT NUMBER 51008

Protection relays shall be capable of self-monitoring continuously the hardware
and software of the relay and providing an alarm to the DCS when a component
failure is detected.

Auxiliary relays, repeater relays, trip relays and any other simple auxiliary or
contact multiplication function may be based on standard attracted armature or
other electromechanical techniques.

Contractor shall provide information demonstrating that all relay equipment
offered has a reasonable level of in-service experience.

3.

Protection Settings

A list of the settings to be applied to all protection equipment together with
all associated calculations shall be provided for review and approval not less
than 3 months prior to the first scheduled date for commissioning. Any
limitations imposed on the power system as a result of the settings proposed
shall be explicitly stated. In the absence of system data required for
calculation purposes, assumptions may be made providing these are clearly
identified as such in the relevant calculations. A CD shall be submitted with
the final documentation package that shall contain all final relay settings in a
database that can be used, or modified, and loaded into each relay through its
front panel RS232 port from a laptop computer.

Protective, control and automation settings from 138kV to the 4160/480V low-side
main breakers including generator protection will be suggested by Company’s
Relay Engineer, but shall be verified, approved and set by Contractor. This does
not include the settings for the GE supplied Beckwith M-3425 relays.

Company’s Relay Engineer shall review finalized settings prior to energization.

Company’s Relay Engineer shall be provided finalized settings for review at
least three months prior to commissioning.

Contractor shall be responsible for coordinating with GE the appropriate
settings for the Beckwith M-3425 IGPS relays supplied with the combustion
turbine generators. Contractor shall provide these settings as part of the
comprehensive/coordinated protection scheme.

Contractor shall be responsible for coordinating with the MPSA the appropriate
protective settings for the SEL300G relays supplied with the steam turbine
generator. Contractor shall provide these settings as part of the
comprehensive/coordinated protection scheme.

4.

Output Contacts

a.

All protection relays shall be provided with an adequate number of contacts of
suitable rating to carry out the required tripping functions, alarm indications,
fault recorder functions and such supplementary signaling functions as may be
necessary for initiation of automatic switching control, inter-tripping etc. In
all cases trip circuits shall be designed such that trip contacts cannot
inadvertently interrupt trip coil current – unless rated for such service.

-92-

--------------------------------------------------------------------------------

 

EXECUTION VERSION

CONTRACT NUMBER 51008

b.

They shall be rated in accordance with the requirements of the tripping circuit
but not less than 5 amps

5.

All device model part numbers except for the GE supplied Beckwith M3425 shall be
reviewed and agreed upon by Company.

6.

All protective devices shall utilize dedicated CT circuits except where
recommended by contractor design in 4160 or 480V Plant service equipment
energized below the low side main breakers.

7.

Revenue Class Meter and Panel Metering supplied by the Steam Turbine vendor in
this section may utilize the same CT metering circuit.

8.

All hard wired I/O and Communication Interfaces described in this section shall
be provided by Contractor except where provided by the GE combustion turbine
package.

9.

All hard wired DC I/O interfaces to protective devices described in this section
shall be wired through Din rail mounted Entrelec (or equal) disconnect switches
such that either side of an input or output can be electrically isolated for
testing except for the GE supplied Beckwith M-3425. Spare Din rail and Entrelec
(or equal) disconnect capacity shall be provided for each device. The
disconnects shall be mounted in the same compartment as the protective or
control device.

10.

All PT secondary voltage interfaces to protective devices described in this
section shall be wired through Din rail mounted Entrelec Fused Disconnects (or
equal) mounted in the same compartment as the protective or control device.

11.

All CT secondary current interfaces to protective devices described in this
section shall be wired through CT shorting block terminals mounted in the same
compartment as the protective or control device.

12.

All devices described in this section shall be powered from the 125Vdc redundant
systems

13.

Contractor shall provide cable, raceways, conduit or other provisions for
running cable and communication interfaces as described in this section.

13.2.2.1

Generator Protection – For Each Combustion Turbine

1.

With each combustion turbine generator package, GE will supply a Beckwith M-3425
solid state multi-function relay. Recommended settings for this relay will be
supplied by GE, but shall be verified or modified by Contractor, and approved by
Company’s Relay Protection Engineer.

-93-

--------------------------------------------------------------------------------

 

EXECUTION VERSION

CONTRACT NUMBER 51008

2.

GE supplied one (1) Beckwith M-3425 mounted in GE supplied generator control
panel.

a.

Protective Functions:

·

Stator differential protection. (87G)

·

Generator over-excitation (24)

·

Negative phase sequence alarm and trip protection capable of closely matching
the generator characteristics. (46)

·

Field failure protection. (40-1,2)

·

Time delayed reverse power protection. (32-1)

·

System Phase Fault (51V)

·

Stator ground fault. (100 per cent cover) (64G1)(59N)

·

Distance Relay (21)

·

Over voltage and under voltage protection. (27G)(59)

·

Over frequency and under frequency protection. (81O-1, 81U-1)

·

Voltage transformer fuse failure detection. (VTFF)

·

125Vdc tripping bus, blown fuse protection relay (74-2)

·

Out-of-Step (78)

·

Primary generator lockout relay (86G-1)

·

Cross tripping dual breaker trip coils (94GB-1,2)

·

Mechanical protection devices, excitation transformer protection, variable
frequency starting system protection, stator winding temperature trips and other
such devices will be connected into all generator protection schemes.

b.

Control Functions:

·

To be defined by GE

c.

Communications Requirements:

·

Certain generator protection functions are required to be monitored by Chugach
through a telemetering interface. Contractor shall provide all devices,
equipment and installations necessary to allow Chugach access to these
functions.

3.

Contractor supplied one (1) SEL-300G mounted in unit 13.8kV switchgear.

a.

Protective Functions:

·

Stator differential protection. (87G)

·

Generator over-excitation (24)

·

Negative phase sequence alarm and trip protection capable of closely matching
the generator characteristics. (46)

·

Field failure protection. (40-1,2)

·

Time delayed reverse power protection. (32-1)

·

System Phase Fault (51V)

·

Stator ground fault. (100 per cent cover) (64G1)(59N)

·

Distance Relay (21)

·

Over voltage and under voltage protection. (27G)(59)

-94-

--------------------------------------------------------------------------------

 

EXECUTION VERSION

CONTRACT NUMBER 51008

·

Over frequency and under frequency protection. (81O-1, 81U-1)

·

Voltage transformer fuse failure detection. (VTFF)

·

Synchronizing under voltage relay (27BS-1,2)

·

Reverse/inadvertent energization protection relay (50RE/86RE)

·

Breaker or lockout trip coil monitor relay (74)

·

125Vdc tripping bus, blown fuse protection relay (74-2)

·

Out-of-Step (78)

·

86BF lockout function (86BF-52G)

·

Synch check (25)

b.

Control Functions and I/O:

·

Trip unit breaker trip coil 1 (hard wired output)

·

Trip unit breaker trip coil 2 (hard wired output)

·

Trip 86G (hard wired output)

·

Trip 138kV breaker #1 (hard wired output)

·

Trip 138kV breaker #2 (hard wired output)

·

Trip Unit Auxiliary breaker trip coil #1 (hard wired output)

·

Trip Field Breaker (hard wired output)

·

Trip Turbine (hard wired output)

·

Unit Breaker Open indication Lamp (hard wired output)

·

Unit Breaker Closed indication Lamp (hard wired output)

·

Relay malfunction to SEL-2523 (hard wired output)

·

Breaker fail indication to Breaker Fail indicating lamp (hard wired

·

output)

·

Close Unit Breaker (hard wired output)

·

86BF-52G Lockout to SEL-487E-GSU (hard wired output)

·

Inadvertent energization / unit breaker close fail to SEL-487E-GSU (hard wired
output)

·

86BF-52G / Initiate Breaker fail to SEL-751A-Unit Aux (hard wired output)

·

86G trip coil monitor (hard wired input)

·

Unit breaker trip coil monitor #1 (hard wired input)

·

Unit breaker trip coil monitor #2 (hard wired input)

·

Unit breaker 52a contact (hard wired input)

·

Unit breaker 52b contact (hard wired input)

·

86BF-52G reset pushbutton (hard wired input)

·

86T/ 86BF-138kV breaker #1 / 86BF-138kV breaker #2 / 86BF‑

·

52AUX for remote trips initiate 52GBF and block close unit breaker

·

from SEL-487E-GSU and SEL-751A-Unit AUX (hard wired input)

·

86G 52a contact (hard wired input)

·

Unit breaker close circuit monitor (hard wired input)

·

Field breaker 52a/b contact (hard wired input)

·

Emergency turbine trip from TCS (hard wired input)

-95-

--------------------------------------------------------------------------------

 

EXECUTION VERSION

CONTRACT NUMBER 51008

·

Turbine normal shutdown from TCS (hard wired input)

·

Rotor Ground fault from TCS (hard wired input)

·

Operator emergency stop (hard wired input)

c.

Communications Requirements:

·

One serial rs-232 communications circuit to SEL-3351

d.

Auxiliary equipment required:

·

Contractor supplied one (1) Generator breaker failure indicating lamp mounted in
13.8kV switchgear.

·

Contractor supplied one (1) generator breaker failure reset pushbutton mounted
in 13.8kV switchgear.

·

Contractor supplied two (2) indicating lamps for unit breaker open/close
indication mounted in unit 13.8kV switchgear.

·

Provision for fiber circuits must be provided to the rotor field connection at
the rotor or excitation cabinet.

4.2.2.1

138/13.8kV bus and GSU transformer protection for combustion turbines.

1.

Contractor supplied one (1) SEL-487E (GSU protection) mounted in unit 13.8kV
switchgear.

a.

Protective Functions:

·

GSU differential protection (87T)

·

GSU over-current protection (50/51)

·

GSU sudden pressure trip (63)

·

GSU high winding temp trip (49)

·

GSU high oil temp trip (49)

·

86 Transformer lockout from switchyard

·

GSU over-excitation trip (59)

·

GSU volt/hert trip (24)

·

GSU REF protection

b.

Control Functions and I/O:

·

Trip unit breaker trip coil 1 (hard wired output)

·

Trip 138kV breaker #1 (hard wired output)

·

Trip 138kV breaker #2 (hard wired output)

·

Trip Unit Auxiliary breaker trip coil #1 (hard wired output)

·

86T / 86BF-138kV Breaker#1 / 86BF-138kV Breaker#2 / BFI to SEL-300G (hard wired
output)

·

86T / 86BF-138kV Breaker#1 / 86BF-138kV Breaker#2 / BFI to SEL-751A-Unit AUX
(Communication Mirrored Bit output via SEL2100)

·

Relay malfunction to SEL-2523 (hard wired output)

·

86T lockout to SEL-487E-Switchyard (Communication Mirrored Bit output direct to
SEL-487E-Switchyard)

·

86BF-52G lockout to SEL-487E-Switchyard (Communication Mirrored Bit output
direct to SEL-487E-Switchyard)

-96-

--------------------------------------------------------------------------------

 

EXECUTION VERSION

CONTRACT NUMBER 51008

·

86BF-52AUX lockout to SEL-487E-Switchyard (Communication Mirrored Bit output
direct to SEL-487E-Switchyard)

·

52G close fail or inadvertent energization to SEL-487E-Switchyard (Communication
Mirrored Bit output direct to SEL-487E-Switchyard)

·

86T GSU lockout (Communication Mirrored Bit input direct from
SEL-487E-Switchyard)

·

86BF-52G from SEL-300G

·

86BF-52AUX from SEL-751A-AUX (Communication Mirrored Bit input via SEL-2100)

·

Unit Breaker 52a contact (hard wired input)

·

63 transformer trip from Potter-Brumfield aux relay (hard wired input)

·

GSU High winding temp trip (hard wired input)

·

GSU High oil temp trip (hard wired input)

·

GSU High temp alarms (hard wired input)

·

GSU low oil alarms (hard wired input)

·

GSU other alarms on individual inputs (hard wired inputs)

·

SEL-2523 Malfunction alarm from SEL-2523 (hard wired input)

·

Transformer Differential Enable/Disable (Relay Front Panel Pushbutton)

c.

Communications Requirements:

·

One serial rs-232 communications circuit to SEL-3351 via RuggedComm RS-416

·

One fiber optic communication circuit to SEL-487E in 138kV switchyard (requires
rs-232 to fiber optic transceiver)

·

One serial rs-232 communications circuit to SEL-2100

·

One BNC IRIG-B input from the Arbiter Satellite Clock

d.

Auxiliary equipment required:

·

Contractor supplied two (2) Potter Brumfield Auxiliary relays for sudden
pressure trips to the GSU SEL-487E and the SEL-2100.

1.2.2.1

Station Service 13.8kV and 4160/480 Main Breaker Protection

1.

Contractor supplied SEL-751A-Station Service Feeder Breaker protective relays
(one (1) for each 13.8kV Plant service feeder breaker) mounted in unit 13.8kV
switchgear.

a.

Protective Functions:

·

Phase Overcurrent (50/51)

·

Neutral Overcurrent w/ “High Sense Neutral” current input (50N/51N)

·

Voltage Check / Sync Check Supervised Close

·

Breaker Fail (50BF)

·

Breaker Fail Lockout (86BF)

·

Arc Flash Protection

-97-

--------------------------------------------------------------------------------

 

EXECUTION VERSION

CONTRACT NUMBER 51008

b.

Control Functions and I/O:

·

Trip 13.8kV Feeder Breaker trip coil # 1 (hard wired output)

·

Trip 13.8kV Feeder Breaker trip coil # 2 (hard wired output)

·

Malfunction Alarm to SEL-2523 (hard wired output)

·

Close 13.8kV Feeder Breaker (hard wired output)

·

86T Lockout from SEL-487E-Station Service (Communication Mirrored Bit output via
SEL-2100)

·

Feeder Breaker 52A status to SEL-751A-Low Side Main Breaker (Direct Mirrored Bit
Communication output to SEL-751A-Low Side Main Breaker)

·

Feeder Breaker 52A status to SEL-487E-Station Service (Communication Mirrored
Bit output via SEL-2100)

·

4160 or 480 52A status to SEL-487E-Station Service (Communication Mirrored Bit
output via SEL-2100)

·

86BF-Feeder Breaker / 86T to SEL-751A-Low Side Main Breaker (Direct Mirrored Bit
Communication output to SEL-751A-Low Side Main Breaker)

·

4160 or 480 Low Side Breaker 52A status from SEL-751A-Low Side Main (Direct
Mirrored Bit Communication input from SEL-751A-Low Side Main Breaker)

·

Feeder Breaker Trip Coil Monitor # 1 (hard wired input)

·

Feeder Breaker Trip Coil Monitor # 2 (hard wired input)

·

52A contact from Feeder Breaker (hard wired input)

·

Remote Control enable/disable (Relay Front Panel Pushbutton)

·

Feeder Breaker Fail Reset (Relay Front Panel Pushbutton)

·

Feeder Breaker Close (Relay Front Panel Pushbutton)

·

Feeder Breaker Trip (Relay Front Panel Pushbutton)

c.

Communications Requirements:

·

One serial rs-232 communications circuit to SEL-3351

·

One serial rs-232 communications circuit to SEL-2100

·

One Direct Fiber Optic Communications circuit to SEL-751A-Low Side Main Breaker
(does not require rs-232 to fiber optic transceiver)

2.

Contractor supplied SEL-751A protective relay (one (1) for each Plant service
transformer low side main breaker) mounted in 480 or 4160 switchgear.

a.

Protective Functions:

·

Phase Overcurrent (50/51)

·

Neutral Overcurrent w/ “High Sense Neutral” current input (50N/51N)

·

Voltage Check / Sync Check Supervised Close

·

Breaker Fail (50BF)

·

Breaker Fail Lockout (86BF)

·

Arc Flash Protection

-98-

--------------------------------------------------------------------------------

 

EXECUTION VERSION

CONTRACT NUMBER 51008

b.

Control Functions and I/O:

·

Trip 4160 or 480 Low Side Main Breaker trip coil # 1 (hard wired output)

·

Malfunction Alarm to SEL-2523 (hard wired output)

·

Close 4160 or 480 Low Side Main Breaker (hard wired output)

·

Trip 13.8kV (trip coil #1) High side Main Breaker (hard wired output)

·

86BF-4160 or 480 Low Side Main Breaker to SEL-751A-13.8kV

·

Feeder Breaker (Direct Mirrored Bit Communication output to SEL‑ 751A-13.8kV
Feeder Breaker)

·

4160 or 480 Low Side Breaker 52A status to SEL-751A-13.8kV Feeder (Direct
Mirrored Bit Communication output to SEL-751A13.8kV Feeder)

·

4160 or 480 Low Side Main Breaker Trip Coil Monitor # 1 (hard wired input)

·

52A contact from 4160 or 480 Low Side Main Breaker (hard wired input)

·

63 transformer sudden pressure trip (hard wired input)

·

Transformer gas pressure alarm (hard wired input)

·

Transformer winding temp alarm (hard wired input)

·

Transformer oil magnetic level gauge high alarm (hard wired input)

·

Transformer oil magnetic level gauge low alarm (hard wired input)

·

Transformer pressure relief alarm (hard wired input)

·

86BF / 86T lockout from SEL-751A-13.8kV Feeder (Direct Mirrored Bit
Communication input from SEL-751A-13.8kV Feeder Breaker)

·

Voltage supervise block close from SEL-751A-13.8kV Feeder (Direct Mirrored Bit
Communication input from SEL-751A-13.8kV Feeder Breaker)

·

13.8kV Feeder Breaker 52a Status from SEL-751A-13.8kV Feeder (Direct Mirrored
Bit Communication input from SEL-751A-13.8kV Feeder Breaker)

·

Remote Control enable/disable (Relay Front Panel Pushbutton)

·

Low Side 4160 or 480 Main Breaker Fail Reset (Relay Front Panel Pushbutton)

·

Low Side 4160 or 480 Main Breaker Close (Relay Front Panel Pushbutton)

·

Low Side 4160 or 480 Main Breaker Trip (Relay Front Panel Pushbutton)

c.

Communications Requirements:

·

One serial rs-232 communications to SEL-3351 via fiber optic circuit (requires
SEL-2812MT fiber optic transceiver)

·

One Direct Fiber Optic Communications circuit to SEL-751A-13.8kV Feeder Breaker
(does not require rs-232 to fiber optic

-99-

--------------------------------------------------------------------------------

 

EXECUTION VERSION

CONTRACT NUMBER 51008

transceiver)

3.

Contractor supplied SEL-487E protective relay (one (1) for each 13.8kV/ station
service transformer) mounted in unit 13.8kV switchgear.

a.

Protective Functions:

·

Station Service Transformer differential protection (87T)

·

Station Service Transformer overcurrent protection (50/51)

·

86 Transformer lockout

·

Station Service Transformer REF protection

b.

Control Functions and I/O:

·

Trip 13.8kV Feeder breaker trip coil 1 (hard wired output)

·

Trip Low Side 4160 or 480 breaker (hard wired output)

·

86T Lockout / BFI to SEL-751A-13.8kV Feeder (Communication Mirrored Bit output
via SEL-2100)

·

Relay malfunction to SEL-2523 (hard wired output)

·

13.8kV Feeder Breaker 52A Status from SEL-751A-13.8kV Feeder (Communication
Mirrored Bit input via SEL-2100)

·

4160 or 480 Low side Breaker 52A Status from SEL-751A-13.8kV Feeder
(Communication Mirrored Bit input via SEL-2100)

·

86T lockout trip from SEL-751A-13.8kV Feeder (Communication Mirrored Bit input
via SEL-2100)

·

Transformer Differential Enable/Disable (Relay Front Panel Pushbutton)

·

86T Station Service Lockout Reset (Relay Front Panel Pushbutton)

c.

Communications Requirements:

·

One serial rs-232 communications circuit to SEL-3351 via RuggedComm RS-416

·

One serial rs-232 communications circuit to SEL-2100

·

One BNC IRIG-B input from the Arbiter Satellite Clock

3.1.2.1

Other Interface Devices and Connections for Combustion Turbines

1.

Contractor supplied SEL-3351 RTU and DCS interface (one (1) for each CTG)
mounted in unit 13.8kV switchgear.

a.

Protective Functions:

·

None

b.

Control Functions and I/O:

·

DCS control for all listed SEL relays/associated breakers except for
SEL-300G/Unit Breaker

·

DCS alarms for all listed SEL relays/functions/associated transformers

·

Chugach SCADA alarms for all listed SEL relays/functions/associated transformers

-100-

--------------------------------------------------------------------------------

 

EXECUTION VERSION

CONTRACT NUMBER 51008

c.

Communications Requirements:

·

One Ethernet 100-Base T communications circuit to RuggedComm RS-416 Terminal
Server/Switch

·

One serial rs-232 communications circuit to SEL-300G

·

One serial rs-232 communications circuit to Chugach SCADA System

·

One serial rs-232 communications circuit to Plant DCS

·

One serial rs-232 communications circuit to SEL-751A-Station Service Feeder #1

·

One serial rs-232 communications circuit to SEL-751A-Station Service Feeder #2.

·

One serial rs-232 communications circuit to SEL-751A-Station Service Feeder #3

·

One serial rs-232 communications circuit to SEL-2100

·

One serial rs-232 communications circuit to SEL-2523

·

One serial rs-232 communications circuit to SEL-751A-Low Side transformer Main
#1 (requires SEL-2812MT fiber optic transceiver)

·

One serial rs-232 communications circuit to SEL-751A-Low Side transformer Main
#2 (requires SEL-2812MT fiber optic transceiver)

·

One serial rs-232 communications circuit to SEL-751A-Low Side transformer Main
#3 (requires SEL-2812MT fiber optic transceiver)

·

One BNC IRIG-B input from the Arbiter Satellite Clock

2.

Contractor supplied SEL-2100 mirrored bits/logic processor (one (1) for each
CTG) mounted in unit 13.8kV switchgear.

a.

Protective Functions:

·

None

b.

Control Functions and I/O:

·

Malfunction Alarm to SEL-2523 (hard wired output)

·

63T transformer trip from Potter Brumfield Aux relay (hard wired input)

·

GSU High winding temp trip (hard wired input)

·

GSU High oil temp trip (hard wired input)

·

GSU Low oil trip (hard wired input)

·

GSU Low oil alarm (hard wired input)

·

GSU high temp alarms (individual hard wired input)

·

Mirrored Bits Communication I/O Functionality as defined above

-101-

--------------------------------------------------------------------------------

 

EXECUTION VERSION

CONTRACT NUMBER 51008

c.

Communications Requirements:

·

One serial rs-232 communications circuit to SEL-3351

·

One serial rs-232 communications circuit to SEL-487E-GSU-Plant

·

One serial fiber optic communications circuit to SEL-487E-GSU‑Switchyard
(requires rs-232 to fiber optic transceiver)

·

One serial rs-232 communications circuit to SEL-487E-Station Service Feeder #1

·

One serial rs-232 communications circuit to SEL-487E-Station Service Feeder #2

·

One serial rs-232 communications circuit to SEL-487E-Station Service Feeder #3

·

One serial rs-232 communications circuit to SEL-751A-Station Service Feeder #1

·

One serial rs-232 communications circuit to SEL-751A-Station Service Feeder #2

·

One serial rs-232 communications circuit to SEL-751A-Station Service Feeder #3

·

One serial fiber optic communications circuit to SEL-751A-Bus Tie #2 (requires
rs-232 to fiber optic transceiver)

·

One BNC IRIG-B input from the Arbiter Satellite Clock

3.

Contractor supplied RuggedComm RS-416 term server / switch (one (1) for each
CTG) mounted in unit 13.8kV switchgear.

a.

Protective Functions:

·

None

b.

Control Functions and I/O:

·

Malfunction Alarm to SEL-2523 (hard wired output)

c.

Communications Requirements:

·

One Ethernet 100-Base T communications circuit to SEL-3351

·

One Ethernet 100-Base T communications circuit to DCB IP6690

·

One Ethernet 100-Base T communications circuit to Adjacent Unit

·

RuggedComm RS-416(s)

·

One serial rs-232 communications circuit to SEL-487E-Station Service Feeder #1

·

One serial rs-232 communications circuit to SEL-487E-Station Service Feeder #2

·

One serial rs-232 communications circuit to SEL-487E-Station Service Feeder #3

·

One serial rs-232 communications circuit to SEL-487E-GSU-Plant

-102-

--------------------------------------------------------------------------------

 

EXECUTION VERSION

CONTRACT NUMBER 51008

4.

Contractor supplied Data Comm for Business IP6690 Modem/Router (one (1) for each
CTG) mounted in unit 13.8kV switchgear.

a.

Protective Functions:

·

None

b.

Control Functions and I/O:

·

None

c.

Communications Requirements:

·

One Ethernet 100-Base T communications circuit to RuggedComm RS-416

·

One Ethernet 10-Base T communications circuit to Chugach Operations Network

5.

Contractor supplied SEL-2523 annunciator (one (1) for each CTG) mounted in unit
13.8kV switchgear.

a.

Protective Functions:

·

None

b.

Control Functions and I/O:

·

Malfunction Alarm to SEL-487E-GSU-Plant (hard wired output)

·

Malfunction Alarm from each SEL relay as defined above (individual hard wired
inputs)

·

Malfunction Alarm from the RuggedComm RS-416 (hard wired input)

·

Malfunction Alarm from the Arbiter Satellite Clock (hard wired input)

·

Loss of Satellite Lock from the Arbiter Satellite Clock (hard wired input)

c.

Communications Requirements:

·

One serial rs-232 communications circuit to SEL-3351

6.

Contractor supplied Arbiter Satellite Clocks (one (1) for each CTG generator.
One of the three clocks will provide IRIG-B to the STG devices listed below) for
IRIG-B time signals mounted in unit 13.8kV switchgear.

a.

Protective Functions:

·

None

b.

Control Functions and I/O:

·

Malfunction Alarm to SEL-2523 (hard wired output)

·

Loss of Satellite Lock Alarm to SEL-2523 (hard wired output)

-103-

--------------------------------------------------------------------------------

 

EXECUTION VERSION

CONTRACT NUMBER 51008

c.

Communications Requirements:

·

One BNC IRIG-B output to each SEL-487E

·

One BNC IRIG-B output to the SEL-3351

·

One BNC IRIG-B output to the SEL-2100

·

One BNC IRIG-B output to the SEL-2100 for the Steam Turbine

·

One BNC IRIG-B output to the SEL-3351 for the Steam Turbine

·

One BNC IRIG-B output to the SEL-487E-GSU-Plant for the Steam

·

Turbine

·

One Coaxial connection to roof mounted satellite clock antenna

7.

Contractor supplied SEL-734 revenue class meter (one (1) for each CTG) mounted
in unit 13.8kV switchgear.

a.

Protective Functions:

·

None

b.

Control Functions and I/O:

·

None

c.

Communications Requirements:

·

One Ethernet 100-Base T communications circuit to Chugach Operations Network

d.

Auxiliary equipment required:

·

This device must be installed such that it may be electrically isolated with ABB
FT type test switches for testing purposes without interrupting Unit operation,
protection or control.

8.

Contractor shall provide the interconnecting CT cables to the redundant
SEL-487E-GSU in the138kV switchyard control building to the 13.8kV switchgear.
Each breaker CT will supply an individual winding input to the relay and not be
summed.

9.

Contractor shall provide the interconnecting CT cables to the redundant
SEL-487E-GSU in the138kV switchyard control building from a separate GSU neutral
CT accessed in the 13.8kV switchgear for REF protection.

10.

Contractor shall provide the interconnecting CT cables from each of the 138kV
breaker CTs accessed in the Switchyard control building to individual winding
inputs of the SEL-487E-GSU in the Plant. Each breaker CT will supply an
individual winding input to the relay and not be summed.

11.

A minimum of two (2) parallel #10 AWG conductors shall be used for each CT
secondary phase circuit to or from the switchyard control building.

12.

Contractor shall provide a minimum of two (2) parallel #10 AWG conductors to be
used for tripping the generator breaker from the switchyard control building.

-104-

--------------------------------------------------------------------------------

 

EXECUTION VERSION

CONTRACT NUMBER 51008

13.

Contractor shall provide a minimum of two (2) parallel #10 AWG conductors to be
used for tripping the unit auxiliary breaker from the switchyard control
building.

14.

Contractor shall provide a minimum of two (2) parallel #10 AWG conductors to be
used for tripping 138kV breaker #1 from the Plant 13.8kV switchgear.

15.

Contractor shall provide a minimum of two (2) parallel #10 AWG conductors to be
used for tripping 138kV breaker #2 from the Plant 13.8kV switchgear.

15.1.2.1

Generator Protection – For Steam Turbine

1.

Contractor to interface between the vendor supplied devices and other equipment
as defined below:

2.

The vendor will supply one (1) SEL-734 revenue class

meter mounted in the 13.8kV switchgear.

3.

The steam turbine vendor will supply one (1) Satec panel meter

mounted in the vendor supplied generator control panel.

4.

The steam turbine vendor will supply two (2) SEL-300G relays mounted in the
vendor supplied generator control panel. An SEL-300G provided by the Contractor
in the STG 13.8kV switchgear will use its internal logic for the breaker fail
lockout, provide breaker fail lockout indication, and provide open and close
lamp indication for Unit breaker status. The vendor will also supply an
electro-mechanical 86G lockout relay mounted in the vendor supplied generator
control panel.

5.

Vendor Supplied SEL-300G-1

a.

Protective Functions:

·

Stator differential protection. (87G)

·

Generator over-excitation (24)

·

Negative phase sequence alarm and trip protection capable of closely matching
the generator characteristics. (46)

·

Field failure protection. (40-1,2)

·

Time delayed reverse power protection. (32-1)

·

System Phase Fault (51V)

·

Stator ground fault. (100 per cent cover) (64G1)(59N)

·

Distance Relay (21)

·

Over voltage and under voltage protection. (27G)(59)

·

Over frequency and under frequency protection. (81O-1, 81U-1)

·

Voltage transformer fuse failure detection. (VTFF)

·

Synchronizing under voltage relay (27BS-1,2)

·

Reverse/inadvertent energization protection relay (50RE/86RE)

·

Breaker or lockout trip coil monitor relay (74)

·

125Vdc tripping bus, blown fuse protection relay (74-2)

·

Out-of-Step (78)

-105-

--------------------------------------------------------------------------------

 

EXECUTION VERSION

CONTRACT NUMBER 51008

·

86BF lockout function (86BF-52G)

·

Synch check (25)

·

Mechanical protection devices, excitation transformer protection, variable
frequency starting system protection, stator winding temperature trips and other
such devices will be connected into all generator protection schemes.

b.

Control Functions and I/O:

·

Trip unit breaker trip coil 1 (hard wired output)

·

Trip unit breaker trip coil 2 (hard wired output)

·

Trip 86G (hard wired output)

·

Trip 138kV breaker #1 (hard wired output)

·

Trip 138kV breaker #2 (hard wired output)

·

Trip Field Breaker (hard wired output)

·

Trip Turbine TCS (hard wired output)

·

Unit Breaker Open indication Lamp (hard wired output)

·

Unit Breaker Closed indication Lamp (hard wired output)

·

Relay malfunction to SEL-2523 (hard wired output)

·

Breaker fail indication to Breaker Fail indicating lamp (hard wired output)

·

Automatic Close Unit Breaker Contact #1 (hard wired output)

·

Automatic Close Unit Breaker Contact #2 (hard wired output)

·

86BF-52G Lockout to SEL-487E-GSU (hard wired output)

·

Inadvertent energization / unit breaker close fail to SEL-487E-GSU

·

(hard wired output)

·

86G trip coil monitor (hard wired input)

·

Unit breaker trip coil monitor #1 (hard wired input)

·

86BF initiate from SEL-300G-2 (hard wired input)

·

Unit breaker 52a contact (hard wired input)

·

Unit breaker 52b contact (hard wired input)

·

86BF-52G reset pushbutton (hard wired input)

·

86T/ 86BF-138kV breaker #1 / 86BF-138kV breaker #2 / for remote trips initiate
52GBF and block close unit breaker from SEL-487EGSU (hard wired input)

·

86G 52a contact (hard wired input)

·

Unit breaker close circuit monitor / close request (hard wired input)

·

Field breaker 52a/b contact (hard wired input)

·

Emergency turbine trip from TCS (hard wired input)

·

Turbine normal shutdown from TCS (hard wired input)

·

Rotor Ground fault from TCS (hard wired input)

·

Operator emergency stop (hard wired input)

-106-

--------------------------------------------------------------------------------

 

EXECUTION VERSION

CONTRACT NUMBER 51008

c.

Communications Requirements:

·

One serial rs-232 communications circuit to SEL-3351

d.

Auxiliary equipment required:

·

Contractor supplied one (1) Generator breaker failure indicating lamp mounted in
13.8kV switchgear.

·

Contractor supplied one (1) generator breaker failure reset pushbutton mounted
in 13.8kV switchgear.

e.

Contractor supplied two (2) indicating lamps for unit breaker open/close
indication mounted in unit 13.8kV switchgear.

6.

Vendor Supplied SEL-300G-2

a.

Protective Functions:

·

Stator differential protection. (87G)

·

Generator over-excitation (24)

·

Negative phase sequence alarm and trip protection capable of closely matching
the generator characteristics. (46)

·

Field failure protection. (40-1,2)

·

Time delayed reverse power protection. (32-1)

·

System Phase Fault (51V)

·

Stator ground fault. (100 per cent cover) (64G1)(59N)

·

Distance Relay (21)

·

Over voltage and under voltage protection. (27G)(59)

·

Over frequency and under frequency protection. (81O-1, 81U-1)

·

Voltage transformer fuse failure detection. (VTFF)

·

Synchronizing under voltage relay (27BS-1,2)

·

Reverse/inadvertent energization protection relay (50RE/86RE)

·

Breaker or lockout trip coil monitor relay (74)

·

125Vdc tripping bus, blown fuse protection relay (74-2)

·

Out-of-Step (78)

·

Synch check (25) (separate device)

·

Mechanical protection devices, excitation transformer protection, variable
frequency starting system protection, stator winding temperature trips and other
such devices will be connected into all generator protection schemes.

b.

Control Functions and I/O:

·

Trip unit breaker trip coil 1 (hard wired output)

·

Trip unit breaker trip coil 2 (hard wired output)

·

Trip 86G (hard wired output)

·

Trip 138kV breaker #1 (hard wired output)

·

Trip 138kV breaker #2 (hard wired output)

·

Trip Field Breaker (hard wired output)

·

Trip Turbine TCS (hard wired output)

·

Relay malfunction to SEL-2523 (hard wired output)

·

Manual Close Unit Breaker Contact #1 (hard wired output)

-107-

--------------------------------------------------------------------------------

 

EXECUTION VERSION

CONTRACT NUMBER 51008

·

Manual Close Unit Breaker Contact #2 (hard wired output)

·

Inadvertent energization / unit breaker close fail to SEL-487E-GSU (hard wired
output)

·

86BF initiate to SEL-300G-1 (hard wired output)

·

86G trip coil monitor (hard wired input)

·

Unit breaker trip coil monitor #2 (hard wired input)

·

Unit breaker 52a contact (hard wired input)

·

Unit breaker 52b contact (hard wired input)

·

86T/ 86BF-138kV breaker #1 / 86BF-138kV breaker #2 / for remote trips initiate
52GBF and block close unit breaker from SEL-487E‑GSU (hard wired input)

·

86G 52a contact (hard wired input)

·

Unit breaker close circuit monitor / close request (hard wired input)

·

Field breaker 52a/b contact (hard wired input)

·

Emergency turbine trip from TCS (hard wired input)

·

Turbine normal shutdown from TCS (hard wired input)

·

Rotor Ground fault from TCS (hard wired input)

·

Operator emergency stop (hard wired input)

c.

Communications Requirements:

·

One serial rs-232 communications circuit to SEL-3351

99.1.2.1

138/13.8kV bus and GSU transformer protection for steam turbine

1.

Contractor supplied one (1) SEL-487E (GSU protection) mounted in unit 13.8kV
switchgear.

a.

Protective Functions:

·

GSU differential protection (87T)

·

GSU over-current protection (50/51)

·

GSU sudden pressure trip (63)

·

GSU high winding temp trip (49)

·

GSU high oil temp trip (49)

·

86 Transformer lockout from switchyard

·

GSU over-excitation trip (59)

·

GSU volt/hert trip (24)

·

GSU REF protection

b.

Control Functions and I/O:

·

Trip unit breaker trip coil 1 (hard wired output)

·

Trip 138kV breaker #1 (hard wired output)

·

Trip 138kV breaker #2 (hard wired output)

·

86T / 86BF-138kV Breaker#1 / 86BF-138kV Breaker#2 / BFI to SEL-300G-1 (hard
wired output)

·

86T / 86BF-138kV Breaker#1 / 86BF-138kV Breaker#2 / BFI to SEL-300G-2 (hard
wired output)

·

Relay malfunction to SEL-2523 (hard wired output)

-108-

--------------------------------------------------------------------------------

 

EXECUTION VERSION

CONTRACT NUMBER 51008

·

86T lockout to SEL-487E-Switchyard (Communication Mirrored Bit output direct to
SEL-487E-Switchyard)

·

86BF-52G lockout to SEL-487E-Switchyard (Communication Mirrored Bit output
direct to SEL-487E-Switchyard)

·

52G close fail or inadvertent energization to SEL-487E-Switchyard (Communication
Mirrored Bit output direct to SEL-487E-Switchyard)

·

86T GSU lockout (Communication Mirrored Bit input direct from
SEL-487E-Switchyard)

·

86BF-52G from SEL-300G-1 (hard wired input)

·

Unit Breaker 52a contact (hard wired input)

·

63 transformer trip from potter-brumfield aux relay (hard wired input)

·

GSU High winding temp trip (hard wired input)

·

GSU High oil temp trip (hard wired input)

·

GSU High temp alarms (hard wired input)

·

GSU low oil alarms (hard wired input)

·

GSU other alarms on individual inputs (hard wired inputs)

·

SEL-2523 Malfunction alarm from SEL-2523 (hard wired input)

·

Transformer Differential Enable/Disable (Relay Front Panel

Pushbutton)

c.

Communications Requirements:

·

One serial rs-232 communications circuit to SEL-3351 via RuggedComm RS-416

·

One fiber optic communication circuit to SEL-487E in 138kV

switchyard (requires rs-232 to fiber optic transceiver)

·

One serial rs-232 communications circuit to SEL-2100

·

One BNC IRIG-B input from the Arbiter Satellite Clock

d.

Auxiliary equipment required:

·

Contractor supplied two (2) Potter Brumfield Auxiliary relays for sudden
pressure trips to the GSU SEL-487E and the SEL-2100.

133.1.2.1

Other Interface Devices and Connections for Steam Turbine

2.

Contractor supplied one (1) SEL-3351 (RTU and DCS interface) mounted in unit
13.8kV switchgear.

a.

Protective Functions:

·

None

-109-

--------------------------------------------------------------------------------

 

EXECUTION VERSION

CONTRACT NUMBER 51008

b.

Control Functions and I/O:

·

DCS control for all listed SEL relays/associated breakers except for
SEL-300G/Unit Breaker

·

DCS alarms for all listed SEL relays/functions/associated

Transformers

·

Chugach SCADA alarms for all listed SE relays/functions/associated

transformers

c.

Communications Requirements:

·

One Ethernet 100-Base T communications circuit to RuggedComm RS-416 Terminal
Server/Switch

·

One serial rs-232 communications circuit to SEL-300G

·

One serial rs-232 communications circuit to Chugach SCADA System

·

One serial rs-232 communications circuit to Plant DCS

·

One serial rs-232 communications circuit to SEL-2100

·

One serial rs-232 communications circuit to SEL-2523

·

One BNC IRIG-B input from the Arbiter Satellite Clock

2.

Contractor supplied one (1) SEL-2100 (mirrored bits/logic processor) mounted in
unit 13.8kV switchgear.

a.

Protective Functions:

·

None

b.

Control Functions and I/O:

·

Malfunction Alarm to SEL-2523 (hard wired output)

·

63T transformer trip from Potter Brumfield Aux relay (hard wired input)

·

GSU High winding temp trip (hard wired input)

·

GSU High oil temp trip (hard wired input)

·

GSU Low oil trip (hard wired input)

·

GSU Low oil alarm (hard wired input)

·

GSU high temp alarms (individual hard wired input)

·

Mirrored Bits Communication I/O Functionality as defined above

c.

Communications Requirements:

·

One serial rs-232 communications circuit to SEL-3351

·

One serial rs-232 communications circuit to SEL-487E-GSU-Plant

·

One serial fiber optic circuit to SEL-487E-GSU-Switchyard (requires rs-232 to
fiber optic transceiver)

·

One BNC IRIG-B input from the Arbiter Satellite Clock

2.

Contractor supplied one (1) SEL-2523 (annunciator) mounted in unit 13.8kV
switchgear.

a.

Protective Functions:

·

None

-110-

--------------------------------------------------------------------------------

 

EXECUTION VERSION

CONTRACT NUMBER 51008

b.

Control Functions and I/O:

·

Malfunction Alarm to SEL-487E-GSU-Plant (hard wired output)

·

Malfunction Alarm from each SEL relay as defined above (individual hard wired
inputs)

·

Malfunction Alarm from the RuggedComm RS-416 (hard wired input)

c.

Communications Requirements:

·

One serial rs-232 communications circuit to SEL-3351

2.

Contractor supplied one (1) RuggedComm RS-416 (term server / switch) mounted in
unit 13.8kV switchgear.

a.

Protective Functions:

·

None

b.

Control Functions and I/O:

·

Malfunction Alarm to SEL-2523 (hard wired output)

c.

Communications Requirements:

·

One Ethernet 100-Base T communications circuit to SEL-3351

·

One Ethernet 100-Base T communications circuit to DCB IP6690

·

One Ethernet 100-Base T communications circuit to Adjacent Unit

RuggedComm RS-416(s)

·

One serial rs-232 communications circuit to SEL-487E-GSU-Plant

2.

Contractor supplied one (1) Data Comm for Buisness IP6690 (Modem/Router) mounted
in unit 13.8kV switchgear.

a.

Protective Functions:

·

None

b.

Control Functions and I/O:

·

None

c.

Communications Requirements:

·

One Ethernet 100-Base T communications circuit to RuggedComm RS-416

·

One Ethernet 10-Base T communications circuit to Chugach Operations Network

2.

Vendor supplied one (1) SEL-734 revenue class meter mounted in the generator
control panel.

a.

Protective Functions:

·

None

b.

Control Functions and I/O:

·

None

c.

Communications Requirements:

·

One Ethernet 100-Base T communications circuit to Chugach Operations Network

-111-

--------------------------------------------------------------------------------

 

EXECUTION VERSION

CONTRACT NUMBER 51008

d.

Auxiliary equipment required:

·

This device must be installed such that it may be electrically isolated with ABB
FT type test switches for testing purposes without interrupting Unit operation,
protection or control.

2.

Vendor supplied one (1) Bitronics Panel Meter mounted in the generator control
panel.

a.

Protective Functions:

·

None

b.

Control Functions and I/O:

·

None

c.

Communications Requirements:

·

Analog output channels as required for TCS,DCS,Chugach SCADA

·

rs-232 Communications circuits and protocols as required for TCS/DCS

d.

Auxiliary equipment required:

·

none

2.

Contractor shall provide the interconnecting CT cables to the redundant
SEL-487E-GSU in the138kV switchyard control building from the 13.8kV switchgear.

3.

Contractor shall provide the interconnecting CT cables to the redundant
SEL-487E-GSU in the138kV switchyard control building from a separate GSU neutral
CT accessed in the 13.8kV switchgear for REF protection.

4.

Contractor shall provide the interconnecting CT cables from each of the 138kV
breaker CTs accessed in the Switchyard control building to individual winding
inputs of the SEL-487E-GSU in the Plant.

5.

A minimum of two (2) parallel #10 AWG conductors shall be used for each CT
secondary phase circuit to or from the switchyard control building.

6.

Contractor shall provide a minimum of two (2) parallel #10 AWG conductors to be
used for tripping the generator breaker from the switchyard control building.

7.

Contractor shall provide a minimum of two (2) parallel #10 AWG conductors to be
used for tripping 138kV breaker #1 from the Plant 13.8kV switchgear.

8.

Contractor shall provide a minimum of two (2) parallel #10 AWG conductors to be
used for tripping 138kV breaker #2 from the Plant 13.8kV switchgear.

-112-

--------------------------------------------------------------------------------

 

EXECUTION VERSION

CONTRACT NUMBER 51008

4160/480V and Below Station Service Protection

3.

Contractor to recommend and supply all protective and control devices for 4160
and 480V switchgear bus, feeders and downstream equipment. 4160 and 480V
breakers are to include arc flash protection. Main breakers to utilize SEL-751A
protection and control relays as noted above.

4.

The Plant protection system shall be designed and coordinated by Contractor and
approved by Company. Contractor shall submit the operational philosophy, design
criteria and all setting calculations for the integrated system for review and
approval by Company.

5.

All microprocessor based relays shall be connected to the communications bus
such that the complete relaying scheme can be integrated into the DCS.

6.

The interconnecting communications bus, interface hardware and all associated
software shall form part of the Contract and shall be approved by Company prior
to design and ordering. Protection relays shall meet and also be tested as
required by ANSI C37.90 and C37.90.1.

7.

Motor Protection

a.

Medium voltage motors (250 Hp and larger) shall be protected by a microprocessor
motor protection relay. The relay shall be connected to the six (6) motor stator
RTDs and the two (2) motor bearing RTDs. The relay shall be programmed for
thermal overload alarm and protection based upon the RTD outputs and shall also
be programmed with the following protective functions: time over current (51),
instantaneous ground over current (50G) - with core balance CT, reverse phase
(46) and undercurrent (37). Motors, 1000 Hp and greater, shall also be protected
by motor differential over current (87M).

1.7.2.1

Arc Flash Analysis

1.

Contractor shall perform and provide Company with an arc-flash analysis using
SKM Power Tools software using IEEE Std. 1584 that shall determine the level of
hazard that exists at each enclosure such as a panelboard, disconnect switch,
MCC, or switchgear. This assessment shall determine the incident energy levels
at specific distances from the equipment under study and the appropriate
personal protective equipment (PPE) to be worn when working within the arc flash
boundary.

-113-

--------------------------------------------------------------------------------

 

EXECUTION VERSION

CONTRACT NUMBER 51008

Wire and Cable

1.7.3.1

General

1.

The cable design, procurement and installation to be provided under the Contract
shall include all cables required for the power, control, indication, monitoring
and data communications of all Plant systems and equipment provided under this
Contract. The installation shall be complete with all cable terminations, cable
trays, cable tray fittings, conduits, all raceway supports, junction boxes, pull
boxes, ferrules, lugs, numbered ferrules, cable markers, clips and all fixings,
fittings, brackets, cleats, piping and accessories.

2.

The cables within the generation Plants will include 138kV, medium voltage and,
low voltage power cables. Additionally there will be multi‑conductor control
cable, instrument and thermocouple cable, fiber optic and data communications
type cables.

3.

All power and control cables shall be stranded copper.

4.

Medium voltage cables, rated 5 through 15kV, shall be jacketed single conductor
or triplexed construction. Minimum conductor size shall be No. 4/0 AWG copper
for 15kV cable and #2 AWG copper for 5kV cable. Medium voltage cables shall be
shielded.

5.

All 600V cable shall be TC rated (XHHW-2). 600V power cable shall be multiple
conductor with an overall jacket up to No. 1 AWG conductor size. Ground wire
shall be supplied with the multiple conductor cables. The conduit and tray
system shall be designed to provide equipment grounding per NEC. Single
conductor insulated/jacketed conductors shall be used for No. 1/0 AWG and larger
conductor size. Minimum conductor size for 600V power cable shall be No. 12 AWG
copper.

6.

600V multi-conductor control cable shall be used for low current levels or for
intermittent operation to change the operating status of utilization equipment
of the Plant auxiliary system. Low current levels include single-phase ac and dc
currents up to 10 amps.

7.

CT circuits shall use No. 10 AWG conductors.

8.

Final cable sizing for control applications shall consider voltage drop of the
circuit.

9.

Multiple pair and multiple triad instrument cable for low level analog and
digital signals at less than 50V and generally transmitting low level, under 1
amp, information.

10.

Instrument cable shall be rated 600V and thermocouple cable shall be rated 300V.
Minimum conductor size shall be No. 16 AWG for single pairs or triads, multi
pair or triad cable shall be No. 18  AWG minimum.

-114-

--------------------------------------------------------------------------------

 

EXECUTION VERSION

CONTRACT NUMBER 51008

Data communications shall be transmitted across twisted pair or multiplefiber
cable. Fiber cable shall be tight or loose buffer and sized according to the
usage and installation. Fiber optic patch panels shall be provided wherever
fiber cables terminate.

12.

Cable conductors shall be coated or uncoated, Class B stranded, copper in
accordance with ICEA. Stranding may be concentric round, compact or compressed
round.

13.

The insulation of each conductor shall be identified throughout its length
either by color or embossed numbers.

14.

Each cable shall be identified by means of indelibly marked identification
labels fixed adjacent to the cable gland at each end of the cable. The labels
shall be made of material that is resistant to corrosion, moisture, UV radiation
and mechanical damage.

15.

No intermediate splices will be allowed in any length of cable.

16.

Cables installed in HVAC ducts or air handing spaces shall be UL 910 plenum
rated, or have a flame spread that does not exceed 5 ft when tested in
accordance with NFPA 262.

17.

The wire used for lighting and building services shall be 600 volts, 90 degree
type XHHW-2. The conductors shall be solid copper and not less the No. 12 AWG.

1.7.3.2

Continuous and Fault Current Carrying Capacity

1.

Contractor shall submit for Company review and acceptance all calculations for
cable sizing (see details below). Power cable sizing shall be based on
ampacities and derating requirements contained in the NFPA 70.

2.

Power cable sizing will select the conductor and shield size for proper
consideration of:

·

Ampacity

·

Voltage drop

·

Fault current capability of conductor and shield

·

Installation conditions including soil resistivity measurements

3.

The conductor cross section of each cable shall be adequate for carrying the
prospective fault current determined by the next relevant short circuit
protection device.

-115-

--------------------------------------------------------------------------------

 

EXECUTION VERSION

CONTRACT NUMBER 51008

Contractor shall provide Company with design calculations to demonstrate that:

·

The maximum continuous current carrying capacity of any power cable will not be
exceeded after taking installation dependent derating factors into account; and

·

The maximum short circuit rated conductor temperature will not be exceeded under
fault conditions. The initial conductor temperature shall be taken as equal to
the maximum continuously rated temperature of the insulation for the purpose of
these calculations.

5.

All calculations shall take into account abnormal running conditions.

6.

Short circuit fault calculations shall take full account of both the ac and dc
components of the fault current.

7.

Short circuit fault calculations for the 138kV cables shall utilize impedance
data (positive, negative, and zero sequence) provided by the cable manufacturer.

7.7.3.1

Power Cables

1.

Contractor is required to install four circuits of 138kV (145kV Class Kerite
type SPS or equivalent) cables to carry the power from the generator step up
transformers to the 138kV switchyard. Cable jacket shall be polyethylene (PE).

2.

Medium and high (138, 15 and 5kV) voltage power cable shall be manufactured in
accordance with AEIC and ICEA standards. Medium voltage cable shall consist of
133 % insulated and jacketed conductors assembled as single conductors or
twisted to form triplex conductors. All medium voltage power cables shall be
shielded. 

3.

Conductor and insulation strand screen shall be an extruded semiconducting
layer.

4.

Insulation for 5kV cables shall be ethylene-propylene rubber (EPR) or cross
linked polyethylene (XLPE). 15kV power cable insulation shall be
ethylene-propylene rubber (EPR).  Shield shall consist of 5 mil uncoated or
coated tape, with a nominal 12.5 % overlap.

5.

Cable jacket material shall be CPE or PVC, as required to meet the flame test
requirements and to obtain UL listing for use in tray.

6.

Cables installed in tray systems shall be flame retardant and be UL listed for
installation in tray.

7.

Low (600V) power cable shall be manufactured in accordance with ICEA standards.
Cable shall consist of multiple conductor cable with an overall jacket for
conductor sizes up to No. 1 AWG and insulated/jacketed conductors assembled as
single conductors or twisted to form triplex conductors for larger conductor
sizes. Insulation shall be cross-linked polyethylene (XLPE) or
ethylene-propylene rubber (EPR). Cable jacket material shall be fire resistant
polyvinyl chloride (FR-PVC), Neoprene, or chlorinated polyethylene (CPE), as
required to meet the flame test requirements and to obtain UL listing for use in
tray.

-116-

--------------------------------------------------------------------------------

 

EXECUTION VERSION

CONTRACT NUMBER 51008

8.

Individual cable jackets are required on the triplex cable and single conductor
cables. 3/C and 4/C conductor cable shall not require a jacket on the individual
conductors.

9.

Grounding wire shall be provided in all multiple conductor power cables.

9.7.3.1

138kV cables may be single or multi-conductor and shall be installed one per
conduit. Conduits for the 138kV cables shall be HDPE. At least one spare conduit
per 138kV circuit ductbank shall be provided.  It is preferred to not use
concrete encased ductbanks for the 138kV cables, but to use HDPE conduit at a
minimum depth of 60” with a chain link fence material layer across the entire
field at 36” depth.Fire Resistant Cables

1.

Fire resistant cables, MICC or equivalent cabling shall be provided for areas of
high ambient temperature and for essential supplies i.e. smoke and fire
detection and alarm system, this cabling shall be either:

·

EPR or XLPE insulated mica glass protected cable having a temperature withstand
capability of 3 hours at 750° to ICEA

·

Or mineral insulated copper sheathed cable with an overall sheath of flame
retardant PVC to ICEA.

189.7.3.1

Control, Instrument, Thermocouple Extension Cables

1.

600Volt control, instrument and 300Volt thermocouple extension cable shall be
manufactured in accordance with latest applicable ICEA standards.

2.

Conductors for control and instrument cable shall be coated or uncoated copper
conductors Class B or C stranded in accordance with ICEA.

3.

Conductors for thermocouple extension cable shall be solid conductors and
conform to the error limits established in ANSI MC96.1

4.

Insulation shall be cross-linked polyethylene (XLPE) or ethylenepropylene rubber
(EPR) for control cable. PVC insulation is permitted for instrument and
thermocouple cable. PVC insulation is permitted for control cable applications
requiring 16 AWG conductor size and twisted pairs/triads, typically for DCS
applications.

5.

Individual shield consisting of aluminum-Mylar tape shield with a stranded
copper drain shall be provided on each pair and triad. Overall shield shall be
provided only when expressly required by equipment vendor.

6.

Cable jacket material shall be fire-resistant polyvinyl chloride (FR-PVC),
Neoprene, or chlorinated polyethylene (CPE), as required to meet the flame test
requirements and to obtain UL listing for use in tray.

7.

Cables installed in tray systems shall be flame retardant and shall be UL listed
for installation in tray.

-117-

--------------------------------------------------------------------------------

 

EXECUTION VERSION

CONTRACT NUMBER 51008

Cable Routing and Segregation

1.

The layout of all cables shall be arranged to have adequate clearance from other
services. Contractor accepts responsibility for correcting EMF related noise
issues. The separation criteria, once approved, shall be followed as the basis
for all cable installation. Cables shall generally be routed to avoid hot or
fire-risk areas, and to minimize the risk of damage from any source. Cables
shall be separated by service. Cables of different service shall not be run in
the same cable tray or conduit.

2.

A redundant control data highway (LAN) be provided and shall follow separate
routes or shall be segregated by a fire barrier (with a 1 hour fire resistance
and shall also be substantially mechanically protected) or have a significant
physical separation. The highway route shall preferably be separated from the
power cable routes.

3.

All fireproof barriers shall comply with the requirements stated for fire
resisting materials and seals detailed below.

4.

Where duplicate or alternative supplies are required for unit equipment these
shall follow different routes where practicable, or approved by Company.

5.

Measures shall be taken to isolate and separate DC cables for unit emergency oil
pumps from ac pump cables and where possible, route through different fire
areas.

5.7.3.1

Fire Precautions

1.

All apparatus connections and cable installations shall be designed and
installed to minimize the risk of fire and any damage which may be caused in the
event of fire. Enclosed vertical/horizontal runs of cables shall be provided
with fire stops to limit the spread of fire, and shall be sealed to prevent
“chimney effects”.

2.

Wherever cables pass through floors, walls or other partitions, a suitable
method of sealing shall be used. This sealing shall consist of one-hour fire
resisting materials. All seals shall be vermin proof. Seals in damp areas or
areas with water spray fire protection shall be waterproof. The whole
installation shall be arranged to prevent the spread of fire, smoke and fumes
through each partition. In areas of high cable density, such as false floors,
fire detection equipment shall be provided.

3.

The cabling of the smoke and fire detection and alarm system shall be carried
out in high temperature mica glass cables or alternatively mineral insulated
cables.

4.

Other equipment required in the event of fire (i.e. fire water valves etc) shall
also be connected with mineral insulated cables or other fire resistant cables.

-118-

--------------------------------------------------------------------------------

 

EXECUTION VERSION

CONTRACT NUMBER 51008

Laying and Terminating of Cables

1.

Cable installation shall conform to the approved cable separation criteria and
to the requirements of the NEC and ANSI/IEEE C2. Underground conduit duct banks
or underground trenches shall be used to distribute cable within the Plant.
Above ground raceways should only be used on pipe-racks or in the interior of
enclosures and when in the buildings if attached directly to a structure or
piece of equipment at, or near, the intended cable terminus.

2.

To avoid the risk of damage, cable pulling shall only take place when the
temperature is at or above 32°F unless special precautions have been taken to
prevent damage to the cable when pulling at temperatures below 32°F.

3.

Cables shall be marked at each end of the run with a marker consisting of a
label attached to the cables with two straps.

4.

Cables shall be neatly laid throughout and in such a manner as to avoid any
undue sagging of cables. Where run on trays, the cables shall be securely
fastened at intervals of not more than 3 ft. with clips, tie-wraps or saddles.
Trays shall be constructed of aluminum or hot-dipped galvanized steel,
galvanized after manufacture or of approved proprietary construction. The
installation shall be grounded at regular intervals and shall be made continuous
by connections across individual sections of the installation.

5.

Cable shall be installed in accordance with the ampacity design of the cables,
i.e. maintained spaced, one-layer touching, or random filled. Installation
method is indicated on pull ticket or on the raceway drawings.

6.

Where vertical tray length exceeds the unsupported vertical cable length
criteria of NEC Article 300-19, a mesh type grip shall be installed.

6.7.3.1

Underground Ductbank Installation

1.

Outdoor below ground distribution in duct banks of conduit shall be encased in
concrete with a minimum cover of three inches encasing around the peripheral
conduits and a minimum spacing of 2 inches between the outer surfaces of
adjacent conduits in the bank. Ductbanks under roads and heavy traffic areas
shall be steel reinforced.

2.

Ductbanks containing cables at voltages over 250V shall have red dye applied to
the top surface.

3.

Indoor below foundation distribution in duct banks of conduit shall be encased
in concrete with a minimum cover of three inches encasing around the peripheral
conduits and a minimum spacing of 2 inches between the outer surfaces of
adjacent conduits in the bank.

4.

Except for low level signal fire and telephone circuits, conduits to be
installed in the underground duct banks shall be schedule 40 PVC and shall slope
toward a manhole or pull box for drainage. Low level signal fire and telephone
circuits installed in underground ductbanks shall be galvanized rigid steel
(RGS).

5.

Large PVC conduits (4-inch and 5-inch) may use fiberglass factory elbows for 90
degree and 45 degree bends; all others shall use steel.

-119-

--------------------------------------------------------------------------------

 

EXECUTION VERSION

CONTRACT NUMBER 51008

6.

Top of encasement for all outdoor underground banks shall be a minimum of 24
inches below grade except where greater cover is required under roads. Indoor
ductbanks, installed below concrete foundations, may be shallower based upon the
allowances defined by the NEC.

7.

Contractor shall perform thermal calculations of all underground duct bank
critical cross-sections. A critical duct bank cross section will be determined
by the volume of cables (density) and the expected continuous ampacity (usage).
In no case shall a cable’s steady state conductor temperature exceed 100% of its
design value (e.g. 90ºC cable shall not exceed 90ºC).

8.

All main instrument duct banks crossing the east-west access corridor shall
include a minimum of two spare conduits for Company use.

9.

Cable ampacity derating shall be included in the cable sizing calculation when
more than one power cable is routed in the same conduit.

10.

Cable fill in conduits and duct banks shall be limited to prevent damage to the
cables during installation. Raceway fill calculations shall be performed as part
of Contractor’s cable and raceway schedule program.

11.

Cable conductor strength, sidewall bearing pressure and cable jamming criteria
provided by the cable vendor shall be adhered to through proper raceway design
and implementing good cable pulling practices. Raceways shall be laid out to
ensure that cables can be installed properly, that fill requirements are met,
bend radius and pull tensions are not exceeded. Contractor shall perform cable
pulling calculations for switchgear and MCC supply feeder cables underground
conduit duct bank installations to demonstrate protection from excessive cable
pulling tension or side wall pressure. Friction factors of 0.3 or higher shall
be used.

12.

Contractor shall mandrel all underground duct bank conduits with a mandrel of
slightly less diameter than the duct, immediately before pulling in the cables.
Any cable pulling lubricant used shall have no deleterious effect on the cables
nor shall it solidify such that the cables cannot be removed in the future. The
ends of conduits shall be sealed after cable installation by an approved fire
resistant sealing medium for sealing round cables.

-120-

--------------------------------------------------------------------------------

 

EXECUTION VERSION

CONTRACT NUMBER 51008

Lighting and Miscellaneous Power Installation

12.7.1.1

General

1.

The lighting and miscellaneous power installation shall comprise the following:

·

Permanent lighting installations, emergency lighting system, road lighting, if
required, building high-bay lighting and area floodlighting.

·

Small power, convenience outlets, connection units for Plant areas, equipment
and control devices.

·

Secondary distributions of cables, distribution panel boards, supplies for
transportable and fixed equipment, welding receptacles, environmental
requirements, and sump pumps.

 

2.

Contractor shall develop an overall lighting scheme for the Plant. For the
building internal and external lighting requirements see Sections 7.5.15.2 and
7.6.4 below.

3.

The mounting position of lighting fixtures and other items shall be so arranged
that safe access and control is afforded for repair and maintenance purposes.
Where this is impracticable, separate and approved means shall be provided for
gaining safe access for repair and maintenance work.

4.

Where areas are classified as hazardous areas in accordance NFPA and AGA all
equipment and cabling within these areas shall be clearly UL listed for use in
the area and the installation shall meet the requirements of Article 500 of NFPA
70.

 

4.7.1.1

Exterior Lighting

1.

To the extent feasible, consistent with safety and security considerations and
commercial availability, Contractor shall design and install all permanent
exterior lighting such that:

·

light fixtures do not cause obtrusive spill light beyond the Site; lighting does
not cause excessive reflected glare;

·

direct lighting does not illuminate the nighttime sky;

·

illumination of the Project and its immediate vicinity is minimized, and

·

the plan and fixture selection complies with state and local policies and dark
sky ordinances.

2.

Contractor shall submit to Company the lighting plan for review, approval and
comment. The plan shall include the following:

·

Location and direction of light fixtures shall take the lighting mitigation
requirements into account;

·

-121-

--------------------------------------------------------------------------------

 

EXECUTION VERSION

CONTRACT NUMBER 51008

Lighting design shall consider setbacks of Project features from the Site
boundary to aid in satisfying the lighting mitigation requirements;

·

Lighting shall incorporate commercially available high cut-off fixtures with
hoods/shielding as required, with light directed downward or toward the area to
be illuminated;

·

Light fixtures shall not cause obtrusive spill light beyond the Project
boundary;

·

All lighting shall be of minimum necessary brightness consistent with
operational safety and security; and

·

Lights in high illumination areas not occupied on a continuous basis (such as
maintenance platforms) shall incorporate switches, timers or motion detectors so
that the lights operate only when the area is occupied.

3.

The Plant exterior lighting installation shall comply with table below and be
designed to give, under normal operating conditions and throughout the unit’s
operational life, the following recommended minimum levels of illumination in
such a manner as to ensure uniformity and to avoid glare.

Outdoor Plant areas *

5 fc

Roadways areas

2 fc

Site perimeter

2 fc

4.

The above levels are based on measurements being taken after lamps have operated
for at least 100 hours. Measurements shall be taken at floor or ground level.
Emergency lighting levels for enclosure interiors shall be a minimum of 2fc for
egress purposes.

5.

The Plant lighting system will be supplied from 480-208Y/120V or 480-480Y/277V
general purpose lighting transformers powered from the 480 volt system.

6.

Emergency lighting, required per NEC, within the unit area shall be of the
individual, self-charging, dual lamp battery type.

7.

All outdoor lighting in the Plant shall consist of Light Emitting Diode (LED)
type fixtures located throughout the facility. Outdoor lighting including street
lights, Stanchion lights and flood lights shall use LED type light fixtures.
These fixtures shall be optimally designed to uniformly illuminate the
equipment, buildings, and street surfaces, and to reduce the stray lighting in
the upward direction.

-122-

--------------------------------------------------------------------------------

 

EXECUTION VERSION

CONTRACT NUMBER 51008

High Pressure Sodium or other filament type light fixtures are not acceptable.
These lights shall be automatically controlled by a common photocell with
maintenance bypass switch or by local switches. The differentiation will be in
accordance with the lighting scheme submitted to Company for approval. The
proposed LED lighting design shall incorporate light fixtures with a minimum of
4 Light bars delivering a minimum of 6000 delivered Lumens over its life of
100,000 hours, as measured on Photopic scale. The lighting fixtures shall use
super bright 6000K LED light source. The delivered Lumens per Watt shall be no
less than 60/W. The lighting shall be self cooled and should not depend on
cooling fans. The fixtures shall be optimally designed to produce uniform
lighting over a wider space to maximize the lighting perception of human eye
increasing the overall effectiveness.

9.

The lighting arrangements inside outdoor enclosures and panels shall be based on
the use of high frequency, high efficiency fluorescent lamps. Normal ac and dc
emergency lighting shall be furnished and installed in the turbine enclosures.
The luminaries shall be designed for the particular area classification and
ambient conditions.

10.

If the lighting design requires pole-mounted fixtures, they shall be of the high
cut-off type to minimize lighting the night sky and reduce light trespass onto
adjacent properties. The poles shall be un-painted tapered aluminum and shall be
30 feet, or less, in height mounted with anchor bolts embedded in three-foot
diameter drilled piers that extend three feet above grade. Outdoor light fixture
housings shall be gray. Other colors may be acceptable with Company’s approval.

11.

Indoor high bay or outdoor street and area flood lighting may be 480/277V.

11.7.1.1

Miscellaneous Power

1.

Convenience receptacles shall be provided in all internal and external Plant
areas. Welding receptacles shall be rated 60 A, 480VAC and convenience
receptacles shall be 20 A, 120VAC, duplex. Receptacles shall comply with NEC and
shall be installed to give adequate coverage of all buildings and Plant included
in this specification.

2.

Receptacles mounted externally or in Plant areas may be of the surface mounted
type. Receptacles in all other areas shall be flush mounted.

3.

Receptacles mounted externally, or in wet or dusty internal areas, shall be of
weather-tight design. All outdoor receptacles shall be mounted at a minimum of
16 inches above finished grade. Receptacles shall be robust to withstand
mechanical damage. Any additional protection required shall be provided. All
external receptacles circuits shall be equipped with GFI protection.

4.

All outlets will be labeled with panel name and circuit number.

-123-

--------------------------------------------------------------------------------

 

EXECUTION VERSION

CONTRACT NUMBER 51008

Secondary Distribution

1.

120/208VAC or 480/277V for high bay and outdoor lighting, three phase, 4 wire,
grounded, fully rated distribution panel boards with main and branch miniature
molded case circuit breakers and copper busses, supplied by general purpose
dry-type transformers, shall be used for all lighting circuits and miscellaneous
power loads. General purpose transformers shall have secondary conductor over
current protection.

2.

All lighting panels shall be provided with 20% spare circuits and capacity.
Split bus lighting panels may be used when power receptacles and outdoor
lighting circuits are connected to the same panel. The lighting bus will be
controlled by a photo cell. The power bus shall be live at all times.

2.7.1.1

Miscellaneous Power Loads and Equipment

1.

Provision shall be made for powering miscellaneous Plant equipment and equipment
anti-condensation heaters, electrically operated doors, mechanical ventilation,
as required.

1.7.1.1

Cabling and Wiring

1.

The design and installation of all cabling and wiring to be provided under this
section shall be in accordance with the NEC.

1.7.1

Power Transformers

1.7.1.1

Testing

1.

All oil filled transformers (GSU and Auxiliary) shall be tested as set forth
herein. Transformers which do not successfully pass all of the specified tests
shall not be shipped. The following tests shall be performed on the transformer
with all appurtenances and accessories (such as bushings, radiators, and fans)
attached as specified in ANSI / IEEE Standard C57.12.00 and in accordance with
ANSI / IEEE Standard C57.12.90. The components being tested with the transformer
shall be the same items that will be shipped with the transformer.

·

Resistance measurements of all windings on the rated voltage connection and at
all tap positions. All measurement readings shall be corrected to 75 degrees C.

·

Ratio tests on the rated voltage connection and all tap connections with a ratio
bridge.

·

No-load loss at rated and 110 percent voltage at the rated voltage connection
before and after impulse test.

·

Excitation current values for each phase (not average) at 100 percent and 110
percent of rated voltage and at 10kV before and after impulse test.

·

Load loss at rated voltage.

·

-124-

--------------------------------------------------------------------------------

 

EXECUTION VERSION

CONTRACT NUMBER 51008

Positive sequence impedance at operated current and frequency at the rated
voltage and on the tap extremes

·

Polarity and phase relation tests on the rated voltage connection.

·

ANSI temperature test. When a transformer is supplied with auxiliary cooling
equipment to provide more than one MVA rating, temperature tests shall be made
for each state of cooling, including maximum MVA rating given on the nameplate.
Temperature tests shall precede all full voltage dielectric tests including
impulse tests.

·

Applied voltage tests.

·

Partial discharge (corona) tests, in accordance with ANSI / IEEE Standard
C57.113. The test is to be made at 150 percent rated voltage for one hour with
150uV guarantee.  (GSU transformer only)

·

ANSI impulse tests.  (GSU transformer Only)

·

Insulation power factor and resistance measurements of each winding, winding to
core, winding to case and between windings. A power factor test shall be made
prior to shipment so a comparison can be made when the unit is received. Test
results of 0.5 percent or below will be acceptable.

·

Frequency Response Analysis (SFRA) baseline before shipping and to be compared
with after installation.(GSU Transformer only).

·

Control wiring and current transformer ratio and polarity tests to verify all
wiring connections and integrity, auxiliary cooling operation and control
functions.

·

Oil samples shall be taken and analyzed for dissolved gases before transformer
testing, after each heat run and after each voltage test.

·

Induced voltage test.

·

Radio influence voltage test.

·

Core-to-ground insulation resistance test.

·

Transformer oil shall be tested for corrosive sulfur per ASME 1275B.

·

Sound level test (test one unit per type)

2.

A tank temperature and gas dew point measurement shall be made less than eight
hours immediately prior to shipment. If tests are performed at an elevation, or
in an environment different than the expected service location, correction
factors shall be applied or take appropriated measures during the tests to
ensure that the data presented in the certified test report reflects the
transformer performance at the service location.

-125-

--------------------------------------------------------------------------------

 

EXECUTION VERSION

CONTRACT NUMBER 51008

Contractor shall notify Company at least two weeks prior to the beginning of
factory tests on a transformer. A schedule of tests shall be included in this
notification. Company reserves the right to have one or several representatives
present to observe any tests or inspections performed of the items.

4.

The test reports shall indicate as a minimum, procedures used to perform the
tests, the date of the tests and the names of personnel who performed and
witnessed the tests. The test reports shall be furnished to Company as part of
the system turnover packages. 

4.7.1.1

Generator Step-up (GSU) Transformer

1.

Four (4) generator step-up transformers shall be procured by Contractor to the
following specifications.

2.

The rating shall be:

·

One (1) STG 42/56/70 MVA, 138-13.8kV, solidly grounded wye-delta

·

Three (3) CTGs 36/48/60 MVA, 138-13.8kV, solidly grounded wye-delta

3.

The generator step-up transformers shall be mineral oil-filled, three phase,
two-winding, 60Hz, ONAN/ONAF/ONAF, 65°C. Contractor shall assemble oil-fill and
perform Site tests of the generator step-up transformer according to
manufacturer’s recommendations.

·

Station class surge arresters shall not be furnished with the transformer for
the high voltage connection.  An insulation coordination study will be performed
to determine if arresters are required.  If surge arresters are required they
will be included at the Company’s expense.

4.

The sound levels per ANSI IEEE STD C57.12.00 shall be guaranteed as follows:

·

All fans running67 dBA

·

Fans off65 dBA

5.

The transformer accessories shall include the following:

·

Oil filled bushings (if required)“

·

Bushing type CTs

·

Spare set bushing type CTs

·

Two (2) H0 bushing CTs for REF protection in the Plant and at the switchyard

·

ONAN/ONAF/ONAF cooling system with radiators and fans

·

Fiber optic winding temperature monitor with two alarm contacts

·

Magnetic level gauge with alarm contacts (high and low level)

·

-126-

--------------------------------------------------------------------------------

 

EXECUTION VERSION

CONTRACT NUMBER 51008

Pressure/vacuum gauge and a pressure/vacuum bleeder with sampling valve

·

Pressure relief valve with alarm contact

·

Sudden fault pressure relay with auxiliary relay panel and alarm

·

External core ground

·

Gas pressure relay with alarm contact

·

Online bushing monitors

·

If a conservator tank is used, a conservator oil level low alarm shall also be
provided

·

No-load taps on the 138kV side in 2-1/2% increments, 2 steps above and 2 steps
below the center tap rating

·

Provisions for personnel to tie off from a safety harness at the top of each
GSU.

 

6.

All alarm and trip functions shall be individually monitored by the DCS. In
addition, 4-20 mA signal outputs shall be wired to the DCS to monitor high
voltage and low voltage winding temperatures.

7.

Each GSU transformer shall have a 125Vdc control power feeder and a 120VAC
utility power feeder to its control cabinet. A conveniently mounted and
identified power isolation switch shall be located at the control cabinet for
maintenance isolation of each feed.

8.

Each GSU transformer shall be outfitted with a complete factory installed
DRMCC-T3 monitoring, control and communication device manufactured by Dynamic
Ratings. This device shall be configured with the T3-7200 option with includes
but is not limited to the following:

·

Cooling control

·

Local display

·

Thermal monitoring:

1.

Top oil temperature

2.

Ambient temperature

3.

Calculated winding hot spot temperature

4.

Calculated top oil temperature

5.

Calculated insulation loss of life

6.

Fiber optic sensors in windings for direct winding temperature measurement

-127-

--------------------------------------------------------------------------------

 

EXECUTION VERSION

CONTRACT NUMBER 51008

·

Three phase voltage and current load monitoring

·

Fan contractor and fan current monitoring including fan sequencing and
exercising

·

High and low voltage bushing power factor and capacitance monitoring on high
voltage bushings

·

Partial discharge monitoring

·

DGA and moisture monitoring: Morgan Schaffer Calisto 2 or General Electric
Kelman MINITRANS

·

Analog oil levels and analog pressures (main tank, nitrogen cylinder pressure)

·

Communication: Ethernet over fiber (multi mode fiber, core size 62.511 25um)

·

Sudden pressure and pressure relief contact monitoring

·

Core ground current monitoring

·

Local annunciator.

 

46.7.1.1

13.8-4.16kV Auxiliary Transformers

1.

The unit auxiliary power transformers shall be oil-filled, three-phase,
twowinding, 60Hz, 13.8kV delta connected primary and 4.16kV, three-phase wye
connected secondary, ONAN, 65°C. A 400 A, 10 second, top mounted grounding
resistor shall be connected to the neutral of each transformer.

2.

The sound levels per ANSI IEEE STD C57.12.00 shall be guaranteed at or below 65
dBA.

3.

The transformer accessories shall include the following:

·

Oil filled bushings

·

Bushing type CT’s

·

Spare set bushing type CT’s

·

One (1) XO bushing CT for REF protection

·

ONAN cooling system with radiators

·

Winding temperature indicator with two alarm contacts

·

Liquid temperature indicator (dial type) with two alarm contacts

·

Magnetic level gauge with alarm contacts (high and low level)

·

Pressure/vacuum gauge and a pressure/vacuum bleeder with sampling valve

·

Pressure relief valve with alarm contact

·

Sudden fault pressure relay with auxiliary relay panel and alarm

·

Gas pressure relay with alarm contact

-128-

--------------------------------------------------------------------------------

 

EXECUTION VERSION

CONTRACT NUMBER 51008

4.

All alarm and trip functions shall be individually monitored by the DCS.

5.

Each transformer shall be rated over 200% of the normal load of one CTG/OTSG,
providing redundancy in the event of the loss of one transformer.

6.

Testing shall be performed per ANSI/IEEE C57.12.57 and C57.12.91.

6.7.1.1

Station Service Transformers

1.

The station service transformers shall be 13,800-480V, three-phase, 60Hz, delta
connected primary and wye connected, solidly grounded, secondary, VPI dry type,
115°C, AA or AA/FA.

2.

The sound levels shall meet the requirements per ANSI IEEE STD C57.12.57.

3.

The transformer accessories shall include the following:

·

AA or AA/FA cooling system with radiators

·

One (1) X0 bushing CT for REF protection

·

Winding temperature indicator with two alarm contacts

4.

All alarm and trip functions shall be individually monitored by the DCS.

5.

Each transformer shall be rated over 200% of the normal load, providing
redundancy in the event of the loss of one transformer.

5.7.1.1

Current Transformers

1.

All current transformers shall comply with the requirements specified in
ANSI/IEEE standards. The continuous-current-thermal rating factor shall be not
less than 1.33. Metering current transformers shall have an ANSI accuracy
classification of 0.3 at burdens of B-0.1, B-0.2, B-0.5, B-1 and B-1.8. Current
transformers used for transformer differential protection (87) must match the
138kV switchyard CTs. The current transformer shall be suitable for accurate
metering service down to 10% of the primary current ratings.

1.7.1.1

Voltage (Potential) Transformers

1.

All voltage transformers shall comply with the requirements specified in
ANSI/IEEE standards. Primary windings shall be connected to the switchgear
through renewable fuses and shall be readily accessible. Secondary windings
shall be grounded at one point only through a link in an accessible position.
Secondary windings shall be 120V rated.

1.7.1.1

Control Power Transformers (CPTs)

1.

Each 4160V or 480V contactor device shall be provided with a control circuit
power transformer (CPT) to provide 120VAC control power. The minimum size CPT
for 4160V starters shall be 2000VA; for 480V starters: 150VA, and 300VA for
starters NEMA Size 3 or larger.

2.

The primary winding of the transformer shall be connected to the bus bars and
shall be protected by fuses. The secondary winding shall be connected to a fuse
and one leg grounded.

3.

The transformers shall be epoxy resin encapsulated type.

-129-

--------------------------------------------------------------------------------

 

EXECUTION VERSION

CONTRACT NUMBER 51008

3.7.1.1

General Purpose Transformers

1.

General purpose two-winding, encapsulated, dry-type transformers shall be
provided for low voltage power, heating and lighting.

2.

In general, they shall be powered from the 480V system, three-phase, or
single-phase. Secondary voltages shall be either 208Y/120V three phase,
four-wire or for very limited use with Company’s approval: 120/240V
single-phase, three-wire. General purpose transformers shall have 220 C
insulation and fully rated at 80 C rise.

2.7.1

Medium Voltage Switchgear

2.7.1.1

General

1.

The main, horizontal and vertical buses shall be epoxy-encapsulated copper bar,
designed to carry continuously the rated current without exceeding the
temperature rise requirements specified in IEEE and NEMA Standards. All joints
shall have silver-to silver contact surfaces.

2.

Medium voltage circuit breakers shall be metal-clad, vacuum type breakers of the
trip free design with anti-pumping circuitry. Installed spare breakers shall be
as shown on the one line diagram 0880 E001 Rev B.

3.

Circuit breakers and voltage transformers shall be fully withdrawable for
isolation and maintenance purposes. Circuit breakers shall be equipped with
remotely controllable withdrawal mechanisms and arc flash detection using fiber
optic light detection and current spike.

4.

An un-insulated copper ground bus shall be provided extending the entire length
of switchgear assembly and it shall have No. 4/0 compression type terminal lugs
at each end for external cable connections. All the metal parts of the structure
shall be effectively connected to this bus. Ground bus shall be of rectangular
cross section, not less than 1/4-inch by 2 inches.

5.

Safety grounding studs shall be provided across all incoming circuit breakers.
Where required, they shall be in position to allow for straight-in connection of
grounding leads by hot-stick. The stud shall have a ball diameter of one inch
and shank length of two inches and shall be provided with a stud insulating
boot. The boot shall have a rating at least equal to that of the bus insulation.

-130-

--------------------------------------------------------------------------------

 

EXECUTION VERSION

CONTRACT NUMBER 51008

With each circuit breaker or contactor all necessary control switches and
mechanisms shall be furnished for indication, protection, control, interlocking,
supervision, and other functions to meet the requirements of the specification.
The switchgear will be controlled and monitored from the Plant control room via
the DCS.

7.

All control switch contacts shall be wired to terminal blocks on the fixed
portion of the switchgear including all spare contacts.

8.

Safety interlocks to ensure correct system operation, to avoid unsafe switching
conditions and to ensure safe isolation for maintenance shall be provided by
mechanical or electrical means. Switchgear mechanisms shall be provided with
means of padlocking in open position.

9.

Infrared viewing ports shall be provided in all medium voltage switchgear
sections.

10.

One complete set of accessories shall be provided for each type of switchgear
(as applicable) at each location and shall include:

·

1 -Maintenance tool for slow closing (if practicable) the breaker outside the
compartment, manually charging the breaker closing spring and manually opening
the shutter

·

1 -Levering crank for moving the breaker between the test and connected
positions

·

1 -Test jumper for electrically operating the breaker while out of its
compartment

·

1 -Breaker lifting yoke used for attachment to breaker for lifting breaker on or
off compartment rails

·

1 -Transport dolly for moving breaker about outside its compartment

·

1 –Set of rail clamps (if required) for clamping breaker on extended rails for
maintenance

·

1 -Set of test plugs for use with Flexitest relays and meters

·

1 -Test cabinet for testing electrically-operated breakers outside housing

·

Arc flash detection systems

-131-

--------------------------------------------------------------------------------

 

EXECUTION VERSION

CONTRACT NUMBER 51008

15kV Switchgear

1.

15kV switchgear shall be supplied and shall operate at 13.8kV nominal voltage of
the generator. Each lineup shall contain vertical sections of NEMA Type 1
switchgear. All circuit breakers shall be equipped with dual trip coils. All
15kV Class circuit beakers shall be three-phase metal clad circuit breakers. The
switchgear shall be equipped with metering and protective relays and all
associated CTs and PTs. The switchgear shall be designed for control cable entry
from below or above allowing the maximum possible vertical space for cable
termination. The control power for the switchgear shall come from Plant 125Vdc
system.

2.

Safety grounding studs shall be furnished for all phases on each side of each
generator circuit breaker and auxiliary feeder circuit breaker.

2.7.1

Generator and GSU Transformer Connection

1.

The incoming terminals of the15kV switchgear will be connected to the line
terminal cabinet of its associated generator with a 15kV copper cable system
installed in underground ductbanks or cable trench and in cable trays in a cable
gallery beneath the switchgear.

2.

Protection and controls shall be provided for 13.8kV circuit breakers as
described in section 7.5.11.

2.7.1

Feeder Breakers

1.

Feeder breakers shall be provided to feed individual auxiliary and station
service transformers.

2.

All Generator 13.8kV circuit breakers shall be provided in a single switchgear
section. Two-high switchgear section arrangements are acceptable for 13.8 kV
feeder breakers.

3.

Protection and controls shall be provided for 13.8kV circuit breakers as
described in section 7.5.11.

3.7.1

5kV Switchgear and Motor Controllers

1.

A medium voltage (5kV class) main-tie-main, switchgear lineup with close coupled
motor controller section(s), operating at a nominal voltage of 4160 volts, shall
be provided and located in Building SC.  Two high constructions shall be used
for the motor controller units.

2.

Safety grounding studs shall be furnished for each phase of each incoming
circuit breaker.

3.

Protection and controls shall be provided for 4160V circuit breakers as
described in section 7.5.11.

-132-

--------------------------------------------------------------------------------

 

EXECUTION VERSION

CONTRACT NUMBER 51008

4.

Starters shall be ac magnetic, fused-type medium-voltage starters, NEMA Class
E-2 employing current limiting power fuses, and magnetic contactors. These
starters shall conform to NEMA Industrial Control Standard ICI Class E-2
controllers and applicable IEEE and ANSI published industrial control standards.
The rated continuous current-carrying capacity of each starter vacuum contactor
shall be as listed in NEMA ICS 2, Table 2-210.1.

The medium voltage motor controllers shall be equipped as follows:

·

MV fuses and striker pins,

·

Electrically held type E-2 vacuum contactor with auxiliary contacts for remote
indication and for motor heater energization when the motor is off,

·

Phase and core balance CTs,

·

Stopped/running indicating lamps,

·

Control power transformer – 2000VA minimum,

·

Motor protection relay. (GE Multilin SR469, SEL 710 or Company approved equal)

6.7.1

480V Electrical Equipment

6.7.1.1

General

1.

480V switchgear, 480V motor control centers and associated 480V power
distribution panels shall be provided as part of a 480V auxiliary power
distribution system.

2.

The 480V auxiliary power distribution system shall be a 480V, three-phase, 60Hz,
three-wire system. The 480V switchgear shall contain an arc flash detection
system.

3.

The 480V equipment shall be indoor, NEMA Type 1, gasketed, construction.

4.

Protection and controls shall be provided for 480V circuit breakers as described
in section 7.5.11.

 

4.7.1.1

480V Switchgear

1.

480V switchgear circuit breakers shall be metal-enclosed, air break,
horizontally withdrawable with independent manual spring closing and electrical
trip release. Control will be on the same basis as for the 4160V switchgear.
With each circuit breaker all necessary auxiliary switches and mechanisms shall
be furnished for indication, protection, control, interlocking, supervision, and
other functions to meet the requirements of the specification. All control
switch contacts, including spares, shall be wired to terminal blocks on the
fixed portion of the switchgear.

-133-

--------------------------------------------------------------------------------

 

EXECUTION VERSION

CONTRACT NUMBER 51008

Incoming and tie circuit breakers shall be electrically operated. Feeder circuit
breakers shall be electrically operated.

3.

Each circuit breaker shall be equipped with a solid-state protective device
having, as a minimum, long-time, short-time and ground-fault over current
protection.

4.

One spare breaker of each feeder breaker frame size shall be supplied (the bus
tie breakers will serve as a spare for a main breaker).

5.

Safety interlocks to ensure correct system operation, to avoid unsafe switching
conditions and to ensure safe isolation for maintenance shall be provided by
mechanical or electrical means. Switchgear mechanisms shall be provided with
means of padlocking in open position.

5.7.1.1

480V Motor Control Center(s)

1.

The 480V motor control centers shall be Class 1, Type B and shall be readily
extendible with space allowed for future installation of at least two stacks. At
least, two spare starters shall be included in each motor control center and
shall be the most common used starter size.

2.

The rated continuous current-carrying capacity of each starter contactor shall
be as listed in NEMA ICS 1, Table 2-210.1. Contactors for motor control shall be
suitable for direct-on-line motor starting and shall be capable of withstanding
without damage the motor locked-rotor current until the overload relay operates.
All pilot devices mounted in the motor control centers, such as pushbuttons,
selector switches, pilot lights and other such items, shall be single-unit, oil
tight, heavy-duty type.

3.

480V motor starters shall be equipped as follows:

·

Magnetic trip only motor circuit protector circuit breaker with adjustable trip
settings

·

Electrically held contactor with auxiliary contacts for remote indication and
for energization of motor heater (where required) when the motor is off,

·

Stopped/running indicating lamps,

·

Control power transformers [Size 3 starters and larger shall have 300VA minimum
CPTs, otherwise the CPT shall be at least 150VA rating.

·

Electronic, adjustable, thermal overload relay with one (1) NC contact for
remote indication to the DCS.

-134-

--------------------------------------------------------------------------------

 

EXECUTION VERSION

CONTRACT NUMBER 51008

Motor combination starter units shall not be less than 12 inches high. Control
power transformers, auxiliary relays, current transformers, etc., shall be
installed in the same space unit as the combination starter, even though a
larger space unit may be required. Overload relays shall be arranged for
resetting from outside the cubicles. Circuit breakers of combination starters
shall be capable of being padlocked in the open position.

5.

In general maintained DCS contacts shall be used to start and stop each starter
remotely. Mechanically latched type starters shall be supplied for any special
purposes.

6.

Non-motor loads, such as three-phase heaters, may be fed from MCCs, in which
case, the 480V controller shall include:

·

Thermal-magnetic circuit breaker with adjustable trip settings,

·

Electrically held contactor with auxiliary contacts,

·

On/Off indicating lamps,

·

Control power transformer [one size larger than standard]

 

7.

For maintenance purposes two (2) 480V 200 A spare breakers will be added for the
whole Plant where space and capacity is available.

7.7.1.1

480V Non-Segregated Phase Bus Duct

1.

480V non-segregated phase bus shall be used to connect the CTG #2 480V Bus to
CTG #3 480V Bus. The solid bus conductors shall be high conductivity copper and
shall be designed to prevent undesirable or destructive mechanical strains in
the bus supports or connections through a full ambient temperature range.

2.

The installation will be required to carry the maximum rated current specified
continuously under normal full load operating conditions. The temperature rise
of any part of the complete installation as installed shall not exceed the
permissible values specified by the manufacturer.

3.

Flexible connections shall be provided with the non-segregated phase bus where
necessary to accommodate thermal expansion or other differential movement, and
to ensure that no undue force or vibration is transmitted to the bus conductors
or enclosures or the switchgear.

4.

All joints shall be of an industry-accepted design and where joints are made
between dissimilar metals, industry accepted means shall be provided to prevent
electrolytic corrosion.

5.

Non-segregated bus enclosures shall be designed to exclude dust and moisture so
that the performance is not affected. The design and installation of the bus
enclosures shall be suitable for operation over long periods without
maintenance. Enclosures shall incorporate means to allow for thermal expansion.

-135-

--------------------------------------------------------------------------------

 

EXECUTION VERSION

CONTRACT NUMBER 51008

Where the enclosures pass through walls etc, supports and suitable external
sealing arrangements shall be provided. Fire-rated seals shall be provided if
the walls are fire barriers and shall have a minimum two-hour rating.

7.

The non-segregated bus enclosures shall be fitted with 120V (240V rated)
thermostatically controlled space heaters. A manual bypass switch shall be
provided.

8.

Contractor shall include a phase transposition section in the nonsegregated
phase bus duct if such is determined to be required based upon physical
arrangement of components.

8.7.1

Black Start Diesel Generator

1.

This diesel generator set shall be rated at no less than 1000 kW, 1250kVA, 60Hz,
0.8 pf, 1800 rpm, and shall be connected to the 480V bus as shown on single line
diagram drawing 0880 E001 Revision No. B.  Diesel generator sizing is based on
starting one (1) CTG at a time.

2.

The diesel generator shall be installed in a weather proof enclosure outside of
Building SA and shall include cable connections to the 480 volt switchgear. The
unit shall be equipped with a fuel tank with capacity for two hours of operation
at full load.

3.

The diesel generator shall be designed to meet the following performance
requirements:

·

The generator set shall be capable of accepting 100% rated load in one step per
NFPA 110, and shall meet ISO 8528-5 transient response requirements.

·

UL 1446 recognized Class H insulation

·

UL Listing: The unit shall be UL 2200 listed.

·

The supplier shall provide a certified torsional vibration analysis report

·

Segregated low voltage, AC/DC accessory box shall be included to provide single
point access to all accessory connections

·

Shall be EPA Tier 2 compliant or meet the requirements of 40CFR60 Subpart IIII.

4.

Scope of Supply:

 

·

Diesel engine driven 480V, 3-phase, 60Hz generator set

·

PLC based engine control system

·

PLC based generator control system

·

Control system data link to the Plant DCS

·

Battery maintenance panel with link to the Plant DCS

·

Water/air-cooled cooling system

·

Jacket water heating system

-136-

--------------------------------------------------------------------------------

 

EXECUTION VERSION

CONTRACT NUMBER 51008

·

Lube oil heating system

·

Engine exhaust silencer

·

Battery starting system

·

Battery charger system

 

17.7.1

125Vdc Power Distribution System

17.7.1.1

General

1.

The Plant shall be equipped with a dual 125Vdc battery system as shown on the
overall one-line diagram, 0880 E0001.

2.

Each system shall consist of one 125V battery, a two-pole battery disconnect
switch, a battery charger, and a two-pole dc distribution panel board. The
125Vdc power systems will be ungrounded. Two pole circuit breakers, or fuses in
both the positive and the negative poles shall be used throughout.

3.

A cross-tie circuit breaker shall be provided to take one system out of service
while the other system carries the entire Plant dc load.

3.7.1.1

Batteries and Battery Rooms

1.

Batteries shall be flooded lead-calcium alloy type. Each battery shall be
complete with all necessary insulated intercell connections between cells and
from the battery terminals to the battery disconnect switch.

2.

Each Plant battery system capacity (rated ampere-hours) shall be sufficient to
support the connected loads and related equipment for a minimum of four (4)
hours after a loss of AC power while the battery cell voltage shall not fall
lower than the end of discharge voltage.

3.

The battery shall be provided with a fused disconnect switch for maintenance and
safety. Annunciation shall be provided in the DCS, when disconnect switch or
fuse is "open" to indicate the battery is disconnected from the dc bus.

4.

Inter-cell and terminal connectors for a flooded lead-calcium battery shall
consist of lead-plated copper connectors. The battery shall have a twenty (20)
year design life on float charge and shall have a recombinant efficiency of 99%,
or greater. The battery safety vents shall be of the self-resealing type.
Positive plate thickness shall be at a minimum 0.34". Post seals shall utilize a
slide lock design.

5.

The battery shall be located in a separate battery room, in such a manner as to
have full access to at least three sides. Sufficient room shall be allowed for
battery lift equipment to access the cells for maintenance and replacement.

6.

The battery racks shall be no greater than two tiers.

-137-

--------------------------------------------------------------------------------

 

EXECUTION VERSION

CONTRACT NUMBER 51008

Even though the battery may have recombinant capability and will not generate
significant amounts of hydrogen gas when under heavy charge, at least one
exhaust fan shall be located in an outside wall in the vicinity of the battery.
Monitors shall be provided if ventilation system is unable to limit H2 gas
concentrations to less than 2% by volume. The battery room(s) shall have
individual temperature control.

7.7.1.1

Battery Chargers

1.

Each battery charger shall have the capacity to recharge the fully discharged
battery within 24 hours while carrying the continuous load. The chargers shall
be filtered “battery eliminator” type such that they can supply the 125Vdc
system indefinitely with the battery disconnected.

2.

The chargers shall have a nominal output float voltage of 135Vdc. The battery
chargers shall have an input voltage of 480VAC, three-phase. The battery
chargers shall limit the output ripple voltage under full load to 30 mV rms or
less, with batteries attached.

3.

The following alarms and indications shall be provided with each charger:

·

Charger failure.

·

Charger shutdown on system over-voltage.

·

Rectifier failure.

·

Battery open circuit.

·

Battery on boost.

·

Battery voltage low.

·

Battery ground fault (ungrounded systems).

·

Remote alarm to the DCS.

4.

In addition to the above alarm signals, each charger will include the following:

·

Output voltmeter with switches to read positive and negative voltage to ground

·

Output ammeter

·

Equalize timer

5.

Each battery charger shall be equipped with ac input and dc output circuit
breakers.

6.

Battery chargers shall be supplied with temperature compensation.

 

 

 

 

 

-138-

--------------------------------------------------------------------------------

 

EXECUTION VERSION

CONTRACT NUMBER 51008

125Vdc Distribution

1.

The Plant 125Vdc distribution panel shall be located in the electrical equipment
room and shall be equipped with outgoing circuits, a charger input section, and
main lugs for input of the battery leads via a separately housed fused
disconnect switch.

2.

The 125Vdc distribution panel shall be equipped with two-pole circuit breakers
for all of the outgoing circuits. A ground detection system shall be provided
for the 125Vdc bus consisting of a voltmeter containing auxiliary contacts to
alarm for a ground of 20,000 ohms or less on either bus. The alarm signals shall
be run to the DCS.

3.

A minimum list of loads to be served from the 125Vdc system follows:

·

13.8kV, 4.16kV and 480V switchgear control and relaying

·

138kV and GSU transformer protective relaying

·

120VAC UPS

·

GSU transformer controls and protective devices

·

Auxiliary transformer controls and protective devices

·

Station service transformer controls and protective devices

34.7.1

Uninterruptible Power Supply (UPS) Systems

34.7.1.1

120VAC uninterruptible power supply (UPS) fed from redundant DC system described
in 6.4.19 shall be provided to support DCS components and other
control/protection systems in the event of an AC power failure. The system shall
be designed to provide electrical noise free power for a minimum of 4 hours
continuously, for a total operation of 8 hours using both battery banks.

34.7.1.2

In general, the 120VAC UPS shall consist of the following components:

1.

1-phase static inverter.

2.

1 or 3-phase static by-pass switch.

3.

1 or 3-phase maintenance bypass switch and transformer (if required)

4.

120VAC, 2W, 60Hz distribution panel board

4.7.1.1

The 120VAC UPS will receive normal power from a single or three phase ac source.
In the event of loss of ac power, the UPS inverter will receive 125Vdc power
from the 125Vdc batteries.

4.7.1.2

For maintenance purposes an independent manual by-pass switch shall be provided
to allow the static transfer switch to be removed from service. This shall allow
maintenance procedures to be carried out safely and without interruption to the
system operation.

-139-

--------------------------------------------------------------------------------

 

EXECUTION VERSION

CONTRACT NUMBER 51008

4.7.1.3

The UPS shall be equipped with self-diagnostics which shall be monitored by the
DCS.

4.7.1.4

A preliminary list of expected loads to be served from the 120VAC UPS system
follows:

1.

All field-mounted PLCs

2.

DCS and DAS HMIs

3.

DCS printers

4.

CEMS HMI

5.

Smoke and Fire Detection and Alarm Systems

6.

Any critical system transducers, transmitters, converters or instruments.

7.

Plant telephone system

8.

Control room lighting

9.

Plant LAN network

10.

Plant security system

10.7.1

Panel Internal Wiring

1.

All internal wiring in panels, cubicles and equipment racks shall be carried out
using 600V grade multi-stranded copper wires.

2.

All control wiring shall consist of stranded copper wires of not less than No.
14 AWG. CT circuits shall use No. 10 AWG; minimum conductor size electronic
signal wire shall be stranded copper, No. 16 AWG minimum, twisted pair,
aluminum-Mylar tape shielded with drain wire and overall jacket.

3.

Wires shall not be spliced between terminal points. Not more than two wires
shall be connected to any one terminal. Note: For the purpose of this clause,
the ‘terminal’ is the fixing device on the apparatus and the ‘termination’ is
the device fitted to the wire.

4.

Wiring should be neatly run in wire ways filled not more than 40 per cent.

5.

All wires shall have an identification marking at each end numbered in
accordance with equipment manufacturer's drawings.

6.

Where separate markers provide the marking, all markers shall be white with
permanent black inscriptions, with a finish that minimizes the adhesion of dirt.

7.

Sleeve types only shall be used and they shall not slip along the cable, neither
shall they be removable without re-terminating.

8.

Where the nominal voltage of any circuit exceeds 125V, the higher voltage
circuit wiring and associated terminal blocks shall be segregated from the 125V
and below wiring and terminal blocks with structurally grounded metal barriers.

9.

Where a cubicle carries apparatus for more than one primary circuit, the wiring
for each circuit shall be grouped separately and as far as possible from any
common wiring.

-140-

--------------------------------------------------------------------------------

 

EXECUTION VERSION

CONTRACT NUMBER 51008

9.7.1

Terminals and Terminations

1.

For all CT circuits, wiring shall be terminated using crimped ring-tongue type
lugs for terminations other than CT’s forked lugs or mechanical type terminals
are acceptable as limited by OEM restrictions.

2.

No more than two terminations are permitted on any one terminal block, excluding
any special purpose jumpers.

3.

Terminal blocks shall be NEMA rated screw type. Terminal blocks for control
wiring 120V and below shall be rated 300V and shall be capable of accepting
terminal lugs for No. 10 AWG wire and smaller. A provision for spare terminals
shall be allowed for possible future modifications. Such a provision shall not
be less than 20 percent of the total number of terminals. Terminals shall bear
clear, permanent identification as to the number, terminal location and terminal
rows. Terminal blocks shall be grouped according to function. Terminal blocks
shall be mounted vertically wherever possible. The preferred minimum height to
the bottom of terminals shall be 1.5 ft. above floor level.

3.7.1

Indicating Instruments

1.

Voltage operated instruments shall be suitable for operation from voltage
transformers having 120V secondaries. Voltage operated instruments shall be
protected by a fuse on each pole of the circuit placed as close as possible to
the voltage transformer terminals.

1.7.1

Control and Indication

1.7.1.1

Control switches shall be heavy-duty, rotary type, rated 600 volts, 20 amperes.
Handle styles shall be large pistol grip for control, round notches for
instruments. Switches shall be provided with engraved escutcheons. Control
switches shall be GE SB1, or Company approved equal. Ammeter and voltmeter
switches shall be GE SB1 and shall be “three position and off” type. Lockout
relays shall be Electroswitch, Series 24, electrical trip – manual reset type.

1.7.1.2

Indicating lamps shall be of the long life, solid state, (LED) type. Lamps shall
be replaceable from the front.

1.

Red:

·

Breaker closed (monitor trip coil and trip circuit)

·

Starter-contactor closed (motor running)

·

Lockout (86) relay actuated

-141-

--------------------------------------------------------------------------------

 

EXECUTION VERSION

CONTRACT NUMBER 51008

Green:

·

Breaker open

·

Starter-contactor open (motor off)

3.

White:

·

Lockout (86) relay coil circuit

40.7.1

Local Control Stations

1.

Local control stations for maintenance and testing shall be provided as required
or for equipment that is subject to local control. Indication shall be provided
to the DCS that the equipment is in local.

1.7.1

Motors

1.7.1.1

General Requirements

1.

All motors furnished shall be designed, manufactured and tested in accordance
with the NEMA Publication No. MG-1.

·

Motors ½  Hp through 200 Hp in general, shall be 460V, three-phase, 60Hz.

·

Motors larger than 250 Hp shall be 4000V, three-phase, 60Hz.  250 HP motors may
be rated 460V or 4000V if required for UL labeling or if calculations confirm
motor starting analysis as adequate for required voltage drop. 

·

Motors less than ½  Hp shall be 115V, single-phase, 60Hz

2.

All motors rated 460Volt and below shall have a nominal full-load efficiency
equal to or better than the values listed in Table 12-11 of NEMA MG –1 and shall
have a 1.15 service factor unless the maximum duty on the motor is 87% or less.
Motors 250 Hp or larger shall have a 1.0 service factor.

3.

All motors 200 Hp, or less, shall be totally enclosed non-ventilated (TENV) or
totally enclosed fan cooled (TEFC) design. Motors larger than 200 Hp shall be
WP-1 or WP-2 with a sealed insulation system.

4.

DC motors shall be capable of continuous operation without exceeding permitted
temperatures or excessive sparking on the commutators.

-142-

--------------------------------------------------------------------------------

 

EXECUTION VERSION

CONTRACT NUMBER 51008

Design and Construction

1.

Motors shall be designed for across the line starting and shall be capable of
accelerating the connected load with a constant of 80 percent of rated voltage
at its terminals.

2.

All motor windings shall be copper with Class F non-hygroscopic insulation
systems. The temperature rise by resistance shall not exceed 80 degrees C at 1.0
service factor at rated load. The nameplate shall read, "Class F insulation
system, 50 degrees C ambient, with Class B temperature rise."

3.

Motors shall be selected with starting torque characteristics suitable for the
load driven and anticipated use cycle of the motor driven equipment. NEMA design
B shall be considered standard, with selection of other torque characteristics
to be reviewed and approved by Company.

4.

Space heaters shall be provided for all motors rated 25 horsepower or larger.
Space heaters shall be low heat density and rated and sized for continuous
operation when the motor is off to maintain the internal temperature 10 Celsius
degrees above the ambient temperature specified. Space heaters up to 1800 watts
shall be rated, 240V, single phase, 60Hz and operated at 120V. Space heaters
above 1800 watts shall be rated 240V, three phase, 60Hz and operated at 208V.

5.

Motors larger than 200 horsepower shall be provided with at least six (6) stator
winding and two (2) bearing temperature detectors wired to the motor protective
relay mounted in the motor controller. The RTDs will be wired out to a separate
terminal box mounted on the motor. The RTD outputs shall be wired to the motor
protective relay in the motor controller.

6.

Motors rated 1000 Hp or larger shall have all winding leads terminated in an
oversize terminal box. The terminal box shall be provided complete with three
core balance differential current transformers for motor differential protection
and cable lugs for termination of the power cables. Current transformer ratios
and cable lug sizes will be specified on the one-line diagrams. The secondaries
of the differential CTs will be wired to a separate terminal box mounted on the
side of the main terminal box and shall contain shorting-type terminal blocks.
The secondary current outputs of the CTs will feed into the motor protective
relay in the motor controller.

7.

Motors rated 1500 Hp or larger shall be provided with surge capacitors and
lightning arresters mounted by the manufacturer in the terminal box or cubicle
attached to the motor.

8.

All motors shall be shipped with nameplates attached. Nameplates shall be of
stainless steel. Nameplates shall be stamped with the standard NEMA markings per
Section 10.40.1 of NEMA MG-1 and additional nameplate information per Section
10.39.6 of NEMA MG-1.

-143-

--------------------------------------------------------------------------------

 

EXECUTION VERSION

CONTRACT NUMBER 51008

Bearings

1.

All motors, which are supplied with ball or roller bearings, shall have the
appropriate Anti-Friction Bearing Manufacturers Association (AFBMA) number
stamped on a nameplate attached to the motor. The selection of bearings for
horizontal and vertical motors shall be based on ratings established by the
AFBMA. The bearings shall have a minimum B-10 or L-10 life of 50,000 hours for
continuous operation.

2.

Vertical type motors shall be fitted with thrust bearings to withstand the
forces generated by the motor and, when required, the additional forces
generated by the driven equipment.

2.7.1.1

Terminal Arrangement

1.

Motors terminal boxes shall be located in accordance with NEMA Standard MG-1.

2.

Separate accessory terminal boxes shall be provided for space heater leads as
well as separate box for temperature detector leads.

3.

Motor terminal box shall be one size larger than required in NEMA standard MG-1
that shall be capable of rotating 90 degrees. Dust tight seal shall be provided
on the motor leads through the frame, except where explosion-proof is required.

3.7.1.1

Brush Gear, Commutators and Slip Rings

1.

Brush-gear, commutators and slip rings shall be designed and constructed to
operate satisfactorily without detrimental sparking and to run for periods of
not less than 6 months without the need for adjustment or replacement of
brushes; access for cleaning shall be provided.

2.

Adequate precautions shall be taken to protect the windings against harmful
deposits of carbon dust entrained in the cooling air.

3.

Removable covers shall be fitted to provide access to the brush-gear,
commutators and slip rings.

3.7.1

Surge Arresters

1.

If surge arresters are required for the GSU transformers, they shall be station
class mounted immediately adjacent to the high voltage bushings. Arresters shall
be metal-oxide varistor (MOV) type. The arresters shall be rated to provide the
insulation switching surge, full wave and chopping wave protective ratios
recommended by ANSI / IEEE. Arresters shall be polymer– housed. The base of the
surge arrester shall be insulated from the mounting plate.

2.

If required, the surge arresters furnished on the transformer shall be
adequately grounded to the nearest tank ground pad. The grounding of surge
arresters shall follow the methods recommended in IEEE Standard No. 80.

-144-

--------------------------------------------------------------------------------

 

EXECUTION VERSION

CONTRACT NUMBER 51008

2.1

Electrical Design for Buildings

2.1.1

Power Supply

1.

Building SB (Optional) electrical system shall be designed for independent
supply of power. 

1.1.1

Control and Communications Rooms

1.1.1.1

The control room or the communications room shall be equipped in accordance with
the specifications outlined in Section 7. Specific paragraphs that apply to the
equipment are the following;

1.

Power Control Center HMI, and other computing and printing equipment as
described in Sections 7.3

2.

Space and connectivity for the continuous monitoring system (CEMS) as described
in Section 7.7

3.

Station main fire panel as described in Section 7.10, and

4.

Closed Circuit TV System as described in Section 7.11.2

5.

Access Control: The vehicle gate controller and intercom master station shall be
located in the Plant main control room, as discussed in Section 7.11.3

6.

Telecommunications shall be furnished as specified in Section 7.13

6.1.1

Power Supply and Distribution

1.

An electrical power and distribution system shall be provided for each building
composed of power and low voltage distribution panel boards, low voltage
distribution transformers, conduits, fittings, wire and cable, terminations,
light fixtures, etc.

1.1.1.1

Cable and Wire

1.

The wire used for lighting and building services shall be 600 volts, 90 degree
type THHN or XHHW. The conductors shall be stranded copper and not less the No.
12 AWG.

1.1.1.1

Cable Tray

1.

The Cable Tray System shall conform to NEMAVE-1.

2.

All cable trays shall be ladder type construction with a maximum rung spacing of
9 inches, nominal depth of 6 inches (useable depth approx. 5 inches), and
various widths as required per plan drawings.

-145-

--------------------------------------------------------------------------------

 

EXECUTION VERSION

CONTRACT NUMBER 51008

Cable trays shall be supported in accordance with NEMA standards. Support design
shall consider maximum load on tray plus a 200 lb. Point weight at mid-span in
accordance with NEMA standards. The safety factor for this load condition shall
be at least 1.5 based on the ultimate capacity of the tray or any of its
components as determined by load test in accordance with NEMAVE 1, Section 4.

4.

Cable trays shall be aluminum and shall be manufactured of heat treated ASTM
B221 6063 aluminum alloy for extruded parts and of ASTM 109 5052 alloy for parts
fabricated from sheets.

5.

Vertical tray shall be furnished complete with ventilated covers. Solid covers
shall be provided for all solid bottom trays and the top tray in outdoor areas
exposed to direct sunlight. Except for solid bottom cable trays, covers shall
not be required for trays installed beneath EEEs.

6.

Cable tray fittings shall have a radius equal to or greater than the
minimum-bending radius of the cables they contain.

7.

The minimum design vertical spacing for trays shall be 18 inches measured from
the bottom of the upper tray to the top of the lower tray. At least a 9-inch
clearance shall be maintained between the top of a tray and beams, piping, or
other obstacles to facilitate installation of cables in the tray.

7.1.1.1

Metal Conduit and Fittings

1.

Metal conduit and fittings shall be industrial grade quality electrical
products, and shall bear the label of the Underwriter's Laboratories and shall
meet the requirements of ANSI C80.1, ANSI C80.4 and Federal Specification
WW-C-540C.

2.

Electric metallic tubing (EMT) may be used for lighting, receptacles and data
communications where protected from the weather by a roof and building walls,
and may be used if behind sheet rock or ceiling panels for lighting and outlets
in the administration part of the Plant. Exposed conduits run in all other
locations shall be rigid steel galvanized. EMT shall not be used for power,
control, instrument or signal circuits. Enameled conduit, aluminum conduit or
aluminum electrical metallic tubing shall not be used.

3.

Except for branch lighting systems, conduit fittings should be equivalent to
Crouse Hinds Form 8, LBD, or Mogul Series or equal.

4.

Conduits shall be plumb or run parallel to building walls. Conduits shall have
not more than the equivalent of three ninety-degree bends between pulling
points. All conduit shall be 3/4-inch or larger, except that 1/2-inch may be
used for fixture nipples where it meets the electrical code requirements for
fill. All condulets shall be provided with neoprene cover gaskets.

5.

Conduits between the Plant and the buildings will be installed through
underground duct banks which will enter the building through the foundation slab
and, where necessary, shall extend to aboveground equipment.

-146-

--------------------------------------------------------------------------------

 

EXECUTION VERSION

CONTRACT NUMBER 51008

Conduit shall be furnished to route telephone/data wiring to various locations
throughout the buildings. Where the jacks are installed in rooms with sheetrock
walls and suspended ceilings, an accessible pull box shall be located directly
above the jack in the area above the false ceiling.

7.

Penetrations through walls shall be constructed and sealed in a manner
consistent with the required fire ratings of walls.

8.

At least one (1) dedicated 480 volt, three-phase, three-wire power distribution
panel board shall be provided for each building. The bus rating shall be no less
than 400A, 42 kAIC. The panel boards, located in the switchgear rooms shall
receive power from a separate circuit breaker in the 480V switchgear. The power
panel board buses shall be copper. Three-pole panel board feeder circuit
breakers shall be provided for all 480 volt equipment including the low voltage
power transformers. All spaces shall be filled with 20 A, three-pole spare
feeder circuit breakers.

9.

Each building shall be provided with low voltage general purpose power
distribution transformers and low voltage power distribution panel boards.
Spaces on each panel board shall be filled with 120VAC, 20A, single-pole feeder
circuit breakers.

10.

All transformers and panel boards shall have nameplates attached with
self-tapping stainless-steel screws. Nameplates shall consist of letters and
numbers engraved on a laminated, thermosetting plastic material, providing black
letters and numbers on a white background. Letters and figures shall be
approximately 3/8 inch high.

11.

Copper bus bars shall be used in all power and distribution panel boards. All
panel boards shall be surface-mounted.

11.1.1

Lighting

1.

The lighting layout and fixture selection shall be submitted for Company’s
approval.

1.1.1.1

General

1.

The lighting system design shall be based upon the following minimum light
levels (measured at floor level):

 

 

capability –

 

 

 

Control room, offices, conference room,

administrative areas, lunch room (the

control room and the conference room shall include multi-zone dimming capability
–

zone layouts approved by Company):

50 foot-candles (min.)*

* with all fluorescent lights on and dimmers at max.

Rest/locker rooms, closets and hallways:

30 foot-candles (min.)

All other indoor areas (for egress) :

2 foot-candles (min.)

Task lighting for normal O&M areas

30 foot-candles (min.)

 

-147-

--------------------------------------------------------------------------------

 

EXECUTION VERSION

CONTRACT NUMBER 51008

1.1.1.1

Interior Lighting in Industrial Areas

1.

Interior lighting in the industrial areas shall consist of HID pendant-mount
fixtures with up to 400 W, 208V, metal-halide lamps. Fixtures manufactured by
Holophane, GE or Lithonia are acceptable. The specific fixture style shall be
quoted with the proposal and approved by the Purchaser. High power factor
electronic ballasts and borosilicate refractors with wire guards are preferred.
Double fuse protection shall be provided with the ballast.

1.1.1.1

Interior lighting in the occupied areas (control room, conference room,
rest/locker rooms, offices and administrative areas) shall generally consist of
120VAC commercial fluorescent fixtures with T8 lamps, specular-finished
parabolic louvers and electronic ballasts.

1.1.1.2

In rooms with sheet rock ceilings, flush-mount fixtures shall be used.

1.1.1.3

Where suspended acoustic ceilings are required, unless otherwise specified,
troffer type fluorescent fixtures (2’ X 4’, with three (3) T8 lamps and
specularfinished, 18-cell parabolic louvers, or Company-approved alternative)
shall be provided. If troffers are used as part of the air-handling system air
flow pattern dampers shall be provided.

1.1.1.4

Eight inch round, dual-26DTT lamp, recessed compact 120VAC fluorescent fixtures
with semi-diffuse finish parabolic open reflectors (similar to the Lithonia 8”
AF Series) shall be installed in the following areas:

1.

Hallways

2.

Kitchen (with one above the sink operated by a separate switch)

3.

Storage closets

4.

Janitor’s closets

5.

In the rest/locker rooms located above the entrance

5.1.1.1

In addition to the troffer fluorescents, eight (8) recessed incandescent
fixtures with dimmers shall also be installed in the ceiling of the control room
for task lighting. (These fixtures shall not be considered in the light
intensity levels required above.) The specific locations will be provided later.
These “essential” light circuits will be determined after the first submittal of
the lighting layout for client review and comments. For bid purposes, assume at
least two circuits in the control room will be essential.

5.1.1.2

All dimmers shall have memory capability with integral on-off switch allowing
the ability to switch “on” at the last light intensity setting.

In addition to the troffer fluorescents, 120VAC wall-mounted fluorescent strip
lights, similar to the Lithonia “Precedence” series, shall be provided above the
mirrors and wash basins in the rest/locker rooms. Each light fixture in each
locker/restroom shall be separately switched.

-148-

--------------------------------------------------------------------------------

 

EXECUTION VERSION

CONTRACT NUMBER 51008

5.1.1.3

Exterior Lighting

1.

Unless otherwise noted, light fixtures mounted on the building exteriors shall
be provided at each exterior-access door. For personnel doors, the fixtures
shall be mounted at ten feet above finished foundation and one foot (centerline)
to the open side of (not above) the door. (If the door is adjacent to a roll-up
door, this fixture is not required). If the door is double wide two (2) fixtures
shall be mounted, one on either side, at ten feet above finished foundation and
one foot to each side of the door.

2.

Two fixtures shall be furnished and mounted beside each roll-up door. They shall
be located at 15 feet above finished foundation and two feet (centerline) from
the side of the door.

3.

For each building, all exterior lights shall be controlled by lighting
contactors from photo electric cells with test bypass switches. Exterior
lighting shall operate at 208VAC.

4.

All exterior light fixtures shall comply with local and Alaska dark sky
ordinances.

4.1.1.1

Emergency Lighting

1.

Emergency lighting and lighted exit signs shall be provided as required by local
and state building codes. Emergency lighting shall be dual halogen lamp,
self-contained, maintenance-free battery packs with 90 minute capacity.
Emergency lighting shall meet IES requirements.

1.1.1

Receptacles

1.1.1.1

Two (2) 60 A, 480V welding receptacles will be located on each side of the
OTSG's for a total eight (8), with the capacity for four (4) more for future
expansion. Each 480V receptacle shall have a separate feeder circuit breaker.

1.1.1.2

120V convenience receptacles shall be industrial grade, duplex, rated 20 A.
Standard and GFCI type receptacles shall be supplied as required by the National
Electrical Code. (GFCI receptacles shall be installed in all interior areas of
the water treatment buildings). No more than eight (8) 120V duplex receptacles
shall be wired to a single feeder circuit breaker. Receptacles and lighting
shall not share the same circuits.

1.1.1.3

Most duplex receptacles in the control room shall be fed from the 120VAC UPS
systems and shall have red thermoplastic bodies.

1.1.1.4

Except UPS-backed receptacles, all 120VAC convenience receptacles in the control
rooms, the conference room, administrative areas, or offices shall be provided
with integral Transient Voltage Surge Suppression (TVSS) capability or
alternatively TVSS protection may be provided in the panelboard.

-149-

--------------------------------------------------------------------------------

 

EXECUTION VERSION

CONTRACT NUMBER 51008

Wall-mounted 120V convenience receptacles and switches in rooms with sheetrock
walls shall be flush mounted with the conduits contained within the wall. All
others shall be surface mounted.

1.1.1.6

Each receptacle shall be labeled with a permanent printed or engraved label
indicating the power source panel and breaker position. All interior convenience
receptacle wall plates shall be stainless steel.

1.1.2

Mounting Heights

Unless specifically designated, the mounting height above the floor of
wall-mounted equipment shall be as follows:

1.

 

Interior 120VAC receptacles

1' - 0" to center AFF (kitchen counter

 

 

receptacles mounted per Code)

2.

 

480VAC receptacles

4' - 0" to center of box AFF or AFG

3.

 

Exterior 120VAC receptacles

2’ – 6’ to center AFG

4.

 

Light switches

4' - 0" to center AFF

5.

 

Exterior 100 W light fixtures

10’ – 0” to bottom AFF

6.

 

Exterior 250 W light fixtures

15’ – 0” to bottom AFF

6.1.1

Miscellaneous Loads

6.1.1.1

Domestic electric water heaters, shall be fed from dedicated 208V, three phase
or single phase circuits.

6.1.1.2

Electric unit heaters shall be fed from dedicated 208V (through 10 kW) or 480V
(above 10 kW), three-phase, three-pole circuits.

6.1.1.3

Evaporative coolers, if used, shall be fed from dedicated 480V single-phase,
two-pole circuits.

6.1.1.4

Kitchen ovens and range tops will be fed from dedicated 208V, three-phase or
single phase circuits. If 240V service is required, the Building Contractor
shall furnish and install a suitably sized 480-240/120V single-phase transformer
for this purpose.

6.1.1.5

Ventilation and restroom or kitchen exhaust fans will be fed from dedicated 120V
circuits. The kitchen sink garbage disposal shall be fed from a dedicated 120V
GFCI circuit.

-150-

--------------------------------------------------------------------------------

 

EXECUTION VERSION

CONTRACT NUMBER 51008

Grounding

6.1.2.1

The grounding system shall be installed in accordance with IEEE 80, IEEE 142,
and the National Electrical Code (NFPA 70).

6.1.2.2

Metal conduit systems shall be grounded by copper cable connections to the
ground grid or to building steel. Where expansion joints are used in conduit
runs, flexible copper cable jumpers shall be used. In no case shall electric
metallic tubing be used as a ground return path.

6.1.3

Cathodic Protection

6.1.3.1

Contractor shall coat and wrap as well as provide engineered cathodic protection
systems to protect all underground metallic piping, valves, and equipment. All
underground metallic materials including carbon steel, stainless steel, copper,
and cast iron shall be protected. Passive cathodic protection systems, if used,
shall have a design life of 50 years.

6.1.3.2

Gravity drain type cast iron piping shall be wrapped with Linear Low Density
Polyethylene Encasement (LLDPE) for Iron Piping Corrosion Protection or Company
approved equal. LLDPE encasement materials shall be in accordance with ANSI/AWWA
C105.

6.1.4

Freeze Protection

Heat tracing will be provided, where required for freeze protection. Heat trace
will not be provided in the turbine-generator building or gas compressor
building.

The heat tracing is applied on piping systems by means of self regulating
electric heating cables, and mineral insulation (MI) on high temperature
applications. Large piping systems and piping that are drainable are not heat
traced.

This system is not applied where other means of heating, such as, steam tracing
and immersion heating are used.

Immersion heaters will be added to outdoor tanks as required.

The freeze protection temperature of heat traced components will be designed not
to fall below 36oF (2oC) when the ambient temperature is at its lowest, the wind
velocity is at its design value, and the thermal insulation is intact.

Heat tracing will be fed from dedicated panelboards located throughout the
Facility.

-151-

--------------------------------------------------------------------------------

 

EXECUTION VERSION

CONTRACT NUMBER 51008

Instrument trace heating will be installed from process root valves to final
instrument devices located in a hard or flexible enclosure.  Enclosures for
instrumentation will be designed to protect the instrumentation from freezing,
over temperature, corrosion, and mechanical abuse. The enclosures will give
total protection. All instrument enclosures will have drains to prevent
accumulation of moisture.  Instrument enclosures will have external terminal
boxes for electrical and instrument wiring terminations.

8.

CONTROL AND INSTRUMENTS TECHNICAL DESCRIPTION 

8.1

SUMMARY

This section describes the engineering, design, equipment supply, installation,
programming, site calibration, testing, commissioning and complete engineering
documentation for the instrumentation and controls (I&C) section for the
complete combined cycle Plant.

The following sections describe the technical requirements for the supply and
installation of instrumentation and controls (I&C) equipment necessary to allow
the safe, reliable and efficient operation of the Plant under normal operating
conditions including start-up, shut down and load changing.

8.2

CONTROL PHILOSOPHY

An Instrumentation and Control system will be provided to enable automatic
control of the Power Plant and provide the Operator with sufficient information
to monitor and control the facility under all operating conditions.

Control, supervision and monitoring of the Plant shall normally be undertaken
from the Plant Control Room (PCR).  All Plant and equipment requiring automatic,
normal, manual remote or emergency control intervention shall normally be
controlled and monitored from the PCR, including the control of all electrical
switchgear, motors, actuators and the like.

The Plant shall be designed for reliable operation including processes for
predictive maintenance.

A complete Distributed Control System (DCS) shall be provided for the facility.
This system shall be an Emerson Ovation DCS including all hardware, cabling,
software, human-machine interfaces (HMI), graphic displays, programming,
configuration services, testing, and field functional integration services. All
Company-furnished equipment and material will be integrated into the DCS based
on a comprehensive list mutually agreed to during the design phase of the
Project.

-152-

--------------------------------------------------------------------------------

 

EXECUTION VERSION

CONTRACT NUMBER 51008

The DCS shall be designed and configured such that a single PCR Operator can
startup, operate, and shutdown the facility.

All CPU’s will be rack mounted in the Processor Room (not in the control room).

The DCS systems will be provided with the required redundancy to ensure that a
single component, module fault or failure within the DCS shall not affect the
continuing operation or safety of the Station.

The Processors, data highway and DCS power supplies shall be duplicated with
automatic changeover facilities.

Switchover of processors and data highways will be seamless, requiring no
operator action.  Failure of a processor or data highway shall generate a
priority alarm in the DCS. 

The DCS data highway shall be fiber optic to the greatest extent practical.

Where Modbus is used, it shall be industry standard and preferably TCP/IP.
Serial version is also acceptable providing that speed of operation does not
create operational problems.

Individual Plant components such as gas turbines or CEMS system are provided
with their own package of controls instrumentation and protection
systems.  These individual packaged systems will communicate critical specific
information to the DCS.  In the case of the gas turbines, the connections will
be via communications links and hard wired signals.  These interfaces will
enable the Operator to safely control the turbines remotely from the DCS.

Start-up and shutdown of the Plant shall normally be achieved from the PCR.  The
turbines shall additionally be capable of starting and of being monitored and
controlled from their individual local control cubicles.

Instrument and control systems design will be engineered to provide for the safe
and efficient start-up and operation of the power plant.

Local instrumentation and indication shall be provided where necessary for test
and commissioning purposes.

Permissive interlocks shall be active at all levels to prevent incorrect
operation of the Plant.

Major equipment and associated auxiliaries will be operated from the
PCR.  Remote indication and group alarms will be furnished for local control
packages for systems and equipment such as the water treatment, air compressor
and switchyard.

All motor operated valves (MOVs) and on/off actuating valves, shall be operated
from the DCS in the PCR, except those operated by the gas turbine, steam
turbine, fuel gas compressor, etc. control systems.  All on/off actuated valves
are to be provided with limit switches to indicate open and close status. These
switches will be included in the DCS configuration as ‘failure to operate’
logic.

-153-

--------------------------------------------------------------------------------

 

EXECUTION VERSION

CONTRACT NUMBER 51008

All modulating control valves are to be provided with position feedback to
indicate open status.

As required by operating philosophy, electrical drives shall be operable locally
(in the MCC)  and remotely (from the PCR).  All drives will have an emergency
stop pushbutton, located on  corresponding MCC cubicles.  The running status of
the drive shall be configured in the DCS.

Local field instrumentation including pressure gages, differential pressure
gages, temperature gages, level gauges, transmitters, switches, analytical
instruments and all associated pipe-work, valves, manifolds and thermowells as
required shall be provided for a complete instrumentation and control system. 

All necessary hardware for marshalling and terminating incoming and outgoing
Plant cabling shall be provided. Equipment shall be designed to operate in
hazardous areas where necessary.

8.3

Distributed Control System

8.3.1

General

The distributed control system will be a microprocessor-based distributed
control system ("DCS") capable of directly controlling or monitoring all major
equipment, including, but not limited to the, feed water systems, steam systems,
cooling water systems, fuel systems, and electrical systems.  In addition, the
DCS will be capable of communicating with the proprietary control systems
provided by major equipment suppliers, such as the combustion turbine
generators, steam turbine generator and all other systems with points of
interface.  The DCS will also be capable of communicating with systems provided
for control and monitoring of systems that makeup the Facility's infrastructure.

Critical equipment in the DCS will be redundant to reduce Plant down time due to
a single point of failure in the DCS.  Display consoles, processors,
inter-processor communication networks, hard disks, power supplies will be
redundant.

The DCS shall be provided to monitor, control, display, alarm and record
selected physical and electrical parameters associated with all the systems of
the Plant.   The control system offered utilizes the latest generation of the
Emerson Ovation DCS system.    The DCS system shall be suitable for continuous
upgradable operation for up to 30 years. The DCS shall be on a Plant network and
provide no connections to Company’s business network.

The DCS will support dispatch automatic generation control (AGC) using Plant and
unit setpoint control.

-154-

--------------------------------------------------------------------------------

 

EXECUTION VERSION

CONTRACT NUMBER 51008

The DCS system will function as the Plant supervisor and controller. The intent
is for a PCR Operator to be able to completely operate the Plant from the DCS in
the PCR without the need to interface with other panels or devices.

The system shall provide a high level of automatic control incorporating safe,
reliable and efficient start-up, synchronizing, ramp loading and unloading,
shut-down and emergency tripping with control and monitoring of all major
systems and the minimization of operator manning levels.

The DCS will control motors and monitor motor status and will provide
appropriate hard-wired signals to enable control and operation of all Plant
systems required for complete Plant operation.

Data Bus technologies will be utilized where practical.

Local manual controls for selected equipment shall be provided for test and
maintenance purposes. These shall not be regarded as part of an operational
control level and therefore will not form part of the control hierarchy.
Selection of local or remote control shall be made locally at the equipment and
the status of the control selection shall be transmitted to the DCS in order to
inform the PCR Operator.

The DCS will have the capability of having fully customizable read only screens
for Plant supervisory, engineering, and maintenance staff.

All DCS hardware and software shall be supplied with self-diagnostic capability
and be continuously monitored. Any abnormal conditions shall be alarmed. 

All operator or engineering functions such as monitoring or programming shall be
password protected and have security features enabled at various system layers.

8.3.2

DCS Equipment

8.3.2.1

The DCS shall include as a minimum:

1.

Two Engineering workstations with LCD monitors, keyboards and access to all DCS
maintenance software shall be provided. One of the Engineering Workstations is
provided at the Operator’s control desk in the PCR.  The Engineering Workstation
shall allow programming and configuration to be carried out on the system as
well as interrogation of the system and applications software. The Engineering
Workstations will be capable of monitoring and controlling the Plant in the same
manner as the main operator control screens.  It shall have four LCD monitors.

2.

A separate PC shall be provided for PLC configuration.  This PC shall reside in
the PCR and provide connectivity to PLCs in the Plant.

3.

Two Control Room Operator workstations, each with four LCD monitors and
keyboards shall be provided. Operator displays will be provided.  They will
provide the operator with an interactive, visual display of all applicable Plant
operations.  They will include Plant data highway interfacing and data storage
devices.  

-155-

--------------------------------------------------------------------------------

 

EXECUTION VERSION

CONTRACT NUMBER 51008

Two, (2) large flat panel thin screen displays (50 inch class minimum) will be
provided to enhance the visual display capabilities of the DCS and provide for
enhance collaboration.  These will be wall mounted or suspended from the ceiling
in the PCR.

4.

Two color laser printers, one color laser multifunction printer capable of
tabloid format connected to Plant network.

5.

A Data Historian with back-up DVD-Read/Write drive. 

6.

The DCS shall have a GPS receiver operating as a master time clock and
configured to function as a Network Time Protocol (NTP) server. The NTP server
will automatically synchronize DCS components and maintain their individual time
clocks within 1 millisecond of the NTP server time.  PLC’s will be time
synchronized to the DCS via the link.  NTP server time shall be maintained
within 30 nanoseconds of Coordinated Universal Time. If required, time
synchronization server/client software will be provided. The NTP server shall
automatically adjust all devices on the DCS data highway for daylight savings
time. The DCS shall include a network time display located in the PCR to display
local time in hours, minutes and seconds in minimum 2 inch high digits and
synchronized to the NTP server.

All servers and CPUs shall be configured with RAID1 as a minimum. Data Historian
servers shall be configured with RAID5 and shall have memory sufficient to
retain 2 years of Plant operating data.

The DCS shall have the latest hardware and software revisions.

The DCS shall be powered from Plant UPS.

CPUs and Local I/O Cabinets will be located in the Processor Center along with
one of the Engineering workstations.  Remote I/O cabinets will be utilized where
practical.

All DCS hardware components shall be installed, programmed and tested. Any
required peripheral or interface equipment necessary to link components together
shall be furnished.

The DCS shall:

·

Standardize instrumentation and control equipment where practicable to reduce
spare parts requirements.

·

Eliminate unnecessary interfaces.

·

Minimize installation, testing and commissioning time.

·

Minimize maintenance downtime.

·

Minimize staff training requirements.

The DCS will interface with all field instruments and associated auxiliaries for
overall control and monitoring of the Plant. 

-156-

--------------------------------------------------------------------------------

 

EXECUTION VERSION

CONTRACT NUMBER 51008

5.3.1

System Architecture and Hardware

For the DCS System Configuration Diagram Refer to DWG 0880 SK800 Revision No. B
Control System Architecture.

The DCS processor shall be dual redundant with seamless transfer. Local PLCs
shall be equipped with adequate digital and analog interface modules,
communications modules and hardwired I/O modules as needed to integrate with the
DCS.

If required, additional PLCs shall be furnished and installed in order to manage
I/O and DCS integration for locally controlled systems.

Operator control and monitoring facilities shall be centralized in the PCR. 

I/O will be distributed throughout the facility where practical.

5.3.2

System Loading and Spare Capacity

No DCS controller shall be loaded more heavily than 75% when determining the
number of controllers required for the Project (this includes I/O and memory
loading). The processor when executing its software configuration shall not be
more than 80% utilized under worse case conditions. Memory loading refers to
both non-volatile memory in which the configuration is stored and to volatile
memory used during operation.

The DCS will be provided with adequate spare capacity needed for startup and
spare rack space for Companysupplied cards for each cabinet assembly. Any
discrete output card that has its outputs wired to electro-mechanical relays
mounted in the DCS cabinet assembly shall have all spare points on the card also
wired to relays for future use.

5.3.3

DCS Software

-157-

--------------------------------------------------------------------------------

 

EXECUTION VERSION

CONTRACT NUMBER 51008

General

The DCS system shall include the complete configuration software package with
full Site and proprietary licenses to enable the Company to change the
configuration at a later date. The DCS will allow configuration changes to be
made on line and down-loaded to either the control cards or the display
systems.  Access to the control systems configurators will be multi-level and
via passwords.

All software shall include full Site licenses and proprietary licenses needed to
be open to Company revisions (except where provided as part of Company-furnished
packages). The latest version of the manufacturer’s software shall be provided
fully developed, tested and installed. All necessary software drivers and
communications software to ensure hardware connectivity shall also be furnished.

The creation or modification of displays, reports, databases or control
strategies shall be possible with the system on-line by Company’s engineering
personnel without affecting the Plant operation. Modifications to the software
shall be done in straightforward and logical steps using, wherever possible,
graphic displays. It shall not be necessary to have specialist knowledge of the
underlying software in order to carry out modifications. Access to software and
application programs at various levels shall be possible by operating or
engineering personnel using passwords. This shall protect the software from
unauthorized access.

To prevent corruption of the system, virus checking and inhibiting software
shall be provided and installed throughout and maintained to corporate network
standards of available security definitions and patches. Operating system and
software security patch deployment system consistent with corporate network
standard

All basic software used within the DCS will have a proven record of successful
operation.

5.3.3.2

Data Logging and Trends

The DCS shall incorporate long-term data logging facilities for all analog,
digital, serial data and other internally generated points.The ability to access
real time data or recall data held in the data logger memory shall be available
from any DCS workstation.

5.3.3.3

Reports

The DCS shall be capable of presenting pre-defined user reports. The information
on the reports may be either in tabular form or in a pre-formatted report form
and may be automatic. Reports shall include periodic logs, daily logs and group
logs, system status/faults, fiscal/balance of energy and efficiency logs,
etc.  The DCS shall be capable of generating user defined reports.

Report templates will be created during the design phase of the Project.  These
templates shall be utilized by the Company to create their own custom reports.
The Company is responsible for creation of their own reports.

-158-

--------------------------------------------------------------------------------

 

EXECUTION VERSION

CONTRACT NUMBER 51008

Alarm Management

An integrated computerised alarm handling system will be provided which lists
and records all alarms and operator actions generated from the DCS.

A hierarchical alarm system will be implemented that has several priorities of
alarms and several alarm groups. Selecting an alarm will change the display to
the detail of the equipment that is the source of the problem.

Each alarm message shall be logged along with tag number, date and time, alarmed
value, unit, set point, area, and status (acknowledged, unacknowledged, or
returned to normal). Alarm formats will be approved by Company.

Alarms will be latched until acknowledged and reset. Unacknowledged alarm
messages will blink but acknowledged alarm messages will not. An alarm can be
acknowledged from any DCS workstation.

Final colors and functions will be coordinated with Company prior to alarm
graphics display development.

Equipment or systems turned off by the Operator shall have the capability of
having alarms deactivated.

5.3.3.5

Sequence of Events Monitoring (SOE)

The DCS shall have SOE monitoring capability to allow analysis of the causes of
trips or Plant disturbances. The SOE shall scan selected designated binary
inputs wired directly to the DCS continuously with a resolution of one
millisecond.

The status of each point shall be time tagged at the source and stored in a
database on the DCS together with other relevant information for a specific time
period. On the occurrence of a nominated event (e.g. turbine trip) or manual
initiation via the DCS, all data for the time period before the event shall be
retained and continue to be recorded for a period after the event.

SOE reports shall be generated and printed using the stored data and shall be
used for post trip review and analysis. The report shall be presented in a clear
and logical format showing at least the date and time to the nearest millisecond
and the event name and status. 

5.3.3.6

Asset Management Software

The DCS will include a dedicate workstation complete with instrument asset
management software.  This software is capable of maintenance tracking and
performing device configuration for FOUNDATION fieldbus and HART instrumentation
devices in the Plant.

 

-159-

--------------------------------------------------------------------------------

 

EXECUTION VERSION

CONTRACT NUMBER 51008

DCS Laptop Simulator

A DCS Laptop Simulator shall be supplied.   This simulator can be loaded with
Site specific graphic and logic configurations.  Loops can be tied back for off
line control simulation.

5.3.3.8

DCS Enterprise Data Server

DCS Enterprise Data Server software shall be supplied.  This package will allow
remote interface to the DCS for data viewing and collecting, remote diagnostics
and remote configuration tools.

5.3.4

Graphics

The status of the Plant will be displayed on the Operator screens in the form of
graphics, which shall depict the facility arrangement and status.  The graphics
will be developed on a system basis, and will reflect the information contained
in the P&ID’s and electrical single line diagrams.  There shall be sufficient
basic graphics to allow the operator to fully monitor and control the Plant in
any operating condition.

5.3.5

Data Highway

Communication among the various DCS components will be via a dual redundant high
speed ethernet data highway. The data highway will use fiber optic cabling to
the greatest extent practical. All network components will be redundant. Each
field data highway shall be installed on segregated routes  to ensure that the
network is not compromised by a single break.

5.3.6

DCS Training

DCS training provided shall include:

·

10 days of engineer/programmer training for 2 individuals at DCS OEMs training
center.

·

10 days of technical training for 2 individuals at DCS OEM training center.

·

5 days of operator training for individuals on-site.

The Operator training shall include hands-on training with hardware and software
identical to that being proposed for the Plant. The class attendance shall be up
to 10 individuals. The training shall include all required training materials.

The training on the system shall cover all aspects of system configuration,
programming, control graphics, hardware, and control system overviews as
necessary to enable the operators/technicians to properly start-up, maintain,
and upgrade the system and control philosophies.

 

 

-160-

--------------------------------------------------------------------------------

 

EXECUTION VERSION

CONTRACT NUMBER 51008

Provide onsite training for Operators to use the DCS in all control modes.

Company shall be responsible for all travel and living expenses incurred by its
employees in connection with the training.

3.3.1

Console Hardware

Console Hardware will be manufactured by Evans or Company approved equal.

3.4

Control Functions

Local proprietary control systems will be utilized for many major pieces of
Plant equipment not directly controlled by the DCS.  These controls packages
will be stand alone systems capable of safely and reliably controlling their
equipment.  These systems may be connected to the DCS via communications links
and/or hardwired signals.

The main functional areas to be controlled and monitored will be as follows:

Gas Turbine/Generators.

OTSGs/Duct Burners.

Fuel Gas Compressors

Steam Turbine/Generator

Water Treatment System

Electrical equipment including switchgear.

Gas Metering equipment.

Common hardware will be used throughout each system, based on multipurpose
processing stations, which are software configurable and carry out signal
conditioning, binary and analogue control, protection and data highway
communications. Processing stations will be housed in equipment racks provided
with duplicate power supplies and all associated equipment; this equipment will
be housed either in the Electrical Room close to the PCR or local control
compartments.  Duplicate power supplies will be achieved through a supply from a
secure distribution board associated with the emergency generator and a supply
from a stable and reliable UPS system.  The UPS/battery system will be capable
of operating the local control system to enable safe shutdown of the Plant.

Monitors in the PCR will be provided which will indicate key status points of
both the CTG’s and the STG Control Systems, also starting and stopping functions
shall be available from the DCS in the PCR.  Each system shall communicate with
its respective turbine local unit control systems via its own data highway.

-161-

--------------------------------------------------------------------------------

 

EXECUTION VERSION

CONTRACT NUMBER 51008

Control System Loop Component Design

Major Plant systems to be controlled and/or monitored are:

Combustion Turbine Generator Systems

Steam Turbine Generator System

CEMS

Once Through Steam Generator Systems (OTSG)

Feedwater Systems

Demineralized Water Treatment System

ACC and Auxiliary Cooling Water System

Sample Panel

Balance of Plant Systems

Electrical Distribution System Monitoring

Plant SCADA

Fire Protection Systems

3.5.1

Combustion Turbine Generator Systems (Supplied by Company)

Each CTG shall be installed and commissioned in accordance with GE procedures.

The combustion turbine generator is supplied with a dedicated control
system.  It contains the unit metering, protective relaying and control
switches, and remote and local workstations. The control system provides control
functions including: fuel, air and emissions control; sequencing of turbine fuel
and auxiliaries for start-up, shutdown and cool down; monitoring of turbine
control and auxiliary functions; protection against unsafe and adverse operating
conditions.

As a minimum the following I/O shall be hardwired between the turbine control
system and the DCS.

Start/Stop

Raise/Lower Speed

Raise/Lower Vars

Remote MW set point

The DCS will interface to the combustion turbine generator control system
through a communications data link.

The Turbine-generator output electrical power (active and reactive) will be
monitored and controlled. (Power meters are provided by GE as part of the CTG
packages).

-162-

--------------------------------------------------------------------------------

 

EXECUTION VERSION

CONTRACT NUMBER 51008

The CTG is designed for a "one pushbutton" start, locally or from the control
room.  Its operation is fully automatic.  The CTG is also designed to normally
operate at full load.  The DCS logs analog and digital data.  Under abnormal
conditions the CTG load will be lowered for short durations and will operate
inefficiently at lower loads.

3.5.2

Steam Turbine Generator System (Supplied by Company)

The STG shall be installed and commissioned in accordance with the OEM
procedures.

The STG will be provided with an electronic governor speed and load control with
all standard manufacturers interlocks required for start-up, loading, shutdown,
and tripping of the steam turbine generator.  All trips will be connected to the
86M relay that trips the turbine stop valve, speed governor, and generator
field, as shown on the electrical one-line diagram.

Turbine speed control will be regulated with a speed governor, which interfaces
to the DCS for monitoring.  The protection of the turbine will include the
following:

Bearing temperature to trip on high-high temperature.

X-Y vibration probes on each bearing which trip on high-high vibration.

Lube oil pressure switches that automatically start the backup lube oil pump and
trip the turbine when the pressure falls to an unsafe level.

A 10% over speed electronic turbine trip switch.  Over speeds are set slightly
higher for backup.

As a minimum the following I/O shall be hardwired between the Steam Turbine
control system and the DCS.

Raise/Lower Speed

Raise/Lower Volts

IPC control

There will be a steam turbine generator control panel that can used to directly
control the steam turbine generator, monitor its performance, and control the
generator circuit breaker.

The Turbine-generator output electrical power (active and reactive) will be
monitored and controlled. (Power meters are provided by the STG manufacturer as
part of the STG Package).

-163-

--------------------------------------------------------------------------------

 

EXECUTION VERSION

CONTRACT NUMBER 51008

The following is Contractor’s practice for prevention of water damage to steam
turbines.  The protection has been developed with turbine suppliers and
Contractor experience.

·

Superheater attemperator spray systems have a pneumatic operated block valve
installed upstream of the control valve.  The control valve is held closed until
a 2% demand is reached or steam flow is above a minimum value at which point the
block valve is tripped open.  After a time delay to allow the block valve to
reach its full open position, the control valve is released to modulate.  The
block valve is not permitted to close until the control valve is fully
closed.  This logic complies with ANSI/ISA-77.13.01-1999, section 4.6.2.3.

·

Included with the steam turbine generator are before-seat and after-seat drain
valves (of the T&T valve) that drain any condensate to the condenser.

·

TWIP (Turbine Water Induction Prevention) drip pots and legs with level switches
and drain valves are provided as required to meet the intent of ASME Publication
TDP-1.

·

Any extraction systems is equipped with one (1) automatic block valve and one
pneumatic assisted non-return valve for each system.  The block valve and
pneumatic non-return valve actuate on all turbine trips.  A calculation for the
speed of operation of the non-return will be based on Section 3.7.1.2 of the
ASME recommendation.

4.5.1

Continuous Emissions Monitoring System (CEMS)

4.6

General

Contractor shall furnish a complete CISCO (or Company-approved equal) Continuous
Emission Monitoring Systems (CEMS) for each OTSG stack. A common data
acquisition system (DAS) shall be provided for the Plant and located in the
Control Room.

4.6.1

CEMS Scope of Supply

The CEMS system for each CTG/OTSG shall include but not be limited to the
following:

Analyzer console

a.

Sample probes

b.

Sample lines (trace pack shall consist of 4 tubes: two of which shall be spares)

c.

Heat tracing for sample lines from the sample probes to the sample conditioning
system

d.

Sample filtering system

e.

Sample conditioning system

f.

Oxides of nitrogen analyzers (quantity of 2) for the stack outlet and upstream
of the SCR catalyst

-164-

--------------------------------------------------------------------------------

 

EXECUTION VERSION

CONTRACT NUMBER 51008

g.

Carbon monoxide analyzers (quantity of 2) for the stack outlet and upstream of
the CO catalyst

h.

Oxygen analyzer

i.

A spare of each type of analyzer provided.

j.

Zero and span gas systems including calibration gas cylinders

k.

EPA Protocol Calibration gases as required for startup, testing and initial
operation of the CEMS system.

l.

Programmable logic controller for process control, automatic sample back flush,
automatic calibration and system status, complete with programming and
monitoring interface software

m.

Analog and digital alarm signals

n.

Local/remote activation controls

o.

Automatic calibration system

p.

Ample Plant storage racks for CEMS gas and calibration gas

q.

CEMS Shacks will have Floor Drains to remove Water from the Parastolic Pumps

r.

10’ x 12’ (minimum size) air conditioned sample shelter

s.

40CFR Part 60 Appendix F Quality Assurance Manual

4.19.1

Monitoring Requirements

a.

Continuous emissions monitoring of the nitrogen oxides (NOx), carbon monoxide
(CO), and oxygen (O2), with calculated ammonia (NH3) slip shall be provided on
each exhaust stack.

b.

Continuous emissions monitoring of NOx shall also be provided upstream of the
SCR catalyst on each unit to determine NOx reduction efficiency. The CEMS shall
be configured to report NOx and CO emissions in measurement units of parts per
million (ppm), ppmvd corrected to 15% O2, pounds per million Btu (lb/MMBtu), and
pounds per hour (lb/hr). The lb/hr emission rate calculations shall be
calculated using readings from the natural gas fuel meter. The calculated
ammonia slip values should be reported in measurement units of ppm and lb/hr as
well.

c.

To allow accurate measurement of emissions during startup, shutdown, and
malfunctions, the NOx analyzer and CO analyzer shall each be dual-range
analyzers. The lower analyzer operating range will generally be used for normal
unit operations, and the higher analyzer range would be used during periods of
startup, shutdown, malfunction, or other periods when emission concentrations
might exceed the lower analyzer operating range. The dualrange analyzers must
switch between the ranges automatically, with no operator intervention. The
specific analyzer ranges to be used shall be determined in consultation with the
turbine manufacturer prior to finalizing the CEMS order.

-165-

--------------------------------------------------------------------------------

 

EXECUTION VERSION

CONTRACT NUMBER 51008

d.

All stack sampling shall be conducted in accordance with EPA Reference Methods
and related procedures set forth in Title 40, Chapter 60 of the Code of Federal
Regulations (40 CFR 60), Appendices A and B, Title 40 Chapter 75 of the Code of
Federal Regulations (40 CFR 75), and all other state or local stack sampling
guidelines or regulations, including those set forth in the air quality permit.

e.

The measured values shall be continuously monitored, displayed, measured,
recorded and transmitted using a separate CEMS data acquisition system
as required by Federal, State, and local regulations and the air permit. Monitor
fault alarms and alarm when emissions exceed emission limits shall be raised on
the CEMS DAS and Plant DCS.

4.5.1

CEMS Installation

a.

All equipment necessary for the installation, commissioning, calibration
(including calibration gases), operation and maintenance of the monitoring
equipment shall be supplied. All bottles supplied will become property of
Company.

b.

Contractor shall provide the first supply of EPA protocol calibration gases and
a suitable steel stand to support the gas cylinders. Contractor shall be
responsible for the installation, commissioning, start-up and testing of the
equipment. Contractor shall have a representative on-site during the initial
Performance Specification Relative Accuracy Test Audit (RATA) of the CEMS.

c.

Contractor shall obtain AGA certification for the natural gas fuel flow
measurement system installed in the gas turbine enclosure, in order to provide
accurate fuel flow to the CEMS system.

d.

Contractor shall also obtain the ammonia injection rate measurement(s) and
convert it to NH3 injection rate in lbs/hr in order to provide accurate ammonia
slip calculations. Contractor shall also provide NH3 injection flow rate
measurement calibration records as needed to ensure accurate ammonia slip
calculations.

e.

Gas storage area shall be capable of holding a minimum of one month’s gas
supply.

f.

Solenoid valve manifold shall be provided for the 90 day calibration test. PLC
will be programmed to run through the calibration test with hands off operation
and generate report.

-166-

--------------------------------------------------------------------------------

 

EXECUTION VERSION

CONTRACT NUMBER 51008

DAS Scope of Supply

a.

The DAS shall include all necessary data acquisition, display, storage and
reporting of emissions to meet 40 CFR 60, 40 CFR 75 and ADEC’s requirements for
Plant construction. The DAS shall provide a report generator that will generate
hourly, daily, monthly and quarterly reports, including all reports required by
the (ADEC) and the Environmental Protection Agency (EPA). The DAS shall also
supply the ammonia flow rate per OTSG to the Plant DCS.

4.1.1

Once Through Steam Generator (OTSG) Systems

Control of the OTSG will consist of the following loops under control of the DCS
to safely and efficiently maintain steam header pressure and feed water to match
turbine-generator requirements during start-up, normal operation, upsets, and
shutdown.

4.1.1.1

Deaerator/Condensate Collection Tank Level System

If the deaerator/condensate collection tank level is low, make-up water will be
admitted from the demineralized water system.  If the deaerator/ condensate
collection tank level is too high, a control valve will divert a fraction of the
condensate flow to the cooling system to prevent flooding.  Level switches will
be provided to alarm high and low levels.

4.1.1.2

HP Steam Temperature Control System

Final OTSG HP outlet temperature will be controlled by the feed water flow rate
fed directly to the OTSG. A feed forward strategy is used that sets the feed
water flow to a predetermined value based on the turbine exhaust temperature and
flow rate. It is expected that when the steam turbine is at design load, the
required temp and pressure will cause minimal HP Desuperheating.

4.1.1.3

HP Steam Bypass Control System

The HP Steam bypass valve is used during start up and STG trips. This system is
also interlocked with the condenser system. When condenser interlocks are normal
the bypass valve will be released to control pressure, when the STG admission
valve is opened the bypass valve is forced to track with an output of zero.

4.1.1.4

LP Steam Control System

Desuperheating the LPS system will control final OTSG LP outlet temperature. 

4.1.1.5

Gland Seal Steam System

Gland seal steam is supplied from either HP or LP steam. The LP steam pressure
is controlled to ensure seal pressure is adequate and to ensure the condenser is
warmed up.

-167-

--------------------------------------------------------------------------------

 

EXECUTION VERSION

CONTRACT NUMBER 51008

HP Steam Start Up Vent Control

Prior to start up HP Steam pressure is maintained by prepositioning a vent valve
to limit the HPS steam pressure, when the HP dump valve has opened the vent
valve is forced closed until the next start up

4.1.1.7

LP Steam Start Up Vent Control

Prior to start up LP Steam pressure is maintained by prepositioning a vent valve
to limit the LP steam pressure. When the LP dump valve has opened the vent valve
is forced closed until the next start up.

4.1.2

Feedwater System

Feedwater systems will be comprised of the following subsystems:

·

Condenser hotwell level control system

·

Boiler feed water pump minimum flow control

2.1.2.1

Hotwell Flow Control To The Deaerator/Condensate Collection Tank System

The condenser hotwell flow will be controlled by the DCS.  The hotwell level
which is maintained by the level control valve will adjust the flow to the
deaerator, which will maintain the level in the deaerator.

Conductivity of condensate will be measured at the Sample Panel to detect
condenser tube leaks. 

2.1.2.2

Boiler Feedwater Pump Minimum Flow Control

Feedwater pump minimum flow is returned to the Deaerator/condensate collection
tank from a line off the FW discharge pipe to prevent the feed water pump from
overheating. Minimum Flow is carried out using flow control, which will
circulate water back to the deaerator during periods of low OTSG feed water
demand.

2.1.3

Demineralized Water Treatment System

The demineralized water treatment system provides for separate raw water
treatment and condensate polishing. The demineralizer will be a prepackaged unit
with self-contained PLC controls.  The PLC will be connected to the DCS via
hardwired signals and an Ethernet communications link. The water conductivity
will be monitored in the PCR via the DCS.

-168-

--------------------------------------------------------------------------------

 

EXECUTION VERSION

CONTRACT NUMBER 51008

Air Cooled Condenser and Auxiliary Cooling Water System

2.1.4.1

Air Cooled Condenser

The ACC fans will be controlled by the DCS.  The fan speed and the number of
fans in service will be determined by the control system based on the turbine
exhaust temperature and pressure, condensate temperature, ambient temperature,
relative humidity, and the Facility mode of operation (Steam Turbine in service
or Steam Turbine on bypass).  The hogging ejector and two-stage twin steam jet
air ejector systems will be DCS controlled and monitored.

2.1.4.2

Aux Cooling Water Pumps Control

The Aux Cooling water pumps will be controlled and monitored from the DCS in the
PCR.

2.1.4.3

Aux Cooling Fin-Fans Control

The Aux Cooling loop fin-fans will be sequenced using the cooling water
temperature measurement.  The fans will be controlled from the DCS in the PCR.

The closed loop fin-fans will be supplied complete with vibration switches.

2.1.4.4

Aux Cooling Water System

The Aux Cooling water system will be controlled by the DCS.  Level in the head
tank will be maintained by admitting make-up water on low level.  The DCS will
be furnished with alarms for high and low level conditions in the head tank.

2.1.5

Sample Panel

One (1) sample panel will be provided for all three OTSG’s and will include HP
steam, LP steam, feedwater, demineralized water and condensate streams.  Sample
coolers, as required, and analyzers to continuously monitor conductivity, cation
conductivity, pH, silica, dissolved oxygen and sodium as appropriate will be
provided in the sample panel.

Local grab sample ports will be provided on the condensate, feedwater and main
steam lines for periodic analysis for other contaminants.  Sample coolers, as
required, will be provided.

-169-

--------------------------------------------------------------------------------

 

EXECUTION VERSION

CONTRACT NUMBER 51008

Balance of Plant (BOP)

The Balance of Plant (BOP) includes all systems and equipment. In general, major
equipment skids such as the gas compressors and duct burners are supplied
complete with a PLC system to control the equipment. Major equipment shall be
supplied to allow interface with the DCS to enable remote control and monitoring
from the PCR.

Complete control, instrumentation, and protection packages shall be provided
where applicable for all systems provided under this Statement of Work. This
shall include but not be limited to:

·

Compressed Air system

·

Gas Compressor system

·

Duct Burners

·

Fuel Gas Supply system

·

Aqueous ammonia system

·

Plant Gas Metering and Monitoring

For these systems, all instrumentation is included such that the Operators
can  monitor and control the system from the DCS. These systems shall be fully
automated with single button remote start, stream selection and status/alarm
information provided on the DCS. The control equipment shall interface with the
DCS such that the PCR Operator can monitor operation of all Plant systems.

All required Plant parameters will be monitored and indicated, alarmed and/or
recorded in the control room to facilitate the Plant operator with control of
the Plant.  Local indicating devices, pressure gauges, thermometers, etc., will
be furnished for local monitoring of selected Plant parameters.

8.1.6.1

Compressed Air System

A Plant compressed air system providing ISA instrument quality air as well as
Plant service air shall be supplied.  A PLC control system with Plant DCS
interface for remote start-stop and monitoring shall be supplied.

8.1.6.2

Gas Compressor System

The gas compressor control and monitoring PLC's shall be located in the gas
compressor building and shall communicate with the DCS via hardwired signals and
an Ethernet communications link such that the Facility operator shall have
access to the gas compressor status, process data, and also be able to initiate
starts and stops of the gas compressors.  In addition, the gas compressors shall
be interlocked with the CTG trip signals such that one or more of the
compressors will default to recycle mode in the event of a CTG trip

-170-

--------------------------------------------------------------------------------

 

EXECUTION VERSION

CONTRACT NUMBER 51008

Duct Burner System

Duct Burners are provided in each OSTG to support supplementary firing to
increase the over all system capacity and to accommodate various operating
scenarios. Instrumentation will be provided to operate the Duct Burner system
from either the control room or locally from a panel mounted integrated control
system. Various conditions will trip the DB and a variety of permissives are
required prior to starting the DB. Flow control is used to regulate fuel gas at
the various modes of operation.  The Duct Burners will be controlled by
dedicated PLCs that will each be connected to the DCS via hardwired signals and
an Ethernet communications link.

8.1.6.4

Fuel Gas Supply System

Fuel gas coming on to the Plant can be isolated via two main isolation valves,
which on actuation shall isolate all fuel gas as entering the Plant at one
location. Activation is either from the DCS or local to the valves in the field.
Gas will be supplied by Enstar via two independent connections.

Prior to gas compression, the fuel gas shall be monitored for pressure,
temperature and flow and processed through knockout/filtration.  Instrumentation
connected to the DCS shall monitor process parameters.  See the section below
for a description of fuel gas metering.

For fuel gas to the duct burners and other auxiliary uses, dual stage pressure
reduction shall be used as required.

8.1.6.5

Aqueous Ammonia System

The OTSG SCR system shall be designed to operate with 19% by weight aqueous
ammonia. The system shall use an electric heater with redundant carrier fans to
vaporize the ammonia.

An ammonia storage tank area shall be provided with an ammonia gas leakage
monitoring system. The leakage monitoring system shall be designed to detect
ammonia gas leakage and alarm locally by audible and visual means as well as in
the PCR through the DCS.

All tank and pump controls shall be controlled by the DCS from the PCR.

Continuous emissions monitoring of the nitrogen oxides (NOx) and calculated
ammonia (NH3) slip shall be provided on each exhaust stack via the
CEMS.  Continuous emissions monitoring of NOx shall also be provided upstream of
the SCR catalyst on each unit to determine NOx reduction efficiency. The CEMS
shall be configured to report NOx emissions in measurement units of parts per
million (ppm), ppmvd corrected to 15% O2, pounds per million Btu (lb/MMBtu), and
pounds per hour (lb/hr). The lb/hr emission rate calculations shall be
calculated using readings from the natural gas fuel meter. The calculated
ammonia slip values will be reported in measurement units of ppm and lb/hr as
well.

-171-

--------------------------------------------------------------------------------

 

EXECUTION VERSION

CONTRACT NUMBER 51008

Plant Gas Metering and Monitoring

All of the natural gas combustion systems will have individual metering systems
downstream of the gas compressors with the appropriate accuracy in accordance
with the air permitting requirements. The fuel meters supplied with the GE
Packaged Power CTGs shall be considered to meet the metering requirements for
the CTGs. Duct burners will be supplied with fuel meters that provide outputs to
both the CEMS and the Plant DCS. The thermal process heater will have a fuel
meter which also supplies outputs to both the CEMS and the Plant DCS.

The total Plant natural gas usage will be monitored using a custody check meter
skid, complete with temperature, pressure, and flow computer. Calibration shall
be to AGA 9 for ultrasonic flow meter. Meter shall have a 20 to 1 turndown
capability and an accuracy of +/- 0.5%.

8.1.7

Weather Station

A Weather Station shall be installed with indications in the PCR. The station
shall include as a minimum: relative humidity, ambient air temperature, wind
speed and direction, precipitation meter, and barometric pressure.

8.1.8

Electrical Distribution System Monitoring

The solid state multifunction protective relays mounted in the 15kV and 5kV
switchgear will communicate with the DCS allowing all measured parameters from
these devices to be viewed on the DCS. All alarms associated with the protective
functions of the relays will be displayed on the DCS.

The status of all medium voltage circuit breakers and contactors shall be
monitored by the DCS.

All lockout relay trips shall be alarmed through the DCS.

All transformer protective features shall be alarmed through the DCS.

The status of all Local-Remote selector switches shall be monitored and
displayed.

All equipment shall be supplied to achieve the necessary level of monitoring,
including current and voltage transformers, transducers, auxiliary contacts,
marshalling and termination facilities and cabling.

Modbus data links to the DCS shall be Ethernet. Converters from Modbus RTU to
Ethernet may be required.

-172-

--------------------------------------------------------------------------------

 

EXECUTION VERSION

CONTRACT NUMBER 51008

Plant SCADA System

A  SCADA system is used to provide command and control functions and data
acquisition for the entire system. The Facility  will be dispatched from Chugach
Power Control Center via its SCADA/EMS. The following SCADA interfaces will be
required to support Plant operations Communication will be to/from Chugach
Dispatch to the DCS:

a.

Modbus RTU or DNP 3.0protocol to the DCS Plant controls for monitoring Generator
I/O and performing AGC.

b.

DNP 3.0 protocol to Protective Relaying SEL 3351 for protective relay I/O
interfaces.

8.2.1

Fire Protection Panel

The Plant fire panel shall be located in the PCR. System shall be fail safe
using resistors to detect wiring discontinuities. A closed contact shall be the
normal condition and an open contact shall be the alarm condition. Fire/smoke
alarms shall be dry contacts.

Fire/smoke detectors shall be installed in all buildings and walk-in enclosures,
including:

Building SA

Building SB (Optional)

Building SC

CTG enclosures

STG enclosure

BOP electrical equipment enclosures

CEMS enclosures

-173-

--------------------------------------------------------------------------------

 

EXECUTION VERSION

CONTRACT NUMBER 51008

Instrumentation Requirements

8.7.1

General

This section describes the general requirements for the supply and installation
of instrumentation and controls (I&C) for the Plant. All I&C equipment necessary
to allow for the safe, reliable, and efficient operation of the Plant shall be
provided.

A consistent control, instrumentation and data acquisition philosophy shall be
applied throughout the Plant. The objective shall be to standardize all
equipment, wherever possible, throughout the Plant in order to optimize
operation, maintenance and reduce spare parts. In general, all equipment shall
be of state-of-the-art design incorporating proven technology.

8.7.2

Field-Mounted Instruments

Unless otherwise specified or approved by Company, all parameters (e.g.,
pressure, flow, level, temperature) for indication on local control panels or
control panels remote from the point of measurement shall utilize smart
transmitters which convert the measured parameter into a standard DC electrical
signal.

All field mounted electrical equipment shall be indoor (NEMA 12 or equivalent)
and suitable for the local corrosion conditions. Instruments and enclosures
shall be explosion proof if located within 15 ft of a natural gas line flange.
Pneumatic instruments shall be weatherproof (NEMA Type 3S or equivalent).

All transmitters shall be provided with isolation valves and test connections.
For high-pressure systems (above 200 psi) manifold blowdown pipe work or plugs
shall be provided.

Switches for pressure, temperature and level monitoring shall be of the
heavy-duty type with double pole changeover contacts. Contacts shall be rated to
suit their required duty. Mercury switches shall not be used.

-174-

--------------------------------------------------------------------------------

 

EXECUTION VERSION

CONTRACT NUMBER 51008

Flow Instruments

Boiler feedwater flow elements shall be ASME flow nozzles. These nozzles shall
be flow tested and provided with flow calibration certificates. Orifice plates
shall be paddle type square edged concentric for clean fluids. Differential
pressure instruments shall be close-coupled to the orifice taps where practical.
Orifice plate sizing, orifice plate construction, and the design of associated
meter piping shall conform to the requirements of ASME MFC-3M or AGA 3. The
orifice plate tag number and information shall be stamped on the upstream side
of the paddle handle. Orifice plates shall be made of a material suitable for
the service application. The orifice plate beta ratio (d/D) shall be between 0.3
and 0.7 for flow control measurements. Orifice meter accuracy shall conform to
ASME MFC-3M or AGA 3 specifications.

Turbine meters, elbow meters, positive displacement meters, magnetic flow
meters, venturi flow tubes, pitot tubes, annubars, coriolis mass flow meters,
vortex meters, and ultra-sonic flow meters may be used.

8.7.4

Pressure and Differential Pressure Instruments

All process transmitters shall be accurate within ±0.075 percent of calibrated
range or better, which shall include the combined effects of linearity,
hysteresis and repeatability. Transmitters for fluid applications that may be
corrosive, highly viscous, or contain entrained solids shall be furnished with
diaphragm seals and stainless steel capillary tubing (if required). All
differential transmitters shall be equipped with 3-valve manifolds. All pressure
transmitters shall be equipped with 2-valve manifolds.

All pressure transmitters and differential transmitters shall be Rosemount 3051
or Company’s engineer approved equal that utilizes Hart, Foundation Fieldbus, or
Profibus protocols and that will integrate with the asset management system
provided by the DCS supplier.

Locally mounted pressure gauges shall be provided upstream and downstream of
each piece of equipment that can affect process pressure (i.e. pumps, filters,
heat exchangers, etc).

Pressure gauges shall have weatherproof cases, solid front with blowout back,
accuracy within ±0.5 percent of calibrated full scale range and be furnished
with bourdon tube type elements with Type 316 stainless steel wetted parts
unless a more corrosion resistant material is required. Pressure gauges shall be
provided with 4½" dials with black graduations and pointer on a white face.
Pressure gauge ranges shall be selected such that the maximum operating system
pressure does not exceed 75% of the full-scale range. Pressure gauges for fluid
applications that may be corrosive, highly viscous, or contain entrained solids
shall be furnished with diaphragm seals.

-175-

--------------------------------------------------------------------------------

 

EXECUTION VERSION

CONTRACT NUMBER 51008

Differential pressure indicators shall have bellows, piston, bourdon tube or
diaphragm type sensing elements with wetted movement parts of 316 stainless
steel, unless a more corrosion resistant material is required. Differential
pressure indicators shall be furnished with 4½" minimum diameter indicator dials
and windows of shatterproof glass or plastic material. Accuracy shall be within
±1.0 percent full-scale indication or better.

Pressure and differential pressure switches shall be bellows, piston, or bourdon
tube type. The set point adjustment shall be internal with some means of tamper
proofing provided. Pressure switches shall have a repeatability within ±1.0
percent of operating range or better.

Pressure instruments exposed to possible vacuum shall be protected for full
vacuum.

Pulsation dampeners shall be used for pressure instruments that are mounted near
pumps or anywhere excessive turbulence is expected. Liquid-filled gages shall be
used where extreme vibration of the gage is expected.

Pressure connections on process lines and vessels and the root valves for most
applications shall be SLCI Piping standard and be suitable for the service.

8.7.5

Temperature Instruments

The method of temperature measurement to be employed shall be selected for the
particular application bearing in mind requirements for accuracy and
reliability.

The primary elements for temperature service shall consist of thermocouples or
resistance temperature detectors (RTD), depending upon the service applications.
All thermocouples are to be non-grounded and duplex. The temperature sensors
shall be accurate within ±0.4 percent of full scale or better.

Local temperature indicators shall be provided upstream and downstream of each
piece of equipment that can affect process temperature (i.e. heat exchangers,
coolers, etc.). Local temperature indicators shall be bimetal type with
adjustable angle head, 5-inch dials with plastic windows, hermetically sealed,
and of stainless steel construction. Dial scales shall be white with black
graduations and pointer, and shall have the normal operating range in the middle
third of the dial range. The accuracy of local temperature indicators shall be
±1.0 percent of full scale or better. Local temperature indicators shall be
mounted in thermowells.

-176-

--------------------------------------------------------------------------------

 

EXECUTION VERSION

CONTRACT NUMBER 51008

Quality Measurement/Analyzers

Quality measuring instruments monitoring chemical or physical properties of
process fluids and substances may be installed either directly in the process
line or vessel or at a distance and connected by means of sampling systems.

Analytical instruments shall be selected to operate continuously, infrequently
or on a continuously interrupted cycle as most suited to the measurement and the
intended application.

If sampling systems are employed then they will be designed such that the sample
cannot be contaminated and time lags between the sampling point and the analyzer
are insignificant.

Sensors shall be of rugged construction and shall not require frequent
maintenance or recalibration. Where sensors require the use of calibration
solutions or gases, then a minimum of one year supply at normal usage shall be
supplied. Where sensors require replacement or removal for recalibration or
rejuvenation at regular intervals, then an adequate number of spare sensors
shall be supplied for one year’s normal usage.

8.7.7

Control Valves and Actuators

Control valves in general shall be of the single seat, cage-guided, globe
pattern type with bolted bonnets. Control valves for liquid/gas applications
containing suspended solids and valves that are too small for cage guiding shall
be top guided. Stem and port guided valves are not acceptable for any
application. Other valve body pattern types, (butterfly, ball, eccentric disc
etc.) may be used if service conditions permit. Valve body materials shall be
based on the design service conditions for use under ASME B31.1 code. A control
valve list shall be provided that shall specify the material for all valve
components and accessories.

Control valve sizing shall consider valve application and the minimum, normal,
and maximum-operating conditions specified to ensure suitable valve capacity,
trim and range-ability. Control valve sizing shall be based on ISA Standard
75.01. Valves shall be designed to pass the maximum flow of 70 percent to 85
percent of valve capacity and normally be no less than 10 percent open at
minimum required Cv conditions.

Control valve noise levels shall not exceed 85 dBA at a distance 3 feet down
stream of the valve and 3 feet out from the pipe centerline.

Control valve actuators shall normally be spring diaphragm type. Piston
actuators may be used when stroke length or thrust requirements exceed that
available from diaphragm actuators. Valve actuators shall be sized against the
maximum shut off pressure, packing friction, and spring rate using 80 psig
minimum instrument air supply pressure. All modulating type control valves shall
be provided with positioners with position feedback from the positioner. Air
filter/regulators, suitable for service at up to 150-psig inlet pressure, shall
be furnished on all control valves.

-177-

--------------------------------------------------------------------------------

 

EXECUTION VERSION

CONTRACT NUMBER 51008

All ON/OFF type control valves shall be provided with valve mounted 3-way
solenoid valves and two (2) limit switches one (1) at full open and one (1) at
full closed positions. Stainless steel tubing and compression fittings shall be
used to pipe pneumatically operated accessories. All valves shall be furnished
with an easily readable mechanical valve position indicator.

Valve seat leakage class and valve failure positions will be determined by the
process requirements.

Control valves shall be supplied with Fisher DVC6000 digital valve controllers
or other Company’s engineer approved valve positioner that utilizes smart field
bus technology and integrates with the Plant asset management system provided by
the DCS supplier.

8.7.8

Motorized Valves

Valve motor operators shall be provided with integral reversing motor starters.
A lockable local/remote selection shall be available at the valve together with
local open/close controls. Selection of LOCAL shall be supervised by the DCS. A
method to change over to handwheel operation if problems occur shall also be
provided. These units shall be fitted with torque switches and limit switches at
both extremes of movement. The limit switch shall function prior to the torque
switch at each extreme. The limit switch signals shall be made available in the
PCR.

8.7.9

Instrumentation Installation

Instrumentation and control devices shall be located in areas that are freely
accessible for maintenance/calibration without impinging on the access to other
equipment. These locations shall be free of mechanical vibrations and greatly
varying environmental conditions. Indicating instruments that are directly
connected to process lines or vessels shall be clearly visible from the adjacent
operating area. Components that are not line or vessel mounted shall be mounted
on local instrument racks or stands and connected to the measurement source with
stainless steel tubing. Instruments shall not be located in areas classified as
hazardous unless they are appropriately rated to the proper NEMA classification
or are intrinsically safe. For applications where it is not appropriate to use
rack-mounting concept i.e., one or two devices present, then a structurally
sound, floor stand or wall mounted support shall be used.  All instrumentation
devices shall be tagged with their unique identification using engraved
stainless steel tags and stainless steel wire.

-178-

--------------------------------------------------------------------------------

 

EXECUTION VERSION

CONTRACT NUMBER 51008

Taps on process lines shall be located in such a manner that the impulse lines
for liquid services are free from entrapped air and impulse lines for air or gas
services are free from liquid. Impulse lines for steam services shall be
installed so that they will collect water or allow the line to be filled with
water from an external source.

Pressure taps associated with flow elements in horizontal piping shall be
oriented as follows:

·

For air and gas service, pressure taps shall be positioned 45 above the piping
horizontal centerline.

·

For liquid or steam service, taps shall be positioned 45 below the piping
horizontal centerline.

·

For feedwater service, taps shall usually be positioned as stated above for
liquid service but may be required to be positioned on the piping horizontal
centerline instead in the case of an ASME flow nozzle.

The connection of impulse lines to all process lines shall have provisions to
allow for the thermal movement of the process line and also the impulse line.

All process line takeoffs for instrumentation applications (including pressure
test points) shall have a suitable root valve conforming to the applicable
piping class. Each instrument shall have its own isolation valve(s) in close
proximity to the instrument. An additional valve connection shall be provided
between the instrument isolation valve and the instrument for testing/in-situ
calibration.

Pressure transmitters shall be furnished with a factory installed and seal
pressure tested two-valve coplanar integral manifold. Differential pressure
transmitters shall be furnished with a factory installed and seal pressure
tested, three-valve coplanar integral manifold.

Differential pressure instruments (PDIs, PDSs, etc.) shall have a three valve
manifold and test connections in close proximity to each instrument. Pressure
instruments (PIs, PSs, etc.) shall have a two valve manifold and test
connections in close proximity to each instrument.

All manifolds shall conform to the requirements of ASME B31.1. All manifolds
shall be rated for the conditions of service and shall be of 316 stainless steel
material unless a more corrosive resistant material is required by its service
application.

All impulse lines shall be installed with a blowdown valve(s) located at a low
point of instrument tubing. Single blowdown valves shall be installed for those
systems requiring only one root valve. Series connected double blowdown valves
shall be provided for those systems requiring double root valves.

All blowdown valves shall conform to ASME B31.1 requirements and shall be of 316
stainless steel material unless a more corrosive resistant material is required
by its service application. Electric heat-traced tubing shall be used for all
outdoor impulse tubing.

-179-

--------------------------------------------------------------------------------

 

EXECUTION VERSION

CONTRACT NUMBER 51008

3.7.1

Instrument Air Supply

The compressed air system shall provide the instrument air system with clean,
dry instrument air with a pressure dew point of minus 40 deg F. Normal
instrument air pressure is 100 psig but may fall to 80 psig at which all
pressure control valves and devices shall function properly.

Instrument air supply headers shall be routed to within 45 feet of any user
(instrument).

The minimum size for instrument air supply headers shall be 1” NPS.  A minimum
of four (4) taps shall be provided on each 1” NPS supply header.  These taps
shall be terminated with 1” NPS isolation valves.  These taps shall be located
near the users and in the vicinity of structural members that may be used to
support the continuing tubing (by others).  These taps shall be located such
that the isolation valves are accessible by portable ladder.

Each air user shall be provided with a ball type shutoff valve, a
filter-regulator with an output pressure gage. The shutoff valve shall be
upstream of the filter-regulator. Tubing connected to equipment subject to
movement due to thermal expansion shall be installed with provision to allow
sufficient movement of the equipment without damage to the air supply tubing.

Materials for the distribution of pneumatic control tubing shall be stainless
steel tubing and adequately sized for the application.  Final connection between
the filter regulator and the air user shall be stainless steel braided flex
hose.

3.8

INSTRUMENT IMPULSE TUBING

3.8.1

General

Instrument impulse lines shall be installed in accordance with good design
practices, the instrument manufacturer’s recommendations, and ISA Standard 77.70
“Fossil Fuel Power Plant Instrument Piping Installation – ANSI/ISA – 1994.”

Impulse tubing and fittings for process measurements and sampling shall be 3/8"
O.D., ASTM A213 TP316 seamless stainless steel with compression fittings.
Impulse tubing minimum wall thickness shall be determined in accordance with
ASME B31.1, but in no case shall be less than 0.049-inch wall thickness.
Electric heat-traced tubing shall be used for all outdoor impulse tubing.

-180-

--------------------------------------------------------------------------------

 

EXECUTION VERSION

CONTRACT NUMBER 51008

3.8.2

Tubing Installation

Impulse and sample lines shall be continuously sloped a minimum of ½ inch per
foot to the instrument system, except for measurement of condenser vacuum and
gas measurements where the piping shall rise.

All impulse and sample line welding and weld inspections shall conform to the
requirements of ASME B31.1.

All lines shall be properly supported. Care shall be taken to permit movement of
process piping without stressing impulse/sample lines.

Wherever vibration is expected, a coil shall be provided in the impulse/sample
line tubing at the pressure source connection.

Tubing and instrument supports shall not be mounted on or connected to
handrails, stairways, machine bases, Plant process piping, or any equipment
subject to vibration sway or movement under load. Tube support structures shall
be supported independently of instruments or instrument supports, with no direct
connection to them or contact with them.

All lines shall be routed and supported in a manner that allows free thermal
movement and general flexibility.

9.

Plant Information technology/communications/security requirements

9.1

CORPORATE NETWORK 

9.1.1

Datacenter Room

A secure room with a minimum of 4 fiber pairs from the Processor Center with
conduit space to allow for additional fiber for future growth shall be provided.
The fiber is to be terminated to a 24 port fiber patch panel in the server rack
located in the secure room.

-181-

--------------------------------------------------------------------------------

 

EXECUTION VERSION

CONTRACT NUMBER 51008

9.1.2

Network Switches

The Company’s corporate network has standardized on Cisco Catalyst switches. At
each Cat-6 wiring location provide a Cisco 24 or 48 port DC or AC powered switch
with Power over Ethernet consistent with corporate network standard. Switches
provided at each location should provide a port count equal to the CAT-6 port
count in section Telecom + 30% for growth and be placed at Cat-6 cable patch
panels in 19" racks described in section Telecom. SFP modules sufficient to
provide redundant fiber ring for business network, security cameras and access
control modules.

Two Cisco switches will be place in the server rack in the Datacenter Room and
configured with dual 1GbE fiber uplinks consistent with corporate network
standard.

All Cisco switches will be installed.  Configuration will be under the direction
of the Company and will be configured according to Company’s specification.

9.1.3

Server Rack

The APC Rack with integrated cooling and power distribution will be supplied.
One Tripp-Lite Console KVM Switch with at least 6 ports and network KVM port
will be supplied. The rack is to be protected from seismic events with an
IsoBase earthquake protection platform.

Power Requirements - Minimum 2 hour standby AC power capacity will be supplied.

Servers – Servers will be supplied consistent with the Company’s corporate
network standard: Redundant (2) Intel based rack mounted servers: Dual Intel
multi-core CPUs, 32GB RAM, 4 internal hot plug SAS drives, RAID controller with
minimum 512MB read/write cache, Dual 10/1GbE NIC, Remote management port/card
with advanced features (iLo Adv./iDRAC6 Ent.), Dual redundant AC power supplies,
3 year maintenance. VMware vSphere Advanced Operating System 4 CPU license w/
3year maintenance.

NAS Drive Cage - Dual 10/1GbE attached iSCSI NAS device to provide storage for
CCTV and data from other server applications will be supplied. A minimum 3TB of
SATA disk space configured RAID5 or better disk protection will be supplied. All
licenses for Server and NAS systems purchased shall be turned over to Company.
Servers and NAS to be installed in Server Rack. All server equipment will be
Company configured.

-182-

--------------------------------------------------------------------------------

 

EXECUTION VERSION

CONTRACT NUMBER 51008

Wireless Network

Sufficient Cisco 4400 Series Wireless LAN Controller compatible wireless access
points with appropriate antennas to provide wireless network access throughout
the Plant. The configuration is to be approved by the Company prior to
installation.

The wireless network should not in any way interfere with or receive
interference from any other wireless systems in the Plant. The wireless system
shall be FCC part 15 compliant.

9.2

TELECOMMUNICATION

9.2.1

Telecommunication Wide Area Network (WAN)

The Plant will be designed to be part of a main campus Chugach fiber optic ring.
The main ring will support a Sonet WAN communication backbone as well as
dedicated fiber paths for corporate business network. Initial fiber installation
will have a minimum of 50% spare capacity for future growth. Fiber optic
installation shall include signal testing before line is installed and after
installation. Fiber optic pullers shall ensure that the line is not excessively
bent or over-torqued. All lines shall be labeled at both ends. Line shall be
protected by conduit.

9.2.2

WAN

Fiber ring interconnection points in rack mounted fiber patch panels in the
Processor Center and in Building SB (Optional) shall provided and terminated.

The Company will provide a 19” equipment rack with the fiber communication Sonet
multiplex equipment necessary to provision Transport circuits that shall be
installed in the Processor Center.

The Company will provide a 19” equipment rack with the fiber communication Sonet
multiplex equipment necessary to provision Transport circuits that shall be
installed in Building SB (Optional).

Connections via fiber from the patch panel in the Processor Center to Building
SB (Optional) shall be made.

Communication cable shall comply with Bicsi TDMM manual 12th edition

Fiber interconnections to other buildings shall be 1 -4” sch 40 PVC or HDPE with
3 – 1.25” HDPE inner ducts.  Inner ducts shall be corrugated.  Inner ducts shall
be buried a minimum of 42" or to the areas below the 50 year frost line.

-183-

--------------------------------------------------------------------------------

 

EXECUTION VERSION

CONTRACT NUMBER 51008

Fiber Capacity

48 count hybrid fiber for main ring, with 24 single mode and 24 multimode fibers
shall be supplied.  All fiber shall be 62.5/125 micrometer. All dielectric fiber
shall be supplied unless otherwise specified by the Company.

9.2.4

Local Plant Ring

A local Plant ring is to be configured to support communication needs within the
Plant, with distribution splice/distribution points as required to allow for
interconnection of Plant control devices, security cameras, corporate business
network, and building security systems. Security card controller and camera
controller system shall have redundant fiber paths to the Plant ring. The Local
Plant ring should be hybrid cable with 12 single mode and 24 multimode fibers

9.3

COMMUNICATION REQUIREMENTS

9.3.1

Processor Center

Each Telco communications rack shall include redundant (-48VDC) fuse panels. The
footprint for one standard 4 post 19” Server cabinet.   (-48VDC) system shall be
powered from Plant UPS.  Contractor shall route all RF cabling from the
Processor Center to the high point of Building SA.

9.3.2

Telephony Systems

The Plant telephony  system shall have the following requirements:

·

Plant multi-line telephone instruments from a PBX system located in Processor
Center.

·

IP telephony is preferred. AVAYA manufactured PBX is preferred.
WAN  nterconnections T-1, IP, ACS (Alaska Communication Systems) are required.

·

An Emergency Satellite Phone System Base station is required.

·

“Hear here” booths in designated high noise Plant areas requiring phone access
shall be provided as required.

·

Copper Plant cable is to be terminated in a 19” Telco rack in the Processor
Center with the capacity for telephony, LAN, camera, and security.

·

Outside Plant cabling shall be provided from the Local Exchange Carrier to the
Processor Center.  LEC interconnect shall be routed from southeast of the Plant
to augment existing interconnects at the Chugach Building A.

-184-

--------------------------------------------------------------------------------

 

EXECUTION VERSION

CONTRACT NUMBER 51008

6.3.1

Plant PA Systems

Plant “head end” equipment shall provide for configuration and management of PA
inputs thru a 19” rack mount multi-line paging concentrator. The head end
equipment shall be located in Processor Center. The following interfaces are
required:

·

Voice paging throughout Plant and administration areas. Access will be via a
dedicated telephone extension.

·

The Plant PA shall have dynamic output range and automatic adjustment to
maintain Plant output 10dB above ambient noise levels in order to compensate for
changes to Plant noise levels.

·

All buildings and walk-in enclosures shall have speakers, intercoms and beacon
lights installed.

·

Speakers and beacons shall be suitable for the environment. It shall be possible
to hear broadcasts from any location inside the Plant buildings. Speakers shall
have volume adjustment.

4.3.1

Company Supplied Equipment

Company-supplied Fiber Multiplex Equipment, channel bank, and DSX equipment for
provisioning WAN, T-1, and subrate circuit interconnects, as required for SCADA,
Relay protection, and Plant ring downs shall be installed at the Company’s
direction.

Fiber and CAT 6 cable distribution racks shall be provided and installed
adjacent to Company supplied equipment provided in two 19” Telco Rack .  Company
supplied racks shall be installed at the Company’s direction.

4.3.2

Radio Communication

Radio communications shall be from the existing Chugach UHF Trunked Radio
System. Chugach will provide a dedicated talk group (channel) for Plant use.
Operator console furniture shall provide space and power for a TK-880 base
station powered from the Plant UPS.

15 TK-380 handheld radios with chargers shall be provided. All radio programming
will be provided by Company.

A UHF “talk around” frequency is available for local communication within the
Plant for such tasks as loop checks not requiring or desiring use of a repeater.

-185-

--------------------------------------------------------------------------------

 

EXECUTION VERSION

CONTRACT NUMBER 51008

4.3.3

Cellular Communications

Cellular service shall be provided within the Plant with acceptable signal level
to provide reliable voice communications. Cellular communications shall not
interfere with any wireless system within the Plant. Commercial bi-direction
amplifiers and “leaky coax” systems may be required to accomplish this, as many
areas within the Plant could be “dead zones”.

4.4

PHYSICAL PLANT SECURITY

4.4.1

Physical Security Objectives

The system shall:

·

Provide passive control of casual unauthorized access along entire Plant
perimeter.

·

Provide card key, and remote access control of all designated ingress and egress
points on the Plant perimeter.

·

Provide remote CCTV monitoring of all exterior areas.

·

Provide CCTV monitoring of facial images for verification at ingress points
within the Plant boundary and at the main ingress points into Plant buildings
and the Control Room.

·

Provide remote CCTV monitoring of identified critical zones in the Plant
buildings.

·

Provide card key access control at ingress points into Plant buildings and
identified critical and hazardous area in the power complex.

·

Provide link point to interconnect Plant CCTV and access control with the
corporate system.

·

Provide an Company-approved planned master-keying system for all locked access
points within the Plant. A key-control system shall be provided that includes
all permanent locks and up to ten (10) sets of five (5) keyed-alike brass,
medium security padlocks. The key control system shall be designed for the
addition of a minimum of 250 additional miscellaneous keys .

-186-

--------------------------------------------------------------------------------

 

EXECUTION VERSION

CONTRACT NUMBER 51008

Scope Boundary

The security design applies to a continuous access control boundary at the Plant
battery limits and the area enclosed including the zone of 20ft of exterior area
outside the battery limits.

8.4.2

General  

The fence lines shall be indicated in the Plant GA drawing.  The Site perimeter
fencing will include an 8’ high 9-guage chain link fence with top rail, and 3
strands of barb wire or razor wire on top. Plant fencing along the west battery
limits shall be designed to provide a visual barrier between Plant and the
Operations (T&D) areas.

The Plant main and Plant auxiliary gates shall be hydraulically actuated double
leaf type. Operation shall be by means of a hydraulic cylinder acting upward in
a steel post assembly to cause the post and gate panel to rotate from zero to 90
degrees without the use of articulating arms, screw drives or mechanical
devices.

The opening and closing cycle times from either full closed to full open or from
full-open to full-closed shall not exceed 30 seconds. The opening action of the
gate panel shall allow the gate to rise approximately twelve inches and clear
adjacent curbs or obstructions.

The closing action of the gate panel shall cause the free end of the gate to be
mechanically locked in place without the use of externally operated electric or
mechanical locks. Heaters will be included in the gate operators, and in the
open position receiver slot. Wind design standards must be met for all gate
positions including all phases of the opening and closing cycle.

The gates shall be designed for remote control from the main control room. Gate
operator shall be as manufactured by Hy-Security or Company approved equal.

The Guard house shall be a minimum of 15’ x 15’ with windows allowing a 360
degree view of surrounding areas.

8.4.3

Closed Circuit Television (CCTV)

Cameras shall provide complete and continual visual surveillance of the
perimeter wall and overall Plant Site, entrances to buildings, equipment and
panels inside building, including the control room and electrical rooms.

Outdoor cameras shall be color PTZ pole or surface mounted and suitable for the
environment. Indoor cameras shall be IP, fixed focus color and surface mounted
with the appropriate lens for the application. Unless otherwise noted, the fixed
IP cameras shall incorporate the megapixel technology. The megapixel size will
be determined upon the design and required resolution for the application.

-187-

--------------------------------------------------------------------------------

 

EXECUTION VERSION

CONTRACT NUMBER 51008

All cameras shall be Ethernet type. All cameras that do not have native IP
capabilities will be installed with the most current Axis model that is
appropriate for the application using a single, dual, quad or appropriate camera
video servers that meet Company’s existing specification, inclusive of any
current compression methods, i.e. MPEG4, H64 etc.

All cameras shall be connected to the Corporate Network LAN at the Plant and
Switchyard and fiber optic cable shall be used to the greatest extent possible.
The preferred manufacturer of the fiber products is Corning fiber using the new
bend insensitive fiber.

All cameras, motion detectors, intrusion detectors, etc. shall comply with and
meet the requirements of Company’s existing OnSSI based Video Security System.

All security equipment, designs, engineering, and programming shall be approved
by Company’s Network Administrator prior to ordering and programming of the
local security system.

All cameras will connect via Ethernet to Company’s existing OnSSI based Video
Security System. This enables operator viewing and control of the CCTV system
via any Corporate Network connected computer located in the control room. Only
authorized users will have access to the Video Security System

Vehicle and pedestrian gate operation will cause a camera to focus on that gate.
The operator can also manually operate a camera.

Cameras on the Plant main and Plant auxiliary gates will provide operators with
a facial image for verification of people entering the Site.

Cameras at Plant building exterior doors will provide operators with a facial
image for verification of people entering the building.

A camera will be located inside buildings at each of the following areas to
provide coverage of:

·

Aisle east of CTG-1

·

Aisle between CTG 1 and 2

·

Aisle between CTG 2 and 3

·

Steam turbine hall

·

Gas compressor hall

·

Datacenter server room (administrative area)

·

PTZ cameras will be installed as needed to observe all roof areas on Building SA

Any required additional OnSSI licenses for the cameras and other equipment
installed at the Plant in order to integrate into Company’s existing OnSSI based
Video Security System shall be purchase and turn over to Company.

-188-

--------------------------------------------------------------------------------

 

EXECUTION VERSION

CONTRACT NUMBER 51008

Appropriate cameras shall be selected from the following vendors:

·

IQeye (www.iqeye.com)

·

Axis (www.axis.com) are the preferred solutions and (optionally)

·

Pelco (www.pelco.com)

The camera hardware will be the most current models both in technology and
features necessary to handle the environment and use they are intended for. All
cameras will include motion detection/action, exclude regions from motion
detection, vibration/image stabilization, and operational range to -30F. PTZ
features: minimum of 5 preset locations guard tour, to preset on event, remain
at preset on motion detect. Some of these may be features of OnSSI software and
others may be camera specific. Where manufacturers offer a hardware version such
as a vibration dampener, this will be considered in lieu of software image
stabilization. Use appropriate NEMA enclosure with individually fused power
circuits. Inside transformer shall be rigidly mounted to enclosure.

Where indicated Cat-6 network connections for each camera should conform to IEEE
802.3af specifications for Power over Ethernet. Separate power requirements as
indicated by manufacturer if PoE is not supported.

The CCTV system shall be designed to incorporate industrial grade backup power.
All cable runs in conduit, no lashing cables. Individual fused outputs for each
camera. Use of drip loops and other enclosure cable techniques to ensure weather
tight installation.

3.4.1

Gate Access

The entrance and exit of the vehicle gates will have a card reader and intercom
or phone on each side a passenger truck or car driver can reach from the
driver’s window. A card swiped across the reader will allow authorized personnel
to drive into or out of the Plant. Visitors will use the intercom or phone and
the Control Room Operator will open the gate.

Two safety loops in the ground will provide vehicle collision protection.

An Anchorage Fire Department Model 3200 Lock Box, will be installed at a maximum
height of 5’on the outside of the main gate, on the outside entry door adjacent
to the Control Room, and on the main entrance to Building SB (Optional) to allow
emergency personnel access. The gate operator shall have manual override
capability.

The vehicle gate controller and intercom or phone master station shall be
located in the PCR.

An access control system will monitor gate status and provide gate open
commands. The access control system will allow remote monitoring and operation
of the gate.

-189-

--------------------------------------------------------------------------------

 

EXECUTION VERSION

CONTRACT NUMBER 51008

An 8’ wide swing gate with padlock type locking hardware will be on the
perimeter fence for ingress and egress into the natural gas metering station.
The locking hardware will be designed to make it difficult to cut the padlock. A
sign on the swing gate will provide notice to call the PCR before entering.

All gates will have 3 strands of barbed wire or razor wire on top.

3.4.2

Building Access

All buildings shall be provided with card key access systems:

·

Building SA (exterior entrances, control room, Control/Com and Protection room
adjacent to the control room, and IS Datacenter server room adjacent to the
administration offices).

·

Building SB exterior entrances (Optional).

·

Building SC exterior entrances.

The Access Control System will be compatible with the OnSSI base Security System
for integrated console access. The Access Control System will utilize one of the
following software and hardware solutions:

·

Software – S2 Security (www.s2sys.com) or Continental Access (www.cicaccess.com)

·

Hardware – S2 Network/Micro Node or Continental Access nodes

Sufficient hardware access nodes will be provided to support Plant access
requirements. All access nodes shall be connected to the business network LAN at
the Plant. Fiber optic cable shall be used to the greatest extent possible.

The access control system will be configured to control gate and building access
as well as integrate with the OnSSI based video security system.  The access
control system will be integrated with the existing access control system on the
business network at the Company’s direction.

 

-190-

--------------------------------------------------------------------------------

 

EXECUTION VERSION

CONTRACT NUMBER 51008

INDEX

 

 

 

 

 

A

 

 

Fuel Gas System

36 

Ambient High and Low Temperatures

12 

 

G

 

Applied Insulation and Lagging

45 

 

General Requirements

78 

Auxiliary Cooling Water System

26 

 

Geotechnical Investigation And Foundations

55 

B

 

 

H

 

Bridge Crane

48 

 

Heat Recovery Steam Generator System

21 

Building Freeze Protection

33 

 

Hose Stations

37 

Building Ventilation

33 

 

HVAC

33 

C

 

 

Hydrants

37 

Cavitation in Valves

44 

 

I

 

CEMS

167,169 

 

Instrument Air System

35 

Chemical Feed Systems

29 

 

Instrument and Control System

150 

Chemical Service

43 

 

Insulation Material and Lagging

46 

Circulating and Auxiliary Cooling Water System

167 

 

L

 

Codes and Standards

17 

 

Landscaping

55 

Combustion Turbine Generator

20 

 

Local Control Panels

152 

Combustion Turbine Generator Systems

160 

 

Lube Oil Service

43 

Compressed Air System

35 

 

M

 

Condensate Pumps

22 

 

Maintenance/Warehouse Building

77 

Condensate-Feedwater System

21 

 

Mechanical Design Criteria

20 

Condenser

24 

 

N

 

Containment

56 

 

Natural Gas Fuel Analysis

13 

Control System Loop Component Design

160 

 

Noise Emission Control

16 

Cooling System

24 

 

O

 

D

 

 

Once Through Steam Generator (OTSG) Systems

165 

Demineralized Water Makeup System

27 

 

Operating Personnel Areas

33 

Demineralized Water Supply

16 

 

P

 

Demineralizer System

166 

 

Painting

77 

Dewatering

50 

 

Pipe Connections

42 

Distributed Control System

152 

 

Pipe Sizes

40 

Distributed Control System (DCS)

152 

 

Piping

40 

Double Valving Criteria

44 

 

Piping and Fittings

37 

E

 

 

Piping Flexibility Analysis

42 

Electrical Systems

78 

 

Plant Layout and Accessibility

44 

Equipment Descriptions

12 

 

Platforms

77 

F

 

 

Potable Water System

32 

Feedwater Pumps

23 

 

Project Description

5 

Feedwater System

166 

 

Pump House

77 

Fire Detectors

38 

 

R

 

Fire Extinguishers

38 

 

Raw Water Supply

14 

Fire Main

36 

 

Raw Water System

27 

Fire Protection System

36 

 

 

 

Fire Protection System Location and Type

38 

 

 

 

Fluid Velocities

40 

 

 

 

Fuel Gas Compressors

34 

 

 

 

Fuel Gas Service

43 

 

 

 

 

Index 1

--------------------------------------------------------------------------------

 

EXECUTION VERSION

CONTRACT NUMBER 51008

 

 

 

 

 

S

 

 

Systems Transporting Suspended Solids

43 

Sample Panel

167 

 

V

 

Selective Catalytic Reduction (SCR) System

21 

 

Valve and Valve Operator Selection

42 

Service Air

35 

 

Valve Operator Selection

43 

Sprinkler Systems

38 

 

Valve Types

43 

Steam Bypass

47 

 

Valves

37 

Steam Turbine

23 

 

Vent and Drain Piping

42 

Steam Turbine Generator Building

77 

 

Voltages

78 

Steam Turbine Generator System

161 

 

W

 

Structural Design Criteria

57 

 

Wastewater Treatment and Discharge

30 

Structural Steel Supports

77 

 

Water Analysis

14 

Supports and Bracing

37 

 

Water Systems

27 

Surveying

54 

 

 

 

 

 

Index 2

--------------------------------------------------------------------------------

 

EXECUTION VERSION

CONTRACT NUMBER 51008

200 MW COMBINED CYCLE PROJECT

ANCHORAGE, ALASKA

SOUTHCENTRAL POWER PROJECT

Engineering, Procurement & Construction (EPC) Contract

APPENDIX H – TERMINATION FEES

 

 

--------------------------------------------------------------------------------

 

EXECUTION VERSION

CONTRACT NUMBER 51008

Appendix H

Termination Fees

 

 

 

 

 

 

Month End

Month

Period

Cumulative

Percentage

Period Percentage

 

 

 

 

 

 

LNTP

0

-

-

0.0% 

0.0% 

Jun-10

1

2,841,773 

2,841,773 

1.3% 

1.3% 

Jul-10

2

4,227,104 

7,068,877 

3.3% 

2.0% 

Aug-10

3

5,166,346 

12,235,223 

5.7% 

2.4% 

Sep-10

4

6,393,399 

18,628,622 

8.6% 

3.0% 

Oct-10

5

5,626,470 

24,244,092 

11.2% 

2.6% 

Nov-10

6

6,840,413 

31,095,505 

14.4% 

3.2% 

Dec-10

7

5,200,573 

36,296,079 

16.8% 

2.4% 

Jan-11

8

4,766,699 

41,062,778 

19.0% 

2.2% 

Feb-11

9

4,799,163 

45,861,778 

21.2% 

2.2% 

Mar-11

10

4,189,475 

50,051,415 

23.2% 

1.9% 

Apr-11

11

8,184,487 

58,235,902 

27.0% 

3.8% 

May-11

12

8,490,651 

66,726,553 

30.9% 

3.9% 

Jun-11

13

9,453,537 

76,180,090 

35.3% 

4.4% 

Jul-11

14

12,467,377 

88,647,467 

41.0% 

5.8% 

Aug-11

15

12,722,553 

101,370,020 

46.9% 

5.9% 

Sep-11

16

13,671,769 

115,041,789 

53.3% 

6.3% 

Oct-11

17

13,360,278 

128,402,067 

59.4% 

6.2% 

Nov-11

18

12,181,072 

140,583,139 

65.1% 

5.6% 

Dec-11

19

8,995,889 

149,579,028 

69.2% 

4.2% 

Jan-12

20

8,244,150 

157,823,179 

73.1% 

3.8% 

Feb-12

21

8,046,375 

165,869,553 

76.8% 

3.7% 

Mar-12

22

7,669,864 

173,539,417 

80.3% 

3.6% 

Apr-12

23

7,669,864 

181,209,280 

83.9% 

3.6% 

May-12

24

8,075,996 

189,285,277 

87.6% 

3.7% 

Jun-12

25

7,794,943 

197,080,220 

91.2% 

3.6% 

Jul-12

26

7,052,446 

204,132,666 

94.5% 

3.3% 

Aug-12

27

3,707,511 

207,840,177 

96.2% 

1.7% 

Sep-12

28

3,268,950 

211,109,127 

97.7% 

1.5% 

Oct-12

29

3,420,390 

214,529,517 

99.3% 

1.6% 

Nov-12

30

1,499,482 

216,028,999 

100.0% 

0.7% 

Dec-12

31

0 

216,028,999 

100.0% 

0.0% 

Jan-13

32

-

216,028,999 

100.0% 

0.0% 

Feb-13

33

-

216,028,999 

100.0% 

0.0% 

Mar-13

34

-

216,028,999 

100.0% 

0.0% 

Apr-13

35

-

216,028,999 

100.0% 

0.0% 

May-13

36

-

216,028,999 

100.0% 

0.0% 

Jun-13

37

-

216,028,999 

100.0% 

0.0% 

Jul-13

38

-

216,028,999 

100.0% 

0.0% 

Aug-13

39

-

216,028,999 

100.0% 

0.0% 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

216,028,999 

 

 

100.00% 

 

The termination fees under this Contract at any given time shall be equal to the
amount specified under

the column captioned “Cumulative” that corresponds to the date of termination
less any amounts

already paid by Company to Contractor under the Contract (prorated for partial
months).

 

--------------------------------------------------------------------------------

 

EXECUTION VERSION

CONTRACT NUMBER 51008

200 MW COMBINED CYCLE PROJECT

ANCHORAGE, ALASKA

SOUTHCENTRAL POWER PROJECT

Engineering, Procurement, & Construction (EPC) CONTRACT

APPENDIX I - Referenced Drawings and Documents 

 

 

 

 

--------------------------------------------------------------------------------

 

EXECUTION VERSION

CONTRACT NUMBER 51008

Reference Drawings and Documents

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Document Number

Document Title

Revision

Date

0880 E001

Overall One Line Diagram

B

June 11, 2010

0880 FD001

Heat & Mass Balance Process Flow Diagram

B

June 11, 2010

0880 FD002

Water Balance

B

June 11, 2010

0880 GA002

Plot Plan

C

May 13, 2010

0880 SK800

Control System Architecture

B

June 9, 2010

Att-09

SPP Tool List

-

-

SCPP-SP-CE-CV-0001

Southcentral Power Plant Water Mainline Extension

1

December 1, 2008

SCPP-SP-CE-CV-0002

Southcentral Power Plant Sewer Mainline Extension

1

December 1, 2008

SCPP-SP-CE-CV-0002

Southcentral Power Plant Temporary Water & Sewer Utilities

1

December 1, 2008

0880 SK001

0880 SK002

SNC Temporary Facilities Drawing

1

June 18, 2010

-

SPP Required Noise Levels at Receptor Locations

A

April 13, 2009

 

 

 

--------------------------------------------------------------------------------

 

 

Picture 3 [c004-20150930ex106705f02g002.jpg]

 

 

--------------------------------------------------------------------------------

 

 

Picture 4 [c004-20150930ex106705f02g003.jpg]

 

--------------------------------------------------------------------------------

 

 

Picture 6 [c004-20150930ex106705f02g004.jpg]

 

--------------------------------------------------------------------------------

 

 

Picture 7 [c004-20150930ex106705f02g005.jpg]

 

--------------------------------------------------------------------------------

 

 

Picture 8 [c004-20150930ex106705f02g006.jpg]

 

--------------------------------------------------------------------------------

 

 

Picture 9 [c004-20150930ex106705f02g007.jpg]

 

 

--------------------------------------------------------------------------------

 

 

SPP Tool List

 

 

Item Description

Quantity

 

 

Balancing machine, IRD B50

1

Telehandler 8000 lbs (Cat TH407)

1

Fork Lift 6000 lbs (Mitsubishi FG30N)

1

LM6000 Engine stands (TCT style)

1

Man Lift OSHA Approved (Genie 60' Articulating Boom)

1

IR Camera FLIR

1

18x80 machine lathe (Clausing or equal with 2 Chucks)

1

Snap On Tool Sets (9200AGSO with 9000GS2 adder)

3

Snap On Tool Sets (9500GSO with 9000GS5O adder)

3

Horizontal band saw (Do All or equal)

1

Vertical milling machine (Bridgeport Series 1 R8, Chrome, Bal screws, 3 Axis
Poer feed with tooling)

1

LM6000 Engine Cart

1

Grit Blast Cabinet (full recovery @64 cubic feet) Flip-Top Cabinets with Side
Door Opening

1

Ultrasonic Parts cleaning station

1

Diesel engine driven welder 400 amp (Lincoln or Miller)

1

Battery Testing System, Albert CRT-400

1

Hytorc Hydraulic Wrench, 3/4 and 1" drive

1

Optical Alignment System for Pumps and Motors, (Ludeca Optalign system)

1

100 Ton Hydraulic press (OTC 1857)

1

Vertical band saw (Do All or equal)

1

Vibration Probe Calibrator. (TK3)

1

Porta-Power Set (Enerpac)

1

14x36 machine lathe (Hardinge/ Sharp or equal, tool room/high precession with 2
chucks)

1

Portable Ultra Sonic Flow meter

1

Three Phase Power Quality Analyzer

1

Electric Conduit Bender, Greenlee

1

Tub Style Parts Washers for Solvent-Based Cleaning Solutions

1

Vacuum Pump, Industrial bench type

3

4-20mA Process Loop Calibrator Fluke 744

1

Tig welding machine, syncro wave, Lincoln or Miller

1

Snap On Tool Boxes (KRL 722)

6

 

Note:

 

--------------------------------------------------------------------------------

 

 

Vendor/Manufacturer requires Owner approval prior to purchase of tools or
equipment

 

--------------------------------------------------------------------------------

 

 

Picture 10 [c004-20150930ex106705f02g008.jpg]

 

--------------------------------------------------------------------------------

 

 

Picture 11 [c004-20150930ex106705f02g009.jpg]

 

--------------------------------------------------------------------------------

 

 

Picture 12 [c004-20150930ex106705f02g010.jpg]

 

--------------------------------------------------------------------------------

 

 

Picture 13 [c004-20150930ex106705f02g011.jpg]

 

--------------------------------------------------------------------------------

 

 

Picture 14 [c004-20150930ex106705f02g012.jpg]

 

--------------------------------------------------------------------------------

 

 

Picture 15 [c004-20150930ex106705f02g013.jpg]

 

--------------------------------------------------------------------------------

 

 

Picture 16 [c004-20150930ex106705f02g014.jpg]

 

 

--------------------------------------------------------------------------------

 

 

200 MW COMBINED CYCLE PROJECT

ANCHORAGE, ALASKA

SOUTHCENTRAL POWER PROJECT

Engineering, Procurement & Construction (EPC) Contract

APPENDIX J - PROJECT SCHEDULE

 

 

 

--------------------------------------------------------------------------------

 

 

Picture 17 [c004-20150930ex106705f02g015.jpg]

 

--------------------------------------------------------------------------------

 

 

Picture 18 [c004-20150930ex106705f02g016.jpg]

 

--------------------------------------------------------------------------------

 

 

Picture 19 [c004-20150930ex106705f02g017.jpg]

 

--------------------------------------------------------------------------------

 

 

Picture 20 [c004-20150930ex106705f02g018.jpg]

 

--------------------------------------------------------------------------------

 

 

Picture 21 [c004-20150930ex106705f02g019.jpg]

 

--------------------------------------------------------------------------------

 

 

Picture 22 [c004-20150930ex106705f02g020.jpg]

 

--------------------------------------------------------------------------------

 

 

200 MW COMBINED CYCLE PROJECT

ANCHORAGE, ALASKA

SOUTHCENTRAL POWER PROJECT

Engineering, Procurement, & Construction (EPC) Contract

APPENDIX K - EXECUTION PLAN

 

 

 

--------------------------------------------------------------------------------

 

EXECUTION VERSION

CONTRACT NUMBER 51008

TABLE OF CONTENTS

 

 

 

 

 

1.

GENERAL

1 

 

1.1

Inspection

1 

2.

SITE OVERVIEW

1 

 

2.1

Laydown/General Use Area

1 

 

2.2

Custody

2 

 

2.3

Site Access and Use

2 

 

2.4

DELETED

3 

 

2.5

Construction Services

3 

3.

PROJECT MANAGEMENT

5 

 

3.1

Mobilization

5 

 

3.2

Project Implementation Plan (PIP)

5 

 

3.3

Site Security Plan

6 

 

3.4

Industrial Health and Safety Program

7 

 

3.5

Environmental Protection Plan

10 

 

3.6

Emergency Response Plan

10 

 

3.7

Quality Plan

12 

 

3.8

Document Control and Records Management

15 

 

3.9

Communication Plan

16 

4.

PROCESS MANAGEMENT

18 

 

4.1

Scheduling

18 

 

4.2

Engineering/Design

19 

 

4.3

Procurement

21 

 

4.4

Startup/Commissioning

21 

5.

TRAINING AND PROCEDURES

22 

 

5.1

Training

22 

 

5.2

Procedures

23 

6.

OPERATIONS AND MAINTENANCE MANUALS

23 

 

6.1

O&M Manual

23 

 

 

--------------------------------------------------------------------------------

 

EXECUTION VERSION

CONTRACT NUMBER 51008

This Execution Plan is part of that certain Engineering, Procurement and
Construction Contract, made and entered into as of June 18, 2010 (as further
amended, restated, supplemented or otherwise modified from time to time, the
"Contract"), by and between Chugach Electric Association, Inc., an Alaska
electric cooperative ("Company"), and SNC-Lavalin Constructors, Inc., a
corporation formed under the laws of the State of Delaware ("Contractor").
Capitalized terms used herein but not otherwise defined herein shall have the
respective meanings set forth in the Contract.

1.GENERAL

1.1 INSPECTION

a)

Contractor shall be responsible for coordinating and executing required
inspections.

b)

Contractor shall notify inspection entities in adequate time to schedule their
inspection without holding up the Work.  If there is no published notification
time, provide notice at least two workdays in advance of scheduled inspection
stimuli.

c)

Contractor shall provide means of safe access for inspectors of the Work.

d)

For systems requiring testing or calibration, Contractor shall provide the
necessary equipment and materials to prove operation to the inspector.

e)

Contractor's Designer of Record shall prepare a special inspection program
("Special Inspection Program") in accordance with IBC Chapter 17. The Special
Inspection Program shall be included with the plan review submittal to the
Municipality of Anchorage. -

f)

Contractor's Designer of Record shall prepare a seismic and wind quality
assurance program(s), if applicable, in accordance with IBC Chapter 17. The
quality assurance program(s) shall be included with the plan review submittal to
the Municipality of Anchorage.

g)

Observations and reports required by the seismic quality assurance program shall
be included by Contractor in the Project.

h)

Reports of all inspections and tests shall be provided to Company.

2.SITE OVERVIEW

2.1LAYDOWN/GENERAL USE AREA

a)

Company will provide Contractor with access, temporary rights of way
or easements and any road improvements to Dowling Road or Electron Drive to
occupy adjacent property located to the southwest of the Site (1480 W Dowling
Rd.; part of the W1/2 NE 114 NW 1/4, Block 3, Denali Industrial Park
Subdivision). This property is a 15.88 acre site upon which a new 11.50 acre
gravellaydown area is to be developed by Contractor in accordance with
Municipality of Anchorage requirements.

1

--------------------------------------------------------------------------------

 

EXECUTION VERSION

CONTRACT NUMBER 51008

b)

Contractor shall develop and implement a Contractor-specific usage plan for the
Project laydown area for postulated use during Work executed by for the Project
laydown area for postulated use during Work executed by Contractor under the
Contract. Snow accumulation allowance to be determined.

2.2CUSTODY

 

a)

Contractor shall implement a Company-approved process for acceptance of care,
custody, and control of the designated Project laydown/general use area for
Contractor's use during Project development. The process shall include:

1)

Joint inspection/walkdown of the designated areas prior to the start of any
physical modification or mobilized presence .

2)

Written notification of any general property conditions which would affect the
cost or proper completion of the Work.

b)

Contractor shall field verify all dimensions, establish all construction
lines and levels, specified locations, elevations and positions of all parts of
the Work prior to beginning any fabrication, installation or construction
work. Contractor shall check anchor bolt locations for accuracy,
check foundations for proper elevations and embedments, and check support steel
for square and level, before erection. Contractor shall use property benchmarks
to establish elevations and locations. Contractor shall bring all errors,
omissions, or discrepancies to the attention of Company's Representative and not
proceed with the Work until all discrepancies have been resolved. If, after Work
has begun, conditions are uncovered that are not as anticipated, Contractor
shall immediately notify Company's Representative of such conditions .

c)

Where the proper fabrication or erection of any part of the Work depends on the
work of other Persons, Contractor shall verify all necessary dimensions by field
measurement.

2.3 SITE ACCESS AND USE

 

a)

Contractor shall provide storage, working areas, access ways, and Site security
required to perform the Work in a safe and secure manner consistent with the
requirements of Company. Such facilities shall, with the agreement of Company,
be removed from Site on completion of the Work and any laydown areas shall be
restored to prior conditions.

b)

Equipment and Materials storage shall meet or exceed all OEM requirements and
prudent industry practice.

2

--------------------------------------------------------------------------------

 

EXECUTION VERSION

CONTRACT NUMBER 51008

2.4 DELETED

 

2.5 CONSTRUCTION SERVICES

Contractor shall be responsible for providing and installing all
temporary construction-related infrastructure services and facilities during
Plant construction and commissioning periods.

 

a)

Temporary Electricity Supply

Contractor shall identify and quantify construction and startup electrical power
including the load profile for the duration of the Work. Company shall provide
temporary electric power service to the load side of service meter(s). Company
will provide one or more 480V, 30 metered power drops to Contractor-identified
locations (near service line poles). Metering stations shall be provided by
Contractor and the meter(s) shall be supplied by Company. Contractor shall
include all Equipment for and installation of the temporary power services. The
costs of construction power shall be paid directly by Company. When construction
power is no longer required, Contractor shall notify Company, and disconnect
and remove all temporary Equipment to the satisfaction of Company.
On-Site underground construction power infrastructure may be abandoned
in-place subject to compliance with Applicable Law.

 

b)

Temporary Potable Water Supply

Company shall arrange for and provide all construction and commissioning water
throughout the performance of the Work. Company shall be responsible for an
AWWU-approved service connection at the Site battery limits (NE corner, see Site
plan and/or the south service extension to be designed/installed by Company).
Contractor shall be responsible for all temporary and permanent Site water
systems.

 

c)

Sanitation

Company shall provide a temporary 2-inch pressure connection for acceptance of
sewage at the NE battery limit (HDPE-17 approximately six feet below grade, see
attached sketch). Contractor shall be responsible for all sewer connections and
collection per AWWU requirements. The temporary connection shall be available
only until such time as Contractor can make connection to the permanent effluent
to the south sewer extension (to be provided by Contractor as part of the Work).
Temporary lift stations are permissible provided that they are removed and
Site restoration is complete prior to Substantial Completion.

 

d)

Contractor shall provide temporary office facilities for Company Site staffing
with OSHA access on-Site within reasonable walking distance of the main
construction areas. All office areas shall be secure and lockable.

1)

One (1) furnished executive office with conference area for 4-5 people

3

--------------------------------------------------------------------------------

 

EXECUTION VERSION

CONTRACT NUMBER 51008

2)

Five (5) furnished offices

3)

Pool/cubicle area for up to ten (10) people

4)

General access to a conference room for 12-15 people

5)

Reception area furnished for a receptionist/administrative assistant

6)

Communication room

7)

Lockable storage

8)

Hospitality area

9)

Toilet(s)

10)

Arctic entries/mudrooms

11)

All identified work locations to be pre-wired for power and voice/data
communication (Cat-6)

e)

Contractor shall provide the following administrative services
through Substantial Completion:

1)

High-speed internet access (wireless and LAN)

2)

Janitorial

3)

Large-format printing/plotting

4)

Telecommunication connection (national and international)

f)

Other Site Services

Contractor shall provide and maintain at a minimum the following services at its
cost until Substantial Completion: jobsite ingress/egress routes (vehicular and
pedestrian), communication (telephone, radio, high-speed internet); sanitary
facilities; waste disposal (liquid and solid effluents including hazardous
waste), dust control, snow/ice removal, construction related parking,
construction heating, construction lighting.

g)

Restoration of Temporary and Construction Services

Contractor shall remove temporary utilities, Contractor Equipment,
Non-Company Materials and facilities. Contractor shall clean and repair damage
to Company's facilities caused during performance of the Work. Temporary
modifications shall be completely restored to the condition at the time of
transfer of care, custody, and control to  Contractor unless specifically
modified in writing by Company.

4

--------------------------------------------------------------------------------

 

EXECUTION VERSION

CONTRACT NUMBER 51008

3.PROJECT MANAGEMENT

3.1MOBILIZATION

 

a)

Contractor shall implement fully-matured, Company-approved Site management
programs that shall include the following as a minimum.

1)

Project Implementation Plan (PIP)

2)

Site Security

3)

Safety and Industrial Health

4)

Environmental Protection

5)

Emergency Response

6)

QA/QC

7)

Document Control and Records Management

8)

Communication

b)

Contractor shall submit all plans to Company for review and approval no later
than three months following the first to occur of Limited Notice to Proceed or
Full Notice to Proceed.

3.2PROJECT IMPLEMENTATION PLAN (PIP)

 

a)

Contractor shall prepare and submit to Company a Project Implementation Plan
(PIP). The PIP shall include the following as a minimum.

1)

Project schedule

2)

Startup and Commissioning schedule

3)

Labor/Craft staffing

4)

Soil and backfill management

5)

Traffic management

6)

Storm water pollution prevention

7)

Dust suppression •

8)

Snow removal

9)

Plan drawing of Iaydown, parking, trash storage and recycling areas

5

--------------------------------------------------------------------------------

 

EXECUTION VERSION

CONTRACT NUMBER 51008

10)

Construction heavy lift

11)

Welding qualifications and welding procedures

12)

Welder certifications

3.3SITE SECURITY PLAN

a)

Contractor shall implement general 24 hour Company-approved general security
programs and procedures for the Site. Site security shall be provided by
personnel specifically trained and qualified with the knowledge and skills to
protect Company assets and personnel. Security personnel shall be provided by a
qualified security entity licensed to provide the service in Alaska.

b)

Contractor shall provide Site security programs commensurate with and responsive
to Applicable Law and Prudent Industry Practices. The plan shall encompass all
areas of security including controlling Plant access, computer security, and
routine patrols using qualified security personnel capable of recognizing and
responding to potential or identifiable threats. Periodic in-depth audits shall
be conducted to ensure that Site security measures are adequate. Company shall
be provided with written audit reports immediately following audit completion
and the development of any required program remediation.

c)

Contractor shall establish and implement programs to control access to all
Contractor-controlled areas by any Person including Subcontractors, visitors,
Company's contractors, and Company's and Contractor's employees. This program
shall be such that all personnel entering or leaving the Plant are monitored
(including verification of mandated personal protective equipment). In addition,
a method of tracking all personnel on Site at all times shall be established and
implemented to assist in ensuring all Site personnel are accounted for in the
event of an emergency.

d)

Contractor shall establish and implement programs outlining the requirements for
security patrols and rounds commensurate with each potential threat level for
the Site. These programs shall be designed to suit the needs of the Plant based
on an evaluation of the local area and Applicable Law.

e)

Audits of the Plant security programs shall be conducted at a minimum annually.
The audit shall assess the performance of the security program for the potential
and existing threats to the Plant. The goal of the security audit is to
eliminate any security deficiencies before they result in a security incident.
Company shall be furnished reports resulting from such audits and from the
completion of any requirements and recommendations resulting from such audits.

f)

Site security shall include:

6

--------------------------------------------------------------------------------

 

EXECUTION VERSION

CONTRACT NUMBER 51008

1)

Trained security staff to preclude casual and malicious battery limit
penetration into Contractor-controlled areas.

2)

Processes shall be implemented to prevent theft of Project and personal material
from controlled areas.

3)

Security reporting requirements and authorities shall be clearly defined.

4)

Communication links shall be established between Site security staff and local
law enforcement and other emergency response agencies that deal with security
issues within the Anchorage jurisdiction.

g)

Contractor shall provide temporary security fencing around the Site until the
permanent Site security system is in place. Any temporary security fencing shall
have suitable movable gates or fence sections to allow emergency access for
fire-fighting vehicles and equipment in accordance with Municipality of
Anchorage requirements.

3.4INDUSTRIAL HEALTH AND SAFETY PROGRAM

a)

Contractor (following Company review and acceptance) shall implement a
well-documented, Site~specific industrial health and safety program that clearly
communicates Contractor commitment to Site safety and Applicable Law and
Site-specific conditions through all phases of the Work. The approved Contractor
program shall be applicable to all personnel at the Site, performing the Work or
otherwise within the control of Contractor or any of its Subcontractors.
Contractor's program shall meet the following objectives and commitments:

1)

The safety, health, and quality of life of Site workers and visitors shall be
ensured through safety engineering, use of personal protective equipment,
observation of safe work practices/procedures, and effective management.

2)

New safety hazards and health risks at every activity level at the Site during
performance of the Work shall be identified and addressed to preclude injury and
fatality.

NOTE:

Hazards and risks shall be communicated immediately to any worker who may be in
imminent danger from the hazard or risk and to supervision/management charged
with eliminating or controlling the hazard or risk. Persons responsible for
new hazards or risks shall immediately address their elimination or control.

b)

Contractor shall incorporate into this plan comprehensive method statements for
all major Work. The method statements shall address working methods, Plant
utilization, construction sequence, and safety arrangements. The requirements of
applicable national and local Site

7

--------------------------------------------------------------------------------

 

EXECUTION VERSION

CONTRACT NUMBER 51008

safety policies, Applicable Law, Prudent Industry Practices, and all
requirements outlined in the Specifications and the Contract shall be
incorporated into the program.

c)

Contractor program shall include the following minimum approved safety
protocols:

1)

HazCom (with chemical exposure limits per the latest revision of the NIOSH
Pocket Guide to Chemical Hazards)

2)

HazMat

3)

Confined Space Entry

4)

Lock-outlTag-out (LOTO)

5)

Electrical Safety (including Hot Work and arc-flash considerations)

6)

Hot Work/Cold Work (open flame, welding, cryogenic, etc.)

7)

Fire/Explosion Prevention (including smoking)

8)

Assured Grounding

9)

Compressed Gas Handling and Storage

10)

Rigging and Lifting J

11)

Elevated Work (Fall Prevention/Protection, Ladders/Stairs, Scaffolds, Walkways,
Platforms)

12)

Below-grade Work (Trenching, Excavating)

13)

Safety Barricading

14)

Hearing Protection and Conservation

15)

Respiratory Protection

16)

Blood borne Pathogens

17)

Personal Protection Equipment (PPE)

18)

Rotating Machinery

19)

Powered Industrial Machinery

20)

Incident and Near-miss Investigation and Reporting

21)

First Aid Equipment and Materials

22)

Site Housekeeping

8

--------------------------------------------------------------------------------

 

EXECUTION VERSION

CONTRACT NUMBER 51008

23)

Pre-work safety reviews (tailgate meetings)

24)

Routine Project Safety Meetings

25)

Stop-work and Safety Stand-downs

d)

Contractor shall provide a minimum of one on-Site first responder (EMT-Level 1)
during all hours of scheduled craft activity and a fully-equipped and staffed
first aid/injury stabilization station at Full Notice to Proceed. Contractor
shall assign a full-time project safety manager ("Project Safety Manager") at
Site subsequent to full mobilization until Substantial Completion. For Site work
contemplated in 2010, Contractor will utilize Subcontractor safety personnel.
Project staffing with field safety representatives shall be commensurate with
the level of field activity and the ability for relatively continuous monitoring
of the Work. The Project Safety Manager shall have overall authority for
coordination and implementation of all Site industrial health and safety
practices, policies, and programs.

e)

Contractor shall maintain an up-to-date file of Material Safety Data Sheets
(MSDS) and Physical Agent Data Sheets (PADS) for all hazardous materials and
physical agents on-Site and under the control of Contractor in accordance with
Applicable Law. The MSDSs and PADSs must be available to Company and Contractor
and their respective Project staff anytime prior to material use.

f)

Contractor shall provide baseline and refresher safety training and
qualification at discrete levels for first responders, long-term workers (>2
wk), short-term unescorted workers, and escorted visitors. Such training shall
include written instructions incorporating the relevant portions of Contractor's
program. Contractor shall ensure that all workers are properly informed,
consulted, and trained on health and safety issues in accordance with the
approved Site program as well as Applicable Law. Worker training shall include
the locations of the nearest care facilities.

g)

Contractor shall provide all safety equipment for use on the Project. Where such
equipment is subject to statutory inspections, Company shall have access to
copies of the inspection reports. Contractor shall provide all required PPE and
reasonable replacement quantities (excluding safety shoes).

h)

The Project Safety Manager shall maintain baseline and refresher safety training
and qualification records matrix. In addition, the Project Safety Manager shall
monitor training programs and maintain quality records for all safety-related
specialty qualifications (e.g., Crane Operator, Forklift Operator, SCBA, Fire
Watch, Scaffold Inspector, Radiographer). 

i)

The Project Safety Manager shall ensure that all regulatory inspections and
reporting are completed as required.

9

--------------------------------------------------------------------------------

 

EXECUTION VERSION

CONTRACT NUMBER 51008

3.5ENVIRONMENTAL PROTECTION PLAN

a)

Contractor shall implement a Company-approved environmental protection plan (the
"Environmental Protection Plan") for the Site and in connection with the Work
that adhere to the following guidelines:

1)

Implement all practices necessary to protect the health, quality of life, and
environment of the communities surrounding the Site.

2)

Identify and comply with all Applicable Laws and governing the stewardship and
protection of environmental resources from hazards associated with the Work.

3)

Train workers and publish information concerning the environmental risks and
risk mitigation associated with assigned job responsibilities.

4)

Reconcile the Site Environmental Protection Plan with emergency response
planning for any Site environmental incidents.

b)

Contractor's Environmental Protection Plan shall address the following:

1)

Solid waste

2)

Hazardous waste

3)

Sanitary waste

4)

Fuel storage areas

5)

Equipment maintenance

6)

Spill response (including notification procedures, response supplies, responding
contractors, training requirements, and disposal methods)

7)

Noise ordinance compliance

8)

Title I air quality construction permit compliance

9)

Storm water controls and the Project SWPPP

10)

On-Site contaminated soil

11)

List of all Subcontractors used to maintain environmental compliance

3.6EMERGENCY RESPONSE PLAN

a)

Contractor shall develop an emergency response plan ("Emergency Response Plan")
that prioritizes the preservation of public/worker health

10

--------------------------------------------------------------------------------

 

EXECUTION VERSION

CONTRACT NUMBER 51008

and safety, the protection of the environment, and protects/preserves the
extensive investment represented by the Work.

b)

Contractor shall implement an Emergency Response Plan that identifies, prevents,
mitigates, and recovers from postulated emergency and abnormal event scenarios
during and connected with the Work. Potential risks to be addressed in emergency
planning include:

 

1)

Acts of God (natural catastrophes)

2)

Fires/explosions

3)

Security breaches

4)

Civil disturbances

5)

Environmental releases of regulated substances

6)

Personnel accidents and injuries

7)

Public health threats

8)

Emergency shutdowns

9)

Service interruptions.

c)

Emergency response shall include evacuation planning when required for control
and mitigation of abnormal events. Emergency planning shall consist of the
following actions.

1)

Identify and assess the risks associated with the Site and the Work.

2)

Define and implement measures and practices to prevent these risks from becoming
emergencies.

3)

Define and implement an appropriate course or plan of action to take in the
event that these risks become actual emergencies. This shall include the
establishment of response organization/matrix capable of managing and
coordinating the response and accessible staging of adequate material and
equipment resources. The response organization shall include a team of trained
and qualified staff, off-Site responders (e.g., police, firefighters, medical
responders, spill response contractors and cooperatives, corporate support
resources). This organization shall be linked via emergency notification
protocols that include applicable Governmental Authorities.

d)

The Emergency Response Plan shall include the following as a minimum for each
event scenario:

11

--------------------------------------------------------------------------------

 

EXECUTION VERSION

CONTRACT NUMBER 51008

1)

Immediate Response - Actions that if not performed would lead to further
deterioration in the margin of safety for personnel, the environment, and high
value equipment. These actions are intended to stabilize the hazardous
environment to which personnel and equipment are exposed and/or to separate or
shield personnel and equipment from the source of the hazard. 

2)

Mitigation - Processes that are to be implemented to ameliorate existing
hazardous conditions and prevent further injury or loss.

3)

Restoration - Actions required that will return the Site to pre-emergency
conditions.

e)

Emergency planning shall identify and comply with all Applicable Law.

f)

All Site workers shall receive indoctrination training prior to unaccompanied
Site access. Individuals filling designated emergency response roles shall be
drilled on a periodic basis (no less than annually) in Site emergency response.

g)

Contractor shall provide unimpeded Site access for emergency vehicles and
responders; and shall provide and maintain access to all fire hydrants once the
Plant fire loop is operational.

3.7QUALITY PLAN

a)

Contractor shall implement a Company-approved Project quality plan (the "Project
Quality Plan") through selective use of experienced specialists and effective
project management. All quality-related activities shall be accomplished by
competent staff that have been trained and qualified through a defensible,
systematic process.

b)

Contractor shall designate a project quality manager ("Project Quality Manager")
to define and maintain project quality standards and ensure effective and
complete implementation of the Project Quality Plan. The Project Quality Manager
shall report directly and have unimpeded access to Contractor upper corporate
management for all quality-related issues. The Project Quality program shall
function under the direction and guidance of the Project Quality Manager. The
Project Quality Manager shall maintain surveillance over all quality-related
activities through direct supervision of Project Quality personnel in all areas
subject to surveillance.

c)

The authority of the Project Quality Manager in matters related to the Project
Quality Program shall be absolute and cannot be overruled by Contractor on-Site
Project management. The Project Quality Manager shall have the authority to
suspend any operation or to rejectmaterials, services, or procedures that do not
comply with approved standards. Quality operations shall not be influenced or
compromised by considerations such as schedules, rework, costs/budgetary

12

--------------------------------------------------------------------------------

 

EXECUTION VERSION

CONTRACT NUMBER 51008

responsibilities, or engineering changes since all deviations from requirements
shall be coordinated with the Project Quality Manager.

d)

Stringent controls shall be implemented to ensure that adequate records for all
quality-related activities are documented and maintained to serve as defensible
evidence of quality. All final reports shall be reviewed by Contractor and
Company.

e)

The Project Quality Plan shall include:

1)

Design Control (CCC) - A design control process shall ensure (through review and
testing) that Plant, system, component, and process design and modification
input is correctly translated into specifications, drawings, and instructions.
All design bases shall be documented including design changes and field
modifications.

2)

Identification and Control of Materials, Parts, and Components –  A process
shall confirm that Materials, parts, and components (including subassemblies)
are identified and controlled to ensure that only correct and accepted items are
used and installed during any quality-related activity. 

3)

Instructions, Procedures, and Drawings - All quality-related activities shall be
implemented using pre-approved instructions, procedures, and drawings including
qualitative and quantitative performance criteria.

4)

Document Control- A systematic control process for document use and revision
shall be implemented for documents that specify quality requirements or direct
quality-related activities.

5)

Quality Records - A process shall be implemented for identifying quality records
and establishing requirements for retention, acceptance, marking, indexing,
storage, preservation, safekeeping, and retrieval.

6)

Procurement - A program shall control authorization and purchase of
quality-related items, Materials, parts, Equipment, and services;
instrumentation; calibration; and other quality-related purchases.

7)

Handling, Storage, and Shipment - Approved instructions shall establish methods
for cleaning, packaging, and preserving Material/Equipment to preclude damage,
deterioration, and loss.

8)

Vendor Qualification and Product Quality Control - A documented program shall
ensure that purchased items and services conform to procurement specifications
including source evaluation and selection (to the extent such supplier is not on
Company-approved supplier listthe Approved/Preferred Subcontractor List),
objective evidence of quality, source surveillance, and receipt examination.

13

--------------------------------------------------------------------------------

 

EXECUTION VERSION

CONTRACT NUMBER 51008

9)

Nonconforming Material, Parts, and Components - A process shall control
(identify, notify, document, segregate, recall, and dispose) items, services,
and activities which are non-compliant with specifications or the Contract.

10)

Control of Special Processes - A written process shall control abnormal and
complex activities that affect quality (e.g., heat/chemical treatment, NOT,
joining, performance testing). The special process and implementing
equipment/personnel shall undergo verifiable qualification per applicable codes
and standards.

11)

Test Control - A program for controlling all test activities that affect quality
shall be implemented to verify that tests are performed using written procedures
containing complete and appropriate standards of acceptance.

12)

Control of Measuring and Test Equipment - A program shall ensure that
inspection, testing, and measuring devices used for activities or items
affecting quality are controlled/maintained and calibrated at prescribed
intervals or prior to use with certified primary/secondary standards or approved
calibration bases.

13)

Status of Inspection, Test, and Operation - A program shall ensure that
inspection and testing commitments are satisfied at the required frequency
through application of approved testing and inspection protocols. All test and
inspection deficiencies shall be exposed to root cause analysis and corrective
action.

14)

Process Inspection - A quality control evaluation process shall verify
conformance to approved standard characteristics of those items and activities
that affect quality.

15)

Audits - Methodologies shall be implemented to expose quality-related activities
and processes to periodic internal evaluations.

16)

Corrective Actions - A timely corrective action implementation and tracking
process shall ensure that conditions adverse to quality (e.g., failures,
malfunctions, deficiencies, deviations, audit findings, defects, nonconforming
items) are promptly identified and corrected in accordance with the Contract.

17)

Quality Records - Approved and implemented programs and procedures that identify
and result in quality-related records (e.g., forms, data sheets, worksheets,
certificates, reports) shall specify the minimum required content, distribution
and record retention period for all generated records and shall be in accordance
with the Contract. Quality records shall be legible, identifiable, and
retrievable. Record management systems shall define minimum acceptable
characteristics for quality record submittals. Quality records shall be
protected against damage, deterioration, or loss.

14

--------------------------------------------------------------------------------

 

EXECUTION VERSION

CONTRACT NUMBER 51008

3.8DOCUMENT CONTROL AND RECORDS MANAGEMENT

a)

Contractor shall implement an ISO-9000-level program to manage Project
documentation and records associated with identified quality-related Work
activities. The program shall include management and control functions from
record/document creation until such records/documents are turned over to
Company. The program shall manage and control documents that specify quality
requirements, prescribe activities that affect quality, or record
quality-related observations or measurements (e.g., instructions, procedures,
drawings, specifications, calculations, data sheets, reports, certifications).
The program shall include two elements:

1)

Document Control - Systematic control of quality-related document development
(initial and revision), approval, distribution, and use.

2)

Quality Records - Identification and definition of the acceptability of quality
records and establishment of requirements for retention, acceptance, marking,
indexing, storage, preservation, safekeeping, retrieval, and obsolete/superseded
document handling.

b)

Contractor shall provide a consistent Project-based hierarchical document and
equipment numbering system, including all scope provided by Subcontractors. In
the event that Subcontractor information is not provided to Contractor in this
manner, Contractor shall superimpose the Project reference.

c)

Contractor shall provide Company with a full list of all Project documentation
(MS Excel) with data fields as agreed between Company and Contractor.

d)

All pages of Project quality-related documents shall display the Project
identification, document record identifier, title, revision number, revision
date, and page numbering. Document records identifiers shall be unique (without
option of reuse) to an approved document. Document revisions shall clearly
identify revised text and graphics. Approval shall be clearly identified by the
approving authority name, title, signature, and approval date.

e)

Historical records of the development and revision process including concept,
draft, review and comment, and approval shall be maintained. All quality-related
programs and procedures shall be reviewed for technical and application accuracy
prior to approval and implementation.

f)

An approved method shall be implemented to ensure that only latest approved
revisions of documents are applied to quality-related tasks. The same
methodology shall preclude compromising the integrity of the document control
process through controlled access and distribution. An approved method shall be
implemented that verifies complete replacement and destruction of superseded
documents and the removal/destruction of time-sensitive documents following
expiration of

15

--------------------------------------------------------------------------------

 

EXECUTION VERSION

CONTRACT NUMBER 51008

the approved use period. Revisions shall be documented, reviewed, and approved
by the same organizations that performed the original review and approval unless
other organizations are specifically designated.

g)

Users of quality-related documents shall be instructed on proper use of
documents for quality-related activities and prohibitions on misuse of
controlled documents. A method shall be established to address the proper
applications and prohibitions for field changes to procedures. The scope of
non-substantive revisions shall be clearly defined.

h)

Contractor shall establish a system of interim care, custody, and control of
Project quality records for turnover to Company. This system shall include: .

1)

Custodial Responsibility

2)

Receipt Control

3)

Processing Status

4)

Storage, Preservation, and Safekeeping

5)

Retrieval

6)

Disposition

7)

Obsolete Document Retrieval and Disposition

8)

Document Control and Records Management

3.9COMMUNICATION PLAN

 

a)

Public Relations

Contractor shall limit media/public interface to a single
authorized spokesperson in consultation with Company's public relations
department during normal Plant conditions as well as during abnormal events.
Other Contractor representatives may be designated to provide safety, technical,
environmental, or other relevant support to the designated spokesperson. All
other workers shall refer public inquiries to the authorized spokesperson.

b)

Meetings

1)

During all active phases of the Project Contractor shall participate in monthly
Project review meetings ("Project Review Meetings") with Company management.
Each Contractor discipline leads shall update Company on the discipline progress
to date, review the Project overall schedule, review activities currently in
progress, and discuss problem areas and the plan developed by

16

--------------------------------------------------------------------------------

 

EXECUTION VERSION

CONTRACT NUMBER 51008

Contractor to address and resolve such problems. Contractor shall be responsible
for taking minutes of the meetings and the subsequent publication to Company.

2)

Contractor shall host weekly progress meetings at the jobite for safety;
construction and startup/commissioning; quality issues and action items; and
progress versus schedule. Contractor shall record and publish meeting minutes,
copies of which shall be furnished to Company for review and comment.

c)

Technical Reporting - During periods of construction execution and startup,
Contractor shall provide, at a minimum, weekly written reports. During periods
of intense activity or schedule slippage, Contractor shall increase the
reporting frequency to daily or as otherwise agreed between Company and
Contractor. The report shall status the following (as applicable) in summary
format:

1)

Safety

2)

Schedule - Critical Path and 3-week look-ahead

3)

Engineering Issues

4)

Procurement Issues

5)

Construction

-

Foundations/Concrete

-

Building/Steel Erection

-

Equipment Erectionllnstallation

-

Piping

-

Cable tray/Conduit Installation

-

Wire/Cable Pulling (including P2P)

-

Construction Testing

6)

Commissioning/Startup

-

System/subsystem turnover (Punchlist)

-

System testing

-

Integrated testing

-

Punch list for Final Completion

 

 

d)

Written Communication

17

--------------------------------------------------------------------------------

 

EXECUTION VERSION

CONTRACT NUMBER 51008

1)

File Sharing and Document Transmittal - Project electronic file sharing and
transmittal shall be through ProjectSolve (protocol to be developed).

2)

Contractor notifications shall be submitted in both electronic and hardcopy
format with appropriate original signatures.

3)

Final Submittal Format - All documents submitted to Company by Contractor shall
be in the form of four (4) hard copies, on two (2) sets of DVDs containing the
CAD drawings, database files, or word processor files as appropriate, except as
specifically noted elsewhere in this document, and shall be drawn at a proper
scale and be of sufficient quality to ensure legibility. Electronic files
submitted shall be in the following format:

-

CAD files - AutoCAD compatible with latest software version

-

Word processor files - Microsoft Word

-

Spreadsheets - Microsoft Excel

-

Database files - Microsoft Access

-

Schedules - Primavera (*.xer file protocol)

-

Adobe Acrobat (*.pdf) for formats not listed above

4)

All drawings provided, included vendor drawings, and shall be dimensioned in
English units.

5)

Cable and conduit lists, line lists, valve lists, and instrument index are to be
provided in Excel or database files. Electronic files shall be submitted in both
native format or pdf.

4. PROCESS MANAGEMENT

4.1 SCHEDULING

a)

Contractor shall utilize Primavera P6 Enterprise Project Portfolio Management to
track and record all aspects of Project schedule management.

b)

Contractor shall utilize or incorporate Contractor WBS elements in Contractor's
schedule for the Project and other Company planning, schedule development,
monitoring, and reporting requirements. Company and Contractor shall cooperate
to ensure the schedule activity breakdown (or approved adjustments to that
originally accepted) used for the Project are consistent with Contractor
Project-specific WBS.

c)

Schedule Control Plan

Contractor shall implement a Company-accepted schedule control plan ('Schedule
Control Plan") that describes Project systems and procedures for planning,
sequencing, scheduling, resource loading, controlling, and 

18

--------------------------------------------------------------------------------

 

EXECUTION VERSION

CONTRACT NUMBER 51008

reporting on the Project Schedule. The Schedule Control Plan shall include:

1)

Organization (on-site and offsite with Project staff relationships)This shall
include a full-time on-site Project Controller during the Work.

2)

Schedule Hierarchy

3)

Schedule development including Project Milestones.

4)

Schedule maintenance including data collection, verification, and processing

5)

Schedule analysis for performance and risk

6)

Schedule forecasting

7)

As-built schedule development, maintenance, and verification

4.2 ENGINEERING/DESIGN

a)

Formal Engineering/Design Reviews and Reports

Contractor shall apply formal, rigorous reviews of the Project as set
forth below.

Constructability Review, Operability/Maintainability Review

1)

, HazOp Analysis (interim review at 60%, and final on or before 90% of complete
Engineering)

2)

Arc-flash Assessment (deliverable on or before 90% complete Engineering)

3)

Failure Mode and Effect Analysis (FMEA) on critical systems.

4)

Contractor Recommended Spares list for 5 years or as available from the
Subcontractor deliverable on or before September 30, 2011.

5)

Lubrication Schedule

6)

CMMS baseline data for all Plant equipment provided in Excel format (configured
for import into Cascade in Company provided format; importation is the
responsibility of the Company) provided before Final Completion.

7)

Control Logic Cause-Effect Matrix for each DCS logic system, provided with final
drawings prior to Final Completion.

8)

Preventive Maintenance Schedule for Equipment in Excel format.

19

--------------------------------------------------------------------------------

 

EXECUTION VERSION

CONTRACT NUMBER 51008

9)

Itemized Equipment List with estimated cost for each item.

b)

Design Review

1)

Contractor shall provide all engineering documents normally required for a
project of this type.

2)

The Project shall utilize a secure internet based collaboration tool, for
documents transmittals and control hosted by Company.

3)

Critical documents which define the overall design of the facilities are
required to be submitted to Company for review and comment. As a minimum, the
following documents are to be submitted for design review, comment, and
approval:

-

Plant general arrangement drawings

-

Electrical one-line diagrams (including relaying)

-

Piping and instrumentation diagrams

-

Water maximum balances

-

Building arrangement and layout plans

-

Purchase specifications for all engineered equipment and components greater than
$1,000,000 value

-

Relay protection drawings, calculations, and settings

-

Electrical relay settings (and associated calculations with all associated
time-current curves, R-X diagrams, etc.)

-

Plant Distributed Control System (DCS) configuration block diagrams

-

DCS operation and control philosophy

-

Electrical grounding and lightning protection plans

-

Detailed startup test procedures

4)

The following are examples of documents submitted for information.

-

Storm water system sizing calculations

-

138kV duct bank thermal design ampacity calculations

-

Electrical control wiring diagrams (elementary and point-to-point)

-

Electrical interconnect drawings

-

Instrumentation loop drawings

-

Electrical short circuit and load flow versus voltage drop calculations

-

Electrical area classification plans and elevations

-

Electrical lighting calculations and layout plans

20

--------------------------------------------------------------------------------

 

EXECUTION VERSION

CONTRACT NUMBER 51008

-

Soil thermal resistance test report

-

Underground conduit plan and profile drawings

-

Structure and foundation design calculations

-

Underground piping drawings

-

Equipment foundation drawings

-

Area paving and drainage drawings

-

Structural steel plan, section, and detail drawings

-

Piping composite layout drawings, including underground piping

-

and drains

-

High Energy Stress analysis calculations at Final Completion

-

Dynamic foundation analysis

4.3 PROCUREMENT

a)

All engineered equipment, components, and equipment shall include the use of
detailed specifications in the procurement process.

b)

All procurement shall include the following ancillary deliverables as
applicable:

1)

Shipping and storage requirements including lay-up conditions and, if required,
preservation procedures and schedules

2)

Calibration procedures, schedules, and certifications

3)

Standard OEM technical documentation for all subvendors

4)

FAT reports

c)

Startup/Commissioning

d)

Contractor shall name a Startup Manager as required by Section 7.12(b) of the
Contract.

e)

The Startup Manager shall use effective planning, scheduling, and control to
ensure the orderly, structured transition of the Plant from Construction to
Company via:

1)

Boundary definition

2)

Physical attribute verification

3)

Performance characteristic testing

4)

Test data comparison to design specifications if required

5)

Formal responsibility transfer To Company

21

--------------------------------------------------------------------------------

 

EXECUTION VERSION

CONTRACT NUMBER 51008

f)

Contractor shall implement a Company-acceptable Commissioning and Startup Plan
that includes the following elements:

1)

Detailed startup procedures for all activities associated with checkout and
pre-operational tests, startup tests, and initial operation of equipment and
systems. All commissioning and startup administrative processes shall be per
approved programs and instructions.

2)

System Boundary Definition that identifies logical systems or subsystems
(partial systems or components marked for testing and initial operation as
discrete entities) to be prioritized, tested, inspected, and tracked for
construction completion.

3)

System Turnover from Construction to document and transfer responsibility for
design-certified and erected systems/subsystem via structured processes for
testing and service entry.

4)

System and Component Testing documentation for discrepancies,
out-of-specification conditions, and test/inspection failures and certification
of the characteristics of startup systems/subsystems in accordance with the
Contract and the Specifications.

5)

Equipment verification protocols to test major Equipment and system
subassemblies and compare baseline characteristics to design specifications ..

6)

Plant protection and limitation tests to verify automated responses to normal
operating scenarios (test/adjust control logic responses for conformance with
the Specifications and to establish characteristic Plant baseline data.

7)

Process for turnover to Company at Substantial Completion, Turnover Packages:
the Startup Manager shall assemble all commissioning and startup documentation
in turnover packages and shall include sections for each identified
system/subsystem and for integrated Plant testing.

8)

The Startup Manager shall provide timely reports to Company as required and
shall maintain auditable quality records of purchases, deficiencies, field
changes, correspondence, schedules, and Plant safety during the startup and
commissioning interval.

5.TRAINING AND PROCEDURES

5.1TRAINING

a)

Operations

1)

Contractor shall provide objective, performance-based training for Control Room
Operators and Outside Operators.

22

--------------------------------------------------------------------------------

 

EXECUTION VERSION

CONTRACT NUMBER 51008

2)

Training shall include knowledge (classroom) and practical
(on-the- job-training) instruction and qualification for discrete Plant systems
and integrated Plant operation for:

-

Normal operation and routine transients

-

Emergency and annunciator response

3)

Training for balance of Plant and integrated Plant operation shall be
coordinated with standard vendor training provided by the CTG, Once-Through
Steam Turbine Generator and Steam Turbine Generator vendors.

4)

Training (classroom/knowledge component) shall be scheduled as required to
facilitate an orderly commissioning effort utilizing those activities as a
component of operator training.

5.2PROCEDURES

a)

Contractor shall provide written procedures and protocols in a format acceptable
to Company.

b)

Procedures shall be provided in hardcopy and editable electronic files.

c)

Posted procedures shall be sized, finished, and mounted in correct ergonomic
orientations for the included tasks.

d)

Form masters shall be provided (hardcopy and electronic) in a
Company controllable format.

e)

Maintenance procedures shall include a predetermined LOTO protocol for each
identified routine maintenance activity.

6.OPERATIONS AND MAINTENANCE MANUALS

6.1O&M MANUAL

a)

Contractor shall provide an O&M Manual, which shall:

1)

Reflect the as-built Plant technical characteristics

2)

Be presented in an organized format acceptable to Company

3)

Include cross-indexed, bookmarked, and searchable data

4)

Represent 100% of standard OEM vendor data for all levels of scope of supply.

b)

Contractor shall provide delivery of all documents associated with the Plant
(including quality control documents for all Equipment) in hardcopy and
electronic form (native format and PDF). Three sets of hardcopy documents shall
be consistently sized, bound, and organized in hardback three-hole binders fit
for long-term use as approved by Company. Binders shall be labeled in volumes
(e.g. "Southcentral Power Project Operations

23

--------------------------------------------------------------------------------

 

EXECUTION VERSION

CONTRACT NUMBER 51008

& Maintenance Documents, Volume XX") on the spine and on the front of each
binder. A table of contents shall be inserted in the front of each volume
indicating the contents of that particular volume, along with a separate insert
containing the table of contents for the entire set of volumes. Hardcopy
drawings shall be provided only for Process Flow Diagrams, Piping and
Instrumentation Diagrams, Plant Layout and Elevations. Hardcopy drawings shall
be of a consistent size (D Size) and provided in a set of hanging files capable
of being removed from storage and used for planning on a flat, horizontal
surface

c)

Hardcopy O&M Manuals and drawings shall be of a size, binding style, and paper
quality designed for:

1)

Frequent, continuous use (library-binding)

2)

Partial revision/page replacement

 

24

--------------------------------------------------------------------------------

 

EXECUTION VERSION

CONTRACT NUMBER 51008

Exhibit A
to
Engineering, Procurement and Construction Contract

FORM OF FULL NOTICE TO PROCEED

___________, 20__

SNC-Lavalin Constructors Inc.

19015 North Creek Parkway

PO Box 3037

Bothell, WA 98041-3037

Attn:  _________

 

Ladies and Gentlemen:

 

This Full Notice to Proceed is delivered pursuant to that certain Engineering,
Procurement and Construction Contract, made and entered into as of June 18, 2010
(as further amended, restated, supplemented or otherwise modified from time to
time, the “Contract”), by and between Chugach Electric Association, Inc., an
Alaska electric cooperative (“Company”), and SNC-Lavalin Constructors, Inc., a
corporation formed under the laws of the State of Delaware (“Contractor”).
Capitalized terms used herein but not otherwise defined herein shall have the
respective meanings set forth in the Contract.

1.Company hereby acknowledges that each of the conditions precedent set forth in
Section 2.1(d) of the Contract has been satisfied or waived.

2.Pursuant to, and in accordance with, Section 2.1(a) of the Contract, Company
hereby issues this Full Notice to Proceed to Contractor.

Very truly yours,

 

Chugach Electric Association, Inc.

 

By: ___________________________

Name: _________________________

Title: __________________________

 

cc:Company’s cc’s

Contractor’s cc’s

 

 

--------------------------------------------------------------------------------

 

EXECUTION VERSION

CONTRACT NUMBER 51008

Exhibit B
to
Engineering, Procurement and Construction Contract

FORM OF LIMITED NOTICE TO PROCEED

SNC-Lavalin Constructors Inc.

19015 North Creek Parkway

PO Box 3037

Bothell, WA 98041-3037

Attn:  __________

 

Ladies and Gentlemen:

 

This Limited Notice to Proceed is delivered pursuant to that certain
Engineering, Procurement and Construction Contract, made and entered into as of
June 18, 2010 (as further amended, restated, supplemented or otherwise modified
from time to time, the “Contract”), by and between Chugach Electric Association,
Inc., an Alaska electric cooperative (“Company”), and SNC-Lavalin Constructors,
Inc., a corporation formed under the laws of the State of Delaware
(“Contractor”). Capitalized terms used herein but not otherwise defined herein
shall have the respective meanings set forth in the Contract.

1.Pursuant to, and in accordance with Section 2.1(b) of the Contract, Company
hereby issues this Limited Notice to Proceed to Contractor.

2.The portion of the Work to be performed, the time for completion of such
portion of the Work, the payment schedule and the maximum amount of liability of
the Company in connection with this Limited Notice to Proceed, shall be as
follows:

[_____________________________________]

Agreed and accepted by the Parties effective as of [_________________].

 

 

Chugach Electric Association, Inc.

By: _________________________

Name: ______________________

Title: _______________________

 

 

SNC-Lavalin Constructors, Inc.

By: _______________________

Name: ____________________

Title: _____________________

 

cc:Company’s cc’s

Contractor’s cc’s

 

 

--------------------------------------------------------------------------------

 

EXECUTION VERSION

CONTRACT NUMBER 51008

Exhibit C

to
Engineering, Procurement and Construction Contract

FORM OF CERTIFICATE OF AUTHORIZED OFFICER OF CONTRACTOR

The undersigned, a ___________of SNC-Lavalin Constructors, Inc., a corporation
formed under the laws of the State of Delaware (“Contractor”), does hereby
certify, represent and warrant to Chugach Electric Association, Inc., an Alaska
electric cooperative (“Company”) that:

1.The undersigned is a duly authorized officer of Contractor and is familiar
with the matters set forth below.

2.The undersigned acknowledges that Company is relying on this certificate (this
“Certificate”) in connection with the issuance of the Full Notice to Proceed
under the Engineering, Procurement and Construction Contract, dated as of June
18, 2010, as amended, restated, supplemented or otherwise modified from time to
time, between Contractor and Company (the “Contract”) and the consummation of
the transactions described therein.

3.(A) Each of the conditions precedent to the issuance of the Full Notice to
Proceed has been satisfied (other than to the extent that the satisfaction of a
condition is dependent on the judgment of Company); (B) each of the conditions
in Sections 3.2(b), 3.2(c), 3.2(d), 3.2(e) and 3.2(f) of the Contract has been
and will be satisfied as of the date of the issuance of the Full Notice to
Proceed; and (C) each of the representations of Contractor set forth in Article
4 of the Contract is true and correct.

Capitalized terms used herein and not otherwise defined herein are used herein
with the meanings ascribed thereto in the Contract.

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, I have executed and delivered this Certificate this ___ day
of ________________, 20__.

 

 

SNC-LAVALIN CONSTRUCTORS, INC.

 

By:___________________________

Name:___________________________

Title:___________________________

 

 

 

--------------------------------------------------------------------------------

 

EXECUTION VERSION

CONTRACT NUMBER 51008

Exhibit D
to

Engineering, Procurement and Construction Contract

[RESERVED]

 

 

--------------------------------------------------------------------------------

 

EXECUTION VERSION

CONTRACT NUMBER 51008

Exhibit E
to
Engineering, Procurement and Construction Contract

FORM OF NOTICE OF REQUEST FOR PAYMENT

_________________, 20__

 

Chugach Electric Association, Inc.

5601 Electron Drive

Anchorage, AK 99519-6300

Attn: Dan Knecht

 

Ladies and Gentlemen:

 

Reference is made to that certain Engineering, Procurement and Construction
Contract, made and entered into as of June 18, 2010], as amended, restated,
supplemented or otherwise modified from time to time (the “Contract”) between
Chugach Electric Association, Inc., an Alaska electric cooperative (the
“Company”) and SNC-Lavalin Constructors, Inc., a corporation formed under the
laws of the State of Delaware (the “Contractor”). Capitalized terms used herein
but not otherwise defined shall have the respective meanings set forth in the
Contract.

1.

Contractor hereby requests payment of a payment in accordance with the Payment
Schedule on the date (which is a Business Day) and in the aggregate amount
indicated below (the “Requested Payment”):

Date _____________________

 

Amount $_________________

2.

Pursuant to Sections 3.2 and 3.4 of the Contract, the undersigned, an authorized
officer of Contractor, hereby certifies on behalf of Contractor that:

(a)

The representations and warranties made by Contractor in each Project Document
to which it is a party are true and correct in all material respects as of the
date hereof and shall be true and correct in all material respects after giving
effect to the payment being requested hereunder.

(b)

(i) No Contractor Default has occurred and is continuing; (ii) no breach,
violation or default has occurred and is continuing with respect to any of the
Security Documents; and (iii) no breach, violation or default has occurred with
respect to any of the Project Documents or any consent or Governmental Approval,
in each case which could reasonably be expected to result in a Material Adverse
Change.

(c)

No action, suit, proceeding or investigation by or before any Governmental
Authority or any arbitrator is pending or, to Contractor’s knowledge, threatened

 

--------------------------------------------------------------------------------

 

EXECUTION VERSION

CONTRACT NUMBER 51008

against or affecting a Project Party or the Project which would result in a
Material Adverse Change.

(d)

No Material Adverse Change has occurred (i) with respect to Contractor, any Key
Subcontractor or the Guarantor or (ii) that is otherwise the result of an act or
omission of Contractor, any Subcontractor or the Guarantor.

(e)

All Governmental Approvals required to be obtained by Contractor have been
obtained and are in full force and effect.

(f)

Contractor shall deliver to Company the Progress Report pursuant to Section
10.6.

(g)

Contractor has delivered to Company Lien and Claim releases pursuant to Section
3.8.

3.

The invoice of Contractor properly substantiating the amounts requested to be
paid in connection with the requested payment is attached hereto as Annex
1.  Contractor hereby requests that the requested payment be made to it in the
amount specified in the invoice attached as Annex 1 via wire transfer to the
bank account specified in such invoice.

4.

Executed Lien and Claim releases, the delivery of which is a condition precedent
to payment under Section 3.2(h) of the Contract, are attached hereto as Annex 2.

5.

Attached as Annex 3 is the form of notice that Company’s Representative shall
use to inform Contractor if it disputes the invoice of Contractor or any portion
of the invoice of Contractor, as contemplated by Section 3.1(d) of the
Contract. 

Very truly yours,

 

 

SNC-Lavalin Constructors, Inc.

 

By: __________________________

Name: _______________________

Title: ________________________

 

 

 

--------------------------------------------------------------------------------

 

EXECUTION VERSION

CONTRACT NUMBER 51008

Annex 1 to Exhibit E

 

INVOICE

 

 

--------------------------------------------------------------------------------

 

EXECUTION VERSION

CONTRACT NUMBER 51008

Annex 2 to Exhibit E

 

EXECUTED LIEN AND CLAIM RELEASES

 

 

[TO BE ATTACHED]

 

 

--------------------------------------------------------------------------------

 

EXECUTION VERSION

CONTRACT NUMBER 51008

Annex 3 to Exhibit E

 

FORM OF NOTICE OF DISPUTE

 

 

 

[Letterhead of Chugach Electric Association, Inc.]

 

 

Dear Sir or Madam:

 

Please be advised that Chugach Electric Association, Inc. hereby informs
SNC-Lavalin Constructors, Inc that it disputes the following items of the
invoice dated [________________]:

 

[______________________________]

 

 

Very truly yours,

 

CHUGACH ELECTRIC ASSOCIATION, INC.

 

 

By________________________________

Its________________________________

 

 

 

--------------------------------------------------------------------------------

 

EXECUTION VERSION

CONTRACT NUMBER 51008

 

Exhibit F

to
Engineering, Procurement and Construction Contract

FORM OF INVOICE

 

--------------------------------------------------------------------------------

 

EXECUTION VERSION

CONTRACT NUMBER 51008

Exhibit G

to

Engineering, Procurement and Construction Contract

 

FORM OF CONTRACTOR LIEN RELEASE

With reference to that certain Engineering, Procurement and Construction
Contract (the “Contract”), made and entered into as of June 18, 2010 by and
between Chugach Electric Association, Inc., an electric cooperative organized
under the laws of the State of Alaska (“Company”), and SNC-Lavalin Constructors,
Inc., a corporation formed under the laws of the State of Delaware
(“Contractor”), concerning the Southcentral Power Project (the “Project”).

The Contractor hereby certifies, represents and warrants to Company that each of
its Subcontractors (as such term is defined in the Contract) has made full
payment of all costs, charges and expenses that are due and incurred by them or
on their behalf for work, labor, services, materials and equipment supplied to
the Project, the premises of Company, the premised associated with the Project
and/or used by them in connection with Contractor’s Work (as such term is
defined in the Contract) up to the date of this payment.

Contractor further certifies, represents and warrants that it has made full
payment of all costs, charges and expenses that are due and incurred by it or on
its behalf for work, labor, services, materials and equipment supplied to the
Project, the premises of Company, the premises associated with the Project
and/or used by it in connection with the Contractor’s Work (as such term is
defined in the Contract) up to the date of this payment. 

In consideration of [$] as payment for all work relating to this payment,
Contractor hereby unconditionally remises, releases and forever discharges the
Project, the Project’s premises and property and Company’s premises and property
from all claims, liens and obligations of every nature arising out of or in
connection with the performance of Contractor’s work relating to the Contract up
to the date of this payment.

The foregoing shall not relieve Contractor of its other obligations arising from
the Work (as such term is defined in the Contract) and/or the Contract, which by
their nature survive completion of this portion of the Work, including, without
limitation, warranties, guarantees and indemnities.

Executed this ____ day of  ______.

SNC-Lavalin Constructors, Inc.

 

 

By: _____________________________________

Name: __________________________________

Title: ___________________________________

 

 

--------------------------------------------------------------------------------

 

EXECUTION VERSION

CONTRACT NUMBER 51008

Exhibit H

to

Engineering, Procurement and Construction Contract

 

FORM OF SUBCONTRACTOR LIEN RELEASE

With reference to that certain Engineering, Procurement and Construction
Contract (the “Contract”), made and entered into as of June 18, 2010, by and
between Chugach Electric Association, Inc., an electric cooperative organized
under the laws of the State of Alaska (“Company”), and SNC-Lavalin Constructors,
Inc., a corporation formed under the laws of the State of Delaware (“Primary
Contractor”), concerning the Southcentral Power Project (the “Project”) and
related to which the undersigned party, [_____________] (“Subcontractor”), has
performed certain work for Primary Contractor.

Subcontractor hereby certifies, represents, and warrants that it has received
full payment of all costs, charges and expenses that are due and incurred by it
or on its behalf for work, labor, services, materials and equipment supplied to
the Project, the premises of Company, the premises associated with the Project
and/or used in connection with its work related to the Contract up to the date
of this payment.

Subcontractor further certifies, represents, and warrants that each of its
subcontractors and materialmen has made full payment of all costs, charges and
expenses that are due and incurred by them or on their behalf for work, labor,
services, materials and equipment supplied to  the Project, the premises of
Company, the premises associated with the Project and/or used by them in
connection with the Subcontractor’s work related to the Contract up to the date
of this payment. 

Subcontractor further certifies, represents and warrants that it has made full
payment of all costs, charges and expenses that are due and incurred by it or on
its behalf for work, labor, services, materials and equipment supplied to the
Project, the premises of Company, the premises associated with the Project
and/or used by it in connection with the Subcontractor’s work related to the
Contract up to the date of this progress payment. 

In consideration of [$] as payment for all work relating to this milestone
payment, the Subcontractor hereby unconditionally remises, releases and forever
discharges the Project, the premises and property of Company, the premises and
property associated with the Project from all claims, liens and obligations of
every nature arising out of or in connection with the performance of
Subcontractor’s work relating to the Contract up to the date of this payment.

The foregoing shall not relieve Subcontractor of its other obligations arising
from its work performed relating to the Contract, which by their nature survive
completion of this portion of the work, including, without limitation,
warranties, guarantees and indemnities.

Executed this ____ day of  ______.

Subcontractor:

 

--------------------------------------------------------------------------------

 

EXECUTION VERSION

CONTRACT NUMBER 51008

 

By:

Title:

 

 

--------------------------------------------------------------------------------

 

EXECUTION VERSION

CONTRACT NUMBER 51008

Exhibit I

to

Engineering, Procurement and Construction Contract

 

[RESERVED]

 

 

--------------------------------------------------------------------------------

 

EXECUTION VERSION

CONTRACT NUMBER 51008

Exhibit J

to

Engineering, Procurement and Construction Contract

 

FORM OF GUARANTY OF CONTRACTOR’S PARENT COMPANY

 

 

 

 

--------------------------------------------------------------------------------

 

EXECUTION VERSION

CONTRACT NUMBER 51008

PARENT COMPANY GUARANTY

 

 

THIS GUARANTY (this “Guaranty”) is made on the 23 day of June, 2010 by
SNC-Lavalin Group Inc., whose registered office is at 455 Rene-Levesque
Boulevard West, Montreal, Quebec H2Z 1Z3 Canada (the “Guarantor”); to Chugach
Electric Association, Inc., whose registered office is at 5601 Electron Drive,
Anchorage, Alaska 99519-6300 (the “Beneficiary”).  Capitalized terms used herein
and not otherwise defined herein are used herein with the meanings ascribed
thereto in the Contract (as defined below).

 

WHEREAS:

 

WHEREAS, As contemplated by Section 6.1(a) of that certain Engineering,
Procurement and Construction Contract made and entered into as of June 18, 2010
(the “Contract”) made by and between the Beneficiary and SNC-Lavalin
Constructors, Inc. (the “Contractor”), the Contractor has agreed to complete the
Work in connection with the Project, upon the terms and conditions in the
Contract.

 

WHEREAS, Guarantor has agreed to guarantee the due performance of, and payment
of any amounts due to Beneficiary under, the Contract by the Contractor as set
out herein.

 

WHEREAS, the Guarantor owns all of the equity interests in Contractor; and

 

WHEREAS, as contemplated by the Contract and in order to induce Beneficiary to
enter into the Contract with Contractor, the Guarantor has agreed to execute and
deliver this Guaranty in favor of Beneficiary;

 

NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the foregoing premises and other good and
valuable consideration, the receipt and sufficiency of which is hereby
acknowledged, Guarantor and Beneficiary hereby agree as follows:

 

1.Guaranty.  Guarantor absolutely, unconditionally and irrevocably guarantees to
Beneficiary the prompt and complete payment and performance of the Contractor’s
payment and performance obligations as set forth in the Contract (collectively,
the “Guaranteed Obligations”).

 

 

--------------------------------------------------------------------------------

 

EXECUTION VERSION

CONTRACT NUMBER 51008

2.Unconditional Obligation.  This is a guarantee of payment and performance and
not of collection.  The liability of Guarantor under this Guaranty is direct,
irrevocable and not conditional or contingent upon the pursuit by Beneficiary
under the Contract of any remedies against Contractor or any other Person, nor
upon any other recourse available to Beneficiary.  Guarantor irrevocably waives
any and all rights it may now or in the future have under law or in equity to
require either (i) that an action be brought against Contractor or any other
Person as a condition to Beneficiary proceeding against Guarantor, or (ii) that
action be first taken against any security given by Contractor, Guarantor or any
third party on behalf of or in favor of Contractor in connection with the
Contract or to any balance of any deposit account or credit on the books of
Beneficiary in favor of Contractor or any other person or entity before
Beneficiary proceeds against Guarantor under this Guaranty. 

 

3.Absolute Obligation.  Subject only to the provisions of Section 4, the
obligations of Guarantor under this Guaranty are absolute and without regard to
the enforceability of the Contract or of any terms thereof, or lack of power or
authority of Contractor to enter into the Contract, or any substitution, taking,
release or exchange of any other guaranty of or any security for Contractor’s
performance under the Contract or any other circumstances which might otherwise
constitute a legal or equitable discharge of a surety or guarantor.  Without
limitation, the obligations of Guarantor under this Guaranty shall not be
affected, reduced, modified, impaired or discharged upon the occurrence of any
of the following events:

 

(a)the change, modification or amendment of any obligation, duty, guarantee,
warranty, responsibility, covenant or contract (including without limitation
Change Orders (as such term is defined in the Contract)) set forth in the
Contract;

 

(b)any failure, omission, delay by or inability on the part of Beneficiary to
assert or exercise any right, power or remedy conferred upon Beneficiary under
the Contract or this Guaranty;

 

(c)the voluntary or involuntary liquidation, dissolution, sale or other
disposition of all or substantially all of any of Contractor’s assets, the
receivership, insolvency, bankruptcy, assignment for the benefit of creditors,
reorganization of, or similar proceedings affecting Contractor or any of the
assets of Contractor;

 

(d)the merger or consolidation of Contractor into or with any corporation or
other Person, or Contractor’s loss of its separate corporate identity or its
ceasing to be an affiliate of Guarantor;

 

 

--------------------------------------------------------------------------------

 

EXECUTION VERSION

CONTRACT NUMBER 51008

(e)a permitted assignment under the Contract of any right, title or interest or
permitted delegation under the Contract of any duty of Beneficiary in the
Contract to any other person or entity;

 

(f)an assignment of any right, title or interest or delegation of any duty of
Contractor in the Contract to any other person or entity; or

 

(g)any ongoing dispute, causes of action, mediation, arbitration or other
proceedings between Beneficiary and Contractor under or in connection with the
Contract or any other contract to which Beneficiary and Contractor are parties.

 

4.Limitation on Liability.  Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained
in this Guaranty, Guarantor’s obligations under this Guaranty shall in no event
be greater than the obligations of the Contractor under the Contract.  The
Guarantor’s obligations hereunder shall be subject to the same limitations as
limit Contractor’s duties, obligations and liabilities under the Contract, and
Guarantor shall be entitled to assert the same limitations of liability
(including but not limited to monetary and time), and exclusions of types of
damages, against Beneficiary hereunder as Contractor might assert against
Beneficiary under the Contract, and shall be further entitled to assert
hereunder all of the rights and defenses that Contractor has under the
Contract. 

 

5.Waiver of Notice.  Guarantor hereby waives notice of (i) Beneficiary’s
acceptance and reliance on this Guaranty; (ii) default or demand in the case of
default, provided such notice or demand has been given to Contractor in
accordance with the terms of the Contract; and (iii) any indulgences, extensions
or consents granted to Contractor or any other surety.  Guarantor waives
promptness, diligence, presentment, demand of payment or enforcement and any
other notice with respect to any of the Guaranteed Obligations and this
Guaranty.  Without limiting Guarantor’s waiver in the preceding sentence,
Beneficiary may, in its sole discretion, elect to furnish a duplicate notice to
Guarantor of any notice provided to Contractor in connection with a claim which
may result in Guarantor’s liability for any Guaranteed Obligations.

 

6.Subrogation Rights.  Until the expiration of this Guaranty, any subrogation
rights of Guarantor arising by reason of any payments made under this Guaranty
shall be subordinate to the performance and payment in full by Contractor of all
obligations under the Contract, including, without limitation, payment in full
of all amounts which may be owing by Contractor to Beneficiary thereunder.

 

7.Assignment and Third Party Beneficiaries.  This Guaranty shall inure to the
benefit of Beneficiary, its successors and permitted assigns under the Contract
and shall be binding upon Guarantor and its successors and assigns.  Guarantor
may not assign or delegate this Guaranty without the prior written consent of
Beneficiary.

 

 

--------------------------------------------------------------------------------

 

EXECUTION VERSION

CONTRACT NUMBER 51008

8.Representations and Warranties and Covenants.  Guarantor hereby represents and
warrants to Beneficiary and covenants with Beneficiary that:

 

(a)Guarantor is the indirect owner of one hundred percent (100%) of the equity
of Contractor;

 

(b)entering into this Guaranty and performance hereunder (i) is not an event of
default or otherwise contrary to any obligation by which Guarantor may be bound,
and (ii) will not result in the creation or imposition of any lien upon any
property of Guarantor;

 

(c)Guarantor is a company duly incorporated or otherwise formed and existing
under the laws of Canada, and Guarantor will maintain its existence under such
laws;

 

(d)the execution and delivery by Guarantor of this Guaranty, and the performance
by Guarantor of its obligations hereunder (i) are within Guarantor’s corporate
powers, (ii) have been duly authorized by all necessary action, (corporate or
otherwise), (iii) do not contravene any law or regulation applicable to or
binding on Guarantor or any of its properties, and (iv) do not require the
consent or approval of any person or entity which has not already been obtained;

 

(e)this Guaranty constitutes the legal, valid and binding obligation of
Guarantor enforceable against Guarantor in accordance with its terms, except as
the enforceability hereof may be limited by bankruptcy, insolvency,
reorganization or other similar laws affecting the enforcement of creditors’
rights generally; and

 

(f)as of the date hereof, Guarantor has sufficient funds available to fulfill
its financial obligations under the terms of this Guaranty.

 

9.Termination.  The obligations of Guarantor hereunder shall terminate and be of
no further force and effect upon the payment in full, performance or expiration
of all Guaranteed Obligations.  Guarantor and Beneficiary hereby waive, to the
extent permitted by applicable law, any longer periods available under
applicable law, including any laws relating to statutes of limitation, in which
to make claims and commence litigation and arbitration, except to the extent
such periods apply to claims and litigation and arbitration under, and are in
accordance with, the terms and conditions of the Contract.

 

10.Dispute Resolution.  The dispute resolution provisions of the Contract are
hereby incorporated herein, mutatis mutandis. 

 

 

--------------------------------------------------------------------------------

 

EXECUTION VERSION

CONTRACT NUMBER 51008

11.Severability.  The invalidity or unenforceability of any provision of this
Guaranty shall not affect the validity or enforceability of the remaining
provisions of this Guaranty, which shall be enforced to the greatest extent
permitted by Applicable Law.

 

12.Notices.  All notices permitted or required to be given under this Guaranty
shall be in writing and shall be deemed duly given when (i) sent by facsimile
transmission, with delivery confirmed, (ii) delivered personally; (iii) sent by
registered mail, return receipt requested; or (iv) sent by a recognized
overnight mail or courier service, with delivery receipt requested, to the
following addresses:

 

If to Beneficiary:

 

Chugach Electric Association, Inc.

5601 Electron Drive

P.O. Box 196300

Anchorage, Alaska 99519-6300

Attn:Dan Knecht, Manager, Administrative Services

Phone:  +1-907-762-4765

FAX:  +1-907-762-4699

 

With a copy to:

 

Chugach Electric Association, Inc.

5601 Electron Drive

P.O. Box 196300

Anchorage, Alaska 99519-6300

Attn:Dustin Highers, Director, Generation Technical Services

Phone:  +1-907-762-4775    

FAX:  +1-907-762-4448 

 

If to Guarantor:

 

SNC-Lavalin Group Inc.

455 Rene-Levesque Boulevard West

Montreal, Quebec H2Z 1Z3

Canada

Attention: Réjean Goulet, Sr. Vice President General Counsel

Phone: (514) 393-1000

Fax: (514) 866-5057

 

 

--------------------------------------------------------------------------------

 

EXECUTION VERSION

CONTRACT NUMBER 51008

With a copy to:

 

SNC-Lavalin Constructors Inc.

19015 North Creek Parkway

PO Box 3037

Bothell, WA 98041-3037

Attention : David Lund, General Counsel

Phone: (425) 489-3330

Fax:  (425) 489-8032

 

13.Amendment.  No amendment of this Guaranty shall be effective unless made
pursuant to an instrument in writing duly executed by both Beneficiary and
Guarantor.

 

14.Governing Law.  This Guaranty shall in all respects be governed by, and
construed, interpreted and enforced in accordance with the laws of the State of
Alaska, without giving effect to any conflict of law rules thereof which may
direct the application of the laws of another jurisdiction.

 

15.Entire Contract.  The terms and conditions set forth herein, together with
the documents referenced herein, constitute the complete statement of the
contract between Guarantor and Beneficiary relating to the subject matter
hereof.  No prior parol evidence may be introduced or considered at any judicial
or arbitral proceeding for any purpose to interpret or clarify any term or
provision of this Guaranty.

 

 

[SIGNATURES APPEAR ON NEXT PAGE.]

 

 

--------------------------------------------------------------------------------

 

EXECUTION VERSION

CONTRACT NUMBER 51008

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, Guarantor has executed this Guaranty and delivered the same
to Beneficiary as of the date first written above.

 

“Guarantor”

 

SNC-LAVALIN GROUP INC.

 

 

By:  /s/ Pierre Duhpime

 

Name: Pierre Duhpime

 

Title: President and Chief Executive Officer

 

 

By:  /s/ Gilles Laramee

 

Name: Gilles Laramee

 

Title: Executive Vice-President and Chief Financial Officer

 

 

 

Acknowledged and accepted by:

 

“Beneficiary”

 

CHUGACH ELECTRIC ASSOCIATION, INC.

 

By:  /s/ Bradley Evans

 

Name: Bradley Evans

 

Title: Chief Executive Officer

 

 

--------------------------------------------------------------------------------

 

EXECUTION VERSION

CONTRACT NUMBER 51008

Exhibit K

to
Engineering, Procurement and Construction Contract

FORM OF LETTER OF CREDIT

 

 

--------------------------------------------------------------------------------

 

 

PERFOMANCE SPECIMEN

 

IRREVOCABLE STANDY LETTER OF CREDIT

[ date ] 

 

To:Chugach Electric Association, Inc.

5601 Electron Drive

PO Box 196300

Anchorage, Alaska 99519-6300

 

From:[ issuing bank’s name and address]

__________________________

__________________________

 

Subject:Irrevocable Standby Letter of Credit number [ # ]

 

 

Amount:  [Specify Amount]

 

Expiration Date:

 

Gentlemen:

 

By order of our client, SNC-Lavalin Constructors, Inc., [ADDRESS OF APPLICANT],
(hereinafter known as “Applicant”) and for account of same, we [ issuing bank’s
name ]  [ADDRESS OF ISSUING BANK ] (hereinafter known as “Bank”) hereby
establish in favor of Chugach Electric Association, Inc., 5601 Electron Drive,
PO Box 196300, Anchorage, Alaska 99519-6300 (hereinafter known as the
“Beneficiary”) our Irrevocable Standby Letter of Credit No. ____________
(hereinafter known as the “Letter of Credit”), in an amount not to exceed
[____________________and 00/100 United States Dollars] (hereinafter known as the
“Stated Amount”).

 

We hereby undertake to honor your written sight draft(s) drawn on us, for all or
any part of this Letter of Credit if presented at the Bank (either in person or
by mail or courier) specified above, on or before the Expiration Date (as such
term is defined below). Any draw against this Letter of Credit shall be
accompanied by the following documents (collectively, hereinafter known as the
“Stipulated Documents”):

 

1.A certificate for drawing in the form attached as Exhibit A to this Letter of
Credit and completed in accordance with the instructions in Exhibit A and duly
signed by a two (2) duly authorized officers of the Beneficiary;

 

2.The original Letter of Credit, including any amendment; and

 

3.Sight draft signed by two (2) duly authorized officers of the Beneficiary.

 

--------------------------------------------------------------------------------

 

 

PERFOMANCE SPECIMEN

 

IRREVOCABLE STANDY LETTER OF CREDIT

 

This Letter of Credit will automatically expire on the issuing bank’s receipt of
notification in the form of Exhibit D to this Letter of Credit, signed by the
Beneficiary. Notwithstanding the foregoing, this Letter of Credit will expire on
[date] ( hereinafter known as the “Expiration Date”). 

 

Drafts must be drawn and presented at our office identified above not later than
the Expiration Date.

 

Payment of a drawing will be made to the Beneficiary in the amount specified in
the applicable sight draft, in immediately available funds, within twenty-four
(24) working hours after presentation of the written sight draft and
determination by us of the Stipulated Documents being in compliance with this
Letter of Credit.

 

All opening bank charges, including, but not limited to, fees or commissions
shall be for Applicant’s account.

 

Partial drawings are permitted. You may draw on this Letter of Credit more than
once, so long as the sum of the amounts drawn does not exceed the full Stated
Amount of this Letter of Credit.

 

In case of a partial drawing of this Letter of Credit, the original of this
Letter of Credit will be duly endorsed by the Bank and returned forthwith by
express courier to the Beneficiary.

The Stated Amount of this Letter of Credit shall be increased in accordance with
and upon receipt by the Bank of a certificate in the form attached hereto as
Exhibit B, executed by Applicant and agreed to and accepted by the Bank.  The
Bank will then issue an amendment, original to the Beneficiary and copy to the
Applicant, both documents to be sent by express courier.

 

The Stated Amount of this Letter of Credit shall be reduced in accordance with
and upon receipt by the Bank of a certificate in the form attached hereto as
Exhibit C, executed by the Beneficiary. The Bank will then issue an amendment,
original to the Beneficiary and copy to the Applicant, both documents to be sent
by express courier.

 

This Letter of Credit is subject to the International Chamber of Commerce
Uniform Customs and Practice for Documentary Credits (2007 Revision) (ICC
Publication No. 600) and, as to matters not covered thereby, this Letter of
Credit shall be subject to and governed by the laws of the State of Alaska.

 

[ISSUING BANK NAME]

 

 

By:_____________________________

Print Name: ______________________

Title: ___________________________

 

--------------------------------------------------------------------------------

 

 

PERFOMANCE SPECIMEN

 

IRREVOCABLE STANDY LETTER OF CREDIT

 

--------------------------------------------------------------------------------

 

 

PERFOMANCE SPECIMEN

 

IRREVOCABLE STANDY LETTER OF CREDIT

 

Exhibit A to

Irrevocable Standby Letter of Credit No. ____________

 

[Insert Date of Presentation]

 

[Issuing Bank’s name and Address]

 

 

Ladies and Gentlemen:

 

The undersigned hereby certifies to the issuer of the above-referenced Letter of
Credit that:

 

1.  The drawing under the Letter of Credit pursuant to the sight draft
accompanying this Certificate is made pursuant to Section 6.1 of that certain
Engineering, Procurement and Construction Contract by and between Chugach
Electric Association, Inc. (“Beneficiary”) and SNC-Lavalin Constructors, Inc.
(“Applicant”) made and entered into as of June 18,, 2010 (the “Contract”), as
the result of Applicant’s failure to perform an obligation under the Contract in
connection with one or more of the following events, indicated by a mark next to
the applicable item below: 

 

 

 

_____ a.

[ ];

 

_____ b.

 

[ ]; or

 

_____ c.

[ ].

 

2.That the Beneficiary has sent by facsimile to (1 (514) 954-0263) and by
express courier to the Applicant, attention of the Vice-President and Treasurer,
SNC-Lavalin Group Inc., 455 René-Lévesque Blvd. West, Montreal, Quebec, Canada,
H2Z 1Z3, a written notice of default, certifying that the Applicant has failed
to perform an obligation under the Contract and specifying the nature of the
default at least thirty (30) days prior to this demand. 

 

3.That as of the date of this Exhibit A, the Applicant has not corrected the
failures(s) mentioned in points (1) and (2) above.

 

4.That as a result thereof, the Beneficiary has become entitled under the terms
of the Contract, to be paid the amount of [ currency and amount in figures and
letters ] only; and

5.That said amount has not otherwise been paid to the Beneficiary, whether
directly or indirectly, by or on behalf of the Applicant.

 

Capitalized terms not otherwise defined in this Certificate shall have the
meaning ascribed to them in the Contract.

 

--------------------------------------------------------------------------------

 

 

PERFOMANCE SPECIMEN

 

IRREVOCABLE STANDY LETTER OF CREDIT

 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Beneficiary has executed and delivered this Certificate
as of the ______ day of __________________, 20___.

 

CHUGACH ELECTRIC ASSOCIATION, INC.

 

By:

Name:

Title:

 

CHUGACH ELECTRIC ASSOCIATION, INC.

 

By:

Name:

Title:

 

 

 

 

--------------------------------------------------------------------------------

 

 

PERFOMANCE SPECIMEN

 

IRREVOCABLE STANDY LETTER OF CREDIT

 

Exhibit B to

Irrevocable Standby Letter of Credit No. ____________

 

 

[Insert Date of Presentation]

 

[Issuing Bank’s name and Address]

 

 

Ladies and Gentlemen:

 

The undersigned hereby instructs the issuer of the above-referenced Letter of
Credit that the Stated Amount of the Letter of Credit shall be increased
by  [currency and amount in figures and letters ] to a new outstanding amount of
[ currency and amount in figures and letters ], effective upon issuance of an
amendment, original to be sent to the Beneficiary and copy to be sent to the
Applicant, both documents by express courier.

 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, ___________________ has executed and delivered this
Certificate as of the ______ day of _________________, 20___.

 

 

SNC-LAVALIN CONSTRUCTORS, INC.

 

 

By ____________________________________

Name: _________________________________

Title: __________________________________

 

 

Agreed and accepted:

 

[ISSUING BANK NAME]

 

 

By: ________________________

Print Name:__________________

Title:_______________________

 

 

cc:  [Beneficiary]

 

--------------------------------------------------------------------------------

 

 

PERFOMANCE SPECIMEN

 

IRREVOCABLE STANDY LETTER OF CREDIT

 

Exhibit C to

Irrevocable Standby Letter of Credit No. ____________

 

 

[Insert Date of Presentation]

 

[Issuing Bank’s name and Address]

 

 

Ladies and Gentlemen:

 

The undersigned hereby instructs the Issuing Bank of the above-referenced Letter
of Credit that the Stated Amount of the Letter of Credit shall be reduced by [
currency and amount in figures and letters ] to a new outstanding amount of [
currency and amount in figures and letters ], effective upon issuance of an
amendment, original to be sent to the Beneficiary and copy to be sent to the
Applicant, both documents by express courier .

 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the undersigned has executed and delivered this Certificate
as of the ______ day of _________________, 20___.

 

 

CHUGACH ELECTRIC ASSOCIATION, INC.

 

 

By ____________________________________

Name: _________________________________

Title: __________________________________

 

 

 

 

 

--------------------------------------------------------------------------------

 

 

PERFOMANCE SPECIMEN

 

IRREVOCABLE STANDY LETTER OF CREDIT

 

Exhibit D to

Irrevocable Standby Letter of Credit No. ____________

 

 

[Insert Date of Presentation]

 

[Issuing Bank’s name and Address]

 

 

Ladies and Gentlemen:

 

The undersigned hereby instructs the issuer of the above-referenced Letter of
Credit that the Letter of Credit may be cancelled effective immediately.
Attached hereto is the Letter of Credit and all related amendments for
cancellation.

 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the undersigned has executed and delivered this Certificate
as of the ______ day of _________________, 20___.

 

 

CHUGACH ELECTRIC ASSOCIATION, INC.

 

 

By ____________________________________

Name: _________________________________

Title: ___________________________________

 

 

 

--------------------------------------------------------------------------------

 

EXECUTION VERSION

CONTRACT NUMBER 51008

Exhibit L
to
Engineering, Procurement and Construction Contract

[RESERVED]

 

 

--------------------------------------------------------------------------------

 

EXECUTION VERSION

CONTRACT NUMBER 51008

Exhibit M
to

Engineering, Procurement and Construction Contract

[RESERVED]

 

 

--------------------------------------------------------------------------------

 

EXECUTION VERSION

CONTRACT NUMBER 51008

Exhibit N
to
Engineering, Procurement and Construction Contract

FORM OF PROGRESS REPORT

 

--------------------------------------------------------------------------------

 

EXECUTION VERSION

CONTRACT NUMBER 51008

SOUTHCENTRAL POWER PROJECT

 

200 MW Combined Cycle Power Plant

 

Monthly Progress Report No.

(Period From________To_________)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Picture 1 [c004-20150930ex106705f02g021.jpg]

 

 

--------------------------------------------------------------------------------

 

EXECUTION VERSION

CONTRACT NUMBER 51008

Table of Contents

 

1.

Progress of Work

 

2.

Engineering Status

 

3.

Procurement Status

 

4.

Construction Status

 

5.

Commissioning Status

 

6.

Contract Status

 

7.

Schedules

 

8.

Quality Assurance

 

 

ATTACHMENTS

 

 

Site Photos

 

 

Capitalized terms not defined herein shall have the meaning ascribed to them in
the Contract.

 

 

--------------------------------------------------------------------------------

 

EXECUTION VERSION

CONTRACT NUMBER 51008

1.0    PROGRESS OF WORK

This section will contain an Executive Summary of project activities for the
reporting period, and a brief description of all related activities which have
occurred between the end of the reporting period and the date of the report.

 

 

 

 

--------------------------------------------------------------------------------

 

EXECUTION VERSION

CONTRACT NUMBER 51008

2.0ENGINEERING STATUS

 

This section will contain an engineering Progress Curve and stem Level 2
schedule. The stems are demonstrated as engineering disciplines to provide
progress on Civil, Structural, Electrical etc regarding work that occurred
during the reporting period.

 

 

 

 

 

--------------------------------------------------------------------------------

 

EXECUTION VERSION

CONTRACT NUMBER 51008

PROCUREMENT STATUS

 

This section includes Contractor’s “Procurement Status Report” used by its
commercial personnel during execution to coordinate their activities and track
progress.

 

 

--------------------------------------------------------------------------------

 

EXECUTION VERSION

CONTRACT NUMBER 51008

CONSTRUCTION STATUS

 

This section includes a progress curve and a Stem Level 2 schedule.  The stems
are demonstrated by discipline such as Civil, Structural, Equipment
installation, Pipe installation and Electrical installation etc.

 

 

 

 

--------------------------------------------------------------------------------

 

EXECUTION VERSION

CONTRACT NUMBER 51008

 

5.0

Commissioning Status

 

This Section includes a progress curve and a System  Turnover Status Report also
includes the Final Punch List between the Company and
Contractor’s   commissioning personnel.

 

 

--------------------------------------------------------------------------------

 

EXECUTION VERSION

CONTRACT NUMBER 51008

 

 6.0           CONTRACT STATUS

 

This section will address matters that affect the Contractor’s performance under
the EPC Contract, as well as present the status of Contractor invoicing and
Company payment for the covered reporting period.

 

In addition, this section shall identify any Project Problems encountered during
the previous month and shall provide a brief summary of same. 

This section shall include a list of any items that are of concern with

respect to  compliance with the Contract, maintaining the Project Schedule or
that could result in a Change Order.  These concerns are in addition to items
discussed in other parts of the Progress Report.

 

 

 

   

 

 

 

--------------------------------------------------------------------------------

 

EXECUTION VERSION

CONTRACT NUMBER 51008

7.0

SCHEDULES

This section will present a detailed summary of schedule activities for the
reporting period. Contractor’s standard operating procedures utilize Primavera
P6 Enterprise Project Portfolio Management. Contractor will provide monthly a
native version of the P6 Project Schedule.

 

In addition, this section shall identify such matters known to Contractor and
which in Contractor's reasonable judgment are expected to adversely affect the
Project Schedule.  With respect to any such matters, Contractor shall state the
actions which Contractor intends to take to ensure that the Critical Milestones
are met by the dates set forth in the Project Schedule and that Substantial
Completion is attained by the Guaranteed Substantial Completion Date.  Such
matters may include, but shall not be limited to:

 

7.1Any material matter or issue arising in connection with a Governmental
Approval, or compliance therewith, with respect to which there is an actual or
threatened dispute over the interpretation of a law or regulation, actual or
threatened opposition to the granting of a necessary Governmental Approval, any
organized public opposition, any action or expenditure required for compliance
or obtaining approval that Contractor is unwilling to take or make, or in each
case which could reasonably be expected to materially threaten or prevent
meeting a Critical Milestone or the Guaranteed Substantial Completion Date.

 

7.2A change in, or discovery by Contractor of, any legal or regulatory
requirement which would reasonably be expected to materially threaten
Contractor's ability to attain a Critical Milestone or the Guaranteed
Substantial Completion Date.

 

7.3Any material change in the Project Schedule for initiating or completing any
material aspect of the Work.

 

7.4The status of any matter or issue identified as outstanding in any prior
Progress Report and any material change in the Contractor's proposed actions to
remedy or overcome such matter or issue.

 

 

--------------------------------------------------------------------------------

 

EXECUTION VERSION

CONTRACT NUMBER 51008

QUALITY ASSURANCE

 

This section will provide specific data on Contractor’s Quality Management
Program. Issues addressed include a status of Contractor’s Subcontractor
surveillance effort as well as Contractor’ construction quality planning and
testing and commissioning testing.

 

This shall also address safety and health matters, including

 

8.1A list all accidents from the previous month:

 

8.2Any work stoppage from the previous month:

 

8.3Work stoppage impact on construction of the Plant:

 

--------------------------------------------------------------------------------

 

EXECUTION VERSION

CONTRACT NUMBER 51008

I, ____________, on behalf of SNC-Lavalin Constructors, Inc., do hereby certify
that any and all information contained in this Contractor's Progress Report is
true and accurate, and reflects, to the best of my knowledge, the current status
of the Work as of the date specified below.

 

By:_______________________________

 

Name:_____________________________

 

Title:______________________________

 

Date:______________________________

 

 

 

 

 

--------------------------------------------------------------------------------

 

EXECUTION VERSION

CONTRACT NUMBER 51008

 

Attachment

 

This section will contain site photos of relevant construction activities
occurring during reporting period.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

--------------------------------------------------------------------------------

 

EXECUTION VERSION

CONTRACT NUMBER 51008

Exhibit O
to

Engineering, Procurement and Construction Contract

FORM OF CHANGE ORDER REQUEST

 

 

--------------------------------------------------------------------------------

 

EXECUTION VERSION

CONTRACT NUMBER 51008

CHANGE ORDER REQUEST

 

 

Chugach Electric Association, Inc.

5601 Electron Drive

P.O. Box 196300

Anchorage, Alaska 99519-6300

Attn:  Dustin Highers

Phone:  +1-907-762-4775

FAX:  +1-907-762-4448

 

--------------------------------------------------------------------------------

 

EXECUTION VERSION

CONTRACT NUMBER 51008

SNC-Lavalin Constructors Inc.

19015 North Creek Parkway

PO Box 3037

Bothell, WA 98041-3037

Attention: ____________

Phone: ____________

FAX:  (425) 489-8032

 

 

REQUESTING PARTY (Chugach/SNC Lavalin): ____________________

 

PROJECT:SOUTHCENTRAL POWER PROJECT

ANCHORAGE, ALASKA 

 

JOB NUMBER:  _________________

CHANGE ORDER REQUEST NUMBER: _____________________

 

PROPOSED CHANGE IN THE WORK:

Scope of proposed change:

 

Factors necessitating or basis for change:

Anticipated adjustment to Contract Price:*

Supporting documentation regarding the amount of anticipated adjustment to the
Contract Price, evidencing that, except with respect to the fee to be agreed to
by the Parties, the amount is equal to the Costs of Contractor (labor,
materials, and out-of-pocket expenses, etc.), and in the case of a
Company-Proposed Change, supporting documentation for the Costs associated with
preparing an estimate or proposal in connection with the work associated with
the Change, is attached hereto as Annex 1.*

 

Anticipated adjustment to Project Schedule:*

Affected provisions of the Contract:*

Other considerations:*

[If Change is Company-Proposed Change, in lieu of Company’s Change Order Request
including such information, Contractor’s notification pursuant to Section
13.1(e) of the Contract shall include with respect to such proposed Change each
of the asterisked items set forth above.]

 

Very truly yours,

 

By: ________________________________

 

--------------------------------------------------------------------------------

 

EXECUTION VERSION

CONTRACT NUMBER 51008

Print Name: _________________________

Date: _______________________________

 

 

--------------------------------------------------------------------------------

 

EXECUTION VERSION

CONTRACT NUMBER 51008

ANNEX 1 TO CHANGE ORDER REQUEST

 

 

SUPPORTING DOCUMENTATION

 

 

--------------------------------------------------------------------------------

 

EXECUTION VERSION

CONTRACT NUMBER 51008

Exhibit P
to

Engineering, Procurement and Construction Contract

FORM OF CHANGE ORDER

 

 

--------------------------------------------------------------------------------

 

EXECUTION VERSION

CONTRACT NUMBER 51008

CHANGE ORDER

 

TO:

Chugach Electric Association, Inc.

5601 Electron Drive

P.O. Box 196300

Anchorage, Alaska 99519-6300

Attn:  Dustin Highers, Director, Power Supply Technical Services

Phone:  +1-907-762-4775

FAX:  +1-907-762-4448

 

COPY TO:

Dan Knecht, Manager, Administrative Services

Phone:  +1-907-762-4765

Fax:  +1-907-762-4699

 

PROJECT:

SOUTHCENTRAL POWER PROJECT

ANCHORAGE, ALASKA 

 

JOB NUMBER:
                                                         [                         ]

CHANGE ORDER REQUEST NUMBER:               [                         ]

CHANGE ORDER NO.:
                                           [                         ]

EFFECTIVE DATE OF CHANGE ORDER:

 

CONTRACT CHANGE ORDERED HEREWITH:

Scope of change in the Work:

 

 

 

 

Adjustment to the Contract
Price:________________________________________________

Adjustment to the Project Schedule:
 ________________________________________________

 

******************************************************************************

 

THIS DOCUMENT SHALL BECOME AN AMENDMENT TO THE CONTRACT

AND ALL TERMS AND CONDITIONS OF THE CONTRACT SHALL APPLY HERETO.

 

******************************************************************************

 

CHUGACH ELECTRIC ASSOCIATION, INC.

By: ________________________________

Print Name: _________________________

Date: _______________________________

 

 

--------------------------------------------------------------------------------

 

EXECUTION VERSION

CONTRACT NUMBER 51008

 

SNC-LAVALIN CONSTRUCTORS, INC.

By: ________________________________

Print Name: _________________________

Date: _______________________________

 

 

--------------------------------------------------------------------------------

 

EXECUTION VERSION

CONTRACT NUMBER 51008

Exhibit Q

to

Engineering, Procurement and Construction Contract

 

CERTIFICATE OF INSURANCE

 

 

 

--------------------------------------------------------------------------------

 

EXECUTION VERSION

CONTRACT NUMBER 51008

 

ACORDTM   CERTIFICATE OF LIABILITY INSURANCE

DATE (MM/DD/YYYY)

PRODUCERFAX

THIS CERTIFICATE IS ISSUED AS A MATTER OF INFORMATION ONLY AND CONFERS NO RIGHTS
UPON THE CERTIFICATE HOLDER. THIS CERTIFICATE DOES NOT AMEND, EXTEND OR ALTER
THE COVERAGE AFFORDED BY THE POLICIES BELOW.

INSURERS AFFORDING COVERAGE

NAIC #

INSURED

INSURER A:

 

 

INSURER B:

 

 

INSURER C:

 

 

INSURER D:

 

 

INSURER E:

 

 

COVERAGES

THE POLICIES OF INSURANCE LISTED BELOW HAVE BEEN ISSUED TO THE INSURED NAMED
ABOVE FOR THE POLICY PERIOD INDICATED, NOTWITHSTANDING ANY REQUIREMENT, TERM OR
CONDITION OF ANY CONTRACT OR OTHER DOCUMENT WITH RESPECT TO WHICH THIS
CERTIFICATE MAY BE ISSUED OR MAY  PERTAIN. THE INSURANCE AFFORDED BY THE
POLICIES DESCRIBED HEREIN IS SUBJECT TO AL THE TERMS, EXCLUSIONS AND CONDITIONS
OF SUCH POLICIES. AGGREGATE LIMITS SHOWN MAY HAVE BEEN REDUCED BY PAID CLAIMS.

INSR LTR

ADD NSR

TYPE OF INSURANCE

POLICY NUMBER

POLICY EFFECTIVE
DATE (MM/DD/YY)

POLICY EXPIRATION
DATE (MM/DD/YY)

LIMITS

A

 

GENERAL LIABILITY

Policy Number

00/00/00

00/00/00

EACH OCCURRENCE

$1,000,000

X

COMMERCIAL GENERAL LIABILITY

DAMAGE TO RENTED PREMISES (Each occurrence)

$

 

 

CLAIMS MADE

X

OCCUR

MEDICAL EXPENSES
(Any one person)

$

 

_________________________________

PERSONAL & ADVERTISING INJURY

$1,000,000

 

_________________________________

GENERAL AGGREGATE

$3,000,000

GENERAL AGGREGATE LIMIT APPLIES PER:

PRODUCTS – COMPLETED OPERATIONS AGGREGATE

$3,000,000

 

POLICY

X

PROJECT

 

LOC

 

 

 

 

B

 

AUTOMOBILE LIABILITY

Policy Number

00/00/00

00/00/00

COMBINED SINGLE LIMIT
(Each accident)

$1,000,000

X

ANY AUTO

 

ALL OWNED AUTOS

BODILY INJURY
(Per person)

$

 

SCHEDULED AUTOS

 

HIRED AUTOS

BODILY INJURY
(Per accident)

$

 

NON-OWNED AUTOS

 

__________________________________

PROPERTY DAMAGE
(Per accident)

$

 

 

C

 

EXCESS/UMBRELLA LIABILITY

Policy Number

00/00/00

00/00/00

EACH OCCURRENCE

$20,000,000

X

OCCURRENCE

 

CLAIMS MADE

 

 

 

AGGREGATE

$20,000,000

 

 

 

 

 

$

 

DEDUCTIBLE

 

 

$

 

RETENTION$

 

 

$

D

WORKERS’ COMPENSATION AND
EMPLOYERS’ LIABILITY

 

ANY PROPRIETOR/PARTNER/EXECUTIVE
OFFICER/MEMBER EXCLUDED?

 

If yes, describe under SPECIAL PROVISIONS below

Policy Number

USL&H if applicable Maritime liability at limit equal to EL

00/00/00

00/00/00

X

WC STATU-TORY LIMITS

 

OTHER

 

E.L. EACH ACCIDENT

$500,000

E.L. DISEASE –
EACH EMPLOYEE

$500,000

E.L. DISEASE –
POLICY LIMIT

$500,000

 

OTHER

 

PROFESSIONAL LIABILITY (E&O)

CONTRACTORS POLLUTION LIABILITY

TRANSIT & INSTALLATION

 

 

 

 

MINIMUM COVERAGE

EACH OCCURRENCE

 

$   5,000,000

$   5,000.000

$     500,000

DESCRIPTION OF OPERATIONS / LOCATIONS / VEHICLES / EXCLUSIONS ADDED BY
ENDORSEMENT / SPECIAL PROVISIONS

NEEDTO INCLUDE CONTRACTUAL LANGUAGE FROM ARTICLE 26 OF CONTRACT

 

 

CERTIFICATE HOLDER

CANCELLATION

 

Chugach Electric Association, Inc. (Chugach)

P.O. Box 196300

Anchorage, AK 99519-6300

Attention:

SHOULD ANY OF THE ABOVE DESCRIBED POLICIES BE CANCELLED BEFORE THE EXPIRATION
DATE THEREOF, THE ISSUING INSURER WILL ENDEAVOR TO MAIL  30  DAYS WRITTEN NOTICE
TO THE CERTIFICATE HOLDER NAMED TO THE LEFT, BUT FAILURE TO MAIL SUCH NOTICE
SHALL IMPOSE NO OBLIGATION OR LIABILITY OF ANY KIND UPON THE INSURER, ITS AGENTS
OR REPRESENTATIVES.

AUTHORIZED REPRESENTATIVE

 

 

--------------------------------------------------------------------------------

 

EXECUTION VERSION

CONTRACT NUMBER 51008

ADDENDUM TO ATTACHED ACORD CERTIFICATE OF LIABILITY INSURANCE (ACORD
CERTIFICATE)

PURPOSE OF ADDENDUM

The purpose of this Addendum is to obtain assurance from the Contractor’s
insurance broker that the Contractor’s insurance policies described in the ACORD
certificate contain the policy language or endorsement(s) necessary to bring the
insurance policies in compliance with Chugach’s contractual insurance
requirements. For each of the special requirements listed below, the broker must
confirm that the policies are in compliance and provide comments explaining any
variance from the requirements. Do not attach policy forms or endorsements.
Chugach will rely on the broker’s compliance confirmation.

CGL AND AL POLICY FORMS

The basic policy forms for commercial general liability and automobile liability
are at least as broad in scope as the following Insurance Services Office (ISO)
forms: CG 00 01 and CA 00 01.

☐ Yes     Comments
________________________________________________________________________________

EXCESS/UMBRELLA LIABILITY POLICY

The excess/umbrella liability policy is at least as broad as all primary
liability coverages, including employer’s liability.

☐ Yes     Comments
____________________________________________________________________________

If the excess/umbrella liability policy is written on a “claims-first-made”
basis, such policy must be at least as broad as the standard Excess Liability
Insurance Policy issued by AEGIS, endorsed to provide a three-year extended
reporting/discovery period.

☐ Yes     Comments
___________________________________________________________________________

OTHER LIABILITY INSURANCE COVERAGES

As required by the contract between Contractor and Chugach, the broker confirms
that the following additional insurance coverages are in force as shown on the
attached ACORD certificate:

_________________________________________________________________________________________________
_____________________________________________________________________________________________
_____________________________________________________________________________________________

CANCELLATION OR MATERIAL CHANGE

Should any of the policies described in the attached ACORD certificate be
cancelled or materially changed to adversely affect the certificate holder, the
issuing insurer shall mail at least 30 days prior written notice to the
certificate holder.

☐
Yes     Comments________________________________________________________________________________

ADDITIONAL INSURED

The general liability insurance policy evidenced by the attached ACORD
certificate contains additional insured endorsement(s) or statement(s) at least
as broad in scope as standard ISO form CG 20 37 (for products-completed
operations exposure) and CG 20 33 (for exposure other than products-completed
operations).

☐ Yes     Comments
___________________________________________________________________________

The automobile liability policy evidenced by the attached ACORD certificate
includes an endorsement designating Chugach as an insured, using ISO endorsement
CA 20 48 or its equivalent. (If ISO auto liability policy form CA 00 01 is used,
an additional insured endorsement is not required.)

☐
Yes     Comments___________________________________________________________________________

PRIMARY AND NON-CONTRIBUTORY

All insurance coverage evidenced by the attached ACORD certificate form is
primary to and not in excess of or contributing with any other insurance
available to Chugach.

☐
Yes     Comments___________________________________________________________________________

WAIVER OF SUBROGATION

All insurance policies evidenced by the attached ACORD certificate include a
statement or endorsement that waives any right of recovery of the insurer
against Chugach because of payments made by insurer arising out of work under
the contract between Chugach and the Contractor. Use standard ISO form CG 24 04
or its equivalent.

☐
Yes     Comments____________________________________________________________________________

DESIGNATED CONSTRUCTION PROJECT(S) GENERAL AGGREGATE LIMIT

As respects the General Liability policy evidenced by the attached ACORD
certificate, a separate project general aggregate limit applies to each project
performed by Contractor under the contract between Contractor and Chugach. Such
policy contains standard ISO endorsement Form CG 25 03 or equivalent wording
necessary to effect such designated project general aggregate limit.

☐ Yes     Comments
___________________________________________________________________________

BROKER’S CONFIRMATION

The undersigned officer and authorized representative of the brokerage firm
hereby attests to the truthfulness and accuracy of the above statements and the
information contained in the attached ACORD certificate, all of which Chugach
relies upon in determining

 

--------------------------------------------------------------------------------

 

EXECUTION VERSION

CONTRACT NUMBER 51008

whether Contractor is in compliance with insurance requirements contained in the
current contract between Chugach and the Contractor.

NAME OF BROKERAGE FIRM:
______________________________________________________________________

NAME OF AUTHORIZED REPRESENTATIVE:
___________________________________________________________

SIGNATURE:______________________________________          DATE SIGNED:
_____________________________

TITLE: ______________________________________            ALASKA LICENSE NUMBER:
______________________

 

 

 

--------------------------------------------------------------------------------

 

EXECUTION VERSION

CONTRACT NUMBER 51008

Exhibit R

to

Engineering, Procurement and Construction Contract

 

FORM OF BILL OF SALE

 

--------------------------------------------------------------------------------

 

EXECUTION VERSION

CONTRACT NUMBER 51008

BILL OF SALE

THIS BILL OF SALE (“Bill of Sale”) is made and delivered as of __________,
20[___] by SNC-Lavalin  Constructors, Inc., a corporation formed under the laws
of the State of Delaware (“Contractor”) to Chugach Electric Association, Inc.,
an Alaska electric cooperative (“Company”), pursuant to that certain
Engineering, Procurement and Construction Contract made and entered into as of
June 18, , 2010 (the “Contract”) by and between Contractor and Company providing
that, among other things, Contractor provide the Work in connection with the
Project.  Capitalized terms used herein but not otherwise defined herein shall
have the respective meanings set forth in the Contract.

WITNESSETH, THAT FOR AND IN CONSIDERATION of the mutual promises contained in
the Contract, Contractor hereby absolutely, irrevocably and unconditionally
bargains, sells, grants, assigns, transfers and conveys unto Company, its
successors and assigns those items of personal property listed on Exhibit A
attached hereto and incorporated herein and made a part hereof by this
reference,

TO HAVE AND TO HOLD the same unto Company, its successors and assigns forever.

The assignment pursuant to this Bill of Sale is absolute.  With respect to each
Key Subcontractor, Company shall have all rights of Contractor in and to the
property assigned, transferred and conveyed hereunder, including without
limitation the right to enforce any and all of the provisions of warranties,
guarantees and indemnities of every kind or nature that Contractor may hold from
any manufacturer, contractor, subcontractor, builder, architect, materialman,
supplier, or vendor that relate to or affect such property assigned, whenever
dated.

From time to time after the date hereof, without further consideration,
Contractor shall execute and deliver to the extent available without additional
expense to Contractor such other additional instruments of assignment, transfer
and conveyance and shall take such other action as Company may reasonably
request in order more effectively to assign, transfer and convey to Company, and
to place Company in possession and control of, any of the property and rights
being assigned, transferred and conveyed to it hereunder, or to enable it to
exercise and enjoy all rights and benefits with respect thereto.

All representations and warranties of Contractor made in favor of Company in the
Contract with respect to the property and rights conveyed hereunder are hereby
incorporated herein by reference and made a part hereof by this
reference.  Nothing in this Bill of Sale shall be construed to be a modification
of, limitation on, or enlargement of, any provision of the Contract, and if
there is any conflict as to the terms of this Bill of Sale and the Contract, the
terms of the Contract shall prevail.

This Bill of Sale shall inure to the benefit of and be binding upon Company and
its successors and assigns.

[Signature Page Follows]

 

--------------------------------------------------------------------------------

 

EXECUTION VERSION

CONTRACT NUMBER 51008

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, Contractor caused this Bill of Sale to be executed and
delivered by its duly authorized representative, effective as of the day and
year first above written.

 

 

 

SNC-LAVALIN CONSTRUCTORS, INC.

By__________________________________

Its__________________________________

ACCEPTED:

CHUGACH ELECTRIC ASSOCIATION, INC.

By__________________________________

Its___________________________________

 

 

 

 

--------------------------------------------------------------------------------

 

EXECUTION VERSION

CONTRACT NUMBER 51008

EXHIBIT A TO BILL OF SALE

 

Assets Conveyed from Contractor to Company under Bill of Sale

 

§

[List items procured from Key Subcontractors]

§

All other Equipment, Materials, and other items incorporated into the Project

 

 

--------------------------------------------------------------------------------